én “Londo. Fublaked at the Admiralty 17%uly 1879) under Sold by 1D Peter Agent fr hs ile SOUTM PACIFIC = FIJI ISLANDS of Covtnin HoLDenham, RX ERS 1654-6 FIST ISLANDS. Careneton Cry te Rotor “ng Veto a0 omega a Pare te asi . Ey) ” MAMAWUTM TeLanoe orn he Sten inupebactelaranoracee: ‘ 7 A TIANNO Oe we Oe mee (ARN NE RE ae meee MD GED WO ALD aor sms SS 1s vy ~ = SOLE ae ES ER merce Laden Rilabed ox he Admurnby I7Sy STA unio he genet & opm FD a a ae mas RX CB TRS Mptrmenapter See a a Ct TBO gee wes Sa Come of Aiton Lae renee Sept EE Oe" Ltr 0s Dineen. Mins We Rem. tay ee SOUTH PACLFIC FIJI ISLANDS Liratrwnnte WU Newer anit GR Rickards, KN, Wren wat cAtaens om Us Werks of aman € Rites, 0.8% aa ol vten thir thorns AH Nese re sspreysted so Met alow the wnt, © dapsone Tervnton Ga TINA deena adm 2 warm Ait Range are Thun ns 120 el wre pire em, Foam AOUNOI NGS in FATHONE Wiig Wvtee ak ube Pall & Odange Oren MO * Mew ¥ AD aa Nomi War “ Sava a: Wate Y “ u “ « ; me babe PD me ~ # innara pannaoe Cl | os Ura pared. holed rere uy pee a mand. w wee real a har AN stone ype : a oT) agrarat by Ban 8 Compo? a f ny FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA VOLUME 2 , a | i PR nay Aare ’ | (ites iw? ne FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA A NEW FLORA OF FIJI (SPERMATOPHYTES ONLY) ALBERT C. SMITH VOLUME 2 Angiospermae: Dicotyledones, Families 44-116 6a A ONAN, MAY 96 1982 pe BOr, wemus— q 75 YW 2 W Lawai, Kauai, Hawaii 1981 © Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden 1981 Lawai, Kauai, Hawaii All Rights Reserved Date of Issue Volume | January 10, 1979 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 78-61712 Printed for the Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden by SB Printers, Inc., Honolulu, Hawaii CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2 |Nufirora hieivay sn 86 6G8 po oee abo COn One oD Oe SOdde ae eCO eee he DOCG noe Cr omer 1 Supplementary sReferencesiyaqa atria eeiaicicieecnieeicierserelerisiaeiers cies 3 Division Angiospermae (Magnoliophyta) (continued).................02+00- 4 GlassiDicotyledonesi(Magnoliatae) a... occ sacle sce nee ice eee 4 Subbclassa apo laid ae: avery eroreascsrateys ores toe -ve arise ete crete eisrevainceken rerorereeie 6 @rdereMapnoltalestrrs, scraps rancor cicserers (or sroieis ieisere ee eek aire cal ereteienoie ele 7 Ramilyza4-s We peneniace ae je rereicvereiora cso cioereicie= eislexciore i ehel ieremene thet nere 7 OrdercAmnomales iar a aise ore.cstesey 6 sls s.c 9 305-vi9 wisl wvs'aie busi oe ayers Gieus ase eee ele 13 Bamily4 5 pATNONACEAC ievayeissars orsie vo1s.3 = conoysie ce sies ope ave to eceieredeceveus [evel ner 13 amnl yx4GssMiyristica Cae x, cjeyesc. As 1975: FIGURE 23A-C. Piper sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861. Piper siriboa sensu Seem. Viti, 442. 1862; non auct. Piper insectifugum is a subscandent shrub or high-climbing liana with dimorphic branching, the orthotropic branches appressed to tree trunks, the plagiotropic branches freely spreading. It has been noted from near sea level to 850 m. in open or dry forest or on forest edges, in patches of forest in open country, and sometimes in coconut plantations or pastures. The flowering spikes are white and the fruiting spikes green, eventually becoming darker. Flowers and fruits may be expected throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION: Since the species was first published by Seemann on the basis of a communication from C. de Candolle, I believe that the K specimen (rather than the G-DC specimen) should be considered the holotype: Seemann 569 (kK HOLOTYPE, ISOTYPES at GH, BM), collected between Aug. 22 and Sept. 2, 1860, in Namosi Province and probably in the vicinity of Namosi Village, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fijiand now known from several islands; I have studied 32 collections, this being the most abundant indigenous Piper. Bulow (in Gartenflora 45: 575. 1896) mentioned P insectifugum from Samoa, but this was probably a misidentification, as no other records support such an occurrence and I have seen no Samoan material of the species. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The species has been reported as wa kawa, wanggawa, wa nggangga, wa nggawangga, wa ngakau, wa kambakamba, wa ndai, and kakawa. One collector has noted that the bark is used to perfume oil and also that an extract from the stem is considered a cure for wounds inflicted on dogs by wild boars. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, between Nandarivatu and Lewa, Smith 6165, Nandarivatu, Gibbs 809. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5447. Serua: Upper Navua River, DA 15502. Namost: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, near Wainimakutu, Smith 8560; slope of Mt. Voma, near Namosi, Horne 839; hills east of Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Smith 8906. NAITASIRI: Wainimala Valley, south of Matawailevu, St. John 18233; Waindravo Creek, near Serea, DA 8427; near Nasinu, Greenwood 11/1. TAiLevu: Waisere Creek, DA 268]. Rewa: Slopes of Mt. Koromba- mba, Gillespie 2315. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 75. OVALAU: Lovoni Valley, DA 14503. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Horne 1059; southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1545. MATHUATA: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6684, slopes of Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 13426. THAKAUNDROVE: Mbalanga, Savusavu Bay, Degener & Ordonez 13907. TAVEUNI: Western slope between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 841] YATHATA: Navakathuru, DA 16200. 6. Piper crispatum A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 354. 1943, in op. cit. 27: 319. 1946, in 2 Vol. FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1981 PIPERACEAE 63 op. cit. 31: 148. 1950; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 307. 1972. FIGuRE 23D. An often high-climbing liana, occurring at elevations of 100-1,195 m. in dense forest or in the dense thickets of crests and ridges. Although this unmistakable species is frequently seen in sterile condition, the white or ivory-colored spikes have been obtained in May, October, and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 3092 (BISH HOLOTYPE: ISOTYPE at A), a 9 speci- men obtained in Fiji in 1927 or 1928 without further locality. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu. Since the original collection, several others have become available, some with o& spikes, which do not materially differ from those of Piper insectifugum except in the copious indument of the rachis. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1/45; summit of Mt. Koroyanitu, high point of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4196. SERUA: Hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9134. NAMost: Hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8500; northern slopes of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8717, Mt. Nambui, Korombasambasanga Range, DA 14539. 7. Piper stipulare A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 354. 1943, in op. cit. 31: 148. 1950; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 222. 1964, ed. 2. 309. 1972. FiGureE 24. A high-climbing liana found in dense or open forest at elevations of 30-1,150 m. The flowering spikes are white to pale or dull yellow or orange-yellow, and the fruiting spikes are green, attaining a diameter of 1.5 cm. Flowers have been noted in most months but fruits only between August and December. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 2423 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at A), collected Aug. 27, 1927, near Tamavua, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several islands. LOcAL NAMES: Nggakawa, wa ndai. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5245. Serua: Inland from Namboutini, DA /4263; inland from Ngaloa, Smith 9169, DA 14096, 16585, Webster & Hildreth 14346. Namosi: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8825, hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, near Wainimakutu, Smith 8597; near Namuamua, Gillespie 3074, track to Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 16/09; Mburotu, DA //6/5; hills near Navua River, Greenwood 1039. NAITASIRI: “Probably Central Road, Suva,” Torhill 812. REwa: Lami quarry, Parks 20879. OVALAU: In mountains, Horne 48 (Dec. 1877). MAKONGAI: Tothill 855. VANUA LEVU: MatuHuata: Mountains near Lambasa, Greenwood 631. TAVEUNI: Slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wainki, Smith 8/83. 8. Piper degeneri A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 10. 1942, in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 355. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 307. 1972. FiGure 25. This little-known species, first designated as a shrub, probably becomes scandent and climbs as a liana. It is reported from dense forest at an elevation of 150 m., the spike being orange and eventually becoming bright red, with orange fruits. In this condition it has been obtained in January and March. TyPIFICATION: The holotype is Degener & Ordonez 14096 (A), collected Jan. 12, Ficure 23. A-C, Piper insectifugum; A, tip of branchlet with a leaf and o spikes, * 1/2, from Smith 6165; B, terminal stipule, with base of ? spike, petiole, and portion of an older ? spike, x 2, from St. John 18233; C, portion of young fruiting spike, showing subtending bracts and free fruits with three stigmas, one fruit removed to show a foveola (f) in rachis and multicellular hairs associated with rachis, < 15, from Smith 8906. D, Piper crispatum, tip of branchlet showing terminal stipule, base of & spike, and petiole, and penultimate node with attached leaf, the stipule fallen, * 2, from Smith 9134. Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 64 1981 PIPERACEAE 65 1941, east of Naunduna, eastern drainage of Yanawai River, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from only two collections, both from Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: MatHuaTa: Seanggangga area, on a lee slope, DA 13925. The second collection of this very distinct species, like the type, bears 2 spikes and a few maturing fruits. 2. MACROPIPER Mig. in Bull. Sci. Phys. Nat. Neerl. 1839: 447, 449. 1839, Comment. Phyt. 35. 1840, Syst. Piper. 216. 1843 or 1844, in Nova Acta Acad. Leop-Carol. 21: Suppl. 1: 29. 1847; A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 8. 1975. Piper sect. Pothomorphe C. DC. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 240, p. p., 331, p. p. 1869. Piper sect. Macropiper C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 162. 1909, in Candollea 1: 171. 1923. Anderssoniopiper Trel. in Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 73: 329. 1934. Soft-wooded shrubs or rarely small trees; stipules adnate to petiole, the ultimate one forming a sheath bearing a bud enclosing one or more spikes and a new developing axis, this projecting opposite ultimate leaf, the stipules persistent; inflorescence com- posed of I-many simple, axillary spikes (or adjacent inflorescences sometimes with a common peduncle); stamens usually 3, sometimes 2 or 4, with 2 locules dehiscing by extrorse clefts; ovary and fruit glabrous, not muricate, free (coalescent only in Macro- piper excelsum, not in Fiji). LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Macropiper latifolium (L. f.) Miq. (vide A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 2-4. 1975); lectotypification is necessary because of Miquel’s confusion of his concept with Piper methysticum Forst. f. and the species now known as Macropiper guahamense (C. DC.) A. C. Sm. The type species of Anderssoniopiper is A. panamense Trel., which in spite of its epithet is based on a Tahitian plant now referred to Macropiper latifolium. DIsTRIBUTION: Nine species restricted to a Pacific area delimited by the Bonin, Mariana, Caroline, Santa Cruz, and New Hebrides Islands on the west, Lord Howe Island and New Zealand on the southwest, and the Marquesas, Society, and Austral Islands on the east. Six species, of which three are endemic, occur indigenously in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Smith, A. C. The genus Macropiper (Piperaceae). Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 1-38. 1975. KEY TO SPECIES Inflorescences solitary in leaf axils, occasionally 2, rarely 3 but not consistently more than |. Leaf blades glabrous at least on upper surfaces; inflorescence bracts not ciliolate; ovaries rounded to obtuse at apex, the stigmas sessile or essentially so. Inflorescences usually 7-26 cm. long, the spikes (not including peduncle) usually 6-21 cm. long, the bracts 0.5-1 mm. in diameter; petioles |-5 (-6) cm. long, the wings obvious, 8-30 (-32) mm. long and 1-2 mm. broad; leaf blades oblong- to suborbicular-ovate, (5—) 9-23 = (2.5-) 4-17 cm., obtuse to cordate at base, with 5-9 (-13) principal nerves. ...........-..eeseeeuee 1. M. puberulum Inflorescences 4-8 cm. long, the spikes (not including peduncle) not more than 7 cm. long, the bracts 0.3-0.5 mm. in diameter; petioles 0.7-1.9 cm. long, the wings inconspicuous, 5-13 mm. long and 0.3-0.7 mm. broad; leaf blades oblong-elliptic to ovate-lanceolate, 5-10 (-11) * 1.7-4 (-4.7) cm., acute to narrowly rounded at base, with 3 or 5 principal nerves. ..... 2. M. melanostachyum Leaf blades copiously soft-strigose on both surfaces with 15-30-celled hairs 0.7-1.8 mm. long, ovate or broadly ovate, 9-21 x 5-15 cm., rounded to cordate at base, with (5 or) 7 or 9 principal nerves; petioles nn ne ee LeU a UES ESE Ficure 24. Piper stipulare; A, branchlet with foliage, stipules, and a & spike, 1/2; B, tip of branchlet showing terminal stipule, base of 9 spike, and petiole, and lower leaf surface and tip of stipule from penultimate node, * 2; C, stipule at penultimate node, = 2; D, portion of fruiting spike, showing congested but free fruits, x 10; A from Parks 20879, B & C from Smith 8597, D from Smith 8825. 66 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1.3-5.5 cm. long, vaginate with wings 10-30 mm. long and I-2 mm. broad; 9 spikes (not including peduncle) 5-12 cm. long, the peduncle and rachis copiously pilose, the bracts conspicuously ciliolate; ovaries narrowed into a style often 0.5 mm. long. .......-......eeeeee eee 3. M. oxycarpum Inflorescences 3 or more per leaf axil, occasionally 2, very rarely 1 but not consistently fewer than 3. Petioles 1-4.5 cm. long, highly vaginate, the wings 8-35 mm. long and 1-5 mm. broad; leaf blades (6-) 8-20 x (3.5-) 6-16 cm., obtuse to subcordate at base, the principal nerves 7 or 9; inflorescences usually 3-7 (rarely 2 and very rarely 1). Q spikes (not including peduncle) 5-8 cm. long; & spikes not known; leaf blades broadly ovate, 10-18.5 x 8-16 cm.; stigmas submembranous, laminar, oblong or obovate, 0.3-0.6 mm. long, rounded or subtruncate at apex, when receptive spreading-pilose with 3-6-celled hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long. 4. M. kandavuense Q spikes (not including peduncle) 0.8-4 (-5) cm. long; & spikes (not including peduncle) usually 3.5-8 cm. long; leaf blades ovate-elliptic or suborbicular-ovate, (6-) 8-20 x (3.5-) 6-14 cm.; stigmas oblong, 0.2-0.3 mm. long, rounded at apex, when receptive copiously papillose-hispidulous with 3-5-celled hairs less than 0.04 mm. long. .............--.0--ee eee eeees 5. M. timothianum Petioles (4-) 6-30 cm. long, vaginate less than half their length, the wings conspicuous, 20-90 mm. long and 3-8 mm. broad; leaf blades suborbicular, (10-) 15-60 cm. long and broad, usually deeply cordate at base (rarely subcordate to rounded), the principal nerves 11-15; inflorescences usually 10-30 (rarely as few as 5); 2 spikes (not including peduncle) 2-5 cm. long; & spikes (not including peduncle) Siilecm longest eect eiictretertoneters 6. M. vitiense 1. Macropiper puberulum Benth. in London J. Bot. 2: 235. 1843; A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 11. 1975. FiGure 25. Piper degeneri;, A, tip of branchlet with leaves, terminal stipule, and a ? spike, x 1, from Degener & Ordonez 14096; B, tip of branchlet with 9 spikes, showing stipule and spike at ultimate node (leaf fallen) and spike and persistent leaf at penultimate node (stipule fallen), x 2, from DA 13925. 1981 PIPERACEAE 67 Piper macgillivrayi C. DC. ex Seem. Fl. Vit. 262, nom. superfl. 1868; C. DC. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 335. 1869. Piper puberulum Benth. ex Seem. FI. Vit. 262, pro syn. pi. 75. 1868; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 355. 1943; non P. puberulum Maxim. (1887). The taxon here discussed has been nomenclaturally variously subdivided, often on the basis of size and shape of leaf blade, characters now seen to be of minor conse- quence. It is one of the most frequent species of the Fijian Region, occupying many environmental niches. A taxonomic character of some use refers to the presence or absence of foliar indument, which seems independent of environmental conditions and therefore may be utilized to distinguish forms. DISTRIBUTION: Macropiper puberulum is the most abundant species of the genus in Fiji and Samoa; it is the only representative of the genus known from Tonga, Niue, the Wallis Islands, and Rapa in the Austral Islands; it also occurs in the Horne Islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The two forms here recognized are not distinguished in local usage. In Fiji the most frequently used name is yanggoyanggona, but the following have also been noted: yanggona meriseri, yanggona mereserari, nggona- merasari, nanggonananggona, nggonanggonarau, and ngakawa. Many medicinal uses are ascribed to the species: the crushed leaves are applied to wounds to promote healing, or they may be used to dull toothache pains, and a liquid prepared from leaves and stems may be used internally or externally for a variety of ills. KEY TO FORMS Indument obvious on lower surfaces of leaf blades, or at least on principal nerves proximally, composed of hairs usually 0.1-0.5 mm. long; ovary often puberulent. ...................--- la. f. puberulum Indument lacking throughout, or obscurely present only on inflorescence rachis. ...... Ib. f. glabrum la. Macropiper puberulum Benth. f. puberulum; A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 13. pl. 1, B, 3, A, B. 1975. FIGURE 26A & B. Macropiper puberulum Benth. in London J. Bot. 2: 235. 1843; Mig. Syst. Piper. 221. 1843 or 1844, in London J. Bot. 4: 431. 1845; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, p. p. 1861, Viti, 442, p. p. 1862. Piper macgillivrayi C. DC. ex Seem. Fl. Vit. 262, nom. superfl. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 274, p. p. 1892; Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 35. 1915; C. DC. in Candollea 1: 172. 1923. Piper puberulum Benth. ex Seem. Fl. Vit. 262, pro syn. 1868. Piper gibbsiae C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 163. 1909, in Candollea 1: 173. 1923; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 360. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 221. 1964, ed. 2. 307. 1972. Piper erectispicum C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 163. 1909, in Candollea 1: 173. 1923; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 360. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 307. 1972. Piper puberulum var. typicum A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 356. 1943. Piper puberulum var. puberulum; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 222. 1964, ed. 2. 309. 1972. As it occurs in Fiji, this form is abundant in beach thickets and forest, in dense or dry inland forest and on its edges, in hillside thickets, and sometimes as a weed in plantations and along roadsides, at elevations from sea level to about 900 m. It is a shrub, sometimes spreading, (0.5-) 1-3 m. high, with white or greenish white spikes and white anthers; the fruiting spikes are red to dull red. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype (Kk) is best taken as the two sheets studied by Bentham, one collected by Hinds and the other by Barclay but presumably from the same plant, obtained between May 28 and June 16, 1840, on Nukulau Island, Rewa Province, Viti Levu. Isotypes include a third k sheet collected by Barclay but apparently not seen by Bentham, and also Barclay 3448 (BM); these latter two speci- mens appear to be parts of the same Nukulau plant. Piper macgillivrayi is a nomenclat- urally superfluous name, since Macropiper puberulum was originally included in its synonymy. Seemann, in addition to listing material from Tonga and the Society 68 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Islands (erroneously, since the species does not occur in the Societies), cited two Fijian collections in his original publication of de Candolle’s manuscript name, Seemann 567 (from Viti Levu, Taveuni, and Kandavu, a mixture of the two forms) and Barclay; the latter is presumably part of the type material of M. puberulum. Designation of a lectotype for P. macgillivrayi is at any rate moot, since the binomial is illegitimate. Piper gibbsiae is based on Gibbs 722 (BM HOLOTYPE), collected in September, 1907, on dry, open slopes of the escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. The holotype of P. erectispicum is Gibbs 599 (BM), obtained in August, 1907, in forest at Nandarivatu. Both P. gibbsiae and P. erectispicum, although somewhat small- leaved and presumably from exposed habitats, fall well within the reasonable variation of M. puberulum f. puberulum. In the above synonymy, only those references that relate to Fijian plants are given; extra-Fijian references are listed in my 1975 treatment. DISTRIBUTION: The typical form of Macropiper puberulum is frequent in Fiji and Samoa and also occurs in Tonga (less frequently than f. glabrum), Niue, and the Horne and Wallis Islands. I have studied approximately 60 Fijian collections, and the form is to be expected on essentially all the islands. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 342A; Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4541; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6261; Nandarivatu, im Thurn 176. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 11732; Mbulu, near Sovi Bay, Degener 15042. SeRuA: Hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, Smith 9670. NAMosI: Waisevu, track to Namosi, DA 11635. NAITASIRI: Tamavua, Tothill 817. TAILEVU: Matavatathou, DA 15364. REWA: Lami, DA 1/3235. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Milne 62. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 210; hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 56. OVALAU or VANUA LEVU: U. S. Expl. Exped. “1”. KORO: East coast, Smith 1105; Uthunivanua, DA 15832. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, vicinity of Sawaieke, Smith 7935. VANUA LEVU: MatuHuaTa: Nggamea, DA 3135. THAKAUNDROVE: Ndromoni- nuku, DA 16824. TAVEUNI: Vatuwiri, DA 8924. NGGAMEA: Naiiviivi Village, Weiner 45a. MOALA: Tothill 815. MATUKU: Bryan 286. VANUA MBALAVU: Near Lomaloma, Smith 1408. THIKOMBIA-I- LAU: Tothill 813. THITHIA: Nasolo, DA 13255. LAKEMBA: Near Tumbou Jetty, Garnock-Jones 767. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1137. 1b. Macropiper puberulum f. glabrum (C. DC.) A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 14. pl. 2, D, 3, C-E. 1975. FIGURE 26C. Macropiper puberulum sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, p. p. 1861, Viti, 442, p. p. 1862; non sensu typi. Piper puberulum Benth. ex Seem. FI. Vit. 1. 75. 1868; non sensu typi. Piper macgillivrayi var. glabrum C. DC. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 335, excl. syn. Macropiper puberulum. 1869, in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 162. 1909, in Candollea 1: 172. 1923. Piper puberulum var. glabrum A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 356. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Is). 222. 1964, ed. 2. 309. 1972. Piper puberulum var. puberulum; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. fig. 79. 1964, ed. 2. fig. 92. 1972; non sensu typl. In Fiji this form occurs abundantly from sea level to 1,195 m., in various types of forest, in dense thickets of ridges, in patches of forest in open country, and in pastures, often being common along streams. It has been noted as a shrub 1-4 m. high, the spikes being white at anthesis and red in fruit. Flowers and fruits are to be found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype is Seemann 567 (G-Dc). As noted under f. puberulum, this number was indicated by Seemann as from Viti Levu, Taveuni, and Kandavu, and in it he mixed the two forms of the species. Apparently the FiGure 26. A & B, Macropiper puberulum f. puberulum; A, tip of leaf blade, lower surface, = 4, from Smith 4541, B, base of leaf blade, lower surface, x 4, from Smith 7935. C, Macropiper puberulum f. glabrum, up of leaf blade, lower surface, x 4, from Smith 5668. D, Macropiper melanostachyum, distal portions of branchlets, with foliage and a @ inflorescence, x 1, from Smith 6014. PIPERACEAE 69 1981] k Zg Fi i i % ‘ Ps ta 4 ‘ wt! BACH IS. oy cident eee ace! capi 70 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 specimen sent to de Candolle was the glabrous form, as indicated by the author's phrase “foliis utrinque glabris.” Specimens of Seemann 567 at BM, GH, and K are mixtures of the two forms; since they may well come from different localities, it is probably unwise to consider any of them as isotypes of de Candolle’s variety. See- mann’s original description of Piper macgillivrayi states: “foliis...subtus...pubescenti- bus v. glabris.” His figure (¢. 75), reprinted by Parham, illustrates the glabrous form. A more complete discussion of the complicated synonymy, including references to extra-Fijian citations, is available in my 1975 treatment. DISTRIBUTION: The glabrous form of Macropiper puberulum is frequent in Fiji, Samoa, and Tonga, apparently occurring on Niue less frequently than the typical form. Only f. glabrum is known from Rapa in the Austral Islands. Approximately 100 collections of the present form from Fiji have been studied. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Waroro Creek, St. John 18062. VITI LEVU: MBa: Summit of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4186; Nandarivatu, Gibbs 676; Mt. Nanggaranambu- luta, Smith 5668; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Webster & Hildreth 14174. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5607; Nausori Highlands, DA 12645 (Melville et al. 7018). SERUA: Vatutavathe, near Ngaloa, Degener 15179. NAmMostI: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8593; Mt. Voma, DA 11683. NAITASIRI: Wainimala Valley, south of Matawailevu, Sv. John 18240; Tholo-i-suva, DA 10650. TAILevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7095. REwA: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2235. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 167. OVALAU: U. S. Expl. Exped. “2”; hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7297. WAKAYA: Milne 37. VANUA LEVU: MbBua: Mt. Uluimbau, DA 1/5177. MATHUATA: Summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6416; Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 128]9. THAKAUNDROVE: Mbalanga, Savusavu Bay, Degener & Ordonez 13908. RAMBI: Horne, March, 1878. TAVEUNI: Slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8133. MOALA: Milne 125. MATUKU: Moseley, July, 1874. TOTOYA: Milne 78. YATHATA: Namberanavula, DA 15544. 2. Macropiper melanostachyum (C. DC.) A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 19. pi. 5, A, B. 1975. FIGURE 26D. Piper melanostachyum C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 162. 1909, in Candollea 1: 172. 1923; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 357. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 221. 1964, ed. 2. 308. 1972; St. John & A.C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 325. 1971. An often slender shrub 0.6-3 m. high, occurring in dense forest or on its edges and also in the thickets and forest of ridges, at elevations from near sea level to 1,195 m. The spikes are white at anthesis and the fruits eventually become red. Flowers have been obtained between April and October and fruits between May and January. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gibbs 703 (BM HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at kK), collected in August, 1907, at Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Known only from Viti Levu and from a single collection obtained on Alofi, Horne Islands. LOCAL NAME: Yanggoyanggona, essentially a generic name for indigenous species, has been recorded on Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Natualevu, Mt. Evans Range, DA 14/9]; summit of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4173; Mt. Mbatilamu, Vunda, DA 14/25; Nandarivatu, Parks 20546, DA 10418, Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Torhill 829; hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of the sawmill at Navai, Smith 6014. NANDRONGA & NAvosA: Uluvatu, vicinity FiGuRE 27. Macropiper oxycarpum, A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and @ inflorescences, 1/2; B, tip of leaf blade, lower surface, x 4; C, portion of mature ? spike, x 10; D, pistil and subtending bract, x 40; A & C from Parks 20738, B from Smith 4552, D from DA 16595. 1981 PIPERACEAE 71 72 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Tabualewa 15556. REwA: Slopes and summit of Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2217, 2350, DA 1304, Fis1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. “3”. Although Macropiper melanostachyum is clearly related to M. puberulum f. gla- brum, it is appreciably and consistently smaller in all respects and appears to merit specific status. 3. Macropiper oxycarpum (C. DC.) A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 20. pl. 5, C, D, 6. 1975. FIGURE 27. Piper oxycarpum C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 164. 1909, in Candollea 1: 171. 1923; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 355. 1943, in op. cit. 31: 148. 1950; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 222. 1964, ed. 2. 308. 1972. A shrub to 2 m. high (sometimes flowering when only 0.2 m. high), found in dense forest at elevations of 150-900 m. The flowering spikes are white, becoming dull orange or red in fruit and often somewhat recurved. Flowers and fruits have been observed between April and September. TyYPIFICATION: The holotype is Gibbs 604 (BM), collected in September, 1907, along the road to Navai south of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from Viti Levu. LocAL NAME: Yanggona meriseri has been noted for a single collection (DA 1472). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4552; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 830, 831 (coll. W. Teulon), Parks 20572. SERuA: Ngaloa Nature Reserve, DA 16595. NAITASIRI: Tholo-i-suva Forest Reserve, DA 1472. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Parks 20738. F131 without further locality, Gillespie 3839. As one of the most sharply distinct species of Macropiper, M. oxycarpum is at once distinguished by its copious foliar indument of long, many-celled hairs and its distally attenuate ovaries. 4. Macropiper kandavuense (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 25. pi. 8, C, D. 1975. FIGURE 28A. Piper kandavuense A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 359. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 221. 1964, ed. 2. 307. 1972. The apparently rare Macropiper kandavuense is a shrub to 3 m. high, occurring in dense forest between elevations of 200 and 500 m. Only @ specimens are known, collected in flower in October. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 219 (GH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 23, 1933, on Mt. Mbuke Levu, Kandavu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the type collection. Macropiper kandavuense is closely related only to M. /atifolium (L. f.) Miq., a species with the curiously disjunct distribution of the Marquesas, Society, Austral, and Cook Islands and the Santa Cruz Islands and New Hebrides. Its absence from Fiji remains puzzling, but I do not believe that the rare and endemic M. kandavuense can be included in it. Differences relate to leaf blade base and venation and more strikingly to the shape, texture, and indument of stigmas, as discussed in my 1975 treatment. 5. Macropiper timothianum (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 26. pl. 2, C, 9. 1975. FIGURE 28B-D. FiGurRE 28. A, Macropiper kandavuense, a pistil, showing the laminar, copiously pilose stigmas, < 60, from Smith 219, B-D, Macropiper timothianum; B, a pistil, showing the papillose-hispidulous stigmas, * 70, from Webster & Hildreth 14225; C, fruiting inflorescences, petioles, and bases of leaf blades, x 1, from Smith 4030, D, & inflorescences, petiole, and basal portion of a leaf blade, < 1, from Smith 8718. PIPERACEAE 1981 74 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Piper macgillivrayi vat. fasciculare Warb. in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 609, as var. fascicularis. 1898; Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 35, as var. fascicularis. 1915; non P. fasciculare Rudge. Piper fasciculatum Rechinger in Karsten & Schenck, Vegetationsbilder 6: p/. 5. 1908; non Ruiz & Pavon. Piper macgillivrayi var. fascicularis (sic) forma b C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 162. 1909. Piper timothianum A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 10. 1942, in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 358. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 222. 1964, ed. 2. 309. 1972. A sometimes spreading or freely branching shrub or a small, sometimes slender tree 1.5-5 m. high, occurring in dense forest and crest thickets at elevations of 250-1,175 m. (in Fiji) (up to 1,500 m. on Savaii, Samoa). Flowering spikes are greenish white or white; the filaments are pale green and the anthers white. Fruiting spikes are red and up to 12 mm. in diameter, the fruits becoming darker at maturity. Flowers have been observed between July and November, but fruits persist throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Piper macgillivrayi var. fasciculare is typified by Reinecke 433 (B HOLOTYPE, probably destroyed; IsoTYPE at BISH), collected in September, 1894, in the interior of Savaii, Samoa. The binomial P. fasciculatum was probably inadvertently used by Karsten and Schenck. De Candolle described without naming a forma 6b of Warburg’s trinomial, based on Gibbs 677 (BM), collected in September, 1907, at Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. The epithets based on Samoan plants are not available at the specific level. Piper timothianum is based on Degener & Ordonez 13570 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 22, 1940, at Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Additional Samoan references are given in my 1975 treatment. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji (known with certainty only from Viti Levu, Kandavu, and Vanua Levu) and Samoa (known with certainty only from Savaii and Upolu). It is a fairly frequent species in both archipelagoes, and from Fiji I have studied 45 collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded names in Fiji are yanggoyanggona, yanggona sasari, yanggona merasasari, nggonanggonarau, and nggonanggonarau lailai. The last of these (/ailai=small) implies a distinction from the next species (/evu=large) which is very real. The crushed leaves are sometimes used for dressing wounds. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 128; Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4030; upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4684; Nandarivatu, im Thurn 304 (Dec. 3, 1906, apparently the earliest Fijian collection); Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14225; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12693, p. p. (Melville et al. 7081A). NANDRONGA & NavoSa: Vicinity of Nandrau, Degener 14891; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5500. Namost: Hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8499; northern slopes of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8718; Mt. Voma, DA 1/662. NatTAsiri: Wainimala Valley, Rarandawai, Wainamo-Wai- nisavulevu divide, St. John 18258. KANDAVU: Slopes of Mt. Mbuke Levu, DA 14935. VANUA LEVU: MATHUATA-THAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelai- koro, Smith 548. 6. Macropiper vitiense (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 28. pl. 10. 1975. FIGURE 78 (lower). Macropiper latifolium sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862; non Miq. Piper latifolium sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 261, quoad spec. vit. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 274, quoad spec. vit. 1892; non L. f. Piper polystachyum C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 162. 1909, in Candollea 1: 172. 1923, A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 25. 1936; non P. polystachyon Att. Piper vitiense A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 357. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 222. 1964, ed. 2. 310. 1972. This spectacularly robust species is a shrub or slender tree 1-7 m. high, found between elevations of 250 and 1,195 m. in dense forest and in the forest and thickets of ridges. Its flowering spikes and stamens are white and its fruiting spikes red and 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE iS attaining a diameter of 10 mm. Flowers and fruits have been obtained between May and January. TyYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Piper polystachyum is Gibbs 794 (BM), collected in September, 1907, at Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. This binomial is an orthographic variant (ICBN, Art, 75.2) and later homonym of P. poly- stachyon Ait. (Hort. Kew. 1: 49. 1789), even though the latter may be a superfluous name, P. obtusifolium Jacq. being cited as asynonym. Piper vitiense was proposed as a new name for de Candolle’s species and of course has the same type. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and Taveuni; I have examined 31 collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Yanggoyanggona; nggonanggonarau levu. Liquid squeezed from the leaves, as noted for other species of the genus, is said to promote healing of wounds. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Ma: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 358; summit of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4181; Nandarivatu, Parks 20786; western slopes of Mt. Nanggarana- mbuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 48/2; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12693, p. p. (Melville et al. 7081B). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, O. & J. Degener 32347; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5649. NAMOSI-NAITASIRI boundary: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3360. NAMost: Northern base of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8693. Naitasiri: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 6108; Wainimala Valley, Taunmaisali, Wainisavuleyu-Numbulolo divide, St. John 18345. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Smith 458. TAVEUNI: Seemann 566 (June, 1860); Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8242. In discussing this taxon in 1936 (cited above), I referred to it a Moseley collection from the New Hebrides; this was incorrect, the Moseley material actually representing Macropiper latifolium (L. f.) Mig., as noted in my 1975 treatment (p. 24). INADEQUATELY KNOWN TAXON OF MACROPIPER Piper macgillivrayi var. parvifolium C. DC. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 335. 1869; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 24: 360. 1943, in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 35. 1975. De Candolle’s entire description is: “limbis 0,06 longis, 0,03 latis 5-7-nerviis.” The holotype is said to be a Barclay specimen at k from Fiji, but no such specimen has been located. The trinomial does not appear in de Candolle’s 1923 treatment in Candollea. FaMILy 49. PEPEROMIACEAE PEPEROMIACEAE A. C. Sm. fam. nov.! Peperomiaceae Novak in Preslia 26: 357, nom. nud. 1954; Nemeje in Acta Mus. Nat. Pragae, Ser. B. 12 (2-3): 91, 92, sine descr. lat. 1956. A family often submerged in the Piperaceae but differing in reasonably obvious characters as here mentioned: herbs, often epiphytic, the stems usually succulent, often 'As far as I have been able to ascertain, the family name Peperomiaceae has never been validly published (i. e. in accord with ICBN Arts. 18, 34, and 36), although it has been used in many works subsequent to the 1954 and 1956 treatments listed above. Gtinther Buchheim (in litt.) is also of this opinion, and therefore | here propose the family as new. If we have overlooked a publication of it that is in compliance with the ICBN, the present proposal would of course be superseded. Herbae terrestres vel epiphyticae, caulibus plerumque succulentis, fascibus vascularibus discretis, stipu- lis nullis; floribus & unoquoque bractea peltata suborbiculari glabra subtento; staminibus 2, antherarum loculis lateralibus demum confluentibus; gynoecio unicarpellato, stigmate simplici saepe subapicali, sacculo embryonali plerumque 16-nucleato. Typus genericus familiae: Peperomia Ruiz & Pavon. 76 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 with swollen nodes, the vascular bundles separate; leaves opposite, alternate, or verticillate; stipules lacking; flowers sessile (very rarely short-pedicellate) or immersed in spadix pits, 8 , each subtended by a consistently peltate, orbicular or suborbicular, glabrous bract; stamens 2, the anthers with lateral, eventually confluent locules; gynoecium I-loculed, composed of a single carpel, the stigma simple, often penicillate, often subapical; embryo sac normally with 16 nuclei. DIsTRIBUTION: Two to four genera with more than 1,000 species, pantropical. The only large genus is Peperomia, which has several species indigenous in Fiji. 1. PEPEROMIA Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Per. Chil. Prodr. 8. 1794; Seem. Fl. Vit. 259. 1868; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 25. 1936, in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 215. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 443. 1949, in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 83: 300. 1956. Usually fleshy, terrestrial or epiphytic herbs with prostrate or ascending to erect stems; leaves alternate, opposite, or whorled, petiolate (sometimes shortly so), gla- brous or variously pilose, with palmate, plinerved, or pinnate venation; spadices unbranched or in branching clusters, terminal, axillary, or leaf-opposed; flowers numerous, subtended by peltate, subsessile, essentially orbicular bracts; stamens 2; pistil 1, the stigma glabrous or pilose, apical or usually subapical on the oblique apex of ovary; fruit usually less than | mm. long, sometimes verrucose and viscid. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Probably the most appropriate lectotype species, among the three discussed by Ruiz and Pavon, is Peperomia secunda Ruiz & Pavon (vide Britton, Fl. Bermuda, 94. 1918; Howard in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 382. 1973). DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical, with at least 1,000 species. In the present treatment I recognize 24 species as occurring in Fiji, one of them being an adventive and 23 indigenous, of which 21 are considered endemic. To many of the endemic species Yuncker assigned infraspecific taxa, which he uniformly treated as varieties; some of these are here retained and I have kept the category of variety for them, although I believe that most would be better treated as forms of minor consequence. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Yuncker, T. G. Genus Peperomia Ruizand Pavon. Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 25-47. 1936. Yuncker, T. G. Additional notes on the Fijian species of Peperomia. J. Arnold Arb. 30: 443-449. 1949. The only critical work on the genus Peperomia in Fiji has been published by T. G. Yuncker between 1936 and 1956, as noted above; this has been followed, with a few alterations as indicated, in the text below. It is interesting to note (Yuncker in Brittonia 10: 3. 1958) that in Peperomia the place of origin of the inflorescences and their degree of branching are not useful characters in dividing the genus, as the inflorescences originate variously, often in the same species. In the Piperaceae (sensu str.), however, the place of origin of the inflorescences and whether or not they are branching appear to be sufficiently constant characters to permit the recognition of discrete genera. Following Yuncker’s usage, the length of the spike when expressed in the following key is taken to imply the length of the fertile rachis only; the length of the peduncle is sometimes stated separately in the key. Whether the stigma is apical or subapical, a character utilized by both de Candolle and Yuncker, may have some significance but is here considered too difficult of observation to provide a useful key character. Sim- ilarly, the flower-subtending bracts and the flowers themselves (FIGURE 34B) are too uniform in our species to provide satisfactory key characters, although crowding or spacing of flowers on the rachis may be useful in some cases. The fruit surfaces are fairly uniform in the indigenous Fijian species, usually being verrucose (FIGURE 33D) or papillose (FIGURE 34D) and viscid; the adventive Peperomia pellucida has quite 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 77 different fruits, pointed and longitudinally costulate. In addition to the 24 species discussed below, at least one and probably more species are cultivated in Fiji. However, the only available vouchers for such cultivated Peperomiae are DA 16473 and DA 16474, both obtained in a private garden in Lami, Rewa Province, Viti Levu. Neither of these specimens is in good enough condition to permit a positive identification, but it seems likely that they represent two different cultivars of P obtusifolia (L.) A. Dietr., a widely cultivated and variable species with large, thick-carnose, suborbicular or obovate leaf blades, which sometimes are yellow- ish toward margins. KEY TO SPECIES AND INFRASPECIFIC TAXA Leaves predominantly opposite to verticillate; usually terrestrial plants. Stems, leaf blades, and peduncles often densely (at least moderately) hirtellous, the leaf blades variable in shape, predominantly oval to obovate, up to 5 x 3 cm. but often smaller, usually obtuse at apex; spikes numerous, axillary and terminal, up to 12 cm. long; widely distributed species often growing on rocky shores or on dry, rocky slopes, infrequently epiphytic in forest. ............. 1. PB leptostachya Stems, leaf blades, and peduncles glabrous or very sparsely hirtellous. Nodal thickenings of stem (padlike enlargements immediately beneath leaf scars) present; petioles about 2 mm. long, grooved on upper surface; leaf blades obovate, up to 3* 1.2 cm.; species of high elevation knowntonly fromevVitiWevus se... cee cre oe ores ce ee ate cees tems 2. PR. nodosa Nodal thickenings of stem lacking; petioles 4—i2 mm. long, not conspicuously grooved; leaf blades usually elliptic to subovate, usually 2.5-5 * 2-3.5 cm.; species of rocky shores or sea cliffs, known onlygiromilaureceiciciioectis rete dtiec es sicise Sete emicaeee rinses. uk, pilostigma Leaves predominantly alternate; epiphytic or terrestrial plants. Spikes leaf-opposed, slender, 1.5-5 cm. long; plants epiphytic, lax, with slender stems not more than 2 mm. thick; petioles 5mm. long or less; leaf blades elliptic or rhomboid-elliptic to lanceolate, 1.5-4.5* 1-2 cm. at maturity; known only from Viti Levu and Kandavu. Stems, petioles, and peduncles glabrous; leaf blades glabrous except for inconspicuous, distal, marginal Gili os sua eesecuecoon net she SoSOD COs OOS nCdn6 Omen aeBeSraS penta 4. P. subroseispica Stems, petioles, and peduncles densely (or at least obviously) hirtellous; leaf blades puberulent on both AIGRCSS,. cadbocatooonal 6oS0oRa OO GETD cOOnEnS SO OMOMEHrnTe amt pee etc 5. PR. vitilevuensis Spikes axillary and/or terminal. Plants obviously and mostly more or less completely pilose (i. e. on stems, petioles, leaf blades at least beneath, and usually on peduncles). Petioles of mature leaves as long as or longer than leaf blades, 1-2.5 (-6) cm. long (in early stages sometimes only 2 mm. long), the blades orbicular to elliptic-obovate, usually 1-3 cm. long and broad at maturity, rounded at apex; peduncles (0.3-) |-2 cm. long, the spikes not more than 2.5 cm. long (sometimes as short as 0.4cm.); small, short-stemmed, essentially erect plants not more than 5 cm. high. Leaf blades orbicular, (0.2-) 1-1.4 cm. long and broad; known only from Viti Levu and Ovalau. 6a. P. orbiculimba var. orbiculimba Leaf blades obovate or elliptic-obovate, (0.8-) 1-2.5 x (0.7-) 1-3 cm.; known only from Vanua LGW os og po cos condo onosbaooacNone DUR oeorenO 6b. P. orbiculimba var. mathuataensis Petioles obviously shorter than leaf blades; comparatively large plants, more than 5 cm. high (or, if repent, with stems exceeding 5 cm. in length). Spikes mostly solitary (seldom in branching, axillary clusters). Leaf blades palmately 3-nerved, oval or obovate; known only from Viti Levu and Ovalau. Stems erect or ascending, not rooting at nodes, densely pilose with hairs to | mm. long; spikes 2-7 cm. long, the peduncles 5-12 mm. long, densely puberulent; petioles 5-8 mm. long, densely puberulent; leaf blades oval to obovate, up to 3.5 x 2 cm., puberulent beneath. 7. P. nandarivatensis Stems more or less decumbent and rooting at nodes, minutely puberulent; spikes 0.4-2.7 cm. long, the peduncles 2-6 mm. long, essentially glabrous; petioles 2-3 mm. long, minutely puberulent; leaf blades usually not more than 1.7 = 1.1 cm. (but sometimes to 4 * 2.3 cm.), glabrous on both sides or minutely puberulent beneath. ........... 8. P. curtispica Leaf blades palmately 5(or more-)-nerved. Apex of leaf blades appreciably narrowed and attenuate, acute to acuminate (rarely obtuse). Stems and petioles densely hirtellous with spreading hairs; known only from Viti Levu. Nodes of the stem and branches not conspicuous, green in living specimens; leaf blades 78 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 lance-elliptic to obovate, (1.8-) 2.5-4 = (0.7-) 1.2-2.5 cm., dark-glandular-punctate loncelits GooneoboncoooeddoenouoDOODcdd6 60 o0oO0000CCCN0004 9. P. parhamii Nodes of the stem and branches conspicuously swollen, deep purple in living specimens; leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-subobovate, (2.5-) 4-8 x (1-) 1.5-4 cm., strongly Orange-red-elandula lege eeietieistetere theres electra 10. P. purpurinodis Stems and petioles densely appressed-hirtellous, the nodes of stems and branches not conspicuous, green in living specimens; leaf blades elliptic to ovate-lanceolate, 1.5-5 x (0.7-) 1-2 cm., inconspicuously glandular-punctate; known only from Koro, Vanua Bevis and| Paveunitacessreiscieciecroetrcitrelcireree te erecrecicrcreieretereiate ll. P. vitiana Apex of leaf blades rounded or obtuse, not narrowed or attenuate, the blades 3-5.5 (7) x 1.5-3.3 (-4) cm. Stems, branches, petioles, and peduncles densely hirtellous with stiffly spreading hairs less than 0.25 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic; spikes 1.5-3.5 cm. long and slender, | mm. or less in diameter; known only from Viti Levu. ................ 12. P. namosiana Stems, branches, petioles, and peduncles densely hirsute with curved-appressed hairs 0.5-1 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic to obovate; spikes 1.5-4 cm. long and comparatively stout, about 2 mm. in diameter; known only from Vanua Levu. ... 13. P. ciliifolia Spikes in branching, axillary clusters (very infrequently solitary). Stems, branches, and petioles densely white-villose with spreading hairs | mm. long or less; leaf blades elliptic or lanceolate-elliptic, 3-4.5 x 1-1.4 cm., acute to acuminate at apex, loosely villose on both surfaces; spikes mostly in umbellate clusters of 3, 5-10 mm. long (immature only known), the peduncles to 5 mm. long, glabrous or sparsely villose. 14. P. naitasiriensis Stems, branches, and petioles with hairs 0.25 mm. long or less; spikes mostly 3-5 in branching clusters, the peduncles 2-3 mm. long. Indument densely hirtellous, composed of stiff, spreading hairs; petioles 2-3 mm. long; leaf blades 2-5 x 0.7-2 cm., acute to obtusish at apex. Peduncles densely hirtellous; leaf blades elliptic or lanceolate, 2-5 x 0.7-2 cm., acute at apex, densely hirtellous on both surfaces; spikes 12-25 mm. long; known only from Mitte Pevuneerytrrerrciil ieee titer eer 15a. P. nandalana var. nandalana Peduncles glabrous; leaf blades elliptic-obovate to rhomboidal, 2.5-4~ 1.2-1.7 cm., acute to obtusish at apex, moderately to sparingly crispate-puberulent on both surfaces; spikes 5-12 mm. long; known only from Vanua Levu. 15b, P. nandalana var. nudipeduncula Indument crisp-pubescent, composed of curved hairs; petioles up to 5 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate, 4-6 x 1.5-2.5 cm., acuminate at apex; spikes 10-15 mm. long; known only from Viti Levu and Ovalau. ..................-- 16. P. disticha Plants essentially glabrous or at most with only a few hairs (and these usually restricted to stems, rarely occurring on nerves or margins of leaf blades). Fruits rostellate, longitudinally costulate; leaf blades drying thin and membranous, broadly ovate, cordate or cordate-truncate at base; spikes leaf-opposed and terminal, slender, up to Scm. long, with well separated flowers; a weedy adventive. ...................-005- 17. P. pellucida Fruits not longitudinally costulate; leaf blades often carnose, usually remaining thick when dried, obtuse to attenuate at base; spikes not leaf-opposed; indigenous species. Leaf blades palmately 3- or 5-nerved (or the uppermost principal nerves sometimes loosely concurrent with costa for 1-2 mm.), essentially glabrous. Spikes mostly solitary. Leaf blades not more than 4 cm. long. Plants suberect, terrestrial, glabrous, the stems often 3 mm. or more in diameter when dried, with conspicuous nodes; leaf blades elliptic to obovate, 2.5-4 x 1.5-2.3 cm., often obtusely attenuate at apex; spikes up to 8 cm. long; habitat in low elevation rocky places; known only from Lau. .................... 18. P. endlicheri var. fijiana Plants more or less decumbent and rooting at nodes, epiphytic at high elevations, the stems slender, scarcely 1 mm. in diameter, with inconspicuous nodes; leaf blades oval or obovate, to 4x 2.3cm., usually not more than 1.7 x 1.1 cm.; spikes 1-2 cm. long; minute pubescence often present on stems and leaves, but entire plant sometimes glabrous; known only from Viti Levu and Ovalau. ...................... 8. P. curtispica Leaf blades about 6 < 1-1.5 cm., pubescent on nerves beneath, falcately long-acuminate; knownlonlystromplaveuniteery se eeeeeeeeen iene ieee 21. P. falcata Spikes mostly in branching, axillary clusters; leaf blades often more than 4 cm. long (but sometimes as small as | cm. long); widespread on high islands throughout Fiji. Base of leaf blades acute to attenuate, the apex acute to acuminate, the blades seldom smaller than 3 x 1 cm.; petioles 3-7 mm. long; spikes 2-7 cm. long at anthesis. 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 79 Leaf blades elliptic-lanceolate, (2-) 5-8 = (0.7-) 1.3-2.6 (-2.9) cm.; comparatively slender plants, the stems succulent but seldom more than 5 mm. in diameter when fresh or 3 mm. in diameter when dried; spikes comparatively slender, rarely exceeding | mm. in Giametens mete vercrercatetettemtorette ettereercretyscversrale (= 19a. P. lasiostigma var. lasiostigma Leaf blades predominantly elliptic to ovate, 4-10 = (1.8-) 2.2-4 cm.; comparatively robust plants, the stems succulent, up to 10 mm. in diameter when fresh or 6 mm. in diameter when dried; spikes comparatively robust, often 2 mm. in diameter. 19b. P. lasiostigma var. carnosa Base of leaf blades rounded to acute, the apex obtuse, the blades 1-1.8 = 0.7-0.9 cm.,; petioles 1-2 mm. long; spikes about 6 mm. long; known only from Vanua Levu. 19c. P. lasiostigma var. microlimba Leaf blades mostly plinerved (the principal nerves concurrent for at least a few millimeters above base, very rarely free nearly to base), glabrous or sparsely pilose. Two innermost lateral nerves of leaf blades concurrent for 2-5 mm., the blades ovate- or elliptic-lanceolate, acute to cuneate at base. Leaf blades narrowly and conspicuously attenuately acuminate. Stems and branches glabrous or when very young with minute appressed hairs distally; leaf blades 6-9 = 2-4.5 cm., essentially glabrous, not falcate; petioles 2-3 mm. long, glabrous or when young obscurely appressed-pilose; spikes to 4cm. long and compara- tively robust, often 1.5-2 mm. in diameter. Leaf blades about 3 times as long as broad, elliptic-lanceolate; known only from Koro, Vanua Levu, and Taveuni. Apex of leaf blades narrowly and attenuately acuminate, the base acute; leaves all ACHES.” seeconnsocdonnadcaanEsocoauaac6 20a. P. attenuata var. attenuata Apex of leaf blades less slenderly pointed, the base acute to cuneate, the lower leaves not uncommonly opposite. .............- 20b. P. attenuata var. taveuniana Leaf blades mostly 2-2.5 times as long as broad, ovate-lanceolate. 20c. P. attenuata var. roseispica Stems and branches crisp-pubescent with hairs about 0.5 mm. long; leaf blades about 6 x 1-1.5 cm., pubescent on nerves beneath, falcately long-acuminate; petioles 3-5 (-10) mm. long, crisp-pubescent; spikes (known only in immature state and solitary in that condition) 1.5-1.7 cm. long and slender, about | mm. in diameter; known only from AWA VEMIMDICY tere ie tek choot veve ie ieicvevevasererousvarevs atlas loyevayaress areyoie ecbieelsvtrese, nfo eneueve 21. P. falcata Leaf blades acute to acuminate but not slenderly attenuate, elliptic-lanceolate, 3-6 = 0.9-2.3 cm., glabrous or pilose along nerves on upper surface; petioles 3-10 mm. long, glabrous; stems and branches glabrous; inflorescences mostly in upper leaf axils, the spikes to 3cm. long, comparatively slender, 1-1.5 mm. in diameter. Leaf blades mostly 3-5 x 0.9-1.8 cm., glabrous; known only from Viti Levu. 22a. P. flavida var. flavida Leaf blades 4-6 x 1.5-2.3 cm., pilose above along nerves but often glabrescent; known only OM, WANA ILS odgac0nbd0cbnnooonouDESeOODE 22b. P. flavida var. pubinervis Two innermost lateral nerves of leaf blades concurrent for 5-10 mm., the blades attenuately acuminate at apex, acute at base. Leaf blades ovate to oval-lanceolate, (3-) 4-6.3 x (1-) 1.8-3.5 cm.; petioles usually 5-15 mm. long; spikes 1.5-4 cm. long; epiphytic plants with pendent branches to | m. long, these succulent and up to 12 mm. in diameter when fresh and about 6 mm. in diameter when dried; known only from Vanua Levu. ...........-- see eee cece 23. P. albertiana Leaf blades elliptic- to oblong-lanceolate, 3.5-6 x 0.7-1.7 cm.; petioles 2-3 mm. long; spikes 0.5-1.2cm. long; terrestrial or epiphytic plants 15-75 cm. high, the stem and branches 2-4 mm. in diameter when dried; known only from Taveuni. ......... 24. P. laevilimba 1. Peperomia leptostachya Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey Voy. 96. 1832; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 112: 57. fig. 16. 1933, in op. cit. 141: 46. 1936, in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 219. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 444. 1949, in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 94. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. As it occurs in Fiji, Peperomia leptostachya is found at elevations from sea level to 900 m., usually as a terrestrial herb on rocky shores, on the rocks and boulders of open hillsides, on rocks in dry forest, or on boulders in crest thickets. Occasionally it is noted 80 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 as an epiphyte in forest. Its succulent stems are pink to red, and flowers and fruits may be anticipated throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION: The holotype (K) was collected during the voyage of H. M. S. Blossom, probably by Lay and Collie, on the island of Oahu, Hawaii, in 1826 or 1827. DISTRIBUTION: From Micronesia and Queensland eastward through Melanesia and Polynesia. Various segregate taxa have been recognized of the relationship of this widespread species (cf. Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 143: 58-62. 1937); if it is divided into varieties or other infraspecific taxa, the Fijian material seems to fall into the type-including group. LOCAL NAME: The name tangatanga has been noted by St. John in the Yasawas. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Nangua, St. John 18108. VITI LEVU: Ma: Mt. Mbati- lamu, Vunda, DA 14128, 14813; northern portion of Mt. Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt. Natondra, Smith 4296; vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4433; Korovou, east of Tavua, Degener 14946; Waikumbukumbu, DA 7057; Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4173. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Ruwailevu, Singatoka River, Webster & Hildreth 14372; Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 1058. NaMosi: Mt. Voma, DA 1845. KANDAVU: DA 2977; Namalata Isthmus region, Smith 31. OVA- LAU: Vuma, DA 17036. NGAU: Tothill 810; shore of Herald Bay, in vicinity of Sawaieke, Smith 7927. VANUA LEVU: MatTHuaTA: Coast near Lambasa, Greenwood 677; Mt. Uluimbau, south of Lambasa, Smith 6605. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Uluinambathi, Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 13942; small island in Mbutha Bay, Bierhorst F177. MOALA: North coast, Smith 1402. Fis without further locality, Weber 49 (B, probably destroyed but cited by Yuncker), DA 5540. 2. Peperomia nodosa Yuncker in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 219. fig. 3. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. A rare species known only from the upper elevations of the Mt. Evans Range, Viti Levu, probably at about 1,100-1,190 m. It is a terrestrial, tufted herb with the stems ascending or suberect and up to 20 cm. high, and with thin, red spikes. Flowering specimens have been obtained in October. TYPIFICATION: The holotype is Greenwood 950 (GH), collected Oct. 25, 1942, on the main ridge of the Mt. Evans Range, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the type locality. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 126. This very distinctive endemic is well figured by Yuncker; its relationship to the lowland Peperomia pilostigma, with which I have keyed it, does not seem very close. 3. Peperomia pilostigma Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 47. fig. 20. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pi. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. This rare endemic is a terrestrial herb 15-30 cm. tall, occurring near sea level on cliffs or shores and perhaps only on limestone. Flowering and fruiting specimens have been obtained in March and April. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1492 (BISH HOLOTYPE; several ISOTYPES), collected April 2, 1934, in the northern limestone section of Vanua Mbalavu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from two islands of the northern Lau group. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YATHATA: Oncoast, DA 15550. VANUA MBALAVU: Nambavatu (near type locality), Tothill 81/1, 811A. 4. Peperomia subroseispica C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 165. 1909.F1GuRE 29A. Peperomia flexuosa Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 30. fig. 1/7. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 81 An epiphytic herb in dense forest, or sometimes terrestrial on volcanic agglomerate on high ridges, at elevations of 500-1,323 m. (one specimen cited below is said to be from low elevation at Lami, but this may be questioned). The reddish stems are up to 40 cm. or more long, the lower leaf surfaces are sometimes reddish-streaked, and the spikes are greenish. Flowering and fruiting collections have been made between May and October. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Peperomia subroseispica is Gibbs 726 (BM), collected in September, 1907, at Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu; the elevation stated, 1,010 m., indicates that the collection came from the summit of a ridge (as noted by Gibbs) substantially higher than Nandarivatu itself. It is strange that Yuncker (in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 35. 1936) reduced de Candolle’s species to P. lasiostigma, although he cited and doubtless saw the holotype, a specimen which (as described by de Candolle) clearly has leaf-opposed spikes. Asa result of this oversight, Yuncker redescribed the species as P. flexuosa, typified by Smith 263 (BISH HOLOTYPE; FiGure 29. A, Peperomia subroseispica, distal portion of stem, with foliage and leaf-opposed spikes, * 1, from Smith 263. B, Peperomia vitilevuensis, distal portion of stem, with foliage and leaf-opposed spikes, * 6, from DA 13070. 82 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 25, 1933, on Mt. Mbuke Levu, Kandavu. There can be no doubt that the two types are conspecific. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu and Kandavu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Slopes and summit of Mt. Tomanivi, Parks 20825, Smith 5197, DA 12708 (Melville et al. 7096), 13082, Webster & Hildreth 14177. Namosi: Mt. Voma, DA 1927, 1939. NaiTasirt: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 5773, 6107. Rewa: Lami, Tothill 818. (The last locality, as noted above, seems dubious, as this species is not to be expected near sea level.) 5. Peperomia vitilevuensis Yuncker in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 445. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 307. 1972. FIGURE 29B. An epiphytic herb occurring in dense forest and summit thickets at elevations between 850 and 1,323 m. The stems are up to 15 cm. high (or long) and, like the leaves, are sometimes reddish-mottled; the spikes are green. Flowering material has been obtained between June and October, but fruits have thus far been noted only in October. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 4862 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at US), collected June 23, 1947, on the summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Tomanivi, DA 13070; summit of Mt. Tomanivi, Webster & Hildreth 14201. SERuA: Mt. Tuvutau, DA 14497. Ra: Ridge from Mt. Namama (east of Nandarivatu) toward Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5711. This species and the preceding (Peperomia subroseispica, including P. flexuosa) differ unmistakably from other Fijian Peperomiae in their invariably leaf-opposed spikes. The densely hirtellous indument of P. vitilevuensis readily distinguishes it from the definitely glabrous P. subroseispica. It seems curious that the two species are found sympatrically, both occurring on the summit of Mt. Tomanivi and perhaps elsewhere. However, no intermediates have been found and the cited material may be confidently referred to one or the other taxon. 6. Peperomia orbiculimba Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 27. 1936. Some years after describing this species Yuncker proposed a variety of it, distin- guishable in minor characters of leaf shape and size. On the basis of the available material, the two varieties of Peperomia orbiculimba seem reasonably distinct and have different ranges, as far as known; therefore they are here maintained. The species as a whole is one of the most distinct of the Fijian Peperomiae. 6a. Peperomia orbiculimba Yuncker var. orbiculimba; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. Peperomia orbiculimba Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 27. fig. 8. 1936, in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 215. 1943. The typical variety of Peperomia orbiculimba occurs sparsely from sea level to 800 m., terrestrial on dry rocks or epiphytic in forest. It is an essentially erect, short- stemmed plant not more than 5 cm. high, with yellowish green spikes. The few known collections, all in flower, were obtained between January and April. TYPIFICATION: The holotype is Horne 370 (k), collected in January, 1878, on dry rocks near Levuka, Ovalau. 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 83 Ficure 30. Peperomia orbiculimba var. mathuataensis, from Smith 6859; A, entire plant and a leaf blade from another plant, < 1; B, distal portion of plant, with a developing leaf blade and a young spike, * 6; C, mature spike, * 6. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from three collections from Viti Levu and Ovalau. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 2/2; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Degener 14534. The Greenwood specimen (seen only at kK) agrees perfectly with the type in facies, leaf shape, and indument, but it is much smaller (perhaps coming froma very exposed situation): petioles 2-3 mm. long; leaf blades 2-4 mm. in diameter; peduncles 3-4 mm. long; spikes 4-S mm. long. 6b. Peperomia orbiculimba var. mathuataensis Yuncker in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 445. 1949: J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. FiGureE 30. A terrestrial plant occurring at elevations of 100-500 m. on rocky banks or cliffs along streams in dense forest or in steep, open forest. The leaf blades are sometimes reddish purple beneath. Flowering material has been obtained in November and December and fruits only in the latter month. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 6859(A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Dec. 4, 1947, at the southern base of the Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. 84 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from two collections from Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: MATHuATA: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6569. 7. Peperomia nandarivatensis Yuncker in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 216. fig. J. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 446. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. A terrestrial herb to 15 cm. high, occurring on rock ledges or boulders in dense forest at elevations of 750-1,075 m. Flowers have been noted in March, June, and December and fruits only in March. TYPIFICATION: The type is Degener 14838 (GH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at K), collected Mar. 16, 1941, near Nandala, south of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4670; near Navai, south of Nandarivatu, O. & J. Degener 32352. 8. Peperomia curtispica C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 166. 1909; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 34. fig. 13. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 446. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 304. 1972. FIGURE 31A. Peperomia parhamii var. glabra Yuncker in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 83: 304. 1956; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. A epiphytic herb, sometimes with deep red nodes, often decumbent and rooting at nodes, occurring in dense forest, mossy ridge forest, or in the dense thickets of crests at elevations of 575-1,120 m. Flowering specimens have been obtained between May and September. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Peperomia curtispicais Gibbs 651 (BM), collected in September, 1907, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Peperomia parhamii var. glabra is typified by Smith 7377 (us 2190297 HOLOTYPE), obtained May 11, 1953, on the summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Ovalau. The indument of the stems and leaf blades of this distinctive species is sometimes apparent, although inconspicuous, and sometimes apparently quite lack- ing. The type of P. parhamii var. glabra appears to me to belong with the glabrous phase of P. curtispica. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from Viti Levu and Ovalau. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 4861; hills east of Nandala Creek, south of Nandarivatu, Smith 5948. NANDRONGA & NAVOSA: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5515. NaAmost: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3097. Ra: Ridge from Mt. Namama (east of Nandarivatu) toward Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5710. NAITASIRI: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 5772. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Parks 20619, 20703. F131 without further locality, Gillespie 3109, DA 3879. 9. Peperomia parhamii Yuncker in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 446. 1949. Peperomia parhamii Yuncker var. parhamii; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. An epiphytic herb with stems to 30 cm. high or more, occurring in dense forest or on ridges and crests at elevations of 700-1,155 m. Flowering material has been obtained between March and August. TYPIFICATION: The type is DA 2187 (coll. B. E. V. Parham) (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTY PES 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 85 at K, SUVA), collected March 24, 1940, in the Korombasambasanga Range, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known definitely only from Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME: The name mbeta ni koro was recorded by Gillespie (no. 2747). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NAmosi: Summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie s. n.; slopes of Mt. Voma, DA 597, 605, 1778, 1920. F131 without further locality, Gillespie 2747, 2747a, 3152. Yuncker also described a var. glabra of Peperomia parhamii, but, as noted under the preceding species, I believe this better placed in P. curtispica. With its removal, there is no need for a var. parhamii. 10. Peperomia purpurinodis Yuncker in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 83: 303. fig. 4. 1956; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 307. 1972. An epiphytic herb occurring in dense forest at elevations of 50-400 m. The plant attains a height of about 30 m., the nodes of its stem being conspicuously swollen and deep purple; the upper internodes and spikes are reddish. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in months scattered throughout the year. Ficure 31. A, Peperomia curtispica, entire plants, * 1, from Smith 4861. B, Peperomia vitiana, distal portion of stem, with foliage and axillary inflorescences, * 1, from Smith 644 86 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 TyYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 9033 (us 2191634 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BISH), collected Oct. 26, 1953, in hills east of the Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NaAmosti: Vicinity of Namosi, Parks 20193. NaAtTasiRi: Viria, Parks 20438; Waimanu River region, DA 15442; Waimbau Creek, Sawani-Serea road, DA | /2/3; Prince’s Road, DA 532, 1589, 6060; Tholo-i-suva, Parks 20090; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2426, 2427; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3603. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Parks 20446, 20873, 20937. This species, known to Yuncker only from the type collection, is now seen to be fairly frequent in southeastern Viti Levu; it is readily recognized by the swollen, purple nodes of its stems. 11. Peperomia vitiana C. DC. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 458. 1869; Seem. FI. Vit. 433, pro syn. 1873; C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 167. 1909; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 28. fig. 9. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 307. 1972. FIGURE 31B. Peperomia sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, p. p. 1861, Viti, 442, p. p. 1862. Peperomia pallida sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 259, p. p. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 276, p. p. 1892; non A. Dietr. An epiphytic herb, or growing on dead logs, in forest or in dense crest thickets at elevations of 300-1,030 m. The stems are 35 cm. or more high and the spikes are reddish. Flowering and fruiting material has been obtained in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type is Seemann 565, p. p. (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected in June, 1860, on Taveuni, without further locality. Seemann combined two species in his no. 565, the second being Peperomia laevilimba Yuncker. The two parts of no. 565 at K are mounted on a single sheet. The specimen at GH represents P. vitiana, whereas that at BM represents P. /aevilimba. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from Koro, Vanua Levu, and Taveuni. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 971. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Crest of Mt. Mbatini Range, Smith 644; Mt. Mariko, Smith 479; between Mbiangunu and Vemsi, along trail over Mt. Mariko, Bierhorst F131; Mt. Ndikeva, Smith 1899. TAVEUNI: Wainggilo, Nggeleni, DA 15884; vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4733. 12. Peperomia namosiana Yuncker in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 83: 302. fig. 3. 1956; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. An apparently infrequent epiphytic herb occurring in dense forest at elevations of 250-350 m. The stems attain a length of 1 m. and are dull purplish proximally and up to 2 cm. in diameter, being greenish distally. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 8829 (us 2191471 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K), collected in flower and fruit Oct. 5, 1953, in the valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the type collection. 13. Peperomia ciliifolia Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 30. fig. 10. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 304. 1972. FriGureE 32A. A terrestrial herb, occurring on moist banks in dense forest and on forested ridges at elevations of 600-900 m.; the stem attains a height (or length) of 60 cm. Flowering material of this infrequent species has been obtained in August and November. 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 87 TyYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 478 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 14, 1933, on Mt. Mariko, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 12794. This apparently rare species is readily distinguished from Peperomia namosiana, its closest relative, by its copious indument of curved-appressed hairs, these being much longer than the stiffly spreading hairs of P. namosiana. 14. Peperomia naitasiriensis Yuncker in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 447. 1949; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. This apparently rare species is an epiphytic herb occurring in dense forest at elevations of 870 to perhaps 1,200 m. or more; the stems and lower leaf surfaces are reddish-tinged. Flowering material has been obtained in August and September. TyPIFICATION: The holotype is a unicate specimen, Smith 6144 (A), collected Sept. 18, 1947, on the northern portion of the Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from upland Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Tomanivi, Vaughan 3256 (BM). The dense, white, villose indument of the stems and leaves sharply characterizes this species, which is also marked by having the spikes in umbellate clusters of three. 15. Peperomia nandalana Yuncker in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 217. 1943. Both varieties of this species are rare, one known only from Viti Levu and the other only from Vanua Levu. As far as indicated by the available material, the differences utilized in my key seem reliable. 15a. Peperomia nandalana Yuncker var. nandalana; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. FIGURE 32B & C. Peperomia nandalana Yuncker in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 217. fig. 2. 1943. A terrestrial herb occurring on rock ledges and boulders in dark, wet, dense forest at elevations (as far as recorded) of 750-780 m.; the stems attain a length of 90 cm. Flowering and fruiting material has been obtained in February, March, and May. TYPIFICATION: The type is Degener 14837 (GH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US, and perhaps elsewhere), collected March 16, 1941, near Nandala, south of Nandari- vatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME: The name mbeta was recorded by Degener (no. 14460), but this merely implies a plant in flower. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBA: Mt. Matomba, near Nandala, Degener 14460. NAMOSI: Wainimbaivatu, DA 1/4235. 15b. Peperomia nandalana var. nudipeduncula Yuncker in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 447. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. FiGureE 32D. A terrestrial herb on rocky banks along streams in dense forest, or epiphytic on forested ridges, occurring at elevations of 100-930 m. Flowering and fruiting material has been obtained in August and December. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 6862 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 88 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 89 collected Dec. 4, 1947, at the southern base of the Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DisTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from Vanua Levu from two collections. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Summit ridge of Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 12788. 16. Peperomia disticha Yuncker in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 83: 302. fig. 2. 1956; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Is]. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 304. 1972. Anepiphytic herb with stems 40 cm. or more long, occurring in dense forest or crest thickets at elevations of 100-626 m. Flowering and fruiting specimens have been obtained in April and May. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 7369 (us 2190291 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected May 11, 1953, on the summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Ovalau. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from only two collections obtained on Viti Levu and Ovalau. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, in vicinity of Ndakui- vuna, Smith 7211. Although Yuncker implied a relationship of this rare species to Peperomia lasio- stigma, it appears to me more closely allied to the Fijian Peperomiae with obvious indument and paniculately branched, axillary clusters of spikes. Therefore I have keyed it with P. nandalana, although the two species are readily separated by the type of indument and leaf characters. 17. Peperomia pellucida (L.) H. B. K. Nova Gen. et Sp. 1: 64. 1816; Yuncker in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 215. 1943; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 30:81. 1949; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 35. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 220. 1964, ed. 2. 306. 1972. Piper pellucidum L. Sp. Pl. 30. 1753. A terrestrial or occasionally epiphytic herb usually 20-45 cm. high, occurring at elevations of sea level to about 400 m. as a weed along roadsides, in plantations, on damp ground in shady places near houses, and occasionally along forest trails. Flowering and fruiting material may be found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: From the three references given by Linnaeus, it seems likely that a specimen in Clifford’s Herbarium (BM) may be taken as the lectotype. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, but now widely dispersed as a weed throughout tropical areas. It is a comparatively recent introduction into Fiji, the earliest available collection being Greenwood 562, obtained in November, 1922. Use: One collector indicates that the plant may be used as a medicinal poultice. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Namosi: Navua River region, Greenwood 562A. NAITASIRI-REWA boundary: Mt. Kombalevu, Parks 2030]. REwa: Suva, Meebold 16869, Degener & Ordonez 13670; by-pass road, Suva, DA 1/054, 11228; Department of Agriculture compound, Suva, DA 12222. VANUA LEVU: MartuuaTa: Lambasa, Greenwood 562. TAVEUNI: Nggathavulo Estate, DA 8883. FiGure 32. A, Peperomia ciliifolia, distal portion of stem, with foliage and inflorescences, * 1, from Smith 478. B & C, Peperomia nandalana var. nandalana, from Degener 14837, B, distal portion of stem, with foliage and inflorescences, * 1; C, two spikes of an inflorescence, showing hirtellous peduncles, * 6. D, Peperomia nandalana var. nudipeduncula, two spikes of an inflorescence, showing glabrous peduncles, * 6, from Smith 6862. 90 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 18. Peperomia endlicheri Miq. var. fijiana Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 32. fig. 12. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. A terrestrial herb to 40 cm. high, found at elevations between sea level and 100 m. on cliffs and in crevices of rock faces. The flowering spike is olive-green to brown, the fruits at length dark brown. Flowering and fruiting material has been obtained between March and August. TYPIFICATION: The type of the variety is Smith 1282 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISO- TYPES), collected March 5, 1934, on a limestone cliff, Kambara. DISTRIBUTION: The type locality of Miquel’s species is Norfolk Island, and the typical variety is also known from at least New Zealand and Samoa (cf. Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 143: 17. fig. 6. 1937). The Fijian variety is characterized by having its leaf blades usually obtusely attenuate at apex rather than rounded; it is known only from the Lau Group. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: MATUKU: Moseley, July, 1874. NAVUTU-I-LOMA: Bryan 466. 19. Peperomia lasiostigma C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 165. 1909. The specimens here referred to Peperomia lasiostigma form the largest complex in the genus of Fiji. Here may be placed those essentially glabrous plants, mostly epiphytic and mostly but not always from higher elevations, with the spikes in axillary, branching clusters (occasionally solitary) and with the leaf blades 3- or 5-nerved from the base (or with the uppermost principal nerves loosely concurrent with the costa for an insignificant distance). Both de Candolle and Yuncker appear to me to have subdivided this complex into either species or varieties too freely; in examining material in the field and in herbaria I can conscientiously recognize only two readily distinguishable groups, one (var. carnosa) substantially more robust as to its succulent stems, larger leaves, and more robust spikes than the other (var. /asiostigma); even between these two groups some specimens will appear intermediate, but I believe that they may be retained, although the category of forma might be more appropriate than that of varietas. A third entity (var. microlimba) appears correctly placed in this general complex; the only known specimen of it is unsatisfactory and scarcely worth consideration. It should be noted that Gibbs assigned her field number 600 to various collections that she thought conspecific. In studying her material, de Candolle divided the specimens into three parts, retaining the number 600 for the part he described as Peperomia carnosa. The portion that he described as P /asiostigma was renumbered by him as 890 and the portion described as P gibbsiae as 883. As the first author to combine these three taxa into a single species, Yuncker in 1936 took P Jasiostigma as the basic epithet and must be followed. 19a. Peperomia lasiostigma C. DC. var. lasiostigma; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. FIGURE 33A & B. Peperomia lasiostigma C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 165. 1909; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 35. fig. 14, a-f. 1936, in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 218. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 448. 1949. Peperomia gibbsiae C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 164. 1909. Peperomia pallida sensu Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 35. 1915; non A. Dietr. Peperomia lasiostigma vat. gibbsiae Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 37. fig. 14, g, h. 1936. Peperomia lasiostigma var. tomaniviensis Yuncker in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 449. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 91 A succulent herb occurring at elevations from near sea level to about 1,200 m. It is usually epiphytic in dense forest and in woods along streams, less frequently terrestrial in rocky places. The stems, lower leaf surfaces, and inflorescences are often reddish or red-streaked, and the inconspicuous nodes are sometimes purplish. Flowering and fruiting material has been obtained throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Peperomia lasiostigma 1s Gibbs 890 (BM), collected in September, 1907, near Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Peperomia gibbsiae is typified by Gibbs 883 (BM HOLOTYPE), also collected in September, 1907, near Nandarivatu. Neither de Candolle nor Yuncker suggests any valid points to separate this taxon from typical material of P /asiostigma; Yuncker has not identified any material as var. gibbsiae except the type. The type of P /asiostigma var. tomaniviensis 1s Smith 5114 (A HOLOTYPE; several ISOTYPES), collected July 7, 1947, on the western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Yuncker’s reason for distinguishing the two specimens he referred to var. tomaniviensis from typical P lasiostigma was “... because of the shape and smaller size of the leaves and more slender petioles. The stems are also more erect and more widely branched upward.” The specimens cited appear to me not to differ materially from many others from the same localities that Yuncker referred to the typical variety. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and probably occurring on most of the high islands. I have examined about 55 collections of this variety in addition to the types mentioned above. It may be noted that Peperomia lasiostigma is sympatric with P. subroseispica and P. vitilevuensis on Mt. Tomanivi. The three taxa are sufficiently similar to have been confused in herbaria, but the leaf-opposed spikes of the two latter immediately distinguish them. LocAL NAMES: Recorded names have been na miningalava and resuale (from inner Naitasiri Province), kaliningata (from Mba Province), and mbeta. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Nangua, St. John 181]/2. VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1/153, upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4699; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6266; Nandarivatu, im Thurn 285; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Vaughan 3239; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, im Thurn 29, 30, Smith 5268. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5596; Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 1058a. Namosi: Northern base of Koro- mbasambasanga Range, Smith 8689; Mt. Voma, DA 1/647. Nairasiri: Wainimala Valley, Rarandawai, Wainimala-Wainisavulevu divide, St. John 18259; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2426a. REwA: Summit of Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2391. OVALAU: Horne 29; summit and slopes of Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8022. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Vatunivuamonde, Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 14012; hills south of Natewa, Natewa Peninsula, Smith 1972. TAVEUNI: Track to lake east of Somosomo, DA 1241/1; western slope, between Somosomo and Wainki, Smith 738. 19b. Peperomia lasiostigma var. carnosa (C. DC.) Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 36. fig. 14, i. 1936, in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 219. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 448. 1949: J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. FIGURE 33C & D. Peperomia carnosa C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 166. 1909. Peperomia kandavuana Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 39. fig. 15. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 449. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. A succulent herb occurring in dense forest and in crest thickets at elevations from 200 to 1,323 m. It is usually epiphytic but sometimes terrestrial on rocks and humus- covered boulders. The stems are usually 20-50 cm. long and about | cm. in diameter when fresh, the internodes green to deep red, the nodes often deep red to purplish, and the inflorescences pale to deep red. Flowers and fruits have been observed in most months. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Peperomia carnosa is Gibbs Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 92 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 93 600 (BM), collected in September, 1907, near Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Peperomia kandavuana is typified by Smith 292 (BISH HOLOTYPE, many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 25, 1933, onthe summit of Mt. Mbuke Levu, Kandavu. In proposing the latter species, Yuncker provided no information to differentiate it from the robust specimens of P /asiostigma here referred to var. carnosa; subsequently, in 1949, he referred to P kandavuana specimens from upland Viti Levu from the precise localities where var. carnosa is abundant. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from Viti Levu, Kandavu, and Ovalau, but probably also occurring on other high islands. I have studied 32 collec- tions in addition to the two type collections. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 905; Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 125; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Parks 20763, ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 4985; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12710 (Melville et al. 7099); summit of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5148. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Ridge near Korolevaleva, DA 1454. NAMos!I: Hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8481; Korombasambasanga Range, DA 2259; Mt. Voma, DA 1/682. RA: Ridge from Mt. Namama (east of Nandarivatu) toward Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5720. Naivasiri: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 5782. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Graeffe 39, Smith 246. OVALAU: U. S. Expl. Exped., Horne 30; hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7648. 19c. Peperomia lasiostigma var. microlimba Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 37. fig. 14, 7, k. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. The single collection referred to this taxon was said by the collector to grow on rocks and trees in damp forest; the elevation of the locality is presumably less than 500 m. TYPIFICATION: The holotype is Horne 652 (Kk), collected in April, 1878, between Waiwai and Lomaloma, Mathuata or Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu; the route followed by Horne was an old track leading from Savusavu Bay to Nanduri, on the north coast of Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the type specimen. The only available specimen of this variety does indeed seem correctly placed in the Peperomia lasiostigma complex, but whether it really represents a distinct taxon or whether it is merely an extremely depauperate individual of var. /asiostigma must remain uncertain. Yuncker’s comment is: “Variety microlimba is based on a fragmen- tary and poorly prepared specimen which appears to be most closely allied to P lasiostigma. However, the small size of the plant and the shape and small size of the leaves distinguish it from that species.” 20. Peperomia attenuata Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 39. 1936. Yuncker’s concept of Peperomia attenuata is not readily separated from P. lasio- stigma var. carnosa, the degree of concurrence of the principal nerves of the leaf blades not being an entirely constant character. However, the very slenderly acuminate leaf Ficure 33. A & B, Peperomia lasiostigma var. lasiostigma, A, distal portion of stem, with foliage and inflorescences, * 1, from Smith 738; B, portion of flowering spike, * 30, from Smith 8689. C & D, Peperomia lasiostigma var. carnosa, from Smith 5148; C, distal portion of stem, with foliage and inflorescences, * 1; D, portion of spike with young fruits, * 30. 94 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 blades of P attenuata do indeed give the taxon a distinctive appearance and therefore I retain it as specifically distinct. There seems to be a certain degree of incipient geographic differentiation between the two populations. Yuncker’s varieties are also retained, although the differences among them are slight. 20a. Peperomia attenuata Yuncker var. attenuata; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 304. 1972. Peperomia attenuata Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 39. fig. 16, a-f- 1936. A terrestrial or epiphytic herb, with stems to 50 cm. long or more, occurring at elevations of 300-1,030 m. in dense forest or dense crest thickets. Flowers have been noted between November and February and fruits only in November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 7]2 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at NY), collected Nov. 29, 1933, on the summit of Mt. Mbatini, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far sparingly known only from Koro and Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 976. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Smith 480. 20b. Peperomia attenuata var. taveuniana Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 41. fig. 16, g, h. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 304. 1972. An epiphytic herb, or terrestrial on humus and decayed logs, occurring in dense forest at elevations of 600-900 m. The succulent stems are 25-60 cm. long and 8-15 mm. in diameter when fresh, green to dark reddish. Flowering and fruiting material has been obtained in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 889 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Dec. 29, 1933, on the western slope of Taveuni between Somosomo and Wairiki. DiIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and, as far as now known, to the island of Taveuni. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: TAVEUNI: Hills east of Somosomo, west of the old crater occupied by a small swamp and lake, Gillespie 4818, Smith 8356, DA 12409; immediate vicinity of the lake, DA 15892; valley between Mt. Manuka and main ridge of island, Smith 8300, 8307; above Nggathavulo Estate, DA 16915. 20c. Peperomia attenuata var. roseispica Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 41. fig. 16, i. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 304. 1972. A succulent epiphytic herb, occurring in dense forest or on forested ridges at elevations of 600-930 m. The stems are 45-60 cm. long and the flowering spikes are pinkish. Flowers have been obtained in April and August. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1658 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected April 27, 1934, on Navotuvotu, the summit of Mt. Seatura, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and, as far as now known, to Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 12798. 21. Peperomia falcata Yuncker in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 83: 300. fig. 1. 1956; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. An inadequately known succulent, epiphytic herb, with stems to 40 cm. long or more, occurring in dense forest at elevations of 660-900 m. TyPIFICATION: The holotype is Smith 8363a (us 2191070), collected Aug. 18, 1953, in hills east of Somosomo, west of the old crater occupied by a small swamp and lake, Taveuni. 1981 PEPEROMIACEAE 95 DIsTRIBUTION: Known only from the type specimen, apparently a unicate. Although the single available specimen was obtained in the same area as specimens of Peperomia attenuata var. taveuniana, P. falcata seems readily separable from PR attenuata in the different indument of its stems and leaves, its proportionately nar- rower and falcate leaf blades, and its longer petioles. 22. Peperomia flavida C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 165. 1909. Although the characters by which Peperomia flavida is distinguished from P. attenuata (cf. Yuncker’s key in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 26-27. 1936, and the key in the present work) are not very strong, I find no difficulty in distinguishing between the two species (and also P falcata), and therefore the species and varieties as recognized by Yuncker are here maintained. 22a. Peperomia flavida C. DC. var. flavida; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. Peperomia flavida C. DC. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 165. 1909; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 42. fig. 17, a-f. 1936. ‘ Anepiphytic herb, occurring in forest at elevations of approximately 900-1,100 m. Only two collections are known, obtained in August and December, both with flowers and fruits. TYPIFICATION: The holotype is Gibbs 549 (BM), collected in August, 1907, between Nasonggo and Navai, Naitasiri or Mba Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, O. & /. Degener 32001. 22b. Peperomia flavida var. pubinervis Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull 141: 43. fig. 17, g-j. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. An epiphytic herb, with stems to 40 cm. or more long, occurring in dense forest at elevations of 600-820 m. The only available collection bears both flowers and fruits. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 2000 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected June 15, 1934, on Mt. Uluingala, Natewa Peninsula, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection. 23. Peperomia albertiana Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 43. fig. 18. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 218. 1964, ed. 2. 304. 1972. FiGureE 34A & B. Anepiphytic herb with pendent branches to | m. long, occurring in dense forest at elevations of 600-700 m. The only available collection was in flower and fruit in April. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1637 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected April 27, 1934, on the southern slope of Mt. Seatura, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection. The two final species of Peperomia in this treatment, both apparently rare and local in distribution, appear to be readily distinguished from other Fijian species by the comparatively highly concurrent principal nerves of the leaf blades. 24. Peperomia laevilimba Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 44. fig. 19. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 219. 1964, ed. 2. 305. 1972. FiGureE 34C & D. 96 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1981 CHLORANTHACEAE 97 Peperomia sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, p. p. 1861, Viti, 442, p. p. 1862. Peperomia pallida sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 259, p. p. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 276, p. p. 1892; non A. Dietr. A terrestrial herb on rocks in dense forest, or sometimes epiphytic, with a succulent stem 15-75 cm. long, known with certainty from elevations of 700-850 m. (although the type collection may have come from lower elevations). Flowering and fruiting material has been obtained in May and June. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 565, p. p. (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM; photo of BM Specimen at BISH), collected in June, 1860, on Taveuni, without further locality. As noted above under Peperomia vitiana, that species was based on part of Seemann 565; Yuncker separated the other part as type of the present species. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Taveuni. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: TAVEUNI: Above Nggathavulo Estate, DA 16919, 16925, 16926. ORDER CHLORANTHALES The family Chloranthaceae has often been considered a member of the order Piperales and is still so regarded by some students. Thorne, Takhtajan, and the present writer (in treatments cited earlier in this Flora) have considered the family a member of the order Laurales (or suborder Laurineae in the sense of Thorne). In view of the careful study of the Chloranthaceae by Swamy (1953, cited below under the family), there seems no justification for the inclusion of the family in the Piperales. Swamy’s evidence, derived from many facets of the concerned taxa, appears incontrovertible. Highly reduced flowers or greatly compacted biparous sessile cymes of the type found in the Chloranthaceae are not simulated in members of the Piperales or Laurales. Furthermore, the level of structural specialization of the cambium and xylem (vessel- less in Sarcandra) is more primitive than that of most members of the Piperales or Laurales. The nodal anatomy is basically of the unilacunar type (as in Laurales but not Piperales) or a modification therefrom. The pollen shows an extraordinarily wide range of development from inaperturate to polycolpate. These characters point to a long and independent evolutionary history; the family seems so isolated as to merit being placed in a separate order, a course that I suggested in a review of the genus Ascarina (1976, cited below under the genus). FAMILY 50. CHLORANTHACEAE CHLORANTHACEAE R. Br. ex Lindl. Collect. Bot. sub ¢. 17, as Chlorantheae. 1821. Herbs, shrubs, or trees, monoecious or dioecious or with 8 flowers, usually aromatic; stipules present, usually small; leaves opposite, simple, with petioles some- times basally connate; inflorescences usually compound-spicate, sometimes congested-paniculate, axillary or terminal, the flowers sometimes closely approxi- mated and partly fused, bisexual or unisexual, subtended by | or 3 bracts (and sometimes by bracteoles as well) and lacking a perianth (in Hedyosmum o& flowers lacking bracts and 2 flowers enveloped by a perianthlike cupule); stamens 1-3 (rarely 4 or 5), adnate to pistil in genera with bisexual flowers, the anthers usually 2-locular, dehiscing by longitudinal clefts; pollen grains anasulcate, inaperturate to polycolpate, FiGure 34. A & B, Peperomia albertiana, from Smith 1637; A, distal portion of stem, with foliage and inflorescences, * 1; B, portion of flowering spike, showing flower-subtending bract (b), two stamens (s), and pistil (p), x 70. C & D, Peperomia laevilimba, from DA 16919; C, portion of stem, showing foliage and inflorescences, < 1; D, tip of fruiting spike, = 40. 98 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 boat-shaped to subglobose, tectate or semitectate; pistil 1, the ovary unicarpellate, usually considered inferior (i. e. perianth sometimes represented by an inconspicuous rim overlapped by the stigma lobes), the stigma sessile, unequally 2-lipped or capitate or short and papillose, the ovule solitary, orthotropous, pendulous; fruit a small, ovoid or subglobose drupe, the exocarp succulent, the endocarp hard; seed with copious endosperm and minute embryo. DISTRIBUTION: Tropics and subtropics, with five genera and 65-75 species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: Swamy, B. G. L. The morphology and relationships of the Chlorantha- ceae. J. Arnold Arb. 34: 375-408. 1953. One genus occurs in Fiji, represented by two species. The nature of the inflorescen- ces and flowers of the genera of Chloranthaceae is still inadequately understood. It had been suggested by various early students (cf. Swamy, 1953, pp. 391-392) that the “flowers” of some genera are actually reduced inflorescences, a viewpoint rejected by Swamy but nevertheless one that requires careful reexamination. The genus Ascarina has long been considered dioecious, but monoecism is probably its basic condition, although this is often not apparent. 1. ASCARINA J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 59. 1775, ed. 2. 117. 1776; Seem. FI. Vit. 258. 1868; Swamy in Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 19: 375. 1953; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 57: 406. 1976. Aromatic, glabrous shrubs or trees, dioecious or monoecious; leaves decussate, the petioles connate at base and forming a small sheath, the stipules minute, emerging from the petiolar sheath on each side; leaf blades often subcoriaceous, usually lanceo- late to elliptic, cuneate to attenuate at base, obtuse to acuminate at apex, glandular- serrate or -crenulate at margin at least distally; inflorescence terminal and/or axillary, usually a compound spike or panicle with 3 main branches, the median one often again branched; flowers basically borne in greatly compacted biparous sessile cymes (glo- merules) borne in the axil of an outer bract, each cyme having an abaxial & flower and | or 2 adaxial 9 flowers subtended by 2 inner bracts(@ flowers if 2 each subtended by 2 bracteoles), the glomerules often reduced and composed of a single & flower or | or 2 Q flowers (in plants seemingly dioecious or monoecious with unisexual glomerules); & flowers subtended by | persistent bract and sometimes by 3 bracts (the inner 2 often lacking), composed of | or 2 stamens, the anthers essentially sessile, cylindric, often slightly curved, acuminate or obtuse at apex, the locules dehiscing by lateral, longitudi- nal slits; pollen grains monocolpate; 2 flowers composed of a single pistil (if solitary in a glomerule then each subtended by | persistent outer bract and 2 often caducous inner bracts; if paired in a glomerule then each subtended by 2 bracteoles in addition to the persistent bracts); ovary ovoid to globose, the stigma sessile, unequally 2-lipped, the locule 1, the ovule solitary, pendulous; fruit a drupe, the stigmatic crest persistent, the exocarp succulent but thin, the endocarp stony, smooth or verrucose. Type spEcigs: Ascarina polystachya J. R. & G. Forst., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Ten or eleven species extending from the Philippine Islands and Borneo eastward through New Guinea and Melanesia to the Marquesas on the east and New Zealand on the south. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Swamy, B. G. L. A taxonomic revision of the genus Ascarina Forst. Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 19: 371-388. 1953. Smith, A. C. Studies of Pacific Island plants, XX XIII. The genus Ascarina (Chloranthaceae) in the southern Pacific. J. Arnold Arb. 57: 405-425. 1976. Moore, L. B. The flowers of Ascarina lucida Hook. f. (Chloranthaceae). New Zealand J. Bot. 15: 491-494. 1977. Most discussions of Ascarina, suchas that of Swamy (cited above), have treated the genus as dioecious. In 1976 (cited above) I indicated that rarely the & and 9? inflorescences occur on the same plant and therefore that monoecism is sometimes to be expected in the genus. The more detailed study of A. /ucida by Moore (1977, cited 1981 CHLORANTHACEAE 99 above), however, demonstrates that at least that species exhibits a different type of monoecism. The inflorescence bears biparous sessile cymes composed of unisexual flowers, one oh andtwo 9, orsometimes one of and one 9 ; the first type demonstrates protandry and the second type often demonstrates protogyny. Reviewing some of the species of the southern Pacific with this interpretation in mind, I now perceive that the type of monoecism described by Moore occurs in other species, at least in A. diffusa. In many specimens of A. diffusa reduction of the inflorescence has been carried so far that all traces of this type of monoecism have been lost and each individual plant with rare exceptions bears only o& or only 9 flowers—the situation believed by Swamy to hold throughout the genus. My generic description, above, incorporates Moore’s observa- tions, which I now believe to explain the basic pattern for the genus even though the pattern is lost in most of its component species. KEY TO SPECIES Petioles (4-) 5-27 mm. long; leaf blades lanceolate or narrowly elliptic, usually 6-14.5 = 1.5-4.5 cm. and 3-4 times as long as broad, attenuate at base and long-decurrent on petiole, the margins with (2-) 3-8 crenations per centimeter; inflorescence glomerules basically with a single abaxial o& flower (composed of a single stamen) and a single adaxiak 9 flower (composed of a single pistil), or more frequently each glomerule unisexual, with either a o& flower (composed of a single stamen) or a single 9 flower (Composedofiassinplelpistil) Gecrrcrertetareteyerslalolsreicievoiete le evelosoke eret-teieieinteteionereereyetaleeiniete 1. A. diffusa Petioles (10-) 12-30 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic, usually S-12 x 2.5-5 cm. and 2-2.5 times as long as broad, acute at base, the margins with 2(or 3) crenations per centimeter; inflorescence glomerules not known to be bisexual (but possibly these to be expected), as far as known each glomerule unisexual, with either a 6 flower (composed of a single stamen) or two paired 9 flowers (each composed of a single pistil). 2. A. swamyana 1. Ascarina diffusa A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 57: 415. fig. 5-10. 1976. FiGureE 35A & B. Ascarina lanceolata sensu Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 82, p. p. 1932; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 70. 1935; Swamy in Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 19: 377, excl. spec. Ins. Soc. et Marq. fig. 5. 1953: J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 311, quoad var. /anceolatam. 1972; non Hook. f. Ascarina lucida var. lanceolata sensu B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 12, 34, 130. 1972; non Allan. As known in Fiji this rare species is a tree 5-12 m. high, occurring in dense forest at elevations (as far as known) of 350-500 m. (Elsewhere it is reported to attain a height of 25 m. and to occur up to 1,825 m. elevation.) The only available color notes indicate the anthers as rich purple, and the only dated Fijian collection (the type, now seen to bear both flowers and fruits) was obtained in June. TyYPIFICATION: The holotype is Smith 7887 (us 2190693; many IsOTYPES), collected June 22, 1953, on the northern spur of Mt. Ndelaitho, toward Navukailangi, Ngau. DIsTRIBUTION: A species of infrequent occurrence in the Solomon Islands, New Hebrides, Fiji, Samoa, and the Cook Islands. The circumstances surrounding the confusion of this species with Ascarina lanceolata Hook. f. (of the Kermadec Islands) and with species of the Societies and Marquesas were discussed in my 1976 treatment. LocaL NAME: The name /angolango has been listed by J. W. Parham, but I have been unable to trace the source of this to any collector’s notes. The name usually denotes Cycas rumphii. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU without further locality, Graeffe s. n. Fiji without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. In 1953 (p. 378) Swamy indicated the occasional occurrence of “pseudo-bisexual flowers” with an undeveloped pistil on normally staminate inflorescences, an observa- Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 100 1981 LAURALES 101 tion repeated by me in 1976 (p. 418, fig. 6). It is now apparent, however, that such “flowers” are actually protandrous glomerules (FIGURE 35B). 2. Ascarina swamyana A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 57: 418. fig. 1/-17. 1976. FIGURE 35C & D. Ascarina lanceolata sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862, Fl. Vit. 258, p. p. 1. 74, solum quoad fig. 4. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 277, quoad spec. vit. 1892; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 82, p. p. 1932; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 223. 1964; non Hook. f. Ascarina lanceolata var. smithii Swamy in Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 19: 378. fig. 6. 1953; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 311. 1972. This rare species occurs in Fiji as a slender tree 5-10 m. high in dense forest or in dense crest thickets at elevations of 760-1,241 m. Flowers have been obtained in January and fruits in January and August. TyPIFICATION: The holotype of Ascarina swamyana and also of A. lanceolata var. smithiiis Smith 908 (GH; many IsoTyPEs), collected Jan. 3, 1934, on the summit of Mt. Uluingalau, Taveuni. DisTRIBUTION: An infrequent species known only from the New Hebrides and Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Namosi: Mt. Voma, Seemann 564, DA 612. OrpER LAURALES The order Laurales, if taken in a restricted sense as composed of about 15 families (cf. Smith, 1972, but excluding Chloranthaceae) is well characterized as including terrestrial magnoliidean families with unilacunar nodes. All the families represented in Fiji lack stipules and have comparatively specialized flowers, with solitary, pendulous, anatropous ovules. KEY TO FAMILIES OCCURRING IN FIJI Anthers longitudinally dehiscent; cotyledons never convolute (suborder MONIMIINEAE). Ovary superior, the style short or essentially none; endosperm copious; anthers dehiscing by simple clefts, inflorescence bracts lacking or inconspicuous; leaves opposite or subopposite. Flowers hypogynous, the carpel | (rarely 2); floral axis bearing bracteoles from near base, these not clearly separable from tepals; receptacle inconspicuous, not clearly separable from pedicel. 51. TRIMENIACEAE Flowers perigynous, the carpels several to numerous; tepals usually small and few; receptacle concave, often expansive, in fruit enclosing the separate carpels or exposing them. .. 52. MONIMIACEAE Ovary inferior, the style grooved; endosperm lacking; anthers dehiscing by laterally opening valves; ultimate partial inflorescences (in our genus) 1-3-flowered and usually subtended by a whorl of 4 bracts; leaves alternate; fruit (in our genus) enclosed ina cupule. ......... 53. HERNANDIACEAE Anthers dehiscing by valves opening upwardly; endosperm lacking (in our families) (suborder LAURINEAE). Ovary superior; fruit baccate or drupaceous, not winged; cotyledons thick, fleshy; leaves alternate, rarely opposite or subopposite (true leaves lacking in Family 55). Trees or shrubs with well-developed green leaves; inflorescences definite (i. e. axis terminating in a flower); tepals usually similar; fruit baccate or drupaceous, the endocarp often thin and smooth, (ESA OF Seaal Gi Socugooon socnon dno copunecoodocuseHuSUDNUoUeDUUOE Asad 54. LAURACEAE eR Ficure 35. A & B, Ascarina diffusa, from Smith 7887; A, leaf, x 1; B, two inflorescence glomerules, the one on the right bearing a o flower composed of a single stamen and an adaxial developing 9 flower composed ofa single pistil, the one on the left bearinga 9 flower composed of a single maturing pistil, * 30.C & D, Ascarina swamyana, from Smith 908; C, leaf, x 1; D, an infructescence glomerule composed of two maturing @ flowers in the axil of an outer bract, the one on the left bearing a single young fruit, the one on the right with the fruit fallen to disclose an inner bract and two bracteoles, < 30. 102 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Filiform twining plants, without true leaves; inflorescences indefinite (1. e. axis not terminating in a flower); tepals dissimilar, the 3 outer ones the smaller and bractlike; fruit drupaceous, with a hard endocarp; testa of seed tough, membranous or coriaceous. .............. 55. CASSYTHACEAE Ovary inferior; fruit drupaceous, in our genus with 2 conspicuous terminal wings; cotyledons broad, contortuplicateleavesialtenmatesyyaiy-telarielteiefoleietsteletaiateletelersi-rei-t-keleveleleteneists 56. GyROCARPACEAE FAMILY 51. TRIMENIACEAE TRIMENIACEAE Gibbs, Fl. Arfak Mts. 135. 1917. Trees or shrubs, lacking stipules, the leaves decussate or subopposite, aromatic, the blades pinnate-nerved, entire or serrate; inflorescences axillary or terminal, racemi- form or paniculiform, the flowers often in dichasial cymes, transitional from bisexual to unisexual, the floral axis not differentiated into pedicel and receptacle, bearing bracteoles from near base of pedicel, these closely imbricate and gradually increasing in size into tepals of similar texture, the bracteoles and tepals deciduous prior to anthesis; stamens many, the filaments short or long, the anthers of & flowers large, linear-oblong, dehiscing by longitudinal clefts, the o& flowers with or without a rudimentary carpel; pollen grains subglobose, tectate, forate in Trimenia; 9 and & flowers with a single carpel (or rarely with 2 carpels) and with fertile or sterile stamens; fertile carpel composed of an oblong or ellipsoid ovary and a sessile, papillose or penicillate stigma, the ovule solitary, pendulous, anatropous; fruit baccate, of magni- fied carpellary form. DIsTRIBUTION: Eastern Malesia and eastern Australia into the Pacific to the Marquesas Islands, with two genera and probably about nine species. Trimenia, which is not known from Australia, has a more extended range than the second genus, Piptocalyx. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: Money, L. L., Il. W. Bailey, & B. G. L. Swamy. The morphology and relationships of the Monimiaceae. J. Arnold Arb. 31: 372-404. 1950. (This important paper includes discussions of families related to the Monimiaceae, including the Trimeniaceae.) 1. TRIMENIA Seem. FI. Vit. 425. 1873; Perkins & Gilg in Pflanzenr. 4(IV. 101):21. 1901; Rodenburg in Blumea 19: 6. 1971; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 351. 1978. Monoecious or dioecious trees or shrubs, glabrous or with a tomentose indument, the leaf blades usually serrate or crenulate; inflorescence usually a pyramidal, com- pound raceme with 1-5 pairs of lateral branches, each terminating in a flower; bracteoles and tepals (graduating in size so that no line can be drawn between them) 8-38, the lower ones decussate, the upper ones spirally arranged; stamens 9-23, usually 2- or 3-seriate, less developed (often sterile) in 2 flowers, the filaments short, linear, the anthers basifixed, laterally or extrorsely dehiscent, the connective projecting at apex; carpels rudimentary or absent in o& flowers, well developed in ? flowers, sessile, the stigma calyptriform, coarsely papillose; fruit with the seed ovoid or obliquely ovoid, the testa hard and thick, the endosperm abundant, gelatinous, the embryo erect. TYPE SPECIES: Trimenia weinmanniifolia Seem., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Celebes and the Moluccas eastward to Samoa and the Marquesas, probably with about seven species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Rodenburg, W. F. A revision of the genus Trimenia (Trimeniaceae). Blumea 19: 3-15. 1971. FIGURE 36. Trimenia weinmanniifolia;, A, branchlet of a fruiting plant, x 1/3; B, maturing carpel, x 15; C, & flower, x 15; D, floral axis with stamens, the bracteoles and tepals removed, = 20; A & B from DA 1/5889, C from DA 3881; D from Smith 5639. TRIMENIACEAE 103 1981 104 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1. Trimenia weinmanniifolia Seem. Fl. Vit. 425, as T. weinmanniaefolia. t. 99. 1873; Perkins & Gilg in Pflanzenr. 4 (IV. 101): 22. 1901; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 51. 1964, ed. 2. 83. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 352. fig. 6, A, B. 1978. FIGURES 36, 79. Weinmannia sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861, Viti, 437. 1862. Trimenia weinmanniaefolia Seem. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 117. 1890; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 88. 1935. Trimenia vitiensis Ridley in Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. 9: 144, sphalm. 1916. Trimenia weinmanniifolia subsp. weinmanniifolia; Rodenburg in Blumea 19: 11. 1971. A sometimes spreading tree 3-10 m. high, occurring at elevations of 640-1,030 m. in dense forest, crest thickets, or in the forest-grassland transition. The bracteoles and tepals are brown, often tinged with deep red, the stamens are white, and the fruit is at first pink, becoming red to rich purple. Flowering material has been obtained between March and August and fruiting material between June and January. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 198 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected in 1860 on Kandavu. This is the only collection known from the island of Kandavu and possibly it is mislabelled, as the species is frequent on Taveuni, where Seemann made many collections. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji (Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, Taveuni, and presumably Kandavu) and Samoa (Savaii only, at elevations of 900-1,700 m.). LOCAL NAMES: On two of my collections names are recorded, /angolango (Thakau- ndrove) and vovo (Nandronga & Navosa); both names seem questionable, the former usually referring to Cycas, as noted above under Ascarina diffusa (Chloranthaceae). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Gillespie 4382. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5639. NAMOSI: Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 16134, 17601. NaiTAsirI: Nggoronggorotambuatani, Nasonggo, DA 15319. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Crest of Mt. Mbatini Range, Smith 664; eastern buttress of Mt. Ndikeva, Smith 1888. TAVEUNI: Hills east of Somosomo, west of old crater occupied by small swamp and lake, Gillespie 4843, Smith 8355, Rairai Ndreketi, above Somosomo, DA 12413, 15889. Fis1 without further locality, DA 3881. Trimenia weinmanniifolia bears only unisexual flowers; according to Rodenburg it is monoecious, but in my observation the plants are usually if not always dioecious. It seems to merit specific separation from its closest ally, 7. bougainvilleensis (Roden- burg) A. C. Sm., in being entirely glabrous even when young, in having more numerous tepals and bracteoles, and in having its seed obliquely ovoid, with an irregular pattern of ridges; the more western relative has a certain amount of indument and an ovoid seed with 5-7 radiating ridges, among other minor differences. FAMILY 52. MONIMIACEAE MoNIMIACEAE Juss. in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) 14: 133, as Monimieae. 1809. Dioecious or monoecious trees or shrubs, usually aromatic, without stipules; leaves opposite, the blades entire or serrate; inflorescence axillary or rarely terminal, cymose or racemose or paniculate or rarely with solitary flowers, bracteate or not; flowers unisexual, the receptacle concave, often expansive, cupuliform to urceolate; tepals variable in size and form but usually small and few, with varying degrees of basal concrescence and adnation, not separable into sepals and petals; stamens usually numerous, usually without associated staminodes, the filaments short, the anthers 2-locular, dehiscing by longitudinal clefts; pollen grains usually inaperturate and subglobose, tectate, in permanent tetrads only in Hedycarya; carpels numerous to several, free, sessile, with a single, pendulous, anatropous ovule with the micropyle oriented upward, the style short or essentially none, the stigma terminal; fruit com- 1981 MONIMIACEAE 105 posed of separate carpels enclosed by the accrescent receptacle or exposed by the flattened or recurved receptacle, the mature carpels indehiscent, often drupaceous, the exocarp often carnose, the endocarp often crustaceous, the seed pendulous, with copious endosperm and small embryo. DIsTRIBUTION: In the limited sense of the above description, the Monimiaceae are tropical-tricentric, with about 24 genera and 330 species. Their major center of diversity seems to be the Malesian- Australasian area, southward to New Zealand and eastward into Polynesia. The only genus occurring in Fiji is Hedycarya. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Perkins, J., & E. Gilg. Monimiaceae. Pflanzenr. 4(1V. 101): 1-122. 1901. Money, L. L., I. W. Bailey, & B. G. L. Swamy. The morphology and relationships of the Monimiaceae. J. Arnold Arb. 31: 372-404. 1950. The families of the monimiaceous alliance were informatively discussed in the 1950 study of Money et al., who proposed division of the Monimiaceae proper into four subfamilies. These are now often recognized as discrete families, the distribution of which was considered by me in 1973 (in Meggers, B. J., et al. Tropical Forest Ecosystems in Africa and South America: a Comparative Review, 55-57). 1. HepycaryA J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 64. 1775, ed. 2. 127. 1776; Seem. FI. Vit. 206. 1867; Perkins & Gilg in Pflanzenr. 4 (IV. 101): 18. 1901; Perkins in Pflanzenr. 49: (IV. 101): 3. 1911. Dioecious trees or shrubs; inflorescence axillary, cymose or paniculiform, with or without small bracts; & flowers with few to many tepals, these small and inflexed, the receptacle becoming essentially flattened at anthesis and nearly covered by numerous stamens, the anthers subsessile, often cucullate distally, with separate locules dehiscing latrorsely; 9 flowers with caducous tepals, the carpels numerous, the stigma often large and subcapitate, the receptacle flattened or recurved in fruit; mature carpels drupaceous. TyPE SPECIES: Hedycarya arborea J. R. & G. Forst., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: About 25 species from eastern Australia, New Zealand, and eastern Malesia into Polynesia. 1. Hedycarya dorstenioides A. Gray in J. Bot. 4: 83, as Hedycaria d. 1866; Seem. Fl. Vit. 206. 1867; A. DC. in DC. Prodr. 16 (2): 673. 1868; Drake, II]. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 278, as Hedycaria d. 1892; Perkins & Gilg in Pflanzenr. 4 (IV. 101): 19. fig. 3, J-N. 1901; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 167. 1909; Perkins in Pflanzenr. 49 (IV. 101): 6. 1911; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 117. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 51. 1964, ed. 2. 82. fig. 25. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 354. 1978. FIGURES 37, 38. Hedycarya sinuato-dentata Perkins in Pflanzenr. 49 (IV. 101): 7. 1911; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 51. 1964, ed. 2. 82. 1972. Hedycarya crassifolia Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91: 6. fig. 4. 1932; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 51. 1964, ed. 2. 81. 1972. As it occurs in Fiji, Hedycarya dorstenioides is found at all elevations from near sea level to 1,323 m. in various types of forest, in dense crest thickets, and in the forest- grassland transition. It is a tree or slender shrub 2-15 m. high, occasionally to 20 m. high, and frequently gnarled at higher elevations. Flowering receptacles and the anthers are yellow; the carpels in fruit are green to yellow-green, at length becoming dark red to purple or black. Flowers and fruits are found throughout the year. Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 106 Meee tities 1981 MONIMIACEAE 107 FiGure 38. Hedycarya dorstenioides, from Smith 7028, A, portion of young 9 inflorescence, * 6; B, section through young @ flower, < 50. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The lectotype is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 40451), collected in 1840 at Mbua Bay (Sandalwood Bay), Mbua Province, Vanua Levu; this specimen bears the locality cited by Gray and some original drawings. Other U. S. Expl. Exped. specimens (GH, K, US 61653, and probably elsewhere) may not strictly be isolectotypes. The holotype of Hedycarya sinuato-dentata is Milne 225 (Kk), collected on Ngau and dated October, 1855. Hedycarya crassifolia is typified by Gillespie 4124 (BISH HOLOTYPE), collected Nov. 29, 1927, on the summit of Mt. Tomanivi, Mba Province, Viti Levu. The lectotypification of this species, its leaf variability, and the above-cited synonyms were discussed in my 1978 note. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and Tonga; in Fiji it is known from several high islands and is to be expected on most of them. I have examined 168 Fijian collections in addition to the type material cited above. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Collectors have indicated a host of local names in connec- tion with this species; they are here listed by province or island. Mba: makoro, mbarakoto, thengethenge, vuaisoso. waininggiliyango, waruwaru; Nandronga & Navosa: kauloa, nwasa, vombo, warowaro; Namosi: tava; Naitasiri: mavinda, mbulei; FiGure 37. Hedycarya dorstenioides; A, variations in leaf blade size and margin, * |, from left to right: “sinuato-dentata” type, typical, “crassifolia” type with denticulate margins, small-leaved type; B, mature & flowers, x 6; C, stamen, < 50; D, mature carpels, * 4; A left to right from Bryan 32], Smith 8595, Gillespie 3299, Smith 4128; B & C from Smith 4793, D from Smith 6054. 108 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Tailevu: nondra moto na yalewa; Ovalau: kau vusou; Mbua: ndasia; Mathuata: kavuru; Thakaundrove: vatambua; Moala: thula ni vasua. Obviously there is no consensus of opinion and I would not vouch for any of these names, some of which also apply to different plants. The Hedycarya, in Fijian opinion, seems good for nothing except firewood. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Msa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 915; Naloto Range, DA 14769; Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4128; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 583, Smith 6054; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Smith 4793; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12742 (Melville et al. 7134). NANDRONGA & NAVOSA: Nausori Highlands, DA 13319; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5459. NAMosI: Summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3299; hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8595; Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2756; Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 16/24. SeRuA: Inland from Namboutini, DA 13767 (DF 464); inland from Ngaloa, DF 876. Ra: Vicinity of Rewasa, Degener 15378. NAITASIRI: Rarandawai, St. John 18269; Viria, Meebold 16679; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3520. TAILEVu: Vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7028; Nukurua Creek, DA 1012. REwaA: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2386. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, DA 14933. OVALAU: Hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7266. KORO: Ndelaikoro, DA 15830. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, Smith 7737. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Koromba Forest, DA 15124. MatTHuaTA: Near Mbasaka- lave, Ndreketi District, Stauffer & Kuruvoli 5850; Mt. Numbuiloa, Smith 6457. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mbatini, Symith 607; Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, DA 15056. TAVEUNI: Nggeleni, DA 15869; ridge inland from Somosomo, Gillespie 4839, Mt. Manuka, Smith 8232. MOALA: Bryan 321; near Naroi, Smith 1321. Hedycarya dorstenioides is one of the most abundant small trees in Fiji, seeming ubiquitous in wooded areas from near sea level to the highest elevations. Its flowers and fruits appear quite uniform, but its leaves offer a puzzling series of variations in size, texture (chartaceous to coriaceous), and margin (entire to irregularly denticulate) that seem unrelated to altitude or environment. Apparently no isolating mechanisms have been established within the taxon, further subdivision of which seems inadvisa- ble. FAMILY 53. HERNANDIACEAE HERNANDIACEAE BI. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 550, as Hernandieae. 1826. Trees and shrubs, or lianas, monoecious (rarely dioecious) or with 8 flowers; leaves alternate, without stipules, the blades entire or 3- or 5-lobed or digitately compound, glabrous or rarely sparsely pubescent on veins beneath; inflorescences axillary or terminal, paniculate or cymose or corymbose, bracteate, the partial inflo- rescences many-flowered or 3(rarely 2- or 1-)-flowered; flowers $% or unisexual, epigynous, 3-6-merous; perianth segments (tepals) in 2 verticils; interstaminal glands sometimes present; stamens equal in number to outer tepals and opposite them, the filaments with glands basifixed in pairs or single or rarely fused, the anthers bilocular, dehiscing longitudinally by laterally opening valves; pollen grains inaperturate, sub- globose, tectate, echinate; ovary inferior, unilocular, with a single, pendulous, anatro- pous ovule, the style grooved on placental side, the stigma subpeltate, decurrent into the stylar groove; fruit drupaceous, fusiform to globose, indehiscent, unwinged and then enclosed in a cupule formed by the accrescent upper part of the 2 pedicel or by large bracteoles, or with 2-4 lateral wings in perpendicular plane, one pair larger than the other | or 2 wings, the endosperm none, the cotyledons fleshy, smooth or ruminate. DISTRIBUTION: A family of two or four genera and about 42-50 species. One genus (Hernandia) is tricentric-tropical. A second genus (Jiligera) occurs in the African- Asian-Malesian sector, and two smaller genera (referred to Hernandia by Kubitzki) are limited to Madagascar and eastern Australia respectively. Only Hernandia is found in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Shutts, C. F. Wood anatomy of Hernandiaceae and Gyrocarpaceae. Trop. Woods 113: 85-123. 1960. Kubitzki, K. Monographie der Hernandiaceen. Bot. Jahrb. 89: 78-209. 1969. 1981 HERNANDIACEAE 109 Many recent students have considered the lauralean families Hernandiaceae and Gyrocarpaceae to be independent, the first related to suborder Monimiineae and the second to suborder Laurineae, a position supported by Shutts (1960, cited above) and here adopted but refuted by Kubitzki (1969, cited above). Kubitzki, recognizing the two groups as subfamilies of Hernandiaceae, points to overlapping characters, but these are mostly suggested by two somewhat aberrant genera that may be too hastily incorporated into Hernandia. Characters suggesting the antiquity and separate origin of the two families are found in xylem anatomy, the presence or absence of cystoliths, tepal arrangement, the mode of anther dehiscence, stylar and stigmatic features, and cotyledon structure. 1. HERNANDIA L. Sp. Pl. 981. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 204. 1867; Shutts in Trop. Woods 113: 91. 1960; Hutchinson, Gen. FI. Pl. 1: 145. 1964; Kubitzki in Bot. Jahrb. 89: 122. 1969. Biasolettia Presl, Rel. Haenk. 2: 141. 1835. Monoecious or rarely polygamous trees (rarely shrubs); leaf blades simple or very rarely 3- or 5-lobed, essentially palmately veined or subtriplinerved (costa sometimes with obvious secondary nerves distally), sometimes peltate; inflorescences usually aggregated toward apices of branchlets, the peduncle mostly elongate, the ultimate partial inflorescences comprised of modified cincinni, these usually subtended by a whorl of 4 bracts and composed of 2 (rarely 1) & flowers and | ? (rarely % ) flower, the flowers pedicellate; outer tepals with quincuncial aestivation or imbricate, the inner ones subimbricate to valvate; co’ flowers usually 3-5-merous, lacking an ovary or rarely with a stylar vestige, the stamens usually 3-5, the filaments with 2 basal glands or these sometimes fused; 9 flowers 4-6-merous, without staminodes, the ovary slightly compressed laterally, the style sigmoid or straight, often thickened proximally, sur- rounded by 4 or 5 (sometimes 10-12) free or connate glands, the stigma often lobed; drupe ovoid to ellipsoid, often inconspicuously longitudinally costate, at maturity enclosed by a usually carnose cupule formed by the accrescent upper part of pedicel (cupule rarely replaced by essentially free bracteoles), the cotyledons free or fused, ruminate. Type spEciEs: Hernandia sonora L., the only original species. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical, with 24 species (as recognized by Kubitzki), of which three occur in Fiji. The organ (FiGure 80, upper left) that surrounds the mature fruit of many species of Hernandia is buoyant in seawater for a time. It has been variously described as an involucre, envelope, receptacle, or cupule. Probably “cupule” is the most suitable appellation, the organ being formed by the inflated upper part of the ? pedicel. Ina few species outside our range the “cupule” seems to be 2-valved and composed of true bracteoles, but I would suggest that these species be reexamined as to their generic placement. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blades peltate, attached to petiole 1-3 cm. within margin (perhaps rarely subcordate), broadly deltoid-ovate, (7-) 13-25 (-30) < (6-) 11-22 cm., with 7-9 nerves spreading from point of petiole attachment; petiole 5-17 cm. long; o& flowers 3-merous; 9 flowers 4-merous; cupule of fruit up to 4cm. in diameter, 15-20 mm. in apical diameter, not produced distally beyond apex of drupe; occurring on or Mean Beaches NOtimMuUCcn ADOVE SCAVIEVEL. % icc. lc a. « since ele wre sie lese ape cicininver.e/e lames 1. H. nymphaeifolia Leaf blades not peltate; & flowers 4 or 5-merous; 2 flowers 5-merous; cupule of fruit rarely exceeding 3 cm. in diameter; inland species, sometimes occurring near sea level but not associated with beach vegeta- tion. Cupule of fruit somewhat urceolate, irregularly undulate at apex, 15-20 mm. in apical diameter, produced distally 5-20 mm. beyond apex of drupe; leaf blades usually elliptic, (6-) 8-22 * 4-14 cm., 110 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 with | or 2 pairs of secondary nerves arising from or near base, the inner of these ascending and evident for at least half the length of blade; petiole 2.5-8 cm. long. 2. H. moerenhoutiana subsp. campanulata Cupule of fruit ellipsoid-subglobose, truncate or slightly reflexed at apex, 8-15 mm. in apical diameter, not or very slightly produced beyond apex of drupe; leaf blades elliptic to oblong, 3.5—15(—20) x 2-7.5 cm., the basal secondary nerves comparatively inconspicuous, only rarely evident for more than one-third the length of blade, the costa with obvious pinnately arranged secondary nerves; petiole 2-5 Gig Ol ae ea neodaacts sbuanbeersdenan tasabonnaanoassoanenocondamsoccaD 3. H. olivacea 1. Hernandia nymphaeifolia (Presl) Kubitzki in Bot. Jahrb. 90: 272. 1970. FIGURES 39, 80 (upper left). Hernandia sonora sensu Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 65. 1786; Benth. in London J. Bot. 2: 1843; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862; non L. Hernandia ovigera sensu Gaertn. Fruct. Sem. PI. 1: 193. t. 40, fig. 3. 1788; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 93. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 56. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 40. 1945; A.C. Sm. in Smithsonian Rep. 1954: opp. 310. pi. 3, fig. 1. 1955; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 121. 1959; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 102. 1970; non L. Biasolettia nymphaeifolia Presl, Rel. Haenk. 2: 142. 1835. Hernandia peltata Meissn. in DC. Prodr. 15 (1): 263. 1864; Seem. Fl. Vit. 204. ¢. 52. 1867; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 279. 1892; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13:86. 1932; J. W. Parhamin Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 29: 32. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 58. fig. 27. 1964, ed. 2. 90. fig. 28. 1972; Kubitzkiin Bot. Jahrb. 89: 153. 1969; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 323. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 103. 1972. Hernardia vitiensis Seem. ex Pax in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. III. 2: 129. fig. 79A. 1889. FiGure 39. Hernandia nymphaeifolia, from Smith 9340; flowering branchlet, = 1/5. 1981 HERNANDIACEAE 111 As it occurs in Fiji, Hernandia nymphaeifolia is a spreading tree 5-20 m. high, with a massive trunk to 2 m. in diameter, occurring at or near sea level on beaches or in thickets and woods immediately behind beaches. The bracts subtending the modified cincinni of fragrant flowers are pale green; the tepals are white to greenish white; the filaments are white, bearing orange or bright yellow anthers; and the drupes are brown, surrounded by a succulent cupule that is white to reddish. Flowers and fruits seem not to be seasonal. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: This taxon has often been erroneously referred to Hernandia sonora, a West Indian species, or H. ovigera, which according to Kubitzki does not occur east of the Solomon and Mariana Islands. The holotype of Biasolettia nymphaeifolia is a Haenke specimen (PR) collected on Guam. As lectotype of H. peltata Kubitzki has indicated Thwaites CP 2914 (G-Dc; several isolectotypes), collected in Ceylon. Hernandia vitiensis is a binomial perhaps used inadvertently by Pax; it is probably based on a duplicate specimen of Seemann 372 (Seemann’s only collection of this taxon, although the binomial used by Pax is not found on the k sheet). DIsTRIBUTION: Eastern Africa and Madagascar to southeastern Asia and Malesia, northward to the Ryukyu and Bonin Islands, and eastward through Micronesia, Melanesia, and Polynesia to Pitcairn Island. It is a frequent component of the beach vegetation of Fiji, from which about 40 collections are available. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The usual names are evuevu or yevuyevu; other reported names are mbuembu (Yasawas) and uviuvi (noted only by Seemann and perhaps inaccurate). Weiner reports that on Taveuni the scraped and pounded bark is taken internally after childbirth. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Yalombi, St. John 18090. VITI LEVU: MBa: Lau- toka, Greenwood 338. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Mbaravi, east of Tumbukula Creek, Webster & Hildreth 14392. SERUA: Vicinity of Ngaloa, Smith 9340; Loloma Beach, Ndeumba, DA 18849. Ra: Viti Levu Bay, DA 12778 (Melville et al. 7170). TAILEVU: Matavatathou, DA 7748. Rewa: Suva, Meebold 16506; Nukulau Island, Barclay, Hinds. MBENGGA: Rukua Beach, DA 6054. OVALAU: Vicinity of Thawathi, Smith 8100. KORO: East coast, Smith 1103. NGAU: Tothill 681. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14187; vicinity of Ndakunimba, Natewa Peninsula, Howard 113. TAVEUNI: Seemann 372; Navakawau, Weiner 7-71-24. MOALA: Bryan 348. VANUA MBALAVU: Lomaloma, DA 10229. LAKEMBA: Near Tumbou Jetty, Garnock-Jones 770. KAMBARA: On limestone, Smith 1262. 2. Hernandia moerenhoutiana Guillemin subsp. campanulata Kubitzki in Bot. Jahrb. 89: 128. fig. 24. 1969; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 100. 1970; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 90. 1972. FiGure 40. Hernandia moerenhoutiana sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 204, p. p. 1867; Hook. in Bot. Mag. 96: 1. 5839. 1870; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 120. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 58. 1964; non Guillemin, sensu str. As represented by subsp. campanulata in Fiji, Hernandia moerenhoutiana is a tree 4-10 m. high found infrequently at elevations from near sea level to 300 m. in light forest or on its edges. The bracts subtending the partial inflorescences are cream-white to yellowish, and the only available fruit is green. Flowering material has been collected between January and April and fruits only in April. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Hernandia moerenhoutiana is Bertero & Moerenhout (P HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at G), from Tahiti; subsp. campanulatais typified by Smith 1462(NY HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected March 29, 1933, inthe southern limestone section of Vanua Mbalavu. DIsTRIBUTION: The species as a whole is found from the Solomon Islands to the Societies. Kubitzki has divided it into three subspecies, of which subsp. campanulata 112 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Ficure 40. Hernandia moerenhoutiana subsp. campanulata, from Smith 1462; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x about 1/4; B, verticil of four bracts subtending two flowers (9 left, S right) and the scar of a fallen & flower, x 3; C, & flower with four tepals removed, x 8; D, 9 flower with all tepals except three removed, showing style, stigma, and free glands, ~ 8. 1981 LAURACEAE 113 occurs in Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, and Niue. The typical subspecies is found only in the Cook and Society Islands, and subsp. samoensis (Hochr.) Kubitzki from the Solomon Islands to Samoa (but absent from Fiji, Tonga, and Niue). LOCAL NAME AND USE: The only such information comes from the type collection, known as pipi; the partial inflorescences were used in ceremonial necklaces on Vanua Mbalavu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: OVALAU: Steep mountain slopes near Levuka, Gillespie 4440. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 1003. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Vunimoli, Vaturamulo, DA 15399. Kubitzki also referred to this taxon Smith 1752, from Vanua Levu, which to me appears to represent Hernandia olivacea. He implies that there may be a degree of hybridization between the two taxa, but the characters utilized in my key seem dependable, especially if fruits are available. In general, H. moerenhoutiana subsp. campanulata is found in a lighter type of forest and at lower elevations than H. olivacea. 3. Hernandia olivacea Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91:9. fig. 9. 1932; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 58. 1964, ed. 2. 90. 1972; Kubitzki in Bot. Jahrb. 89: 133. 1969. FiGureE 80 (upper right). A tree 4-35 m. high, with a trunk to 80 cm. in diameter, occurring from near sea level to 1,130 m. elevation, usually in dense forest or in forest on ridges. The bracts subtending the modified cincinni are dull cream-colored to yellowish brown; the tepals and stamens are white; and the drupe is black at maturity, enclosed by a red cupule. Flowers have been obtained in most months and fruits between May and November. TyYPIFICATION: The holotype is Gillespie 3785 (BISH), collected Nov. 16, 1927, on the summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several high islands; I have examined 37 collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: A species well known to Fijian and other foresters, Hernan- dia olivacea is most frequently known as makaloa, makoloa, nduvula, nduvule, and vavaloa. Other recorded names are wairiki (Mba), siti ni veikau (Ovalau), vuvula (Mbua), and evu (Mbua). It is considered a useful timber tree, especially as a case timber. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu and southward to Navai, DA 339, Gillespie 4139, Vaughan 3411; summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Smith 5678; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 14667. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DF 3/8 (Bola 122); northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5576. SERUA: Nambukelevu, DA /5655; inland from Ngaloa, DA 15678. NAMosI: Summit of Mt. Vakarongasiu, Gillespie 3288. NAITASIRI: Waimanu River, DA 15643; Tholo-i-suva, DA 14604. NaiTA- sIRI or Rewa: “Vicinity of Suva,” Horne 738a. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, in vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7056. KANDAVU: Kiombo, DA 11930(DF 10). OVALAU: Hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7321. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Lower Wainunu River valley, Smith 1752. THAKAUNDROVE: Upper Yanawai River, DA 15746; Nakoroutari, DA 15233. RAMBI: Horne 517. FaMILy 54. LAURACEAE LAURACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 80, as Lauri. 1789. Trees or shrubs, dioecious, polygamodioecious, or monoecious, or more often with 3 flowers, estipulate, aromatic; leaves alternate, less frequently opposite, suboppo- site, or whorled, the blades usually entire, rarely lobed, pinnately or subpalmately nerved, often triplinerved; inflorescences definite (i. e. axis terminating in a flower), usually axillary, paniculate, racemose, or capitellate, the ultimate flowers subtended 114 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 by bracteoles or in pseudoumbels surrounded by bracts; flowers small, usually less than 5 mm. in diameter, actinomorphic, usually 3-merous; perianth hypogynous or perigynous, the tube rotate, infundibuliform, or urceolate, often accrescent (very rarely adnate to ovary), usually with 6 tepals in 2 whorls (tepals sometimes lacking, rarely 4-10), these usually equal or subequal, deciduous or persistent; stamens at- tached to throat of perianth tube, usually definite in number and basically in 4 whorls (or sometimes more in Litsea) of 3 each, the 2 outer whorls sometimes abortive or reduced to staminodes, the third whorl nearly always present, the innermost whorl usually reduced to staminodes, the filaments of fertile stamens often glanduliferous, the anthers of the 2 outer whorls (if present) introrsely (less often extrorsely) dehiscing by 2 or 4 valves opening from base to apex, the anthers of the third whorl usually extrorsely dehiscing; pollen grains inaperturate, subglobose, tectate; ovary unilocular (but presumably formed of 3 carpels), free or rarely adherent to perianth tube and appearing inferior, the ovule solitary, pendulous, anatropous, the style usually obvious, the stigma often discoid; fruit baccate or drupaceous, often with a thin and smooth endocarp, sometimes borne ona naked pedicel, sometimes basally surrounded by or embedded in a cupule formed by the accrescent perianth tube, or sometimes entirely included in a cupule; seed with a thin testa, lacking endosperm, the embryo large, with fleshy cotyledons. DIsTRIBUTION: A large, pantropical family, extending north and south into temper- ate areas, with 30-45 genera and perhaps 2,000-3,000 species. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Smith, A. C. Studies of Pacific Island plants, VIII. The Fijian species of Lauraceae. J. Arnold Arb. 32: 27-58. 1951. Stern, W. L. Comparative anatomy of xylem and phylogeny of Lauraceae. Trop. Woods 100: 1-72. 1954. Kostermans, A. J. G. H. Lauraceae. Pengumuman Bal. Bes. Penjel. Kehut. Indonesia 57: 1-64. 1957 (reprinted with minor changes in Reinwardtia 4: 193-256. 1957). Kostermans, A. J. G. H. Bibliographia Lauracearum. i-xvi, 1-1450. 1964. Hutchinson, J. Lauraceae. Gen. Fl. Pl. 1: 125-143. 1964. Kostermans, A. J. G. H. Lauracées. Jn Aubréville & Leroy, Fl. Nouv.Caléd. et Dépend. 5: 1-123. 1974. The Lauraceae include various species of economic value: spices, essential oils, and flavoring materials (Cinnamomum, Laurus, Sassafras), the edible avocado (Persea), and valuable timber (Ocotea and many other genera). KEY TO GENERA Inflorescence paniculate, the flower clusters not enclosed by an involucre of bracts; flowers (in our species) &, the tepals 6. Fruit without a cupule (i. e. perianth tube in fruit deciduous or at least not obviously accrescent and not clasping the fruit); perianth tube in flower usually shallow, cupuliform to obconical, rarely sub- globose; leaves alternate or spirally arranged. Anthers 4-celled; fertile stamens 6 or 9, those of the 2 outer whorls with introrsely dehiscing anthers and eglandular filaments, the 3 inner ones with extrorsely dehiscing anthers and biglandular filaments; stamens of the innermost whorl replaced by conspicuous staminodes. ............. 1. Persea Anthers 2-celled; fertile stamens 3 (in our species), the anthers dehiscing extrorsely or rarely laterally, the filaments biglandular; staminodes 3, sessile, subglobose, minute, sometimes lacking; leaf blades with areolate reticulation. .............. cece eee eect eet e eee eee eee 2. Endiandra Fruit with a cupule (i. e. perianth tube accrescent) surrounding its basal part or the entire fruit; perianth tube in flower usually obvious; fertile stamens 9 (in our species), those of the 2 outer whorls with introrsely dehiscing anthers and eglandular filaments, the 3 inner ones with extrorsely dehiscing anthers and biglandular filaments; stamens of the innermost whorl replaced by conspicuous stami- nodes. Anthers 4-celled; staminodes stipitate; basal part of fruit surrounded by a cupule; leaves usually opposite and with triplinerved blades. ........--.---.-+2.- ees see sees 3. Cinnamomum Anthers 2-celled; staminodes (in our species) subsessile; fruit entirely included in the cupule (accrescent perianth tube) except for a small apical orifice; leaves alternate or subopposite, the blades often pinnate-nerved, sometimes triplinerved. ......------- +--+ eee ee eee ee eee sees 4. Cryptocarya Inflorescence umbellate-racemose, the umbels or pseudoumbels (sometimes solitary in leaf axils) enclosed by an involucre of decussate, large, subpersistent bracts; plants dioecious (in our species), the flowers unisexual, the tepals 6 or lacking (rarely 3-10); fertile stamens in & flowers 5-18, the filaments of the 2 outer whorls usually lacking glands, those of the inner whorl(s) glandular, the anthers 4-celled, 1981 LAURACEAE 115 dehiscing introrsely; ovary in o& flowers stipitiform or lacking; 9 flowers with staminodes as many as stamens in o flowers; fruit partially embedded in a small cupule; leaf blades pinnate-nerved or EMUPLIMMENV EGS cepcysroyerercpetenn ol letonerevereresotarciereter cher tepetehetcr ede tey cle veieice eyevsbonereves wre\stsliyer syste) e1etesasevsceveis 5. Litsea 1. PERSEA Mill. Gard. Dict. Abr. ed. 4. 1754. Nom. cons. Usually trees; leaves alternate or spirally arranged, the blades chartaceous to coriaceous, pinnate-nerved; inflorescence paniculate, axillary or subterminal (essen- tially terminal in our species); flowers §, the perianth tube shallow, the tepals 6, deciduous or persistent, the outer ones slightly smaller than the inner; fertile stamens 6 or 9, the 3 or 6 outer ones with slender eglandular filaments and introrsely dehiscing 4-celled anthers, the 3 inner ones with glandular filaments and extrorsely dehiscing anthers, the staminodes conspicuous, stipitate; style filiform, the stigma broad; pedicel in fruit cylindric or enlarged and fleshy, naked or with a more or less persistent but not accrescent perianth, the fruit globose to obovoid or pyriform. TYPE SPECIES: Persea americana Mill. (Laurus persea L.). DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical but primarily American, extending north and south into temperate areas in America. There is still disagreement as to the inclusiveness or exclusiveness of the genus. As interpreted by Kostermans (1957), Persea has 200-300 or perhaps more species. Hutchinson (1964) accepts the genus in a much narrower sense as comprised of only ten species in tropical Asia and America and some Atlantic islands. In Fiji P americana occurs in cultivation. 1. Persea americana Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. 8. 1768; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 55. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 118. 1959; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 29: 33. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 57. 1964, ed. 2. 90. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 108. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 323. 1971. Laurus persea L. Sp. Pl. 370. 1753. Persea gratissima Gaertn. f. Suppl. Carpol. 222. 1. 22/. 1807. The cultivated avocado in Fiji has been noted at elevations from near sea level to about 200 m. as a tree 7-10 m. high (although it will grow to 20 m. or more). The somewhat fragrant flowers have a perianth 10-15 mm. in diameter, the segments being yellow or yellowish white; the conspicuous staminodes are orange to brown. The fruit, green to purplish when edible, is globose to pyriform and attains a size of 20 x 10 cm., the large seed being up to 5 cm. in diameter. Flowers have been noted in September and October and fruits in February and March. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus cited several prior references for Laurus persea, but I have not noted a lectotypification. DISTRIBUTION: Native of Central America, spreading early in cultivation into South America and somewhat later into the West Indies; the species is now cultivated in most tropical and subtropical areas. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Avocado and alligator pear are the usual names for this well-known species. The mesocarp is edible and the species provides a valuable addition to the diet of carbohydrates in tropical countries; the oil is used to a minor extent in cosmetics. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: REwa: Suva, DA /2242; Vunikawai, DA 6062. Fiji without further locality, DA 6/0. The avocado is more extensively grown and used in Fiji than suggested by the few available collections, although not on a commercial scale; it was probably introduced in the 1880’s. An interesting account of the species as to its history, cultivation, etc., is provided by Purseglove, Trop. Crops, Dicot. 192-198. 1968. Three ecological races are 116 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 generally recognized, but there are now hundreds of cultivars and great variations in fruit size, shape, and color. 2. ENDIANDRA R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 402. 1810; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 40. 1951. Trees; leaves alternate or spirally arranged, the blades pinnate-nerved, with areo- late reticulation; inflorescence paniculate, axillary or at base of young shoots, often many-flowered; flowers % , the perianth tube obconical to subglobose, not accrescent, the tepals 6, equal or subequal, fertile stamens 3 (those of the third whorl) (rarely 6 but not in our species), with biglandular filaments and 2-celled extrorsely (rarely latror- sely) dehiscing anthers, the staminodes small, sometimes lacking; style short, the stigma inconspicuous, subcapitate; pedicel in fruit sometimes coriaceous and thick- ened, naked, the perianth tube usually caducous, the fruit ellipsoid to obovoid, often somewhat curved, in our species up to 6.5 x 3 cm. TYPE SPECIES: Endiandra glauca R. Br. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia, Malesia, Australia, and into the Pacific, with 80-95 species. In the present treatment seven Fijian species are recognized, six of them endemic and one also occurring in Samoa and Tonga. KEY TO SPECIES Perianth tube subglobose, the tepals comparatively small, 0.2-1 mm. long, glabrous within; stamens thick- carnose, angular, with essentially latrorsely dehiscing anthers, the connective swollen and truncate at apex; leaf blades usually oblong-lanceolate, (6-) 9-18 cm. long, (2-) 3.5-7.5 cm. broad. 1. E. reticulata Perianth tube shortly obconical, less conspicuous than the tepals at anthesis; stamens dorsiventrally flattened, with extrorsely dehiscing anthers. Tepals densely tomentellous within at least toward base, the perianth tube densely sericeous within; filaments sericeous or tomentellous at least dorsally. Lower surface of leaf blades glabrous or sparsely tomentellous only on nerves or inconspicuously strigillose with hairs about 0.1 mm. long. Leaf blades obovate or elliptic, (7-) 13-31 cm. long, (4-) 6-14 cm. broad, with (5-) 6-8 secondaries per side, cuspidate or acuminate at apex, drying brownish or dark-olivaceous, essentially con- colored, glabrous beneath or with a tangled indument along the nerves; indument of inflores- cence branches and pedicels spreading, the hairs weak, crispate; filaments sericeous dorsally, the anthersyelabroussaeee eo eee Cee een G eich teeter cr 2. E. elaeocarpa Leaf blades broadly elliptic, 7-16.5 cm. long, 4-12.5 cm. broad, with 3-5 secondaries per side, rounded or retuse at apex, drying brownish, paler beneath, on lower surface inconspicuously but regularly strigillose with minute appressed golden hairs; indument of inflorescence branches and pedicels strigillose, the hairs appressed; filaments copiously tomentellous on all surfaces, the indument extending to dorsal surfaces of anthers. ....................-5- 3. E. gillespiei Lower surface of leaf blades densely and uniformly pilose with spreading hairs 0.5 mm. or more long, the blades elliptic-obovate, usually 9-28 x 3.5-13 cm., obtuse or short-cuspidate at apex, the secondafiesy4—/Apersid enya eee eee eeer Deterrence cir 4. E. trichotosa Tepals glabrous on both sides or very sparsely pilose toward base within, the perianth tube glabrous or faintly puberulent or very minutely sericeous within; filaments glabrous. Flowers comparatively small, the tepals less than 2 mm. long, the stamens less than 1.5 mm. long; leaf blades usually glaucous or paler beneath, the veinlet-reticulation comparatively coarse, the ulti- mate obvious areoles | mm. or more across. Leaf blades ovate-elliptic, 7-14 cm. long, 4-8 cm. broad, often coriaceous; tepals 1.5-2 mm. long; stamensmle2—lesiminnia] ON gece eee et eteeticirictrsiertte tee rice 5. E. monticola Leaf blades ovate-lanceolate, 4.5-6 cm. long, 2-3.3 cm. broad, comparatively thin, chartaceous in texture; tepals 0.8-1 mm. long; stamens about | mm. long. ............... 6. E. tryphera Flowers comparatively large, the tepals 2.5-5 mm. long, the stamens 2-3 mm. long; leaf blades lanceolate to elliptic-oblong, (3-) 5-12 cm. long, (1-) 2-6 cm. broad, drying olivaceous, nearly concolored, the veinlet-reticulation finely prominulous, the ultimate obvious areoles 0.2-0.4 mm. EXSOE Gooudgoocd0n donc doddanbaodaoooSD DOD OOOUDUOOOODDSOOBOOSODOSSOOS DOC 7. E. luteola 1981 LAURACEAE 117 1. Endiandra reticulata Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83:8. fig. 7. 1931; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 41. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972. A slender tree 5-21 m. high, occurring in dense or dry forest at elevations of 50- 1,130 m. The flowers are dull purple when in bud and have been found at anthesis peewee November and February; fruits are known to mature between September and une. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 3905 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected Nov. 19, 1927, on a hill near Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Department of Forestry collections indicate the local name as malamala and state that the species is a timber tree. Both statements require verification, as this local name usually refers to Dysoxylum (Meliaceae). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, along trail from Nandarivatu toward Lewa, Smith 618]; summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 4341; hills east of Nandala Creek, Smith 5950. SeRuA: Inland from Namboutini, DF 154, DA L. 22304, inland from Ngaloa, DF 879; hills between Waininggere and Waiscse Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9384. NaMosI: Vicinity of Nanggarawai, Gillespie 3220; Mt. Voma, DA 1/654; vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 3073; Nambukavesi Creek, DF 490. Fis1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. Endiandra reticulata, with subglobose young flowers and very small tepals, seems more closely related to the New Hebridean E. aneityensis Guillaumin than to any other Fijian species of the genus. 2. Endiandra elaeocarpa Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 7. fig. 6. 1931; Christopher- sen in op. cit. 128: 92. 1935; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 42. 1951; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 119. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 54. 1964, ed. 2. 86. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 17. 1972. FIGURE 41C. Tetranthera elaeocarpa A. Gray ex Seem. FI. Vit. 202, nom. nud. 1867; A. Gray ex Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 7, pro syn. 1931. A tree 2-25 m. high, with a trunk up to | m. in diameter, found in dense or light forest at elevations of 100-900 m. The tepals are white to yellowish green and at length brown, the filaments are white, and the fruit is black at maturity. Flowers have been obtained between October and January and fruits between April and October. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at US 40519), collected on Ovalau without further locality in 1840. This same collection is the source of the name Tetranthera elaeocarpa. Gillespie indicated his binomial as a new combination, but since the basionym had not been validly published the taxon is to be considered a new species dating from 1931. DIsTRIBUTION: Fiji (known with certainty only from Viti Levu, Ovalau, and Taveuni), Tonga (Vava’u), and Samoa (Savaii and Upolu). LOCAL NAME AND USE: Several collections report the name ndamambi and indicate that the species is considered useful as a timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 941, /09/, Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1275; vicinity of Nandarivatu, DA 13006. SeRuA: Nathengathenga, Berry 78. NAMOSI: Wainikoroiluva River, DA L.13324 (Berry 72). NAITASIRI: Toninaiwau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 14531]. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, in vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7/84. Rewa: Slopes of Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2091. OVALAU: Lovoni Valley, Horne 199. TAVEUNI: Western slope, between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 888; slopes of Mt. Manuka, Smith 8/38. F1s1 without further locality, DA L./2626, L. 13733. 3. Endiandra gillespiei A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 42. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 54. 1964, ed. 2. 86. 1972. 118 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 A tree 6-12 m. high, found in dense forest, sometimes along streams, from 100 to 550 m. elevation. The only dated flowering collection is the type. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 4525 (US 1967775 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at A, BISH, GH, K), collected Jan. 30, 1928, along a stream above Levuka reservoir, Ovalau. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji, and known with certainty only from the two largest islands and Ovalau. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Reported names are ndamambi, tambandamu, ndirininiu, and /indi. The third of these seems inapplicable, and the fourth (/indi) is better applied to species of Litsea. One collection notes the species as a useful timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Naitasiri: Waimanu River, DA 688, L. 13345 (Berry 36); Tholo-i- suva Forest Reserve, DA 1484. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Above Thongea (Wainunu River), DA 15791. THAKAUNDROVE: Upper Yanawai River, DA 15749. Fist without further locality, DA L.13378. 4. Endiandra trichotosa A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 43. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972. FiGure 41A & B. This very distinctive species is a slender tree 4-15 m. high, found at elevations of 50-250 m. in dense forest or on its edges. The tepals are pale green or greenish white, the anthers pale yellow, the gynoecium pale green, and the mature fruit deep glaucous- blue. Flowers and fruits have been noted only in November and December. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 6825 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Dec. 4, 1947, at the southern base of the Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and Taveuni. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SeRua: Hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9302, 9457. Natitasiri: Vicinity of Viria, DA 2/3. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Graeffe s.n. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, DA 5729. 5. Endiandra monticola A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 71. fig. 36. 1936; Allen in Sargentia 1: 35. 1942; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 44. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972. A tree 3-12 m. high, found at elevations of 30-900 m. in different types of forest (dense, dry, or secondary); the tepals are usually noted as white, but one collection indicates them as purple, while the mature fruit is purple-black. Flowers have been obtained between June and December, but fruits only in October. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 563 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 21, 1933, on the crest of the Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Mathuata-Thakaundrove boundary, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and Rambi. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serua: Inland from Namboutini, DF 505, Damanu 144. NaAITASIRI: Between Navutu and Nanduna, DA 3012; Toninaiwau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 14525; Suva Pumping Station, Degener & Ordonez 13775; near Nasinu, Greenwood 1122. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 649]. VANUA Levu without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. RAMBI: Horne 434. Fist without further locality, DA L.13736 (Howard 24). . 6. Endiandra tryphera A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 44. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Is]. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972. This apparently rare species is known only from the type, for which no habit or habitat data are available. TYPIFICATION: The holotype is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 653997 and 653998 1981 LAURACEAE 119 Figure 41. A & B, Endiandra trichotosa, from Smith 9457; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/4; B, flowers, * 10. C, Endiandra elaeocarpa, fruit, * 2, from Smith 8138. D, Endiandra luteola, flower, with three tepals removed, showing stamens and developing ovary, * 15, from DA 15679. 120 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 HOLOTYPE), collected in 1840 in Fiji but without definite locality. DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the two sheets of the holotype. Although this taxon remains very unsatisfactorily known, it is clearly separable from E. monticola in leaf and flower characters. 7. Endiandra luteola A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 70. fig. 35. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 45. 1951; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 86. 1972. FiGure 41D. A clear-boled tree 8-30 m. high, with a trunk to 70 cm. or perhaps more in diameter, found in dense forest and ridge forest at elevations of 100-610 m. The tepals are white to yellowish green and the fruit becomes black at maturity. Flowers have been obtained between October and March and fruits between May and October. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 763 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Dec. 18, 1933, on the western slope of Taveuni between Somosomo and Wairiki. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and there the most frequently collected species of the genus, although presently known only from Viti Levu, Ovalau, and Taveuni. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Names probably correctly referred to this species are ndamambi, tambandamu, ngelengai or nggelenggai, and namo; also recorded are malamala and moivi, but these should be questioned, as usually they refer to other families. Many collectors report the species as a useful timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 15639, DF 789, Damanu NH.33. SERUA: Nambukelevu, DA 15658, 15662; inland from Navutulevu, Howard 45; inland from Namboutini, DA L.22306 (DF 98), DF 525, Damanu 157; inland from Ngaloa, DA 15673, DF 884, 910, 930, 1277; Serua without further locality, Bola 45. NAMos!: Hills between Navua River and Wainiyavu Creek, near Namuamua, Smith 8980; Wainandoi River, Vaisewa 19. NAITISIRI: Upper Navatuvula Village, DA 15679. OVALAU: Graeffes. n., hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7539. TAVEUNI: Slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8324. Endiandra luteola, well marked by its essentially glabrous and comparatively large flowers and its leaf blades with fine reticulation and minute areoles, seems to be comparatively common, but this may be merely because of its occurrence in Serua Province, an area where the forest is accessible from the coast for timbering. 3. CINNAMOMUM Schaeffer, Bot. Exped. 74. 1760; Seem. FI. Vit. 201. 1867; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 28. 1951. Nom. cons. Trees or shrubs, often with aromatic bark and leaves, sometimes with conspicuous buds with imbricate scales; leaves opposite or occasionally alternate and distichous, the blades often coriaceous, usually triplinerved but sometimes pinnate-nerved; inflo- rescence paniculate, axillary or subterminal or lateral at base of young shoots; flowers usually 8 , the perianth tube short, accrescent, the tepals 6, equal; fertile stamens 9 (in our species but sometimes 6 elsewhere), the 6 outer ones with eglandular filaments and 4-celled introrsely dehiscent anthers, the 3 inner ones with biglandular filaments and extrorsely dehiscing anthers, the staminodes conspicuous, stipitate; stigma discoid or peltate; fruiting pedicel surmounted by a small cupule (formed by the accrescent perianth tube) surrounding basal part of fruit, the tepals often persistent on rim of cupule, the fruit subglobose. TYPE SPECIES: Cinnamomum zeylanicum BI. (Laurus cinnamomum L.); vide Kos- termans in J. Sci. Res. (Jakarta) 1: 86. 1952. This binomial is now referred to C. verum J. S. Pres. DISTRIBUTION: China and Japan through Malesia to Australia and into the Pacific, probably with 150-300 species (the circumscription of many still remaining to be 1981 LAURACEAE 121 ascertained). In addition to six endemic species, two species are sparsely cultivated in Fiji, one of them perhaps rarely naturalizing. LOCAL NAME AND USE: All species of Cinnamomum in Fiji are probably known collectively as mathou. An oil from the bark is commonly used to perfume coconut oil. This name and usage are not repeated under the various species discussed below. KEY TO SPECIES Leaves alternate, distichous, the blades pinnate-nerved or 3-nerved at base with the costa emitting obvious secondaries, ovate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, usually 5-11 * 2-7 cm.; vegetative buds conspicu- ous, perulate, with many imbricate scales increasing inwardly in size; tepals completely deciduous long beforeanatunrity ofiruiticultivated ispecies: o--1-ereree en cele crcieivieterere cle sere ie ele orerereicee 1. C. camphora Leaves opposite or subopposite, the blades 3- or 5-nerved from base or 3- or 5-plinerved, the costa with comparatively inconspicuous secondaries; vegetative buds naked or with few scales not increasing inwardly in size; tepals subpersistent or abscissing above base and leaving truncate lobes on perianth tube. Leaf blades ovate to elliptic or lanceolate, comparatively large, usually more than 9 cm. long and 4.5 cm. broad (or if narrower then distinctly lanceolate), conspicuously 3(or 5-)-nerved, the inner pair of basal lateral nerves nearly as prominent as the costa. Principal 3 nerves of leaf blade diverging from the broadened distal portion of petiole, the lateral ones usually following the blade margin for 5-10 mm. and then dividing and emitting obvious out- wardly directed branches (fourth and fifth nerves); leaf blades rounded at base and abruptly decurrent on petiole, obtuse at apex; petiole 2-2.5 cm. long; indigenous species. 2. C. pedatinervium Principal lateral nerves of leaf blade concurrent with costa proximally, or the outermost ones (if diverging from apex of petiole) not following the blade margin nor emitting outwardly directed branches (i. e. fourth and fifth nerves, if present, diverging from apex of petiole and not concurrent with second and third nerves along blade margin); leaf blades attenuate to obtuse (rarely rounded) at base; petiole usually 2 cm. or less long. Cultivated species, perhaps infrequently naturalizing; bark and leaves when bruised emitting a strong odor of cinnamon; petioles slender, 1-2 cm. long, canaliculate above; leaf blades pale-glaucous beneath; branches of inflorescence finely appressed-sericeous with grayish hairs; pedicels 4-7 mm. long at anthesis; tepals 3-5 mm. long at anthesis, appressed-sericeous without, in fruit finally abscissing about 2 mm. below their apices. ..........................3. C. verum Indigenous species; bark and leaves when bruised without or with only a faint odor of cinnamon; leaf blades concolorous; tepals 2-4 mm. long at anthesis, in fruit persistent and remaining intact or at length abscissing below apices. Leaf blades oblong- or ovate-elliptic, averaging (1.5—) 2-2.5 times as long as broad, the lateral secondary nerves rarely concurrent with the costa for a short distance; petioles (1-) 2-2.5 cm. long, flattened above but not canaliculate. Branches of inflorescence copiously tomentellous with pale hairs 0.5-0.7 mm. long; pedicels 2-3 mm. long at anthesis, stout; tepals 2-2.6 mm. long, the 3 inner ones obviously the narrower; stamens |.8-2 mm. long, the filaments spreading-pilose, the anthers very densely yellow- glandular; staminodes about 1.5 mm. long; leaf blades usually acuminate or cuspidate at EOS COMENINES CANO Sb cb codes oonssbonsuboadeDaSouEndasueoeoe 4. C. pallidum Branches of inflorescence essentially glabrous at anthesis, the indument, if present, composed of sericeous hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long; pedicels usually 5-7 mm. long at anthesis, comparatively slender; tepals subequal, 3-4 mm. long; stamens 2.2-3 mm. long, the filaments minutely sericeous-hispidulous, the anthers not conspicuously glandular; staminodes 1.8-2.3 mm. long; leaf blades obtuse or rounded at apex. ............--2 ee esse eee 5. C. leptopus Leaf blades lanceolate, averaging 3 times as long as broad, attenuate at base, acuminate at apex, 3-nerved, the lateral secondary nerves usually concurrent with costa for 5-15 mm., the lower surface of blades, young branchlets, and young petioles sometimes with an evanescent iIndumentsotslone pales tanpleduhalrsmeecrtislelie re elelclersialee)elerelaini ere) erel-tatel= 6. C. fitianum Leaf blades oblong-ovate, comparatively small, (3-) 4-8.5 cm. long, 2-4.5 cm. broad, rounded or broadly obtuse at base. Principal lateral basal nerves of leaf blades inconspicuous, scarcely reaching middle of blade; petioles 3-10 mm. long; bracts and bracteoles of inflorescence persistent, 3-5 mm. long; inflorescence branchesianG i periantMisenCcOus sete reyeyaleleeta-fere teri ole eletelerereseletel icesderetstatelepalel= 7. C. rigidum Principal lateral basal nerves of leaf blades obvious, nearly as prominent as costa; petioles 8-18 mm. long; bracts and bracteoles of inflorescence caducous; inflorescence branches and perianth fulvo- LAN rPINOSeTa MANU MeSIS creer eerste teria rele Vatererer crater elisielinlaterofofetsisieterelstoretetesstayet ote 8. C. degeneri 122 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1. Cinnamomum camphora (L.) J. S. Presl, Priroz. Rostlin 2: 36, 47-56. t. 8. 1825; Nees & Eberm. Handb. Med.-Pharm. Bot. 2: 430. 1831; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19: 98. 1948, in op. cit. 29: 32. 1959; Kostermans, Bibl. Laur. 261. 1964; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 83. 1972. Laurus camphora L. Sp. Pl. 369. 1753. A tree to 12 m. high or much larger where native, in Fiji sparsely cultivated near sea level; the tepals are yellow. TYPIFICATION: For Laurus camphora Linnaeus indicated five prior references, noting:“ Habitat in Japonia.” I have not noted a lectotypification, but an appropriate lectotype would be the specimen in Clifford’s Herbarium (BM), if one exists. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in southern Japan, eastern China, Taiwan, and perhaps southward into northern Indo-China; now widely cultivated in tropical and subtropi- cal areas. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Camphor is the widely used name. Camphor oil is distilled from young parts of the plant and leaves, and the wood often contains lumps of pure camphor. The species was probably brought into Fiji in the 1880's as a tree of commercial potential, being listed by J. B. Thurston(cf. Vol. 1, p. 47, of this Flora), but it is now only sparingly cultivated, perhaps as an ornamental. Thurston also listed C. cassia as having been introduced into Fiji, but no voucher is available and it may no longer occur there. Elsewhere in the southern Pacific, C. camphora is known in cultivation in the Cook and Society Islands. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Agricultural Station, Singatoka, DA 8302. J. W. Parham (1948, 1959, cited above) lists the species as growing in the Suva Botanical Gardens, but no voucher has been seen. 2. Cinnamomum pedatinervium Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 15 (1): 15. 1864; Seem. FI. Vit. 201. 1. 48, p. p. 1867; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 278, p. p. 1892; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 29. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 52. 1964, ed. 2. 84. 1972. Cinnamomum sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258, p. p. 1861, Viti, 440, p. p. 1862. A tree about 9 m. high(Seemann), occurring upward of 450 m. (Seemann), perhaps to 838 m. (summit of Mt. Mbuke Levu). TyYPIFICATION: As noted in my 1951 treatment, Seemann 376, the type collection, was a mixture of elements from Mt. Mbuke Levu, Kandavu, and Mt. Voma, Viti Levu, both parts being sterile. However, the sheet in the Meisner Herbarium (NY HOLOTYPE) is not a mixture, representing the plant illustrated at the left of Seemann’s ¢. 48. This portion of the mixture is also found in other herbaria (GH ISOTYPE; K, p. p., ISOTYPE; photo of holotype at BISH, US); the BM specimen of no. 376 is from the smaller-leaved portion of the mixed collection. The type locality may now be definitely taken as Mt. Mbuke Levu, Kandavu, since the smaller-leaved portion of no. 376 (Cinnamomum rigidum) is matched by a more recent collection from Mt. Voma. That the type material of C. pedatinervium has not been matched may be explained by the fact that no other material of Cinnamomum from Kandavu has become available. The Berwick specimen cited by Seemann, from Ngau, is not found at K or BM, and there are no other available collections of the genus from Ngau. DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the sterile type collection. LOCAL NAME AND USE: The name reported in use on Kandavu by Seemann was mou; he indicated that an oil from the bark was used for scenting coconut oil, but this is perhaps true of any species of Cinnamomum in Fiji. 1981 LAURACEAE 123 3. Cinnamomum verum J. S. Presl, Priroz. Rostlin 2: 36, 37-44. t. 7. 1825; Koster- mans, Bibl. Laur. 360. 1964. Laurus cinnamomum L. Sp. Pl. 369. 1753. Cinnamomum zeylanicum B\. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 568. 1826; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 89. 1935; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19: 98. 1948, Pl. Fiji Isl. vi. 1964; Kostermans, Bibl. Laur. 364. 1964; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform Ser. 85: 127. 1972. A tree to 20 m. high where native, cultivated or perhaps infrequently naturalizing near sea level or river level in Fiji. Fruiting and flowering have been noted in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Cinnamomum verum and C. zeylanicum are both based on Laurus cinnamomum, for which Linnaeus cited several prior references, indicating the species as being from Ceylon. An appropriate lectotype is doubtless the Hermann specimen from Ceylon (if one exists at BM or L) mentioned in L. Fl. Zeyl. 145. 1747. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in Ceylon and southwestern India, spreading early in cultivation into other parts of Asia and to Europe and Africa, and now widely cultivated in tropical areas. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Cinnamon is the commonly used name, but there is one Fijian report of the name ka/oni. The true cinnamon of commerce is obtained from the bark of Cinnamomum verum and is used as a spice or condiment, for flavoring foods, in incense, dentifrices, and perfumes. Oil from the bark and leaves is used for much the same purposes. In Fiji the species appears to have been introduced for possible commercial use, but now it is utilized as an ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Ra: Ndombuilevu Agricultural Farm Plantation, Vetawa 31. Nalrasiri: Vunindawa, DA 7016; Nanduruloulou, DA 71/78, 12259. REWA: Suva, in private garden, DA 16095; (also grown in Suva Botanical Gardens and on Government House grounds, no vouchers available). VANUA LEVU: Mbua: Lekutu, DA /3494. MaTHuATA: Ndreketi Plantation, DA 13580, 16966. Although this well-known commercial species is said by J. W. Parham (cited above) to have been an early introduction into Fiji, it is more likely to have been introduced by J. B. Thurston (cf. Vol. 1, p. 47, of this Flora), in whose introduction garden it had already flowered in 1886. (DA 16095, cited above, was collected in that garden.) This species and the two following, presumably Fijian endemics, are not easily separable from herbarium material, but it seems certain that Cinnamomum verum could not have been obtained in Fiji by the U. S. Exploring Expedition as early as 1840 (cf. C. pallidum, below), nor could it have spread to such remote areas as Mt. Tomanivi and Mt. Voma (localities for C. Jeptopus, as noted below). In Fiji, Samoa, and the Cook Islands C. verum may infrequently become naturalized, but then only near settlements where it had been introduced. 4. Cinnamomum pallidum Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91: 6. fig. 5. 1932; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 30. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 52. 1964, ed. 2. 84. 1972. A tree 7-15 m. high, found in dense forest from near sea level to 1,000 m. elevation. All the available collections are sterile except those of Horne, which are undated, and Smith 9433 (flowering in December). TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 99 (GH HOLOTYPE; K ISOTYPE; photos of holotype at BISH, US), collected in Fiji without other locality or date. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from Viti Levu; one specimen cited below was obtained either on Ovalau or Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3904. SeRuA: Inland from Namboutini, DF 507 (Damanu 146); hills north of Ngaloa, in drainage of Waininggere Creek, Smith 9433. Mburelotu, Taunovo River, DA 2857. NAITAsIRI: Nanduna, near Waindrandra Creek, DA 1082. 124 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Rewa: Slopes of Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2273, Meebold 16441.“OVALAU and VANUA LEVU:” U. S. Expl. Exped. F131 without further locality, Horne 85, 867a, DA 261A. Of the above collections, Gillespie 2273 (BISH) has been annotated by Kostermans with an unpublished name, but I find no differences between it, the other known collection from Mt. Korombamba, and the type of Cinnamomum pallidum. 5. Cinnamomum leptopus A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32:31. 1951; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 52. 1964, ed. 2. 83. 1972. FIGURE 42A & B. Cinnamomum pedatinervium sensu Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91: 7. fig. 6. 1932; non Meisn. A tree 2-12 m. high, occurring from near sea level to about 1,000 m. elevation in dense or secondary forest, sometimes along creek banks, or in patches of forest in open country; the tepals are white. Specimens with flowers or fruits have been obtained in scattered months. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 2718 (GH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, NY), collected Sept. 6, 1927, on the summit of Mt. Voma, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu and Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Gillespie 4084. NAITASIRI: Waindina River, DA 3131. TAILEvU: Namulomulo, DF 567 (Watkins 881). VANUA LEVU: “Mountains, interior,” Greenwood 567. MATHUATA: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6867. 6. Cinnamomum fitianum (Meisn.) A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 32. 1951; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 52. 1964, ed. 2. 83. 1972. FIGURE 42C & D. Cinnamomum camphoratum var. fitiana Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 15 (1): 11. 1864. A tree 7-15 m. high occurring in open or dense forest from near sea level to about 900 m. elevation. TYPIFICATION: The holotype is Milne 260 (k), collected in 1858 above Nandi Bay, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. In Vol. 1 of this Flora (pp. 42, 43) I indicated the dates of Milne’s collections in Fiji as 1854 and 1856, but his annotations sometimes indicate 1855 or 1858, and Jassume that H. M.S. Herald must have touched in Fiji during those years as well. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known definitely only from Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and Taveuni. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Reported names, in addition to mathou, are mbatho (Smith 614), vorovoro (Milne), and mathovu (DA 261); oil from the bark is said to be used medicinally on the skin (Smith 614). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Vuniyasi, Nandi, DA 2355, vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 680, Mead 1981, Gillespie 4154, 4205. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Hills behind Mbua Bay, U. S. Expl. Exped. THAKAUNDROVE: Southwestern slope of Mt. Mbatini, Smith 614. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Wairiki, Gillespie 4649. Fis1 without further locality, Horne 832, DA 261, 514. FiGure 42. A & B, Cinnamomum leptopus, from Gillespie 2718; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescence, = 1/3; B, flower, with three tepals and some outer stamens removed, showing the anther (a) and filament with paired glands (g) of a stamen of the third whorl, a staminode (st) of the fourth whorl, and the style (s), x 20. C & D, Cinnamomum fitianum, from Gillespie 4154; C, older portion of branchlet, with petiole and proximal part of lower surface of mature leaf blade, = 2; D, distal portion of young branchlet, terminal bud, and petioles and proximal parts of lower surfaces of young leaf blades, x 2. E, Cinnamomum rigidum, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescence, x 1/3, from DA 7/27. LAURACEAE 1981 126 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Gillespie 4154 (BISH) was annotated in 1977 as the holotype of an undescribed species by Kostermans; the specimen seems to me quite typical of Cinnamomum fitianum, with abundant but evanescent indument on the younger branchlets and foliage. 7. Cinnamomum rigidum Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91:7. fig. 7. 1932; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 32. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 52. 1964, ed. 2. 84. 1972. FIGURE 42E. Cinnamomum sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258, p. p. 1861, Viti, 440, p. p. 1862. Cinnamomum pedatinervium sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 201, p. p. ¢. 48, fig. 1. 1867; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 278, p. p. 1892; non Meisn. A tree or shrub 1.5-5 m. high, occurring at elevations of 500-1,323 m. in forest or crest thickets. The tepals are greenish white to white. Flowers have been obtained in January, February, March, September, and October, and fruits in September. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 5103 (BISH HOLOTYPE and ISOTYPES), collected Sept. 28, 1927, on the summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from the higher elevations of Viti Levu; the existence of a U. S. Exploring Expedition specimen, which is unlikely to have come from high elevations on Viti Levu, is puzzling. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Upper slopes and summit of Mt. Tomanivi, Gillespie 4118, DA 7127, 13067, 14652, Webster & Hildreth 14198. NAMosI: Near Veinungga Creek, Horne 872; Mt. Nambui track, Korombasambasanga Range, DA 14550; upper slopes and summit of Mt. Voma, Seemann 376 (BM, K p. p.), DA 593. NAITASIRI: Summit of Mt. Nambukelevu, Mendrausuthu Range, Horne 974, DA 15460, 15461. Fist without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. 8. Cinnamomum degeneri Allen in Sargentia 1: 34. 1942; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 33. 1951; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 52. 1964, ed. 2. 83. 1972. A tree 10-18 m. high, occurring infrequently in dense forest or dense crest thickets at elevations of 500-750 m. Flowers are known only from the type collection (Febru- ary) and fruits have been obtained in May and June. TYPIFICATION: The type is Degener 1453] (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, NY, K, US), collected Feb. 24, 1941, at Nauwangga, south of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from Viti Levu and Ovalau. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausor Highlands, DA L./7144. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Tana Lailai and adjacent ndge, Smith 7696. Kostermans in 1977 annotated Smith 7696 as the type of an undescribed species; it is a fruiting specimen that I cannot separate from Cinnamomum degeneri. 4. CryprocaryYA R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 402. 1810; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 33. 1951. Trees or shrubs; leaves alternate, less often subopposite, the blades often coriace- ous, pinnate-nerved or triplinerved; inflorescence paniculate, axillary or terminal; flowers %, the perianth tube campanulate to turbinate, constricted at apex after anthesis, accrescent, the tepals 6, equal or subequal, caducous; fertile stamens 9 (in our species, but sometimes 3 or 6 elsewhere), the 6 outer ones with eglandular filaments and 2-celled introrsely dehiscing anthers, the 3 inner ones with biglandular filaments and extrorsely dehiscing anthers, the staminodes conspicuous and stipitate or (in our species) subsessile; style short, the stigma small, inconspicuous, discoid or capitate; fruit globose to ellipsoid, entirely included in the cupule (formed by the accrescent perianth tube) except for a small apical orifice. 1981 LAURACEAE 127 LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Cryptocarya glaucescens R. Br.; vide Kostermans in Notul. Syst. (Paris) 8: 112. 1939. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, extending into south temperate areas in America, with a center of diversity in Malesia and probably with 200-300 species. I believe eight species to occur in Fiji, six of them endemic, two also found in Tonga, and one of these extending to Niue. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Most species of Cryptocarya in Fiji are called mathou or kalinimathou, indicating a relationship to Cinnamomum. The species of Cryptocarya also provide a bark which is sometimes used to scent coconut oil. These names and the use, referable to the genus in general, are not repeated under the species discussed below. KEY TO SPECIES Lower surface of leaf blades glabrous or inconspicuously sericeous (usually evanescently so) with appressed hairs scarcely exceeding 0.2 mm. long, not barbellate in nerve axils. Leaf blades lanceolate-oblong, 4.5-15 cm. long, 1-3 cm. broad, 3-5 times longer than broad, rounded or narrowly cordate at base, pinnate-nerved with 4-8 pairs of secondaries, the margins recurved Es peciallyarow andy DASC ge ere alee a yainsavohe suse oh Teed svsickeucnere ies cies oseuspnisysleus da Sere iersisie oe 1. C. lancifolia Leaf blades ovate to elliptic-oblong, usually 2-3 times longer than broad, acute to obtuse (rarely broadly rounded) at base, the margins not conspicuously recurved. Leaf blades pinnate-nerved, the secondaries 4-8 per side, often curved-ascending but the lower ones scarcely longer or more conspicuous than the upper ones. Tepals within and filaments obscurely sericeous or faintly pilose; fruit at apparent maturity up to 25 mm. long and 15-20 mm. broad and then stipitate at base; leaf blades ovate or oblong-elliptic, (6-) 8-28 cm. long, 3-11 cm. broad, usually obtuse to rounded (sometimes acute) at base, the GEeenC TES WSEINY 23 Pe ACE! cosdssocannoccaaeacededobosanaomsucoudas 2. C. fusca Tepals within comparatively densely sericeous; filaments sericeous-hispidulous; apparently mature fruit 10-16 = 8-13 mm. and then contracted but hardly stipitate at base; leaf blades ovate or ovate-lanceolate, 5-8 (-15) cm. long, 2-5 (-6) cm. broad, acute at base, the secondaries 4-6 (-7) EPG wasosododenddagoasgoooomesossbodued GobosAsEaeo os saEaoSouEcdd 3. C. turbinata Leaf blades triplinerved or subtriplinerved, (4—) 5-13 (-17) cm. long, (1.5-) 2.5-6.5 (-8) cm. broad, the lowermost secondaries very conspicuous, ascending, oriented directly from petiole or concurrent with costa (but seldom for as much as 20 mm.), the lateral nerves arising distally from costa 1-4 pairs; Comparatively INCONSPICUOUSS © eieisie -:eisieis/s)sierere/civle sw ersisis\s s/e/s/sic e/e1e)ese.e12/2s° 4. C. hornei Lower surface of leaf blades pilose with spreading hairs usually 0.5 mm. or more long, or similarly pilose at least on costa and secondaries, or conspicuously barbellate in nerve axils. Axils of secondary nerves of lower leaf blade surfaces not barbellate, essentially no more copiously pilose than costa, the blades oblong-lanceolate; fruit comparatively smooth, inconspicuously costate or ecostate. Leaf blades (7-) 9-23 cm. long, (3-) 4-8.5 cm. broad, pinnate-nerved, the secondaries 5-7 per side, ascending, the lowermost ones not pronounced. ................-+-eeeeeee 5. C. constricta Leaf blades (6-) 8-18 cm. long, (2.5-) 3-8.5 cm. broad, subtriplinerved, the lower secondaries sharply ascending, longer and more pronounced than the 2 or 3 pairs arising distally from costa. 6. C. turrilliana Axils of secondary nerves of lower leaf blade surfaces with obvious tufts of crispate hairs, the blades elliptic or ovate-oblong, pinnate-nerved, the secondaries 5—9 per side, subspreading; fruit drying with irregular angles or obviously costate, the perianth tube much thickened in fruit. Leaf blades (7-) 9-15 cm. long, 5.5-9.5 cm. broad, broadly obtuse at base, short-cuspidate at apex, essentially glabrous beneath except for the large (3-7 mm. in diameter) barbellate axillary areas, the costa and secondaries leprose-puberulent; fruit irregularly ovoid, drying with conspicuous PRORGHNE SHES, oo nesoooavoosnes oan Sec HOO Cad OOo SN GUdSS Edo OONIEOddot 7. C. barbellata Leaf blades (4-) 5-11 cm. long, (1.5-) 2.5-6 cm. broad, usually truncate-rounded at base, acuminate or short-cuspidate at apex, the indument of costa and secondaries beneath comparatively obvious and persistent, the barbellate axillary areas small, usually 1-2 mm. in diameter; fruit subglobose, drying with obvious parallel costas. ............0 ee cece ee eee e eee ees 8. C. parinarioides 128 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1. Cryptocarya lancifolia A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 70. fig. 34. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 34. 1951; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 54. 1964, ed. 2. 86. 1972. A slender tree about 5 m. high, found in dense forest at elevations of 150-430 m.; the mature fruit is black. Flowers and fruits are known only from the type collection. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1762 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected May 10, 1934, on Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and apparently rare, known from only two collec- tions on Viti Levu and Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Narrasiri: Vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3641. 2. Cryptocarya fusca Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91:8. fig. 8. 1932; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32:35. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 52. fig. 25, A. 1964, ed. 2. 84. fig. 26, A. 1972. A tree 4-20 m. high, with a trunk to 40 cm. or perhaps more in diameter, occurring at elevations of 50-1,000 m. in various types of forest (dense, dry, or secondary). The flower buds are dull green, witha silky, evanescent, brown indument; the tepals at first are cream-white, becoming greenish brown or brownish yellow; and the fruits are green but doubtless turning darker at maturity. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 2624 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, K), collected Sept. 6, 1927, in the vicinity of Namosi Village, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the two largest islands. I have examined 26 collections. LocAL NAMES: Karaua, kaurau, kaurivau, karava, and vorovoro have been recorded by collectors in addition to the usual generic names. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Smith 6323; valley of Nggaliwana Creek, north of the sawmill at Navai, Smith 5344. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13305; Uluvatu, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Tabualewa 15557. SERUA: Inland from Nambou- tini, DF 157; hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9287. NaMosi: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8793; Saliandrau, Wayauyau Creek, DA 15010; Mt. Voma, DA 1722. NaiTasirI: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 6105; Central Road, Tothill 515. VANUA LEVU: “Interior,” Horne 650. MBua: Southern slope of Mt. Seatura, Smith 1610. MATHUATA: Nasautha, DA 12935. MATHUATA~T HAKAUNDROVE bound- ary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 536. 3. Cryptocarya turbinata Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 7. fig. 5. 1931; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 35. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 54. 1964, ed. 2. 86. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 106. fig. 10. 1970. Cryptocarya glaucescens var. pacifica Burkill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 52. 1901; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 118. 1959. Cryptocarya sp. Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 55. 1943. A tree 6-25 m. high, with a trunk to 80 cm. in diameter, found in dense or open forest at elevations of 100-1,127 m. (or nearer sea level in Tonga and on Niue). The tepals are noted as brown and yellow-tinged, and the fruit at maturity is jet-black. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in scattered months. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Cryptocarya turbinata is Gillespie 3915 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected Nov. 21, 1927, on slopes at the base of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. The holo- type of C. glaucescens var. pacifica is Crosby 241 (kK), obtained on Vava’u, Tonga. The few available specimens of this relationship from Tonga and Niue seem correctly 1981 LAURACEAE 129 referred to C. turbinata, although this species and C. fusca are distinguishable, when sterile, only by minor leaf characters. DISTRIBUTION: Known from several high islands in Fiji and also from Tonga (Vava’u) and Niue. LOcAL NAMES: In addition to the usual generic names, this species has been noted as mbatho and lilingi. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Msa: Summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Smith 5676. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5582. SERUA: Nambukelevu East, Berry 97. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 954. NGAU: Slopes of Mt. Ndelaitho, on northern spur, toward Navukailangi, Smith 7872; hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7765, 7794. VANUA LEVU: MBua: “Woods of Mbua,” Horne 1068; “woods near Mbua,” Horne 1117; southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1528. MATHUATA: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbu- iloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6395. 4. Cryptocarya hornei Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 6. fig. 4. 1931; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 36. 1951; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 119. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 54. fig. 25, B. 1964, ed. 2. 84. fig. 26, B. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 356. 1978. FIGURE 43A-C. Laurinea Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862, Fl. Vit. 202. 1867. Cryptocarya degeneri Allen in Sargentia 1: 34. 1942. A tree 3-15 m. high, with a trunk up to 20 cm. or perhaps more in diameter, occurring from near sea level to 900 m. elevation in usually dense forest, often on limestone. The tepals are cream-colored to pinkish or brownish white, and the fruit turns from green to brown or purplish, becoming black at maturity. Flowers and fruits may be found at all seasons. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Cryptocarya hornei is Horne 171 (GH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at K), collected in December, 1877, inthe mountains of Ovalau (these data were not available to Gillespie but are found on the k sheet). Seemann’s “Laurinea,” provided with a brief diagnosis in 1867, is based on his no. 377. Crypto- carya degeneri is typified by Degener 15412 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, NY, US), obtained June 3, 1941, at Mataimeravula, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Ra Province, Viti Levu. The two type collections disclose no differences of consequence. DISTRIBUTION: Known from several islands in Fiji, from which I have studied about 40 collections, and also from ’Eua, Tonga. LOCAL NAMES: /viivi, wawanunu, nduvundu, and ndrausasa have been recorded for this species but should be treated with skepticism, since some of them are used for quite different families. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 1090; below Mt. Koromba, DA 1/4727; Mangondro (Tikina), DA 14903; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Degener 14311. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DF 829; vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15228. SERUA: Hills north of Ngaloa, in drainage of Waininggere Creek, Smith 9161. NAMosI: Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2893. NAITASIRI: Vicinity of Kalambo, Tothill 548. OVALAU: “Mountains,” Horne 128, 170; hills southeast of valley of Mbureta River, Smith 7408. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Rukuruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham 378. THAKAUNDROVE: Hills west of Mbutha Bay, Natewa Peninsula, Smith 808. MOALA: Near Naroi, Smith 1317. YATHATA: Navakathuru, DA 16309. VANUA VATU: On limestone slopes, Bryan 552. LAKEMBA: Near airport, Garnock-Jones 867. AIWA: Central wooded plateau, Bryan 523. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1130. ONGEA LEVU: Central forest, Bryan 439. Fis1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Seemann 377. This distinctive species is the most abundant and widespread member of the genus within Fiji. Its relationship seems to be with the Samoan Cryptocarya elegans (Rei- necke) A. C. Sm. (cf. J. Arnold Arb. 32: 37. 1951). 130 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 5. Cryptocarya constricta Allen in Sargentia 1: 35. 1942; A. C.Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 37. 1951; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 52. 1964, ed. 2. 84. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 356. 1978. A tree 2-11 m. high, growing in forest or secondary forest at elevations of 30-600 m.; the fruit becomes black at maturity. Flowers have been obtained only in October, fruits between September and April. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Degener & Ordonez 13761 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, NY, US), collected Dec. 15, 1940, near the Suva Pumping Station, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and infrequent, known only from the two largest islands. LOCAL NAME AND USES: Lindi has been reported for the species, but this name usually refers to Litsea. Collectors indicate that the bark is used for perfume and is also burned to provide a mosquito repellent; the wood has been used in house-building. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mbukuya Forest (Mangondro Tikina), Nausori Highlands, DF 1252. Serva: Inland from Namboutini, DF 460, Damanu 109. NAMOsSI: Veivatuloa, Lombau River, DF 466, Damanu 115. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Mt. Seatura, DA 14892. 6. Cryptocarya turrilliana A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 37. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 54. 1964, ed. 2. 86. 1972. FIGURE 43D. A tree 5-20 m. high, occurring in dense or open forest or in patches of forest in open country at elevations of 100-825 m. The flower buds are pale brown and the fruit is purplish, becoming jet-black when mature. Flowers have been obtained in November and December and fruits between July and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 6731] (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 28, 1947, on the Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the two largest islands. LOCAL NAMES: Lindi thevuthevu, tumbu ni vorovoro. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5520. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Nasolo, Ndreketi River, DA 12956; Seanggangga Plateau, DA 12276, 13469; mountains near Lambasa, Greenwood 536, 536A; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6381. THAKAUNDROVE: Wailevu and vicinity, Savusavu Bay, DA 14281]. 7. Cryptocarya barbellata A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 38. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Is]. 52. 1964, ed. 2. 84. 1972. FiGure 44A & B. A tree about 15 m. high, found in dense forest at elevations of 850-1,000 m. The pale yellowish flowers and mature fruits have been obtained only in October. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 6319 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 2, 1947, on the western slopes of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and apparently rare, known only from the type collection. FiGure 43. A-C, Cryptocarya hornei; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, * 1/3; B, flower, with three tepals removed, showing dorsal and lateral (at left) surfaces of stamens of the first and second whorls and staminodes of the fourth whorl, x 20; C, fruits and leaf blade surfaces, x 2. D, Cryptocarya turrilliana, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/3. A & B from Smith 1317, C from Smith 7408, D from Smith 6731. LAURACEAE 3 1981 132 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1981 LAURACEAE 133 This species and the following, with pinnate-nerved leaf blades and conspicuous axillary hair tufts on the lower surfaces, are sharply distinguished from other Fijian Cryptocaryae, and from one another by leaf size and fruit shape. 8. Cryptocarya parinarioides A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 39. 1951; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 54. 1964, ed. 2. 86. 1972. FiGure 44C & D. A tree 10-15 m. high, found in dense, often sloping forest, sometimes along streams, at elevations of 365-700 m. The flowers are green and the mature fruit black. plover have been seen in April and May, buds in November, and mature fruits only in ay. TyPIFICATION: The type is Smith 445] (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected May 15, 1947, in the vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and infrequent, known only from northern and western Viti Levu. LocaAL NAME: Malawaso (recorded for the type collection). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Ambatha, west of Mt. Evans Range, DA 1/4206; Waimongge Creek, south of Navai, Berry 84. NANDRONGA & NAvosa: Nausori Highlands, Berry et al. s. n. (K. 400). 5. LitszA Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 3: 574. 1792; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 45. 1951. Nom. cons. Tetranthera Jacq. Pl. Rar. Hort. Schoenbr. 1: 59. 1797; Seem. Fl. Vit. 202. 1867. Usually dioecious trees or shrubs; leaves alternate or spirally arranged or rarely subopposite, the blades pinnate-nerved or triplinerved; inflorescence umbellate- racemose or sometimes composed of a solitary axillary pseudoumbel; flowers uni- sexual (in our species but rarely % elsewhere), in pseudoumbels, these pedunculate, subglobose in bud, 2-7-flowered, each surrounded by an involucre of 4-6 decussate, large, subpersistent bracts, the perianth tube ovoid, campanulate, or short, the tepals 6 (rarely 3-10) and subequal or lacking, deciduous after anthesis; fertile stamens in & flowers 5-18 (in our species), the filaments well developed, those of the 2 outer whorls usually eglandular, those of the inner whorl(s) glandular, the anthers 4-celled, all dehiscing introrsely; ovary in & flowers stipitiform or lacking; ? flowers with as many staminodes as stamens in o& flowers, the ovary attenuate into the style, the stigma conspicuous, peltate or irregularly lobed; fruit subglobose, partially embedded in a small (in our species) cupule formed by the accrescent perianth tube. TYPE SPECIES: Litsea chinensis Lam. The type species of Tetranthera is T laurifolia Jacq. DisTRIBUTION: A large, pantropical genus, extending north and south into temper- ate areas but lacking in Africa and Europe, with about 400 species. Thirteen species are here recognized from Fiji, twelve of them endemic and one also found in Tonga. Loca NAME: A Fijian generic name for Litsea is lindi, referable to any species of the genus and therefore not repeated in the following discussions. Ficure 44. A & B, Cryptocarya barbellata, from Smith 6319; A, lower surface of leaf blade along costa, * 2; B, mature (dry) fruit, x 2. C & D, Cryptocarya parinarioides, from Smith 4451; C, lower surface of leaf blade, x 2; D, mature (dry) fruits, * 2. 134 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 KEY TO SPECIES Flowers without tepals. Leaf blades comparatively small, rarely exceeding 12 x 7 cm., the secondary nerves (including basal ones, these frequently pronounced) not more than 5 per side; inflorescence comparatively small, the peduncle 3-12 mm. long, the flower-subtending bracts 3-5 mm. in diameter; mature fruits not much exceeding | cm. in length. Lower surface of leaf blades glabrous except for axillary hair tufts or inconspicuously scattered- pilose; rachis of inflorescence up to 4 mm. long, the pseudoumbels 3-6 per inflorescence; pedicels at anthesisy2—4emmlong-ystamensyl2— lifer tert eirletelietieieieier te eiersteeiers 1. L. pickeringii Lower surface of leaf blades pilose with minute scattered hairs, these subappressed or spreading, 0.1-0.2 mm. long; rachis of inflorescence minute, 1-2 mm. long, the pseudoumbels | or 2 per inflorescence; pedicels at anthesis less than | mm. long; stamens 6-9 (-12?). 2. L. palmatinervia Leaf blades comparatively large, usually 12-20 x 7-13 cm., the secondary nerves (basal ones not pronounced) usually 6-8 per side; inflorescence large, the peduncle 11-20 mm. long at anthesis, the flower-subtending bracts 7-8 mm. in diameter; stamens (12-) 14-18; mature fruits 4cm. or more long. 3. L. magnifolia Flowers with tepals. Flower-subtending bracts usually glabrous, rarely sparsely strigose dorsally; tepals 1-2.2 mm. long at anthesis, glabrous or sparsely sericeous dorsally; leaf blades comparatively small, only rarely exceeding 10 x 5 cm., the secondary nerves not more than 5 per side (or 6 in species no. 7). Leaf blades elliptic, usually 3-7 cm. long and 2-3.5 cm. broad, rounded or broadly obtuse at apex, the secondaries curved-ascending; stamens or staminodes 6-9. Inflorescence, including pedicels and floral parts, strictly glabrous except fora few scattered hairs on perianth and filaments; leaf blades subcoriaceous, glaucous beneath. ...... 4. L. seemannii Inflorescence noticeably pubescent, the pedicels copiously sericeous, the tepals and filaments serice- ous dorsally at least toward base. Leaf blades subcoriaceous, concolorous; peduncle minutely appressed-puberulent; flowers 6 or 7 per pseudoumbel; pedicels 0.7-1.5 mm. long, with hairs about 0.1 mm. long; tepals ciliolate; stamens (7-) 9, the longest filaments 1-1.3 mm. long. .................... 5. L. hornei Leaf blades chartaceous, with comparatively conspicuous venation, glaucous beneath; peduncle glabrous; flowers 4 or 5 per pseudoumbel; pedicels about 0.5 mm. long, with hairs 0.2-0.3 mm. long; tepals eciliate; stamens (5-) 7-9, the longest filaments about 0.7 mm. long. 6. L. grayana Leaf blades usually more than 7 cm. long and 3 cm. broad or, if smaller, gradually narrowed distally to an obtusely cuspidate apex; stamens or staminodes 12 or more. Petioles 2.5-3.5 cm. long; leaf blades elliptic-oblong, usually 8-10 x 4-4.5 cm., with very fine veinlet-reticulation prominulous on both surfaces; peduncles 12-14 mm. long at anthesis, the flower-subtending bracts 4.5-5 mm. in diameter; flowers about 5 per pseudoumbel, the pedicel about 1 mm. long; tepals 1.5-2.2 mm. long, glabrous, eciliate. ................ 7. L. richii Petioles usually less than 1.5 cm. long; leaf blades lanceolate to elliptic, (4-) 5-10 x 2.5-5.5 cm., with the veinlet-reticulation comparatively coarse, often immersed; peduncles not more than 8 mm. long at anthesis, the flower-subtending bracts not more than 4 mm. in diameter; flowers 2-4 per pseudoumbel, essentially sessile; tepals not more than 1.5 mm. long, usually sericeous dorsally and ciliolate. .... 2.0.2.6... ee eee eee eee eee eee 8. L. vitiana Flower-subtending bracts tomentellous or sericeous dorsally; tepals 1.5-4 mm. long at anthesis, densely sericeous dorsally; leaf blades comparatively large, exceeding 10 cm. in length (except in species no. 12), the secondary nerves 6 or more per side (fewer in species no. 12). Leaf blades oblong-elliptic, rounded or faintly retuse at apex, rounded to broadly obtuse at base, glabrous beneath at maturity; tepals apparently always 6. Rachis of inflorescence 2-6 mm. long, ferruginous-tomentose; stamens 12; petioles 1.5-2.5 cm. long; leaf blades usually 10-13 x 4-5 cm., the petioles and nerves of lower surface often puberulent when young, the secondary nerves 9-I1 per side. ............-..00- eee eee 9. L. imthurnii Rachis of inflorescence 7-10 mm. long, glabrous; stamens 12-15; petioles 3-5.5 cm. long; leaf blades usually 12-19 x 6-9.5 cm., strictly glabrous, the secondary nerves 6-8 per side. 10. L. burckelloides Leaf blades ovate, gradually narrowed distally into an obtuse or obtusely cuspidate apex, broadly obtuse (rarely rounded when juvenile) to acute at base; tepals sometimes more than 6. Lower surface of leaf blades [these (8-) 10-18 (-40) = (3.5-) 5-14 (-19) cm.] persistently pubescent at least on costa and secondaries, the secondary nerves at least 6 per side; peduncles 7-14 mm. long at anthesis; tepals 6-10, 2.5-4 mm. long; stamens 12-16, the outer filaments up to 4mm. long. 11. L. mellifera Lower surface of leaf blades [these 6-8.5 = (3-) 4-5 cm.] glabrous at maturity, the secondary nerves 4 or 5 per side; peduncles about 5 mm. long at anthesis; tepals 6, not more than 2 mm. long; stamens usually 9 (sometimes 10-12), the outer filaments about 2 mm. long. 12. L. alleniana 1981 LAURACEAE 135 Flowers not known; leaf blades elliptic-oblong, usually 7-10 x 3-4.5 cm., copiously short-pilose beneath, pinnate-nerved, with 4 or 5 secondaries per side. ............0seeeeeeeees 13. L. mathuataensis 1. Litsea pickeringii (A. Gray ex Seem.) Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, II]. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 278. 1892; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 47. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 57. 1964, ed. 2. 89. 1972. FIGURE 45A. Laurinea Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862. Tetranthera pickeringii A. Gray ex Seem. FI. Vit. 203. 1867. A tree 4-20 m. high, sometimes spreading or slender and often locally common, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 1,150 m. in dense or open forest or thickets. The stamens are white and the fruit green, presumably darkening at full maturity. TyYPIFICATION: Gray had mentioned the name Tetranthera pickeringii to Seemann in correspondence, indicating the identity of Seemann 378 with the below-cited U. S. Exploring Expedition collection from Mbua Bay. However, Seemann directly cited only his own collection, which therefore must be taken as the type: Seemann 378 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH), collected in the vicinity of Somosomo, Taveuni, in 1860. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several islands; I have examined 34 collections of this well-marked species. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: In various parts of Fiji this species is known as singa or singga, lilindi, nduvundu vuvula, kasinga, malomalo, matandavo, and thivomei- randinivou. The pounded stem, strained in water, has been reported as an internal cure for headache ( Weiner 71-7-74). Seemann’s indication of this species as a useful timber tree seems questionable. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: North of Natalau, near Lautoka, Degener 14993; Naloto Range, DA 14760; Nauwangga, south of Nandarivatu, Degener 14559; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5306. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13748 (Bola 123); Singatoka River, Green- wood 833. NAITASIRI: Namboumbutho Creek, Horne 969; between Nuku and Langonimbokala, Wainimala Valley, DA 14013. TAILEVu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7063. OVA- LAU: Graeffe 1583; slopes of Mt. Koronimoko, vicinity of Thawathi, Smith 8079. KORO: East coast, Smith 1040. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7778. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Mbua Bay, U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, US 40458, 40459). MaTHuaTa: Seanggangga Plateau, DA 1/347]. THAKAUNDROVE: Savusavu Bay area, Horne 544, Weiner 71-7-74. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4653, Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8176. MOALA: Near Maloku, Smith 1336. KAMBARA: On limestone formation, Smith 1248. The first three species of Litseain this treatment are readily characterized by having flowers without tepals. Additionally each of the three has vegetative and fruit charac- ters that readily distinguish them from each other and from the more numerous species with tepals. 2. Litsea palmatinervia (Meisn.) Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 278. 1892; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 48. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 57. 1964, ed. 2. 89. 1972. Laurinea Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862. Tetranthera palmatinervia Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 15 (1): 191. 1864; Seem. Fl. Vit. 202. pi. 5/. 1867. A small tree 5-10 m. high (sometimes indicated as a shrub), occurring in dense forest at elevations of 350-920 m. The stamens are white or cream-colored and the fruit is reported as green, although it doubtless darkens at maturity. Flowers have been obtained in February and August and fruits between September and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 375 (NY HOLOTYPE in Meisner Herbarium; 136 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 ISOTYPES at BM, GH, K), collected Aug. 24, 1860, near the summit of Mt. Voma, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and apparently fairly local, known definitely only from the south-central part of Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serva: Inland from Ngaloa, DA 14699. Namosi: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 879]; track to Mt. Nambui, Korombasambasanga Range, DA 14537; between Nanggarawai and Saliandrau, Gillespie 3216, vicinity of Namosi Village, Gil- lespie 2828, 3044; near summit of Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2724; vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 3069. Fis1 without further locality, Howard 204. 3. Litsea magnifolia Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 6. fig. 3. 1931; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 49. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 55. fig. 26, A. 1964, ed. 2. 87. fig. 27, A. 1972. FIGuRE 45B. A sometimes slender tree 8-20 m. high, found in dense forest at elevations from near sea level to 1,150 m. The flower- subtending bracts are greenish white; the stamens have filaments reddish proximally and yellowish anthers; and the fruits, recorded only as green, sometimes attain a size of 45 x 22 mm. Flowers and fruits have been noted in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 2823 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected Sept. 8, 1927, on mountain ridges in the vicinity of Namosi Village, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several high islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Vavaloa vula, mundari, and wa korovundi have been recorded, the last two by Gillespie, but I am skeptical of all of them. One collector reports that the bark has been used for ceremonial skirts and the wood used for partitions. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 86; slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4051; Mbukuya Forest (Mangondro Tikina), Nausori Highlands, DA L.13422 (DF 1253). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DF /214. SERuA: Hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9136. NAMOSI-NAITASIRI boundary: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3313, 3361. NAMost!: Hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8436; northern base of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8687; vicinity of Saliandrau, Wayauyau Creek, DA 14590; slopes of Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2921. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7739. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Savuthuru Mt., near Valethi, Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 13851. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4783; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8177. The specimens referred to Litsea magnifolia (Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 106. 1970; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 13. 1972) and to L. magnifolia var. samoensis (Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 89. fig. 70. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 184: 39. 1945) from Samoa and Niue in my opinion are best maintained as a separate species, L. samoensis (Christophersen) A. C. Sm. (in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 50. 1951). These two related species differ markedly from the two preceding Fijian species in their larger leaves, flower- subtending bracts, and fruits. FiGure 45. A, Litsea pickeringii, a pseudoumbel of & flowers (without tepals), subtended by bracts, = 7, from Degener 14993. B, Litsea magnifolia, fruits (not fully mature), x 1 1/2, from Smith 8177. C, Litsea seemannii, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/4, from DA 1989. D, Litsea vitiana, mature fruits, x 1 1/2, from Smith 7890. E & F, Litsea mellifera, from Smith 75/0; E, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/5; F & flowers of a pseudoumbel (showing membranaceous tepals; some flowers removed), subtended by bracts (some removed), * 7. 1981 LAURACEAE 137 138 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 4. Litsea seemannii (Meisn.) Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, II. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 278. 1892. FIGuRE 45C. Laurinea Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862. Tetranthera seemanni Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 15 (1): 192. 1864; Seem. FI. Vit. 203. 1. 49. 1867. Litsea seemanni Drake ex A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 50. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 57. 1964, ed. 2. 89. 1972. An often compact tree 3-7 m. high (sometimes recorded as a shrub), occurring very locally in forest or in dense crest thickets at elevations of 500-923 m. The flower- subtending bracts, tepals, and filaments are greenish white. Flowers have been obtained between June and September, but fruits are still uncollected. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 374; as there is no specimen of this in the Meisner Herbarium it is probable that no duplicate was sent to him; therefore I here indicate the K specimen as the lectotype. Isolectotypes are deposited at BM and GH. Seemann’s material was collected Aug. 24, 1860, on the summit of Mt. Voma, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and very limited in occurrence, known only from Mt. Voma and from a single collection from Ovalau. LOCAL NAME: Only the name kau moya has been recorded (Gillespie 2754). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NaMosI: Summit and upper slopes of Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2745, DA 557, 598, 1989, 3769, 13960. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Tana Lailai and adjacent ndge, Smith 7701. This species and the two following form a well-marked cluster of rare Fijian endemics, readily separated from L. richii and L. vitiana by their small leaf blades, which are rounded or broadly obtuse at apex, and by their comparatively few stamens; they are easily distinguished from one another as noted in the above key. 5. Litsea hornei A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 50. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972. Probably a small tree, but lacking field notes. TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 972 (GH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at K; photos of holo- type at BISH, US), collected in Fiji without further locality in 1877 or 1878. DISTRIBUTION: Known only from two collections by Horne; although the type collection is without locality data, it seems identical with the unnumbered collection cited below and may indeed be part of the same gathering. Therefore there is a good possibility that the species is endemic to the isolated Mendrausuthu Range in Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: NaITAsIRI: Mt. Nambukelevu (alt. 751 m.), Mendrausuthu Range, Horne s. n. (Kk). 6. Litsea grayana A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32:51. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 356. 1978. Tetranthera seemanni var. chartacea A. Gray ex Seem. FI. Vit. 202, nom. nud. 1867. Probably a small tree, but lacking field notes. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 40461 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, kK), collected in Fiji without further locality in 1840. This collection is annotated with the manuscript trinomial noted above by Gray. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the type collection. 1981 LAURACEAE 139 7. Litsea richii A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 51. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 57. 1964, ed. 2. 89. 1972. Tetranthera richii A. Gray ex Seem. Fl. Vit. 202, nom. nud. 1867. Probably a small tree, but without collector’s field notes. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (Us 40460 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected in Fiji in 1840 without further locality. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji; a well-marked but apparently rare species known only from the type collection. 8. Litsea vitiana (Meisn.) Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 278. 1892; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32: 52. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 57. fig. 26, B. 1964, ed. 2. 89. fig. 27, B. 1972. FIGuRE 45D. Laurinea Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 297. 1862, Viti, 440. 1862. Tetranthera vitiana Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 15 (1): 514. 1864; Seem. FI. Vit. 203. r. 50. 1867. Litsea montana Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 36. 1915; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32:52. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. $7. 1964, ed. 2. 89. 1972. A tree 3-20 m. high, often slender, with a trunk up to 50 cm. indiameter, occurring in dense or open forest or in crest forest at elevations from near sea level to 1,323 m. The flower-subtending bracts are white and the fruit is noted as green, although it doubtless darkens at full maturity. Flowers have been obtained between December and July and fruits between May and January. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Tetranthera vitiana is Storck 903 (G-DC HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH, K), collected in December, 1860, on Ovalau adjacent to Port Kinnaird (cf. Vol. 1, p. 45, of this Flora). The type of Litsea montana is im Thurn 217 (kK HOLOTYPE; photos of holotype at BISH, US), collected March 29, 1906, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. In my 1951 treatment I expressed doubt of the value of the characters separating L. montana from L. vitiana; the increasing number of available specimens has expanded this doubt and I now find no dependable characters to separate the two concepts, which are herewith combined. DisTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several high islands; I have now studied 30 collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: In addition to the Fijian generic name this species has been recorded as seti, thavuwaru, and tarutaru ni lolo. In the Yasawas it is noted as a medicinal plant, used to relieve swollen breasts. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Naruarua Gulch, near Mbatinaremba, Sr. John 18054. VIT1 LEVU: MBa: Northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 45/6; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3/94; summit and slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, DA 14659, Webster & Hildreth 14188. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5503, southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, above Tumbenasolo, Greenwood 1186, valley of Singatoka River, O. & I. Degener 32/92. RA: Mountains near Penang, Greenwood 750; Vatundamusewa, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15457. NGAU: Slopes of Mt. Ndelaitho, on northern spur, toward Navukailangi, Smith 7890. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Between Savusavu Bay and Mt. Soro Levu, DA /7176. TAVEUNI: Western slope, between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 745; Mt. Manuka, Smith 777. Ful without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. 9. Litsea imthurnii Turrillin J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43:35. 1915; A.C. Sm. inJ. Arnold Arb. 32: 53. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972. A tree, indicated by the collector to have “yellow fluffy flowers.” TyYPIFICATION: The type is im Thurn 224 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM; photo of holotype at us), collected March 30, 1906, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. 140 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection, obtained at an elevation of about 850 m. It is strange that this species has not been recollected, since the locality is often visited by botanists. This species and the following three form a well-marked group, characterized by having the flower-subtending bracts and tepals obviously pilose and usually by com- paratively large leaves and an increased number of stamens. 10. Litsea burckelloides A. C.Sm.in J. Arnold Arb. 32:53. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Is]. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972. Indicated by the collector as a large tree occurring in woods, but without other significant data. TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 733 (GH HOLOTYPE: ISOTYPE at kK; photo of holotype at BISH), collected in June, 1878, in the vicinity of Na Vasi, west of Suva, on Namuka Harbour, Rewa Province, Viti Levu. The locality, taken from the k sheet, was not stated in my original protologue. DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection; lack of additional material indicates that even the immediate vicinity of Suva requires more intensive botanical study. 11. Litsea mellifera A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32:54. 1951; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 118. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 57. 1964, ed. 2. 89. 1972. FiGure 45E & F. Tetranthera enneadenia A. Gray ex Seem. Fl. Vit. 202, nom. nud. 1867. A tree 10-35 m. high, with a trunk up to | m. or more in diameter, found in dense forest from near sea level to 850 m. elevation. The flower-subtending bracts are pale green, and the flowers are notably fragrant, the plant being visited by bees when at full anthesis. The tepals and stamens are white, becoming cream-white or yellowish, and the fruit is noted as red, although it doubtless darkens at full maturity. Flowers have been obtained between April and August and truits in August and September. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 4393 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected May 14, 1947, on the slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji (known from Viti Levu, Ovalau, Vanua Levu, and Taveuni) and Tonga (Eua). LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Apparently well-known to Fijian and other foresters, this species has been recorded as vurutomoko, linchi lailai, kasinga, yavuwai, and ndoi- ndamu. It is noted as a useful timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 1301; Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1269; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6290. NANDRONGA & NAVOSA: Nausori Highlands, DF 830; southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4576. NAMosI: Wainambua Creek, DA /421/4; vicinity of Namosi, Horne 777. Ra: Near Wainimbuka, vicinity of Nasukamal, Gillespie 4692.4; Tuvavatu, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15369. NaiTaAsirI: Rarandawai, Wainamo-Wainisavulevu divide, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18261, 18274A. TAILevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7/77. OVALAU: U. S. Expl. Exped. (source of the name Tetranthera enneadenia, Gu, US 40457); hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7510. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Mbua Bay, U. S. Expl. Exped.;, lower Wainunu River Valley, Smith 1737. MATHUATA: Nasavu River Valley (Ndongotuki Tikina), Howard 135. TAVEUNI: Slope above Waiyevo, Gillespie 4735. Fisi without further locality, DA 39/3. This striking and reasonably abundant tree, recognized as distinct but undescribed by Gray, is one of the most easily distinguished of the Fijian Litseae and the only one not strictly endemic. 1981 CASSYTHACEAE 141 12. Litsea alleniana A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32:56. 1951; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972. A tree 12 m. high, occurring in dense ridge forest and thickets at elevations of 1,165-1,195 m. The only known collection, flowering in May, was noted as having white filaments. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 4232 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected May 2, 1947, on the summit of Mt. Koroyanitu, high point of Mt. Evans Range, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection. 13. Litsea mathuataensis A. C. Sm. in J: Arnold Arb. 32: 56. 1951: J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 55. 1964, ed. 2. 87. 1972. A small tree about 6 m. high, known definitely only from open forest at elevations of 100-350 m. The available collections are all in fruit but the only dated one is the type, obtained in October. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 6364 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 27, 1947, on the southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji; the known collections other than the type are without locality data. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: FIJI without further locality, Horne s. n., Yeoward 8. I ventured to describe this taxon in the absence of flowers because it clearly differs from the other known Fijian Litseae; its closest allies are probably L. richii and L. vitiana, but it differs from both in the indument of its leaves and branchlets and additionally from each in details of leaf and infructescence dimensions. INADEQUATELY KNOWN TAXON Litsea ovalauensis Kostermans in Reinwardtia 7: 507. 1969; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 89. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 357. 1978. TYPIFICATION: The holotype is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 653980), collected in 1840 on Ovalau without other data. The holotype consists of a sterile branchlet bearing four leaves and apparently was taken from a sucker shoot; its foliage may therefore not be typical of that of a mature plant. Conceivably the specimen represents the juvenile stage of either Litsea mellifera or Endiandra trichotosa, but of course it may indeed represent an otherwise unknown species of either genus. FAMILY 55. CASSYTHACEAE CASSYTHACEAE Bartling ex Lindl. Nixus Pl. 15, as Cassytheae. 1833. Parasitic or partly autotrophic twiners, without true leaves, with small haustoria, the stems filiform, chlorophylligerous, the leaves reduced to minute scales; inflores- cence indefinite (i. e. axis not terminating in a flower), usually spicate or racemose, flowers 8%, basically as in Lauraceae, borne singly in axils of minute bracts, 2- bracteolate under the perianth, the perianth tube shallow but enlarging to envelop the fruit, the tepals 6, dissimilar, the 3 outer ones the smaller and bractlike; fertile stamens 9, those of the 2 outer whorls eglandular and with introrsely dehiscing 2-celled anthers, those of the third whorl flanked by glands and with extrorsely dehiscing anthers, the staminodes (of the innermost whorl) distinct, sessile or stipitate; gynoecium as in 142 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Lauraceae but the stigma small, obtuse or capitellate; fruit drupaceous, with a hard endocarp, completely included in a succulent cupule formed by the accrescent perianth tube, this with a small apical orifice, the perianth lobes persistent; seed with a membranous or coriaceous testa. DISTRIBUTION: Composed of a single paleotropical genus (but Cassytha filiformis is pantropical) with perhaps 15-20 species, and with a principal center of diversity in Australia. Only C. filiformis is widespread in the Pacific. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: In all the treatments listed above under Lauraceae, Cassytha is included. The genus is usually treated as a subfamily of Lauraceae, but its habit and various minor characters seem of familial consequence. 1. CAssYTHA L. Sp. Pl. 35. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 203. 1867. Characters and distribution of the family. TYPE SPECIES: Cassytha filiformis L., Linnaeus’s only original species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Okada, H., & R. Tanaka. Karyological studies in some species of Lauraceae. Taxon 24: 271-280. 1975. (Much of this paper is devoted to a chromosomal study of Cassytha, indicating substantial differences between that genus and those of the Lauraceae proper.) 1. Cassytha filiformis L. Sp. Pl. 35. 1753; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862; Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 15 (1): 255. 1864; Seem. Fl. Vit. 203. 1867; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 279. 1892; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 92. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 55. 1943; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 103. i943; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 32:57. 1951; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 119. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 35. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 51. 1964, ed. 2. 83. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 105. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 323. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 42. 1972. In Fiji Cassytha filiformis is a vine scrambling over trees and shrubs or sprawling on the upper parts of beaches and in other open places. It is found at elevations from sea level to 350 m., most often in beach thickets, on dry river banks and hillsides, along roadsides, and on the edges of forest. The tepals are white and the fruit is at first green, becoming yellow and at length white. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus cited several prior references and indicated: “Habitat in India.” I have not noted a lectotypification. DISTRIBUTION: Cosmopolitan in tropical areas; it occurs abundantly in most Pacific archipelagoes. I have studied 34 Fijian collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: This well-known species in Fiji is known as wa urulangi or wa uruilangi, walukumailangi, wailutumailangi, waverelangi, walawala, walutumai- langi, mbuwalawalawa, ndrendruma, and fatai. Medicinal value is ascribed to the plant, often unspecified; in the Yasawas a solution made from the plant is taken after childbirth to expel the afterbirth. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: NATHULA: Naisilisilisi Village, Weiner 235. WAyA: Wailevu Creek, St. John 18097. MAMANUTHAS: Naaatito Island, Malolo Group, O. & J. Degener 32212. VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 353; shores of Mba River near its mouth, Smith 4743. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Singtoka, DA 3725. SERua: Vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15090; Ndeumba Beach, DA 16578. Ra: Rakiraki, DA 3726. TAILEvu: Matavatathou, DA 10020. REwa: Suva Point, Tothill 661. KORO: East coast, Smith 1036. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Mbua Bay, U. S. Expl. Exped. MATHUATA: Road to Malau, east of Lambasa, DA 10504; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, Smith 6433. THAKAUNDROVE: Nasinu, Natewa Bay, DA 16843. WAILANGILALA: Tothill 678. VANUA MBALAVU: Near Lomaloma, Garnock-Jones 1005. NAYAU: Tothill 679. LAKEMBA: Near Tumbou Jetty, Garnock-Jones 776. KAMBARA: Moore 26. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 121]. ONGEA NDRIKI: Bryan 407. Fist without further locality, Seemann 373. 1981 GYROCARPACEAE 143 FAMILY 56. GYROCARPACEAE GYROCARPACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. Pl. 13, 14, as Gyrocarpeae. 1829. Trees, shrubs, or lianas, monoecious or polygamous, with cystoliths in leaves and axis; leaves alternate, without stipules, the blades entire to palmately S-lobed, often tomentose or otherwise pubescent; inflorescences axillary or terminal, paniculate, corymbiferous, or cymose, usually ebracteate; flowers § or unisexual, epigynous; perianth segments (tepals) 4-8 in a single verticil, sometimes unequal, sometimes variously fused; staminodes fewer than stamens or absent; stamens fewer than tepals, the anthers bilocular, dehiscing by lateral valves opening upwardly; pollen grains inaperturate, subglobose, tectate; ovary inferior, unilocular, with a single, pendulous, anatropous ovule, the style terete, the stigma capitate; fruit drupaceous, ovoid to fusiform, indehiscent, unwinged or with 2 elongate, spathulate, terminal wings, the endosperm none, the cotyledons leafy, contortuplicate, broad, emarginate at base. DisTRIBUTION: A family of two genera and about 16-22 species. One genus (Gyrocarpus) is tricentric-tropical, while the second (Sparattanthelium) occurs only in tropical America. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Shutts, C. F. Wood anatomy of Hernandiaceae and Gyrocarpaceae. Trop. Woods 113: 85-123. 1960. Kubitzki, K. Monographie der Hernandiaceen. Bot. Jahrb. 89: 78-209. 1969. 1. GyRocarPus Jacq. Select. Stirp. Amer. 282. 1763; Seem. FI. Vit. 94. 1866; Shutts in Trop. Woods 113: 92. 1960; Hutchinson, Gen. FI. Pl. 1: 145. 1964; Kubitzki in Bot. Jahrb. 89: 181. 1969. Monoecious or polygamous trees (rarely shrubs); leaves often crowded toward apices of branchlets, long-petiolate, the blades simple or palmately 3- or 5-lobed, usually with pedate venation; inflorescences sometimes precocious, paniculiform with the flowers in corymbs or cymes, usually bearing abundant o& flowers toward ends of inflorescence branches and comparatively few 9 or % flowers in lower portions of inflorescence; tepals often 7 but sometimes 4-8, small, the 2 lateral ones of 2 or % flowers with basal meristem that enlarges after anthesis into the wings of the fruit; & flowers short-pedicellate, with or without clavate staminodes, with 3-5 long-exserted stamens, the filaments sometimes bearing dorsal glands, the anthers short, rounded at apex, the style rudimentary or none; ? or § flowers with longer pedicels than o’, usually with staminodes, with or without 3-5 functional stamens, the ovary narrowed toward base; infructescences slender, at length pendulous, the drupes ovoid or ellip- soid, with 2 apical, elongate, spathulate, thick-membranaceous wings usually 3-5 times longer than drupe. TYPE SPECIES: Gyrocarpus americanus Jacq., the only original species. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical and sometimes considered to have about seven species, but these are combined into three species by Kubitzki. Only one species occurs in Fiji. 1. Gyrocarpus americanus Jacq. subsp. americanus; Kubitzki in Bot. Jahrb. 89: 183. fig. 45. 1969. FIGuRE 46. Gyrocarpus americanus Jacq. Select. Stirp. Amer. 282. 1. 178, fig. 80. 1763; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 167. 1890; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 14: 57. 1933; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 92. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 184: 39. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 120. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 90. 1972. Gyrocarpus jacquini Gaertn. Fruct. Sem. PI. 2:92: 1. 97, fig. 3, nom. illeg. 1790; Seem. Fl. Vit. 95. 1866; J. W. Parhan, PI. Fiji Isl. 58. 1964. Gyrocarpus asiaticus Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 982. 1806; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862. As it occurs in Fiji, Gyrocarpus americanus subsp. americanus is a tree 8-18 m. high, with a trunk to 80 cm. in diameter, occurring at elevations from near sea level to about 300 m., along arid coasts, often near beaches, and in lowland woods. From the Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 144 1981 NYMPHAEALES 145 limited number of available collections, it seems to bear flowers mostly between April and July and fruits between July and January, often being leafless when in fruit. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Gyrocarpus americanus is a Jacquin specimen (BM) from Cartagena, Colombia. Gyrocarpus jacquini is a renaming of this and hence is illegitimate. Gyrocarpus asiaticus is typified by G. jacquini sensu Roxb. Pl. Coromandel 1: 1. ¢. 7. 1795 (non Gaertn.). DISTRIBUTION: Kubitzki divides Gyrocarpus americanus into eight subspecies, all of which are comparatively limited in distribution except subsp. americanus, which occurs from eastern Africa through southeastern Asia, Malesia, and northeastern Australia into the southern Pacific to the Society Islands, as well as in tropical America. In parts of Australia and Africa, as well as in Madagascar, subsp. americanus is replaced by other subspecies. In Fiji the taxon is often common near beaches, its abundance not being reflected by the comparatively few known collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Wiriwiri is the commonly used local name; other recorded names are foto or toutou (Yasawas) and mandora(Mba). Anextract of the bark is said to be widely used as a medicine in Fiji, but its more specific value is not indicated. The wood is reported to be soft and useless. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: YANGGETA: Weiner 247. Waya: Nangua, St. John 18110; Nakawa Gulch, west side of Mbatinaremba, S1. John 18151. VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 263; Korovou, near Nandi, Degener 15329; Thelau, west of Mba, O. & I. Degener 32149; Walu Creek, Naloto Range, DA 14779. Viti Levu without further locality, Parks 20855. KORO: Tothill 186. VANUA LEVU: “Lee shores,” Seemann s. n. MBua: Above Mbanikea Village on track to Kavula, Berry 58. THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14186. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Somosomo, Seemann 561. TOTOYA: Milne 90. Fi1s1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Horne 1054. ORDER NYMPHAEALES The Nymphaeales have long been considered correctly placed in the “tranalean complex,” although they seem to be an ancient group differing from the terrestrial Magnoliidae in their strictly aquatic, freshwater habit and their lack of ethereal oil cells and cambium. However, in the basic structure of their stamens, their uniaperturate- derived pollen (except in Nelumbonaceae, which seem better referred to the subclass Ranunculidae), their laminar placentation, and their lack of vessels, they would be out of place in any subclass except Magnoliidae. Perhaps the eventual solution will be to elevate the order to a separate subclass, the Nymphaeidae, as suggested by Walker (1976, cited above under the class Dicotyledones, p. 251). The Nymphaeales, as presently construed, may be considered as composed of five families. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF ORDER: Li, H.-L. Classification and phylogeny of Nymphaeaceae and allied families. Amer. Midl. Nat. 54: 33-41. 1955. Moseley, M. F., Jr. Morphological studies of the Nymphaeaceae—I. The nature of the stamens. Phytomorphology 8: 1-29. 1958. FiGure 46. Gyrocarpus americanus subsp. americanus; A, tip of branchlet and foliage, = 12; B, distal portion of infructescence and mature fruits, x 1; C, distal portion of inflorescence with o flowers, = 4; D, stamen, showing a filament gland (g), a clavate staminode (s), and associated tepals (t), * 30; A from O. &/ Degener 32149; B from DA 14779, C & D from Degener 15321. 146 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 KEY TO FAMILIES OCCURRING IN FIJI Plants with roots; leaves long-petiolate, arising from rhizome, the blades simple, with a basal sinus; flowers hermaphrodite, borne on long peduncles arising from rhizome; perianth present, often showy; pollen grains zonasulcate; carpels 3-many, the ovules numerous, laminar, anatropous. 57. NYMPHAEACEAE Plants without roots, with leafy floating branches; leaves verticillate at nodes of branches, the blades dichotomously dissected; flowers unisexual, each in the axil of | leaf in a whorl; perianth lacking, replaced by a thin-herbaceous involucre; pollen grains inaperturate; ovary unicarpellate, the ovule SOlitanyaOTthotlopOUsser eee eee eeeer rattler titer eter 58. CERATOPHYLLACEAE FAMILY 57. NYMPHAEACEAE NYMPHAEACEAE Salisb. in Ann. Bot. (Konig & Sims) 2: 70, as Nymphaeeae. 1805. Perennial, aquatic, freshwater, acaulescent herbs, the rhizome cylindrical or oblong, thick, horizontal or erect; leaves long-petiolate, alternate, arising from rhi- zome, the blades with a basal sinus, not peltate; flowers §, actinomorphic, solitary, axillary, borne on long peduncles arising from rhizome; sepals 4-6 or more, free or nearly so; petals numerous (small in Nuphar, lacking in Ondinea), in many series, hypogynous or perigynous, variously adnate to ovary; stamens numerous, sometimes transitional toward petals, the anthers introrse or latrorse, opening longitudinally; pollen grains zonasulcate, tectate; ovary compound, composed of 3-35 united or partially united carpels, the ovules numerous, laminar, anatropous, pendulous from sides of ovary locules, the stigmas united into a disk with radiating rays; fruit a many-seeded, spongy berry, dehiscing by swelling of mucilage surrounding seeds, the seeds with endosperm and abundant perisperm. DISTRIBUTION: In the limited sense (excluding Euryalaceae, Barclayaceae, and Cabombaceae), the cosmopolitan Nymphaeaceae are composed of three genera and about 55-70 species. The family is sometimes taken in a very comprehensive sense, even to include sucha distinct genus as Nelumbo, which would seem better placed in its own order and removed from the subclass Magnolidae. The Nymphaeaceae are represented in Fiji only by a cultivated and sometimes naturalized species of Nym- Dhaea. 1. NympuHaea L. Sp. PI. 510. 1753, emend. Sm. in Sibthorp & Sm. FI. Graecae Prodr. 1: 360. 1809. Nom. cons. Characters of the family; leaves and flowers floating on surface of water or flowers raised above water level, the perianth wide-spreading; sepals 4, hypogynous, nearly free; petals showy, variously colored, with the stamens inserted on outer surface of receptacle, the anthers introrse; gynoecium apocarpous or syncarpous, the carpels adnate to a central prolongation of the floral axis, sunk in the cupuliform receptacle, their upper surfaces stigmatic, prolonged into slender, incurved projections (carpellary styles); seeds hard, operculate, arillate. Type species: Nymphaea alba L., one of Linnaeus’s four original species. Typ. cons. DISTRIBUTION: A genus of wide tropical and temperate occurrence, with 35-50 species, many of which have numerous forms and are extensively cultivated. It is very probable that different species are in cultivation in private gardens in Fiji, but only one is documented by reports and herbarium vouchers. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Conard, H. S. The waterlilies; a monograph of the genus Nymphaea. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 4: i-xiv. 1-279. 1905 (a freely illustrated classical treatment). 1981 CERATOPHYLLACEAE 147 1. Nymphaea capensis Thunb. Prodr. Pl. Cap. 92. 1800. Conard, in his 1905 revision of Nymphaea, recognizes three varieties of N. capensis (including the typical variety, which is not named as such); the species is said to sport freely and to hybridize with other species in cultivation. DISTRIBUTION: The species as a whole occurs in southern and eastern Africa and Madagascar; it is likely that specimens from Madagascar are referable to one of the nontypical varieties. Use: Like many others of the genus, this beautiful species is widely cultivated and often becomes naturalized. In the Pacific it has been noted in Tahiti and Hawaiias well as in Fiji, but it probably also occurs in other archipelagoes. KEY TO FORMS RECORDED IN FIJI Petals caeruleus above, proximally paler to nearly white, yellowish at base. ........... la. f. capensis Betalsspinkaormreddish ener mitaerti cio adeeiicimiciieleeiisrieiiaierierictle airlereisiesieteirolctstare 1b. f. rosea la. Nymphaea capensis Thunb. f. capensis. Nymphaea capensis Thunb. Prodr. Pl. Cap. 92. 1800; Conard in Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 4: 153. pl. X; fig. 60. 1905; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 397. 1955. Nymphaea capensis Thunb. var. capensis; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 217. 1964, ed. 2. 303. 1972. Cultivated in Fijian gardens and locally abundantly naturalized in roadside ditches, etc. This aquatic herb is found in water 0.5-1 m. deep; it has floating leaves and flowers borne on stalks above the water level. The leaf blades are coarsely but inconspicuously sinuate-dentate. The petals are rich blue, somewhat paler proximally; the stamens are blue distally and dull yellow toward base. TyPIFICATION: Conard in 1905 implied the type to be Burman 491, from South Africa, deposited in the Delessert herbarium at G. However, it would seem just as likely that the actual holotype is in the Thunberg herbarium at UPS. LocaL NAMES: Blue water lily, Cape blue water lily, or simply water lily. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Malika Creek, near lower Sambeto River, Greenwood 1306. NAmosti: In ditches along Queen’s Road west of Melimeli, DA 168/3. 1b. Nymphaea capensis f. rosea Hort. ex Conard in Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 4: 161. 1905. Nymphaea capensis var. rosea Hort.; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 398. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 217. 1964, ed. 2. 303. 1972. A form with pink or reddish petals, which Conard indicated as a sport of Nym- phaea capensis var. zanzibariensis (Caspary) Conard (in op. cit. 4: 157. pl. XT; fig. 61. 1905). Conard states that the form was first published as “Nymphaea zanzibariensis fl. rubro” by Siber in Wittmack’s Gartenzeitung 36: 83. p/. 1240. 1887. DISTRIBUTION: The pink-flowered form appears to occur here and there in cultiva- tion and has been naturalized near Nandi for at least 25 years. LocaL NAMES: Pink water lily, pink-flowered water lily, or simply water lily. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Msa: Swamps near Nandi, Greenwood 1307. FAMILy 58. CERATOPHYLLACEAE CERATOPHYLLACEAE S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 2: 395, 554, as Ceratophyllae. 1821. Aquatic, freshwater, submerged, monoecious herbs, with leafy floating branches, lacking roots, estipulate; leaves verticillate, 6-10 at a node, the blades dichotomously dissected, the segments threadlike or linear; flowers usually solitary, each in the axil of 148 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1 leaf in a whorl, actinomorphic, minute, the & and @ flowers occurring at separate nodes, lacking a perianth, this replaced by a thin-herbaceous involucre (sometimes interpreted as a calyx) of 8-15 subvalvate segments, these dentate or lacerate at apex; o& flowers with 10-20 stamens spirally arranged on a flat receptacle, the anthers subsessile, erect, linear-oblong, with 2 parallel, lengthwise dehiscing locules, the connective produced beyond locules; pollen grains inaperturate, tectate, psilate; polli- nation subaquatic, the anthers detaching and floating upward, discharging pollen at surface; 9 flowers without staminodes, the ovary superior, sessile, ovoid, unicarpel- late, the ovule solitary, pendulous, orthotropous, the style filiform, oblique; fruit an achene tipped by the indurated, persistent style, ovoid or ellipsoid, the seed pendulous, the endosperm lacking or scanty, the embryo large. DISTRIBUTION: Cosmopolitan, with a single genus variously interpreted as com- posed of 3-10 species. 1. CERATOPHYLLUM L. Sp. Pl. 992. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 258. 1868. Characters and distribution of the family. TYPE SPECIES: Ceratophyllum demersum L., the only original species. The species of Ceratophyllum are readily dispersed by water birds carrying broken bits of stem on their feathers. 1. Ceratophyllum demersum L. Sp. Pl. 992. 1753; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862, Fl. Vit. 258. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 304. 1892; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 104. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 217. 1964, ed. 2. 303. 1972. As it occurs in Fiji, Ceratophyllum demersum 1s found near sea level in swamps and ponds, and also at the edges of fast-flowing streams and rivers, sometimes associated with Potamogeton crispus. The branches elongate to about 2 m., dying off behind as they grow forward. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus gives several prior references, but I have not noted a lectotypification. Since Hortus Cliffortianus is cited, a specimen in Clifford’s Herba- rium (BM) might be a suitable lectotype. DISTRIBUTION: Essentially cosmopolitan, found indigenously in North and South America, Europe, Asia, Africa, and perhaps Australia. Malesian specimens are pre- sumably indigenous. In the Pacific, distribution of the species is spotty; its occurrence in Hawaii is thought to be due to the escape of cultivated plants. I believe that it may well be indigenous in Fiji, where it was already established as early as 1860. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The only recorded Fijian name is /umilumi (used for mosses and algae); the common English name hornwort has not been noted. The species is often used as an aquarium plant, but this has not been noted in Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SERUA: Vunindilo Beach, Ndeumba, DA 347]. NAITASIRI: Koronivia, by the packing shed landing, DA 16611]. TAILevu: Wainivesi River, DA 1662]; Waimbula River, DA 16624. Rewa (?): In swamps along Rewa River, Aug. 1860, Seemann 386. SusBcLass RANUNCULIDAE The Ranunculidae, composed of four orders and 23 families (cf. Smith, 1972, cited above under the Class Dicotyledones) seem well separated from the Magnoliidae. Asa rule their representatives are predominantly herbaceous or secondarily woody, lack ethereal oil cells, and never have anasulcate or uniaperturate-derived pollen grains; their carpels and stamens demonstrate comparatively advanced states. A transitional 1981 MENISPERMACEAE 149 order of woody, terrestrial plants, Illiciales (not in the Pacific area east of western Malesia), possesses magnoliidean spherical idioblasts but has tricolpate or hexacol- pate pollen grains. The Ranunculidae are represented in Fiji by only three species in three families, two of the species being indigenous. KEY TO ORDERS OCCURRING IN FIJI Gynoecium mostly with separate carpels or unicarpellate; sepals usually more than 2. RANUNCULALES (FAMILIES 59, 60) Gynoecium syncarpous; placentation parietal; sepals usually 2, occasionally 3. PAPAVERALES (FAMILY 61) ORDER RANUNCULALES KEY TO FAMILIES OCCURRING IN FIJI Flowers unisexual; plants usually woody vines; leaves (in our representative) simple; stamens few (6 in our representative) and opposite petals, the anthers in our species transversely dehiscent, endosperm sometimes scanty or lacking, the embyro large, often curved. ............. 59. MENISPERMACEAE Flowers usually $ (but in our species unisexual); plants often herbaceous or shrubby (but ours a woody vine); leaves (in our representative) usually trifoliolate; stamens numerous, the anthers dehiscing by longitudinal slits; endosperm well developed, the embryo small, straight. ....60. RANUNCULACEAE FaMILy 59. MENISPERMACEAE MENISPERMACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 284, as Menisperma. 1789. Usually dioecious twining vines or lianas, less often shrubs or small trees, rarely herbs, lacking stipules; leaves alternate, usually simple, sometimes trifoliolate, often palmately nerved; inflorescence axillary or borne on older wood, racemose, cymose, paniculate, or fasciculate, or rarely with solitary flowers; flowers small, actinomor- phic, rarely slightly zygomorphic, usually with imbricate sepals in 1-4 series, the outer ones the smaller; petals usually smaller than sepals, often 3 or 6, often minute, sometimes absent, usually free; & flowers usually with 3 or 6 stamens opposite petals, the stamens sometimes numerous, free or variously united, the anthers short, longitu- dinally or sometimes transversely dehiscent; pistillodes present or absent; 9 flowers with or without staminodes, the carpels usually 3 or 6, rarely | or many, free, sessile or stipitate, the ovules 2, soon reduced to | by abortion, attached to ventral suture, pendulous, semianatropous, the stigma terminal, entire or lobed; fruits composed of free drupelets, these sessile or stipitate, the stylar scar subterminal or near base due to excentric growth, the endocarp often bony and sculptured, the seed often curved, with uniform or ruminate endosperm or without endosperm, the embryo often curved. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and warm temperate, with about 65 genera and 350 species. A single genus is known to occur in Fiji. A second genus, Stephania, is curiously absent, as far as known, but should be anticipated. Stephania forsteri (DC.) A. Gray occurs in the Solomons, New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, Tonga, Samoa, the Societies, and the Marquesas; the species is sometimes referred to S. japonica var. timoriensis (DC.) Forman. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: Diels, L. Menispermaceae. Pflanzenr. 46 (IV. 94): 1-345. 1910. 1. PACHYGONE Miers in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 7: 37, 43. 1851; Miers ex Hook. f. & Thoms. FI. Ind. 202. 1855; Diels in Pflanzenr. 46 (IV. 94): 241. 1910; A.C Sm.in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 277. 1955; Forman in Kew Bull. 12: 457. 1958. Woody climbers with petiolate leaves, the leaf blade ovate to ovate-oblong, 3- or 5-nerved from base, sometimes with an indument of unicellular hairs; inflorescences axillary or borne on stems, racemose or paniculate; flowers with 6-12 sepals, the inner ones the larger, imbricate; petals 6, auriculate toward base; & flowers with 6 stamens, 150 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 the filaments free, the anthers transversely dehiscent, the pistillodes 3, minute; 9 flow- ers with 6 minute staminodes and 3 glabrous carpels, the style reflexed, the stigma entire; drupelets subcompressed-obovoid, with the stylar scar near base, the endocarp with lateral, elongate depressions, the seed curved, lacking endosperm, the cotyledons broad, thick. TYPE SPECIES: There seems to be disagreement as to the first publication of Pachy- gone. Diels (1910, cited above) takes Miers’s 1851 publication as valid, with P pluken- etii (DC.) Miers as the type species; this seems acceptable, since a few differentiating characters are mentioned in Miers’s key (p. 37) and he designates Cocculus plukenetii DC. as the type species (p. 43). Forman (1958, cited above) considers the genus to date from 1855, with P ovata (Poir.) Hook f. & Thoms. as the type species. Both authors consider P plukenetii a synonym of P ovata. DISTRIBUTION: Eleven or twelve species in China, southeastern Asia, Malesia, northern Australia, New Caledonia, Fiji, and Tonga. As the Fijian species is now known to occur in Tonga, my 1955 indication of the termination of the generic range in Fiji is seen to be inaccurate. 1. Pachygone vitiensis Diels in Pflanzenr. 46 (IV. 94): 244. 1910; A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 73. 1936, inJ. Arnold Arb. 36: 277. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 217. 1964, ed. 2. 303. 1972. FIGURE 47A-C. This infrequent species occurs from near sea level to about 300 m. elevation as a liana climbing over rocks (and doubtless on vegetation) in forest. The sepals and petals are pale green. The original collections were in fruit, and the only dated collection in flower, described in my 1936 note cited above, was obtained in March. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Graeffe 1382 (K HOLOTYPE), collected on the island of Oneata, presumably in 1864. I indicate the k specimen as the holotype because it bears Diels’s annotation and he did not designate a depository. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and Tonga. In the first archipelago the species is known from only five collections, all from different islands. The Tongan collections are recent, having been obtained on ‘Eua and Vava‘u by W. R. Sykes and G. P. Buelow. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Naitasiri: Tholo-i-suva, DA 83. VANUA LEVU: MatuHuatTA: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6379. KANATHEA: Graeffe 1545. KAM- BARA: On limestone formation, Smith 1294. As to the number of floral parts, my discussion of 1936 was inaccurate. The flowers have (at least usually) three narrow outer sepals, six inner sepals, and six small petals each clasping a stamen (FIGURE 47B & C). FAMILY 60. RANUNCULACEAE RANUNCULACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 231. 1789. Perennial or annual herbs or shrubs or climbers, without stipules; leaves radical, alternate, or opposite, often compound; inflorescence paniculate or cymose or the flowers solitary; flowers % or unisexual, actinomorphic, the receptacle often globular or elongated, the perianth often colored; sepals 3-8, imbricate to valvate, sometimes petaloid; petals few to many, hypogynous, free, often with a nectariferous claw, often showy but sometimes reduced or absent; stamens numerous and spirally arranged on receptacle, the filaments free, the anthers short, basifixed, extrorse, dehiscing by lengthwise slits; carpels usually many and spirally arranged, rarely only | or few, free, the ovule solitary, erect or pendulous, anatropous, the style often bifid or the stigma sometimes sessile; fruit a cluster of dry achenes, rarely berrylike, the seeds with copious endosperm and a small, straight embryo. 151 RANUNCULACEAE 1981 Figure 47. A-C, Pachygone vitiensis; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, * 1/3; B, & flower shedding pollen, with | stamen removed, showing 6 inner sepals and distal portions of 2 outer sepals, x 14; C, stamen and opposed perianth parts, showing inner sepal (s), petal (pe) clasping stamen, anther (a) with transverse dehiscence, filament (f), and pistillode (p), x 36. D & E, Clematis pickeringit, D, distal portion of stem, with a trifoliolate leaf subtending an infructescence, x 1/4; E, carpel, x 7. A~C from Smith 1294, D from Smith 4965, E from DA 13953. DIsTRIBUTION: A cosmopolitan but predominantly Northern Hemisphere family, in the limited sense (as above described and excluding Helleboraceae and several very small families that sometimes are incorporated in Ranunculaceae) composed of about 24 genera and 500-1,000 species. Only the genus Clematis has been noted in Fiji. 152 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1. CLematis L. Sp. Pl. 543. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 3. 1865; Kuntze in Verh. Bot. Vereins Prov. Brandenburg 26: 83. 1885; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 277. 1955. Perennial, usually woody climbers (rarely shrubs or herbs); leaves opposite, usually compound, sometimes simple, the petiole (and petiolules) often twining; flowers unisexual or 9, usually in few-many-flowered cymose panicles; sepals 4-6 or rarely more, valvate, free, somewhat petaloid; petals absent; & flowers with many stamens; © flowers with staminodes, the carpels usually numerous, the ovule pendulous, the style filiform, persistent, usually pilose; fruit a cluster of sessile, laterally compressed achenes, each with a conspicuous, elongated, usually plumose and persistent style. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Clematis vitalba L. (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U.S. ed. 2. 2: 121. 1913), one of Linnaeus’s original nine species. DIsTRIBUTION: A cosmopolitan but mostly temperate genus of 200-250 species, occurring in Malesia and Australasia eastward to Fiji, where a single species termi- nates the generic range. Ficure 48. Clematis pickeringti, A, & flower, x 3 1/2, from-DA 15149; B, 2 flower, x 31/2, from DA 13953. 1981 PAPAVERALES 153 1. Clematis pickeringii A. Gray, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. 1: 1. 1854; Seem. in Bon- plandia 9: 253. 1861, Viti, 432. 1862, Fl. Vit. 3. 1865; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 103. 1889; Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 16. 1915; A.C. Sm. inJ. Arnold Arb. 36: 277. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 217. 1964, ed. 2. 303. 1972. FIGuRES 47D & E, 48. Clematis aristata var. pickeringii Kuntze in Verh. Bot. Vereins Proy. Brandenburg 26: 156. 1885. A woody vine and often a high-climbing liana, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 1,150 m. in dense or open forest, in crest thickets, or in patches of forest in open country. The inflorescence branches are often pale purplish and the sepals are white or cream-colored to yellowish. The filaments are white or creamy and the anthers pale yellow; the mature carpels have white or pale green, feathery styles. Flowers and fruits have been recorded as occurring in most months. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 247 HOLOTYPE), collected in 1840 on the island of Ovalau. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji westward to the Solomon Islands and Queensland, and proba- bly also in Malesia; Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink (FI. Java 1: 144. 1963) con- sider that it occurs as far west as Java. | have examined approximately 40 Fijian collections. LOCAL NAMES: Wa kamba and wa mila are the usual names; mbavola has also been recorded in Mathuata Province. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 445; northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 45/8; summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandari- vatu, DA 13953; ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, Smith 4965. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Vicinity of Nandrau, DF //92; Yawe, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15267. SERUA: Vatutavathe, vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15175. NAITASIRI: Between Suva and Tholo-i-suva, im Thurn 351 OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Smith 7566. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Koromba Forest, Wairiki, DA 15/49. MATHUATA: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6653, Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, DA 14647. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1800, Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14243. TAVEUNI: Seemann / (“Vuna” on K sheet; “Vanua Levu” in FI. Vit.). Clematis pickeringii normally has trifoliolate leaves, but simple leaves are occa- sionally found on the same plant as compound ones. Juvenile plants sometimes have the leaflets deeply trisected, each segment being pinnatifid. The four sepals are cadu- cous after anthesis. The 2 flowers bear 12-20 staminodes ina single whorl outside the numerous carpels (FIGURE 48B); the staminodes bear diminutive, sterile anthers and do not persist in mature 9 flowers. The species as a rule is dioecious, but B. E. V. Parham (in Trans. Fijian Soc. 1922: 6. 1922) reports a Clematis with § flowers from Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. This suggests that occasional individuals of C. pickerin- gii have 9 flowers with developed stamens in place of staminodes, but such individuals seem rare and presumably are not worth nomenclatural recognition. OrpDER PAPAVERALES The Papaverales are circumscribed to include one, two, or more families. Generally the Fumariaceae are separated from the Papaveraceae, but the order can as logically be divided into seven satisfactory families (cf. Smith, 1972, cited above under the class Dicotyledones). As described below, the Papaveraceae are equivalent to the subfamily Papaveroideae Ernst. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF ORDER: Fedde, F. Papaveraceae. /n Eng]. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 17b: 5-146. 1936. Ernst, W. R. The genera of Papaveraceae and Fumariaceae in the southeastern United States. J Arnold Arb. 43: 315-343. 1962. 154 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 FAMILy 61. PAPAVERACEAE PAPAVERACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 235. 1789. Annual or perennial herbs (rarely woody), with latex, often pubescent with multi- cellular, multiseriate hairs, without stipules; leaves rosulate and/or cauline, usually alternate; inflorescence terminal and determinate, |-many-flowered, cymose or pani- culiform; flowers % , usually hypogynous; perianth cyclic, usually 3-seriate; sepals 2 or 3, caducous at anthesis; petals usually twice as many as sepals, the outer series the larger and alternate with sepals; stamens usually numerous, the anthers basifixed, dehiscing by longitudinal, usually extrorse slits; gynoecium syncarpous, composed of 3-many carpels, the ovary unilocular, the placentation parietal, the ovules usually numerous, amphitropous; fruit a septicidal capsule, basipetally and usually incom- pletely dehiscent, the valves as many as the persistent placentas; seeds usually many, with oily endosperm, the embryo small, straight or somewhat curved. DISTRIBUTION: Eight genera with 130-160 species, predominantly of the Northern Hemisphere but also (Papaver) in Australia and southern Africa. The family is represented in Fiji by a single adventive species. 1. ARGEMONE L. Sp. PI. 508. 1753; Fedde in Pflanzenr. 40 (IV. 104): 271. 1909; Ernst in J. Arnold Arb. 43: 328. 1962. Stout, prickly, usually annual herbs with yellow sap; leaves rosulate and cauline, the blades sessile and clasping or narrowed into a petiolelike base, pinnately veined and lobed, harshly prickly; inflorescence cymose, few-several-flowered; sepals usually cu- cullate and terminated bya sharp prickle; stamens numerous, the filaments narrow, the anthers narrowly oblong, apically revolute after anthesis; style short or obscure, the stigmas undulate with 3-7 lobes, the placentas as many as the stigmatic lobes; fruit usually with more than 3 valves, the seeds globose, reticulate. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Argemone mexicana L. (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U.S. ed. 2. 2: 138. 1913), one of Linnaeus’s three original species. DISTRIBUTION: About 28 species in North America and the West Indies, often occupying disturbed habitats, and one presumably endemic species in Hawaii. y 1. Argemone mexicana L. Sp. Pl. 508. 1753; Fedde in Pflanzenr. 40 (IV. 104): 273. fig. 36, B. 1909; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 37. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 224. 1964, ed. 2. 311. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 144. 1970. A prickly herb with a long taproot, 0.1-1 m. high, occasionally naturalized as a weed in sandy soil and in cane fields near sea level. The sepals are green and the petals bright yellow. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus lists several prior references, but I have not noted a lectotypification. DISTRIBUTION: Probably native in Central America, the West Indies, and Florida, Argemone mexicana has become an essentially pantropical weed. Fedde in 1909 did not note its occurrence east of the Philippines and Australia, but it is now known from the Marianas, Fiji, Samoa, Niue, Hawaii, and doubtless other Pacific archipelagoes. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Mexican poppy; it is probably a comparatively recent arrival in Fiji, where it is not yet a serious weed. It is reputed to be poisonous, but its prickly habit makes it unpalatable to stock. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Ndreketi Inlet, south of Lautoka, DA 9625, 10318, 11158. TAILEVU: Without further locality, DA 1/177. 1981 URTICALES 155 SuscLass HAMAMELIDIDAE The comparatively small subclass Hamamelididae is considered by Takhtajan (1969) to be composed of 15 orders and 22 families, by Cronquist (1968) of nine orders and 23 families. Both of these authors and most other students of evolutionary trends in dicotyledons agree that some of the more primitive extant angiosperms are best placed toward the base of the Hamamelididae, providing links with magnoliidean groups although not directly derived from them. These groups are the eastern Asiatic families Trochodendraceae, Tetracentraceae, Cercidiphyllaceae, and Eupteleaceae (placed in three orders by Takhtajan; cf. also Smith, 1972). The Hamamelididae are characterized by strongly reduced, usually anemophilous flowers, often unisexual and with the perianth greatly reduced or lacking, and by triaperturate or triaperturate-derived pollen. Inthe most primitive members the xylem is vesselless. In the more advanced members the xylem is increasingly specialized and the flowers are often borne in catkins and have unilocular, indehiscent, and 1-seeded fruits. Three orders and six families of the subclass occur in Fiji; four of the families fall into the order Urticales, while two represent small and very isolated orders that are comparatively advanced (i. e. reduced) within the subclass. KEY TO ORDERS OCCURRING IN FUJI Flowers not in spikes or simple racemes but usually otherwise clustered, often with a perianth (this reduced or sometimes lacking}; ovary unilocular or rarely bilocular, the ovule solitary; plants woody or herbaceous;stipulesiusuallyspresent. ences sei-lo olor = eielsvelers elie URTICALES (FAMILIES 62-65) Flowers without a perianth or perianth reduced and composed of | or more minute teeth, these sometimes simulating bracteoles; o flowers in simple or compound spikes or racemes, the 9 flowers in heads or solitary; ovary 2- or 3-locular (sometimes becoming unilocular by abortion), the ovules 2 per locule (but only | maturing); plants woody, without stipules or these minute and inconspicuous. Leaves whorled, reduced to scale leaves; & inflorescences simple or compound spikes, bearing at each node a cup formed of combined floriferous bracts, each flower subtended by 2 bracteoles and composed of 2 tepals and a solitary stamen; 9 flowers and fruits borne in heads; gynoecium soon unilocular by abortion, with | fertile ovule often with multiple embryo sacs; fruit a terminally winged mucathesseedhwithoutiend Osperm sme mierreteecielsisieys el claleeeisvetersicieweiers CASUARINALES (FAMILY 66) Leaves alternate or pseudoverticillate, well developed; & inflorescences spicate or racemose, each flower subtended by a single bract and with (l-) 3-6 or more stamens; 9 flowers and fruits solitary; gynoecium imperfectly 2- or 3-locular, with 2 basal ovules in each locule, each ovule with a single embryo sac; fruit an acornlike drupe, the seeds with endosperm. ....BALANOPALES (FAMILY 67) ORDER URTICALES An order composed of five families, of which four occur in Fiji, three of them with indigenous genera and species. The relationships of the families have been greatly clarified through the several studies of E. J. H. Corner and Chew Wee-Lek. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF ORDER: Chew Wee-Lek. Florae Malesianae Precursores—X XXIV. A revision of the genus Poikilospermum (Urticaceae). Gard. Bull. Singapore 20: 1-103. 1963 (especially: Systematic position of the Urticales, pp. 22-29). Berg, C. C. Cecropiaceae a new family of the Urticales. Taxon 27: 39-44. 1978. KEY TO FAMILIES OCCURRING IN FIJI Ovule pendulous and anatropous or amphitropous or campylotropous; style usually bifid into stigmatic arms; seeds usually without or with scanty endosperm, the embryo straight or curved or involute. Plants without milky latex; stamens erect in bud. Trees or shrubs with hard wood; leaf blades simple; seeds usually lacking endosperm, the embryo SUralghttOmCunvedss cepmmmreic se Aeree vise cere eeierenecersrle © eiucevers Fes. dioeverematereyes 62. ULMACEAE Erect or scandent herbs with often fibrous stems; leaf blades often palmately lobed or compound; seeds with scanty endosperm, the embryo curved or spirally involute. .......... 63. CANNABACEAE Plants with latex (this usually milky, less often watery); stamens erect or inflexed in bud. 64. MORACEAE 156 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Ovule basal or subbasal, orthotropous; style unbranched; seeds with endosperm, the embryo straight; stamens inflexed in bud; herbs, shrubs, or soft-wooded trees, without milky latex; leaf epidermis often WithwprominenucyStolithS arsenic eects ieee estes eitertetertr 65. URTICACEAE FAMILy 62. ULMACEAE ULMACEAE Mirbel, Elém. Phys. Vég. Bot. 2: 905. 1815. Usually monoecious, rarely dioecious trees or shrubs, or sometimes with hermaph- rodite flowers, without latex but with watery sap; leaves alternate, rarely opposite, simple, the blades often asymmetrical and oblique, pinnately or palmately nerved, usually serrate; stipules paired, extrapetiolar or intrapetiolar, free or connate, cadu- cous; inflorescences fasciculate, cymose, paniculate, or racemose, axillary or subtermi- nal or borne on defoliate branchlets, the flowers sometimes solitary; flowers actinomorphic to slightly zygomorphic, unisexual or § , often with remains of either androecium or gynoecium; perianth subcampanulate, herbaceous, the segments (2-) 4-8 (-10), more or less connate or free, imbricate or induplicate-valvate in bud, sepaloid; disk lacking; & flowers with 3-8 (-10) stamens opposite perianth segments (or sometimes more numerous), the stamens arising from base of perianth, erect in bud, the filaments distinct, the anthers 2-locular, longitudinally dehiscent, extrorse or introrse, the gynoecium often rudimentary or absent; 9 flowers with or without staminodes, with a superior ovary composed of 2 connate carpels, 1- or 2-locular (second locule usually abortive), the ovule solitary, anatropous or amphitropous, pendulous from apex of locule, the style 1, short or essentially lacking, with 2 slender stigmatic arms, these often bifid or lobed at tip, adaxially papillose-stigmatic for their entire length; fruit compressed or not, indehiscent, a winged samara or a drupe, the endosperm usually lacking, the embryo straight or curved. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical and temperate, mostly in the Northern Hemisphere, with about 15 genera and 200 species. Four genera occur in Fiji, all represented by indigenous species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: Soepadmo, E. Ulmaceae. Fl. Males. I. 8: 31-76. 1977. KEY TO GENERA Leaf blades triplinerved, the lateral nerves arising from the costa fewer than 5 pairs; stipules not leaving a circular scar around the node. Stipules intrapetiolar, connate. .......... 0. cece eect eee eeeees 1. Parasponia Stipules extrapetiolar, free. Perianth lobes of o& flowers induplicate-valvate; 9 flowers borne in condensed, many-flowered racemes; fruit compressed, elliptic-lens-shaped in cross section. .............+..+-- 2. Trema Perianth lobes of o flowers imbricate; 9 flowers 2-10 in racemose clusters or in branched racemes; fruit faintly 3-S-angular in cross Section. ......... cece eee eee e cent eee eteeeeees 3. Celtis Leaf blades pinnately nerved, not triplinerved, the lateral nerves more than 5 pairs; stipules free but overlapping and at length leaving a circular scar around the node. ................ 4. Gironniera 1. PARASPONIA Mig. Pl. Junghuhn. 68. 1851; Soepadmo in Fl. Males. I. 8: 43. 1977. Sponia sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 235, p. p. 1867; non Commerson ex Lam. Monoecious or dioecious (rarely polygamous) shrubs or trees, the young parts sericeous; stipules intrapetiolar, connate into a 2-parted unit enclosing the terminal bud, caducous; leaf blades concolorous, triplinerved at base, usually subglabrous above and pubescent beneath; inflorescences axillary, paniculate or thyrsoid, freely branched, many-flowered, the branches and bracts appressed-pilose; flowers 5- merous; co flowers subglobose, the perianth lobes imbricate in bud, the stamens glabrous, the filaments subulate, the anthers reniform to subglobose, introrse, subbasi- fixed, the pistillode compressed, obovoid-conical; 9 flowers ovoid-conical, without staminodes, the ovary ovoid, slightly compressed, the stigmatic arms short, simple; drupe ovoid, slightly compressed, the endocarp stony, the embryo curved, the coty- ledons equal. 1981 ULMACEAE 157 TYPE SPECIES: Parasponia parviflora Miq. DISTRIBUTION: Western Malesia eastward to the Society Islands, probably with five species. Only one species extends eastward as far as Fiji. 1. Parasponia andersonii (Planch.) Planch. in DC. Prodr. 17: 195. 1873; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 170. 1909; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 88. 1964, ed. 2. 133. 1972; Soepadmo in Fl. Males. I. 8: 46. 1977. FIGURE 49A & B. Sponia andersonii Planch. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 10: 336. 1848; Seem. Fl. Vit. 235. 1867. Sponia orientalis sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9; 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862; non auct. As it occurs in Fiji, Parasponia andersonii is an often compact tree or shrub 1.5-15 m. high, found at elevations from near sea level to 1,130 m. on open hillsides, in hillside thickets and crest thickets, and also in plantations and among reeds, infrequently encroaching into dense forest. It is often seen as a pioneer plant invading newly available habitats. The perianth segments are greenish white, the stamens pale green to yellow, the styles and stigmas greenish white to white, and the fruits orange-yellow to dull orange at maturity. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. LECTOTYPIFICATION: In describing Sponia andersonii, Planchon listed two speci- mens collected on Tanna, New Hebrides: “Anderson in herb. Banks; Barclay in herb. Benth. et Hook.” In view of the epithet I consider the excellent Anderson collection (BM) the lectotype; it was collected in 1774 during the second Cook voyage. The Barclay specimen (kK) is also excellent; it was collected at Port Resolution, Tanna. DISTRIBUTION: Eastern New Guinea and New Britain eastward to the Solomons, New Hebrides, and Fiji, and also in the Society Islands (but I have noted no collections from archipelagoes between Fiji and the Societies). It is abundant in Fiji, more than 60 collections being at hand. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The usual Fijian name is ndrou; also recorded are ndrou vula, ndoi, and kaka; the two last names should be questioned, as they usually refer to other families. The wood is sometimes used in making utensils and otherwise for firewood, and the bark has been noted as medicinal (its purpose unspecified). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Below Yalombi and Natawa, DA 1/3673. VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 129]; Mt. Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt. Natondra, Smith 4299; Nandarivatu, Gibbs 863; summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 3938. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DF 400; Singatoka Valley, Webster & Hildreth 14380; Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, O. & J. Degener 32190. SERUA: Waimbale, near Namboutini, Degener 15471; hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, Smith 9672; vicinity of Navua, McKee 2849. Namosi: Valley of Waina- mbua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8824; near Namosi Village, Gillespie 2934. NAITASIRI: Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18195; Sawani-Serea road, DA ]1303; Waindina River basin, MacDaniels 1043 (Tothill 803). TatLevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, in vicinity of Wailotua, Smith 7250; Naingani Island, DA 38/5. Rewa: Near Suva, MacDaniels 1005 (Tothill 800). KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 61. OVALAU: Vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4477. KORO: Western slope, Smith 1068. NGAU: Slopes of Mt. Vonda toward Waikama, Smith 7955. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Wainingata Station, DA 1/2043; along Hibiscus Highway east of Savusavu, Bierhorst F180. TAVEUNI: Seemann 562; vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4631. 2. TREMA Lour. FI. Cochinch. 562. 1790; Soepadmo in Fl. Males. I. 8: 47. 1977. Sponia Commerson ex Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 4: 138. 1797; Seem. Fl. Vit. 235, p. p. 1867. Usually monoecious (rarely polygamous) trees or shrubs; stipules free, extrapetio- lar, enclosing terminal buds but soon caducous; leaf blades triplinerved at base, penninerved above, serrate, subglabrous to variously pilose; inflorescences axillary, paniculate, racemose, or thyrsoid, many-flowered, usually densely pilose, the bracts minute; o flowers globular, the perianth 4- or S-lobed, the lobes induplicate-valvate in bud, the stamens glabrous, the filaments subulate, incurved in bud, the anthers 158 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1981 ULMACEAE 159 subglobular to reniform, introrse, dorsifixed near base, the pistillode hirsute at base; 2 flowers ovoid, the perianth as in the co’, without staminodes or these rarely present, the ovary ovoid, slightly compressed, the style short; drupe ovoid or subglobose, slightly compressed, the endocarp stony, the embryo curved or nearly involute, the cotyledons equal. TYPE SPECIES: Trema cannabina Lour. DISTRIBUTION: Throughout the tropics, extending into warm temperate areas northward and southward, with 10-15 species. I consider that only one species of Trema occurs in Fiji. 1. Trema cannabina Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 563. 1790; Merr. in Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24 (2): 131. 1935; Soepadmo in Fl. Males. I. 8: 50. 1977. FiGureE 49C & D. Sponia velutina sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862, Fl. Vit. 235. 1867, op. cit. 432. 1873; non Planch. Trema amboinensis sensu Engl. in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 451. 1886; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 294, 1892; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 96. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 88. 1964, ed. 2. 134. 1972; non BI. Trema orientalis var. viridis Lauterb. in Bot. Jahrb. 50: 321. fig. 2, D. 1913; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 71. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 46. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 35. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 96. 1959; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 207. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 319. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 31, 70, 73. 1972. Trema orientalis sensu J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 134. 1972; non BI. The species of Trema occurring in Fiji is a sometimes slender tree or shrub 2-10 m. high, found from near sea level to about 250 m. in open country, thickets, and dry forest. Its perianth is greenish white, its anthers white to yellow, and its fruits red- brown, at length becoming purple to black. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype is a Loureiro specimen (BM) from Cochinchina, according to Merrill (1935, cited above); this is doubtless correct, although I was unable to find the specimen. In describing Trema orientalis var. viridis, Lauterbach cited a wide range of specimens from the Moluccas, Bismarck Islands, Australia, New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, Fiji (Weber 100, 121, Gehrman), Samoa, and Hawaii, indicating 7. cannabina to be a synonym of his new variety. DIsTRIBUTION: India to southern China, thence southward and eastward through- out Malesia to Micronesia, northeastern Australia, and into the Pacific at least to Samoa and Niue. In Fiji it is found in habitats similar to those occupied by Parasponia andersonii, although it is perhaps less aggressive and limited to lower elevations. LocaL NAMES: Ndrou is the usual name (indicating that Fijians group it with Parasponia andersonii); also recorded are ndroundrou, ndrikanaithembe (Mathuata), and matandra (Vanua Mbalavu); the last is probably a misapplication, as it usually refers to Sapindaceae. Sg ee ee Ficure 49. A & B, Parasponia andersonii, from Smith 4299; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and o& inflorescences, = 1/3; B, intrapetiolar stipules connate into apically bifid units, x 6.C & D, Trema cannabina, from Smith 1405; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage, 9 inflorescences, and young fruits, x 1/3; D, distal portion of branchlet, showing a free, extrapetiolar stipule at penultimate node, * 6. 160 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serva: Hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9355. NAITASIRI: Tholo-i-suva and vicinity, Meebold 16760, DF 443, Bola 138. KANDAVU: Kiombo, DA 11927 (DF 7). NAIRAI: Milne 168. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Nandi Bay, Harvey, Nov., 1855. MATHUATA: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, Smith 6713, DA 12941; near Naravuka Village, Ndreketi River, DA 12864; Lambasa, Greenwood 472. MOALA: Near Naroi, Smith 1315. NAITAMBA: Tothill 761. VANUA MBALAVU: Central volcanic section, near Loma- loma, Smith 1405, Garnock-Jones 1079. LAKEMBA: Seemann 563; ridge east of Levuka Valley, Garnock- Jones 826. KAMBARA: Central wooded valley, Bryan 506. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Horne s. n., DF 1220 (Bola 106), Gillespie 3585. In his 1977 treatment, Soepadmo recognizes four species of Trema in Malesia, indicating an eastward extension of range for three of them as follows: T. cannabina to Fiji and Samoa; T. orientalis (L.) Bl. to Fiji, Tonga, and Tahiti; and T. tomentosa (Roxb.) Hara to Fiji, Tonga, and Hawaii. The distinguishing characters utilized by Soepadmo refer to leaf size and proportions, texture, number of secondary nerves, type of indument (as seen at high magnifications), and color, size, and shape of mature fruits. Such differences certainly exist, and probably the recognition of the three species in Malesia is justifiable. Nevertheless, Soepadmo’s 1971 identifications of Pacific material at K indicate his then opinion that T. orientalis does not extend eastward of the Solomon and Mariana Islands, and that T. tomentosa does not extend eastward of Micronesia and New Caledonia except for its occurrence in Hawaii. Trema cannabina, according to material at K so identified by Soepadmo, extends eastward to Samoa, Niue, and Hawaii; whether the Society Island material of Trema is here referable is not clear to me. Whatever the ultimate disposition of the several names in Trema that have been ascribed a wide Melanesian and Polynesian distribution, it is my present opinion that the weedy and aggressive species established in the Fijian Region (New Hebrides, Fiji, Tonga, Niue, Samoa, and the Horne Islands) is best referred to a single species, T. cannabina. Of the specimens established in the Society Islands and Hawaii I cannot express an opinion. Trema cannabina and Parasponia andersonii are often confused in herbaria and in the field, since both are pioneer “weed trees” and occupy similar habitats. Nevertheless, even when sterile they may be instantly distinguished by their stipules, which usually persist at two or three distal nodes, as follows: Stipules 1.5-4 mm. long, 0.5-1.2 mm. broad, free, simply acuminate at apex, unicarinate, the hairs along the keel not much more obvious than on other dorsal surfaces; indument of lower leaf blade surfaces nearly uniform, not especially pronounced on principal nerves. ...............------ Trema cannabina Stipules 3.5-7.5 mm. long, connate into an apically bifid unit 2-5 mm. broad, this bicarinate, the hairs along the keels obvious, the other dorsal surfaces often more or less glabrous; indument of lower leaf blade surfaces usually more pronounced on principal nerves than on other surfaces. Parasponia andersonii 3. CeLtis L. Sp. Pl. 1043. 1753; Soepadmo in FI. Males. I. 8: 55. 1977; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 357. 1978. Monoecious or polygamo-monoecious trees or shrubs; stipules peltately attached or free and scarious, caducous; leaf blades triplinerved at base, serrate to entire; inflorescences branched racemes or panicles, few- to many-flowered, axillary or subterminal; o’ flowers globular, pedicellate or sessile, the perianth lobes 4 or 5 (or 6), imbricate in bud, membranous, recurved at anthesis, then caducous, the receptacle densely pilose, the stamens glabrous, the filaments subulate, incurved in bud, exserted at anthesis, the anthers ovoid to subreniform, extrorse, dorsifixed near base, the pistillode present or absent; 9 flowers ovoid, pedicellate, the perianth as in the o’, the stamens functional or rudimentary, the ovary ovoid-ellipsoid, the style short or absent, the stigmatic arms elongate, divergent, entire to deeply bifid; drupe fleshy, not com- 1981 ULMACEAE 161 pressed, the endocarp hard, smooth or ridged and pitted, the embryo curved, the cotyledons flat or conduplicate. TYPE SPECIES: Celtis australis L. (ING), one of the three original species. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical and extending northward and southward into temper- ate areas, with 50-60 species. Soepadmo (1977, cited above) recognizes nine Malesian species of Celtis, including C. paniculata (Endl.) Planch., to which he assigns all the material from Fiji eastward. I have already (1978, cited above) expressed my disagreement with this uncritical disposition. Celtis is by no means as vagile a genus as Parasponia and Trema, which are well known as invaders of newly available habitats and whose disseminules are easily transported over extents of open sea. The same is not true of Ce/tis, the members of which are in no sense “weed trees” but are often large and infrequent components of the true Pacific forests. I cannot state the true extent of C. paniculata, typified by a Bauer collection from Norfolk Island; it may indeed occur in some parts of Malesia and even in western Melanesia, but from Fiji eastward and northward it is replaced by C. harperi, C. vitiensis, C. pacifica Planch., and perhaps by another species in Microne- sia. The two Fijian species bear only the most superficial similarity to C. paniculata. KEY TO SPECIES Petioles 10-20 mm. long, comparatively robust, !.5-3 mm. in diameter; leaf blades ovate-elliptic, (6-) 7-14 cm. long, (3-) 4-7 cm. broad, smooth or obscurely papillose-rugulose on both surfaces, cuspidate to short-acuminate at apex and usually callose-mucronulate, with 2-4 pairs of obvious secondaries arising from costa; inflorescences 1-2 cm. long and comparatively few-branched at anthesis; infructescences 2-OcMa lone enaturerdnupesslO— 41x. 71 Oly yee yepereteicvereleleialsi2tciel-lovaleleietere elereieiere 1. C. harperi Petioles 4-10 mm. long, comparatively slender, 0.5-1.3 mm. in diameter; leaf blades elliptic or ovate-elliptic, (3-) 4-9 cm. long, (1.5-) 2-4 (-4.5) cm. broad, obviously papillose-rugulose on both surfaces, broadly obtuse or rounded or inconspicuously emarginate at apex, with 2 or 3 pairs of inconspicuous secondar- ies arising from costa; inflorescences cymose-paniculate, 1-2 cm. long and broad and freely branched at anthesis; infructescences 1-2 cm. long; mature drupes 6-10 x 5-7 mm. ............ 2. C. vitiensis 1. Celtis harperi Horne, A Year in Fiji, 259, nom. nud. 1881; Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 371. 1883; A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 535. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 31: 150. 1950; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 96. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 88. 1964, ed. 2. 131. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 207. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 319. 1971; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 357. 1978. FiGureE 50A & B. Celtis pacifica sensu Hemsl. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 192. 1894; non Planch. Celtis paniculata sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 45. 1943; non Planch. A sometimes slender tree 4-8 m. high, occurring at elevations of 100-1,075 m. (or lower in other parts of the Fijian Region) in dense forest, forest on ridges and spurs, and sometimes in secondary forest. The fruit is green, becoming darker to black at maturity. Flowers have been collected only in March and December, fruits between March and September. TyYPIFICATION: The holotype is Horne 623 (k), collected in March, 1878, between Waiwai (on Savusavu Bay, Thakaundrove Province) and Lomaloma (on track toward Nanduri, Mathuata Province), Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: An infrequent species known from the two largest islands of Fiji and from Tonga, Niue, and the Horne Islands. LOCAL NAME: Mala ni via (southern Viti Levu). 162 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1981 ULMACEAE 163 FiGcure 51. Celtis vitiensis, from DA 13010; 3 inflorescence, * 7. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, DA 324; upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4637; western slopes of Mt. Mangondro, Webster & Hildreth 14282. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 15357, DF 320, Bola 124. SERUA: Inland from Namboutini, DF 944. NAITASIRI: Tholo-i-suva, DA 460. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1568. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Uluingala, Natewa Peninsula, Smith 1976. 2. Celtis vitiensis A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 536. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 31: 150. 1950; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 88. 1964, ed. 2. 132. 1972. FiGures 50C & D, 51. A tree 4-25 m. high, occurring in dense forest at elevations of 600-1,150 m. The perianth segments are white or greenish white, and the fruit is blue-black and glaucous, becoming black at maturity. Flowers have been obtained between July and January, and fruits between December and February. TYPIFICATION: The type is Degener 14322 (A HOLOTYPE; several ISOTYPES), collected Feb. 9, 1941, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. FiGure 50. A & B, Celtis harperi; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an infructescence, * 1/3; B, mature drupe, * 6. C & D, Celtis vitiensis; C, mature drupe, * 6; D, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and ot inflorescences, < 1/3. A from Smith 1568, B from Smith 1976, C from Degener 14322, D from DA 13010. 164 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji, and thus far known only from northern and western Viti Levu. LocAL NAMES: Tandili, marasa, matho; the two latter are questionable, usually referring to Sapindaceae and Lauraceae respectively. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 97]; Mt. Mbatilamu, Vunda, DA 14167; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4039, 4185, DA 13010; western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 528]. NANDRONGA & NavoSa: Vicinity of Nandrau, Degener 14897. 4. GIRONNIERA Gaud. Voy. Bonite, Vaillant, Bot. Atlas, p/. 85. 1844; Seem. FI. Vit. 236. 1867; Soepadmo in FI. Males. I. 8: 70. 1977. Usually dioecious trees or shrubs, less often monoecious; stipules extrapetiolar, free but overlapping one another and enclosing the bud, when caducous leaving a circular scar around the node; leaf blades pinnately nerved, entire to slightly dentate, the nerves parallel, regularly spaced; inflorescences axillary or borne on defoliate branchlets, 1-many-flowered, paniculate, racemose, thyrsoid, or capitate, bracteate; & flowers globular, sessile or short-pedicellate, the perianth lobes (4 or) 5, imbricate in bud, the stamens glabrous, the filaments subulate, inflexed, the anthers ovoid- reniform, introrse, subbasifixed, the pistillode present, well developed or rudimentary; Q flowers ovoid-ellipsoid, compressed, the perianth lobes 4 or 5, usually unequal in size, long persistent, the staminodes lacking, the ovary ovoid-ellipsoid, compressed, sessile, the stigmatic arms elongate, long persistent; drupe ovoid-globose, elliptic-lens- shaped, the endocarp hard, the embryo curved. TYPE SPECIES: Gironniera celtidifolia Gaud. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia and Ceylon eastward through Malesia to Micro- nesia, Fiji, and Samoa, with about six species. 1. Gironniera celtidifolia Gaud. Voy. Bonite, Vaillant, Bot. Atlas, p/. 85. 1844; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862, Fl. Vit. 236. 1867; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 295. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 170. 1909; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 71. 1935; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 88. 1964, ed. 2. 133. fig. 40. 1972; Soepadmo in Fl. Males. I. 8: 73. fig. 26, a-g. 1977. FIGURE 52. An often slender tree 3-15 m. high as it occurs in Fiji, found from near sea level to 970 m. in dense or secondary forest, or in patches of forest in open country. It is oftena very abundant, even dominant component of the lowland forest. Its perianth segments are pale yellowish green, its stamens with white filaments and yellowish green anthers, its styles yellow to greenish white, and its fruit at length black. Flowers and fruits are seen throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Gaudichaud’s plate may be taken as the type; the text for this was never published. DISTRIBUTION: From the Philippines and Moluccas through New Guinea and Melanesia to Samoa. As noted above, Gironniera celtidifolia is one of the most common small trees of the Fijian lowland forest; more than 75 specimens are at hand. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The usual Fijian names are masivau and sisisi, variants of the latter being sisiti, sisichi, shishichi, sirisiri, and thithithi. Seemann noted the name Ficure 52. Gironniera celtidifolia; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, 1/4; B, & flower, showing imbricate perianth lobes and stamens opposite them, = 25; C, pair of stipules enclosing a terminal bud, x 6; D, portion of 9 inflorescence with developing fruits, x 6. A-C from St. John 18950, D from Smith 6899. 165 ULMACEAE 198] 166 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 nunu and indicated that the fruit could be eaten in times of famine, but both of these comments are probably erroneous and refer to species of Ficus. The hard wood of masivau is utilized to make digging sticks for planting root crops, and it is also fashioned into tools used to remove the “meat” (endosperm) from coconuts. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Mt. Yoo, west of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14143; Nandarivatu, Gibbs 616; Navai, DA 15098. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 12629 (Melville et al. 7000); northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5421; north of Komave, St. John 18950. SERUA: North of Korovou, St. John 18921; hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9135. Namosi: Vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 3017; Wainandoi River, DA 8358. NAITASIRI: Wainimala Valley, St. John 18292; Waindina River, MacDaniels 1028; Nasinu, DA 11809. TAILevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7033; Naivithula, Wainivesi River, Valentine 12. REwA: Mt. Koro- mbamba, Gillespie 2284; near Suva, Yeoward 72. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 140: Kiombo, DA 11924 (DF 4). OVALAU: Vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4454; Port Kinnaird, Seemann 423. KORO: Ndelaikoro, DA 15829. NGAU: Slopes of Mt. Ndelaitho, on northern spur toward Navukailangi, Smith 7877. VANUA LEVU: MBbua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1531. Matuuata: Seanggangga Plateau, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6899; Nakawanga, Mathuata Island, Gressitt 2492. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Smith 486; vicinity of Savusavu, Bierhorst F204. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Somosomo, Gillespie 4775. VANUA MBALAVU: Site of Lomaloma Botanical Gardens, DA 10218. FAMILY 63. CANNABACEAE CANNABACEAE Endl. Gen. Pl. 286, as Cannabineae. 1837. Dioecious or rarely monoecious, annual or perennial, anemophilous, erect or scandent herbs, with usually free, persistent stipules, without milky latex; leaves alternate or opposite, simple, palmately lobed, or palmately compound, the blades serrate; o’ inflorescences axillary, paniculate-cymose; co flowers pedicellate, the peri- anth with 5 imbricate segments, the stamens 5, opposite perianth lobes, the filaments short, filiform, the anthers basifixed, erect in bud, 2-locular, longitudinally dehiscing, the pistillode lacking; ? inflorescences axillary, spicate-cymose, with large, conspicu- ous, persistent bracts; ? flowers subsessile, often paired, the perianth cupular, minute, membranous, undivided, closely enveloping ovary, the staminodes lacking, the ovary superior, bicarpellate but unilocular, the ovule solitary, pendulous, anatropous, the style short, the stigmas 2, filiform; fruit an achene covered by the persistent perianth, the seed with scanty endosperm, the embryo curved or spirally involute. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous to temperate Asia, now much cultivated elsewhere, with two genera and three or four species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: Miller, N. G. The genera of the Cannabaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arb. 51: 185-203. 1970. 1. CANNABIS L. Sp. Pl. 1027. 1753. Coarse, erect, weedy annual, the leaves decussate proximally, alternate distally, the blades palmately compound, with (3-) 5-9 (-15) coarsely serrate, lanceolate leaflets; flowers pedicellate, caducous soon after anthesis, the perianth lobes quincuncial in bud, widespread at anthesis; fruit ovoid, slightly compressed, the embryo curved. TYPE SPECIES: Cannabis sativa L., Linnaeus’s only species. DISTRIBUTION: One (or perhaps two) species indigenous in temperate western Asia, early spreading into India and China, and now widespread as an adventive or natural- ized weed. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Small, E., & A. Cronquist. A practical and natural taxonomy for Cannabis. Taxon 25: 405-435. 1976. There has been considerable disagreement as to the taxonomic division of Canna- bis, one of the oldest cultivated plants. Small and Cronquist (1976, cited above) 1981 MORACEAE 167 conclude that only one species should be recognized, this being divisible into two subspecies, each with two varieties. 1. Cannabis sativa L. Sp. Pl. 1027. 1753; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 134, as C. Sativus. 1972. Characters of the genus; a robust herb 1-5 m. high. LECTOTYPIFICATION: W. T. Stearn (in Bot. Mus. Leafl. 23: 325-336. 1974) has indicated as the lectotype the specimen in Hortus Siccus Cliffortianus, p. 457, indi- cated as Cannabis no. |, B (BM); a photograph of this is reproduced by Small and Cronquist (1976, cited above), fig. 7. DISTRIBUTION: As of the genus. It is doubtless more frequent in Fiji than indicated below. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Hemp, Indian hemp, marihuana, marijuana, hashish (Arabic), bhang (Hindi), ganju or ganja (Hindi). It is a fiber-yielding plant, the soft bast fibers being used for rope, twine, bags, etc., and it also has oil-producing seeds. It is doubtless now best known for the narcotic drug produced in resinous material that accumulates most abundantly on the tissues of 9 inflorescences. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, DA 2533. Ra: DA 17316. Rewa: Suva, DA 2417. Discussions of the origin, distribution, cultivation, and uses of Cannabis sativa are provided by Burkill (Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. ed. 2. 442-446. 1966) and Purseglove (Trop. Crops, Dicot. 40-44. 1968). FAMILY 64. MORACEAE Moraceae Link, Handb. 2: 444, as Moriformes. 1831. Monoecious or dioecious trees, shrubs, or lianas, infrequently herbs, with usually milky latex, stipulate, the stipules often caducous and leaving scars; leaves alternate, rarely opposite, the blades simple to incised, palmate or pinnate, with or without cystoliths, palminerved or penninerved; inflorescences axillary, often paired, unisex- ual or bisexual, paniculate, racemose, spicate, capitate, or urceolate; flowers small, unisexual, apetalous, actinomorphic, the perianth with 0-8 (usually 4) lobes (tepals), these free or united, imbricate or valvate, persistent; o flowers with stamens usually the same number as tepals and opposite them or rarely reduced to 1-3, the filaments straight or inflexed in bud, free or connate, the anthers large to small, 2-locular, longitudinally dehiscing, mucronate or bilobate and nonmucronate, or crescentic to turbinate (with transverse, equatorial dehiscence), the pistillode present or lacking; ? flowers with the ovary usually unilocular by abortion, rarely bilocular, superior to inferior or immersed in sockets in the inflorescence axis, the ovule solitary, pendulous, anatropous or campylotropous, the styles | or 2, with | or 2 stigmatic arms, the stigma not capitate or peltate; fruits drupaceous, discrete or more or less connate into large, fleshy syncarps or enclosed in fruitlike receptacles, the seeds large or small, invested in endocarp, the testa membranous or disintegrated, the endosperm lacking or scanty, the embryo straight or curved, the cotyledons plicate, conduplicate, or plane. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, occasionally extending into temper- ate areas, with about 53-65 genera and 1,400-1,600 species. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Corner, E. J. H. The classification of Moraceae. Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 187-252. 1962. Hutchinson, J. Moraceae. Gen. FI. Pl. 2: 151-178. 1967. The following sequence of genera is that proposed by Corner, and the key to tribes and genera is adapted from his 1962 paper cited above. However, I have utilized characters referring primarily to genera in Fiji and not to other members of the 168 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 respective tribes. Eight genera are known to occur in Fiji, belonging to four of the six tribes recognized by Corner. KEY TO GENERA Flowers enclosed within urceolate receptacles (syconia), numerous, the styles not extruded from receptacles, the syconia with sterile, insect-inhabited 9 flowers; stamens, when 2 or more, with introrse anthers, the filaments straight in bud; 9 flowers stalked or sessile (Ficeae). ................-------- 1. Ficus Flowers not enclosed within syconia, or if so then the style exserted from receptacles, the inflorescences lacking sterile, insect-inhabited flowers; stamens usually extrorse; 9 flowers mostly sessile; inflorescen- ces unisexual or, if bisexual, not discoid. © inflorescences racemose or spicate with a slender axis or 1-flowered or bisexual (cymose or spicate) and neither capitate nor discoid, the ovaries usually free, or if inferior then not in sockets; & inflorescen- ces paniculate, racemose, spicate, or capitate, often with a sterile groove; stamens I-S, the filaments usually inflexed in bud; pistillode present (Moreae). Fruiting perianth fleshy; seeds small, 1-2 mm. broad, somewhat compressed, the endocarp crustaceous, the embryo with a long, incumbent, transverse radicle, the cotyledons flat; inflorescences racemose orspicatesunbranchedsunisexualae eee eerie eerie eer ree er eer eerie 2. Morus Fruiting perianth not fleshy, but drupe thinly fleshy or with thickly fleshy base; seeds larger, 4-12 mm. broad, rounded, the embryo with the radicle not transversely elongate, the cotyledons often folded or much thickened, often unequal; ovary superior. ..................eeeeeeeee 3. Streblus Q inflorescences capitate or thickly spicate, mostly syncarpous, the ovaries often immersed in sockets of receptacle or connate with it; o flowers often lacking a pistillode. o and @ inflorescences capitate, flattened, or urceolate, with an involucre of many bracts; 9 inflorescences 1I-flowered, the ovary adnate to the receptacle; stamens 4, the filaments straight in buds(@lmedieac) Waerieceraclcieci ieee eee CCG ceciecciirrtetecr rrr 4. Antiaris o and 9 inflorescences involucrate or not; ? inflorescences thickly spicate to capitate-globose, never 1-flowered, syncarpous; o inflorescences paniculate, racemose, spicate, or capitate; stamens 1-4, the filaments straight or inflexed in bud (Artocarpeae). Tepals of 9 flowers 4, free at least in distal half, well developed, decussate, imbricate, fleshy in fruit; bracts and/or tepals with 2-7 immersed yellow glands; seed compressed, with ligneous endo- carp; dioecious plants, often spiny (but not our species). .................--- 5. Maclura Tepals of 9 flowers not as above, without immersed yellow glands; unarmed plants. o inflorescences racemose-spicate, unbranched, with a sterile groove, the filaments inflexed in bud, the pistillode present; 9 perianth utricular, the ovaries not in receptacular loculi, the styles long; embryo curved; dioecious plants. Syncarp globose, thickly set with slender, stalked bracts of various shapes and more or less covering drupes; seeds 1.7-2.5 mm. long, the endocarp crustaceous to ligneous, the cotyle- dons equal, flat, the radicle long, accumbent; stipules membranous; trees or shrubs. 6. Broussonetia Syncarp with a few strongly projecting drupes, each invested by the utricular perianth, the bracts short; seeds 6-7 mm. long, the endocarp membranous, the cotyledons very unequal, the larger one thickly fleshy and folded; lianas. ..................-2 essen eee 7. Malaisia o inflorescences clavate or capitate, or if spicate then without a sterile groove, the flowers superficial, the perianth tubular, the stamen 1, the filament straight in bud, the pistillode lacking; 2 inflorescences globose-capitate or thick-spicate, the flowers with the perianth tubular, the ovaries sunk in receptacular sockets or concealed beneath the layer of connate perianths; drupes embedded in the more or less fleshy syncarp, the embryo straight or slightly curved, the cotyledons thick, equal or unequal, the radicle short; monoecious trees. 8. Artocarpus 1. Ficus L. Sp. Pl. 1059. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 247. 1868; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 1. 1965. Monoecious or dioecious woody plants, with latex, the stipules free, paired or connate, enveloping the bud, when caducous leaving an annular scar; leaves disti- chous, spiralled, or opposite, the blades simple or palmately lobed (sometimes pin- nately lobed on juvenile plants), symmetric or asymmetric, dentate or entire, often with glands in axils of lateral or basal nerves on lower surfaces or abaxial at apex of petiole, often with cystoliths, these punctiform, occurring on both surfaces of the lamina (amphigenous), on the upper surface only (hypergenous), or on the lower surface only (hypogenous); inflorescences (syconia or “figs”) often paired, sometimes solitary or 1981 MORACEAE 169 clustered, axillary to cauliflorous, urceolate and containing the flowers, with few to many external bracts, the orifice closed by small bracts; flowers with bracteoles between them or not, unisexual, small to minute, of three kinds (c’, 9 , and gall-), the do sometimes sterile, the perianth with 2-8 tepals, these red to white, free or joined, sometimes saccate to cupular, sometimes lacking; & flowers ostiolar (located at orifice of syconium) in one or several rows or disperse within syconium, sometimes with a functional gall-ovary, with or without a vestigial pistillode, with 1-7 stamens, these free, or if 2 often with the filaments shortly joined, the anthers usually exserted, often mucronate, 4-celled with longitudinal, introrse dehiscence or 2-celled with apical- crescentic or equatorial-transverse dehiscence; 2 flowers with the ovary unilocular, the style single, subapical to gynobasic, the stigma bifid or simple, often short- infundibular in gall-flowers; gall-flowers disperse, similar to 2 flowers but the ovary empty or with a developing insect; mature syconia (inflorescence fruits) more or less fleshy, rarely dehiscent, the individual fruit (from each 9 flower) a drupelet, thinly pulpy, with a woody endocarp forming a pyrene 0.5-5 mm. long, the seed with membranous integuments, the endosperm present or essentially lacking, the embryo curved, with conduplicate cotyledons (in larger seeds), to straight, with flat cotyledons (in smaller seeds). LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Ficus carica L. (ING), one of Linnaeus’s seven original species. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, with about 1,000 species. Corner (in treatments listed below) recognizes four subgenera in Asia and Australasia, three of which are represented in Fiji. In the present treatment 20 species are recorded from Fiji, of which 14 are indigenous (seven of them endemic) and six are cultivated. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUs: Corner, E. J. H. Taxonomic notes on Ficus Linn., Asia and Australasia. Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 368-485. 1960; op. cit. 18: 1-69. 1960. Corner, E. J. H. Check-list of Ficus in Asia and Australasia with keys to identification. Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 1-186. 1965. Corner, E. J. H. Ficus in the New Hebrides. Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 343-367. 1975. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The names nunu, masimasi, and /osilosi or variants of them are often equated with the genus Ficus in general, although more often these names are utilized only for the indigenous species of sect. Ficus, subsect. Sycidium. Mbaka may also be used as a general term for the genus, but usually this name is applied to the three indigenous banyans. The young leaves of several species are said to be edible when cooked, and the figs of many species are reported to be edible; minor medicinal uses are imputed to various indigenous species. Since usage is far from standardized, I list below under each taxon the local names and uses attributed to it by collectors. Species of Ficus are symbiotic with small fig-wasps, on which their propagation depends. If removed from their natural area, species are seedless unless the specific fig-wasp has also been introduced. The females escape when the figs begin to ripen and carry pollen when they emerge. Our knowledge of the genus has been inestimably advanced by the work of Corner. In the present treatment I have abstracted the first key from his 1965 study, cited above, although of course the details refer only to species represented in Fiji and not to the entire circumscription of the infrageneric taxa indicated parenthetically. Comparatively few subsections and series are represented in Fiji; for the authorities, full circeumscriptions, and names of included species of these and other infrageneric taxa the above-cited papers of Corner may be consulted. Classification of the species is intricate and depends upon microscopic details difficult to observe; therefore I have added a second, artificial key. None of the species cultivated in Fiji seem to have become naturalized, probably due to the absence of the specific gall-wasp in each case. But Corner’s remarks (in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 170 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 350. 1975) on three banyans (F. obliqua, F. prolixa, and F. tinctoria) are significant in this connection. Eastward of the New Hebrides and New Caledonia these are the only banyans, and they are widespread into Polynesia. Corner’s suggestion is that they may have acquired their present distributions through the agency of man, since the fruits and young leaves are edible as emergency foods. Their original distributions may be impossible to discover; quite possibly these three banyans are indeed aboriginal introductions into Fiji and Polynesia, but for distributional purposes they are usually treated as indigenous. KEY TO SPECIES Monoecious plants, rarely cauliflorous; figs often with interfloral bracts, without lateral bracts; tepals red or with white edges; stamen |; gall- and 9 flowers often similar; seeds smooth. Banyans or strangling figs; leaf blades with a gland at back of petiole apex or none; style simple (subgen. Urostigma). Fig orifice more or less closed by interlocking apical and internal bracts; anthers bilocular, with 4 pollen sacs, with longitudinal, introrse dehiscence. Ovary red-brown at least in distal half; tepals generally narrow, acute; & flowers ostiolar or disperse; leaf blades mostly with intercostal venation; cystoliths hypogenous or none; basal bracts persistent (sect. Urostigma). Figs without internal bristles, sessile, subglobose, 8-15 mm. broad; o flowers ostiolar, sessile in one ring; petioles 3.5-13 cm. long, usually articulate tc lamina, separating in fallen leaves; leaf blades ovate, up to 26 x 16 cm., cordate or truncate at base, caudate-acuminate with the tip 25-90 mm. long, the lateral nerves 6-9 pairs; a large banyan but without aerial roots from branchesi(SerpReligiosae) mre eiteecietieiciieiettrieiciiiereisttn titer 1. F. religiosa Figs with abundant internal chaffy-vescicular bristles, sessile or on a peduncle to 3 mm. long, subglobose, 6-12 mm. broad; o& flowers ostiolar and disperse; petioles 0.8-3 cm. long; leaf blades elliptic to lanceolate-elliptic, up to 16 x 6.5 cm., rounded to cuneate at base, short- acuminate at apex, the lateral nerves 6-12 pairs, the intercostals few, zigzag, vague, or none; a large strangler with many descending roots, sometimes with aerial roots from branches (ser. (Gaulobotryeae) Se ee eee ee eee ieee eee eer Cire 2. F. prolixa Ovary with a red mark at base; co’ flowers disperse; petiole not articulate to lamina. Leaf blades with intercostal venation or with the secondary lateral nerves almost as prominent as the primary; cystoliths mostly amphigenous or only hypergenous; figs with apical bracts in a disk, the internal bristles none (sect. Conosycea). Petioles 1.5-7 cm. long; leaf blades elliptic to ovate, to 30 x 20 cm., usually cordate at base and obtuse at apex, with intercostal venation, the lateral nerves 5-7 pairs, the basal nerves 2-4 pairs, elongate, the cystoliths mostly hypergenous; figs sessile or the body pedicellate, depressed-globose, 14-25 mm. broad, the basal bracts mostly well developed, 3-7 x 10-14 mm.; a large banyan, with massive pillar-roots descending from the spreading branches (subsect. Conosycea, ser. Drupaceae, subser. Indicae). ........-.-. 3. F. benghalensis Petioles 0.4-1.6 cm. long; leaf blades elliptic to ovate-elliptic, to 12 x 6 cm., usually cuneate at base, acute or acuminate at apex, without (or with a few vague) intercostals, the lateral nerves usually 6-11 pairs, the secondary nerves nearly as prominent, the basal nerves not elongate, the cystoliths amphigenous; figs sessile or with a slight, thick pedicel, ellipsoid to subglobose, 7-12 mm. broad, the basal bracts small, mostly concealed, 0.5-1.5 mm. long; a large banyan with drooping branches, with few or no aerial roots from branches (subsect. Benjamina, ser. Benjaminede). 0.1.6... cece cece eee eee ennee 4. F. benjamina Leaf blades with the secondary lateral nerves as prominent as the primary, elliptic to subobovate, 10-40 x 4-22 cm., short-acuminate; cystoliths hypergenous; stipules large, pink to red; figs short-ellipsoid, to 12 x 9 mm., with a short thick peduncle usually 3-5 mm. long and 4-6 mm. thick, the basal bracts 3, early caducous; a large banyan with copious aerial roots but often cultivated as a small pot plant (sect. Stijpnophyllum). ..........2..00-+0 5. F. elastica Fig 6-13 mm. broad, the orifice bilabiate or triradiate, closed by inflexed (not interlocking) apical and internal bracts, the apical bracts often umbonate, the basal bracts 2 or 3, relatively large, early caducous, the peduncle variable, often short, dilated to 2-4 mm. broad at apex; &° flowers disperse, the anthers unilocular, reniform, with 2 pollen sacs, dehiscing longitudinally and crescentically; stipules 1-5 cm. long; leaf blades thin-coriaceous, up to 16 x 7 cm., the primary lateral nerves usually 8-13 pairs, the secondary laterals close, numerous, without distinct intercostals (sect. Malvanthera, ser. Malvanthereae, subser. Platypodeae). ..........+.++0+0000 6. F. obliqua 1981 MORACEAE 171 Trees (not banyans); leaf blades usually elliptic to lanceolate and up to 22 = 9.5 cm., with 2 conspicuous basal glands, without auricles, not scabrid beneath, the lateral nerves scarcely raised beneath; figs 5-13 mm. broad, usually paired, with a peduncle 7-15 mm. long, the pedicel none or to 5 mm. long, the internal bristles few and minute or none; tepals mostly 3 or 4, often joined; & flowers disperse, sometimes sparse; stigma bifid (subgen. Pharmacosycea, sect. Oreosycea, ser. Nervosae). 7. F. smithii Dioecious plants (rarely monoecious, only in species no. 20 in our area), sometimes cauliflorous; figs without interfloral bracts (subgen. Ficus). Root-climber, with small, appressed bathyphylls, these ovate, to 3.5 * 2 cm., asymmetrically cordate, with petioles 2-4 mm. long; mature leaf blades ovate to oblong, 4-10 * 2.5-6 cm., somewhat cordate at base, obtuse to subacute at apex, the lateral nerves 3-6 pairs, oblique, the cystoliths hypogenous; petioles 8-25 mm. long; seed-figs obovoid or turbinate, to 8 * 5 cm., with abundant internal bristles, without lateral bracts, the basal bracts persistent; & flowers ostiolar or distal, with 2 or 3 stamens, the filaments free or slightly joined, the anthers mucronate; indument of generally closely septate hairs; microscopic gland-hairs peltate (sect. Rhizocladus, ser. Plagiostigmaticae). ........ 9. F. pumila Trees or shrubs, sometimes epiphytic, strangling, or scrambling; indument of nonseptate hairs; micro- scopic gland-hairs various, mostly nonpeltate. Perianth composed of separate tepals or lobate if these are joined; gall-stigma narrowly infundibuli- form to subclavate; leaf blades often with glands in axils of principal basal nerves, or sometimes the glands subnodal. Stamens 2-4, the filaments mostly free; tepals free, thin, white to reddish; & flowers ostiolar, mostly pedicellate; style slender, the 9 stigma often bifid; figs large, pyriform, usually solitary and axillary, with a collar of 3 basal bracts, without lateral bracts, the seeds lenticular, 1-2 mm. long; large shrub or small tree, the leaf blades symmetric, 10-20 cm. long, deeply 3- or 5-lobed, conspicuously palmately nerved, with hypogenous cystoliths (sect. Ficus, subsect. Ficus, ser. (COIGZAD), aS cos oh SSD RTO OOS OSS COD OEE OC EEC TEESE e IE ere 8. F. carica Stamen I, or if stamens 2 then the fig with lateral bracts or without a collar of basal bracts; flowers often pedicellate; & flowers ostiolar; ovary white, the style subterminal, the stigma simple, subclavate; seeds smooth or minutely reticulate, lenticular to short-oblong, generally with a single keel; leaf blades often toothed or asymmetric; trees or shrubs (sect. Sycidium). Seeds lenticular, slightly keeled all around or in the upper half, rarely not at all, the hilum not prominent; receptacles axillary or cauliflorous, pedunculate or pedicellate; tepals white to pinkish; o& flowers without a normal gall-ovary, sometimes with a rudiment; figs often pedunculate, with a collar of 3 basal bracts; leaves distichous, the blades often asymmetric and scabrid, the cystoliths amphigenous or hypogenous, often papillate; trees or shrubs, not epiphytic (subsect. Sycidium, ser. Scabrae). Leaf blades lanceolate, 6-13 cm. long, 0.5-1.5 cm. broad, cuneate at base, often narrowly so, not or slightly asymmetric, the basal nerves not elongate, the lateral nerves 7-11 pairs, the cystoliths amphigenous; petioles 1-5 mm. long; tepals pilose; figs axillary, solitary, subglo- bose, 7-12 mm. broad, mostly pedicellate, with scattered lateral bracts on stalk, the internal bristles few, minute, or none; small tree or slender shrub, 0.5-3 m. high, occurring along SETECAINIS Marrone UCT eVey Ven eyet re Ton st siakesaeke, ayeietn se1cis ape lepausisrekere aves sueteuelolens 16. F. bambusifolia Leaf blades broadly cuneate to cordate at base, asymmetric. Base of leaf blades strongly asymmetric, narrowly cordate, the broader side often concealing the petiole (this 0.2-1 cm. long), the blades comparatively small, seldom more than 12 6 cm., the basal nerves not markedly elongate, scarcely reaching 1/3 length of blade, the cystoliths hypogenous; tepals pilose; figs solitary, axillary, 8-18 mm. broad, generally without a collar of basal bracts; shrub or small tree to 10 m. high, the vegetative parts glabrous or nearly so, the twigs 1-3 mm. thick. ................ 15. F. barclayana Base of leaf blade less strongly asymmetric, the petiole not concealed. Leaf blades subacute to obtusely subacuminate, the intercostals lax; figs with basal bracts to 1.5 mm. long, the apical bracts not projecting. Indument brown-hispidulous or fulvous-hispid; leaf blades scabrid above, the cystcliths ARVO ooncsconpddsobonppadcoossuoGoooUDDOGKmO DC 14. F. fulvo-pilosa Indument white-villose or lacking. Tepals pilose, reddish or pinkish; leaf blades ovate- to lanceolate-elliptic, up to 25 * 13 cm. on mature plants, slightly scabrid to nearly smooth above, the lateral nerves 4-9 pairs; cystoliths hypogenous; petioles 1-4 cm. long; mature figs 7-16 mm. broad, subglobose, with abundant internal bristles. ........... 10. F. scabra Tepals glabrous or slightly pilose, white; cystoliths amphigenous. Leaf blades ovate to elliptic, usually not exceeding 17.5 x 15 cm. on mature plants, scabrid above, the lateral nerves 2-7 pairs; petioles to 9 cm. long; mature figs 5-15 mm. broad, subglobose, with abundant internal bristles. 11. F. storckii 172 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Leaf blades oblong, large, up to 45 x 18 cm., narrowly cordate or auricled at base, smooth above, the lateral nerves 7-15 pairs; petioles 0.5-3.5 cm. long; mature figs 6-15 mm. broad, subglobose, with abundant internal bristles. 12. F. masonii Leaf blades acute, acutely acuminate, cuspidate, or caudate, the intercostals generally numerous and regular; figs becoming ramiflorous in clusters or cauliflorous; peduncu- late with a collar of basal bracts or, if without such bracts, then the apical bracts not projecting. Figs 10-30 mm. broad, the apical bracts projecting, the basal bracts 1.5-4 mm. long; leaf blades comparatively large but seldom exceeding 30 x 15 cm., with hypogenous cystoliths, the lateral nerves 8-15 pairs; petioles 1-3 cm. long. 13. F. greenwoodii Figs 9-25 mm. broad, without lateral bracts on body, on a peduncle up to 15 mm. long, the basal bracts 0.5-1.5 mm. long; leaf blades usually smaller than 25 x 14 cm., elliptic to ovate-elliptic, the lateral nerves 5-11 pairs, the intercostals usually lax, the cystoliths amphigenous; petioles 0.3-2.5 cm. long; indument brown-hispidulous to fulVOUS=hiSDidSeeeEe ee eee Geena eraciteier 14. F. fulvo-pilosa Seeds short-oblong, generally keeled or gibbous at apex; tepals white, puberulent; o flowers usually with a normal gall-ovary; figs 10-17 mm. broad, smooth, without lateral bracts on body, not pedunculate; leaves spirally arranged, not distichous, the blades subcoriaceous, elliptic to oblong, slightly asymmetric, 4-13 cm. broad, smooth or subscabrid, brown-areolate beneath, subcordate to broadly cuneate at base, acute to subacuminate at apex, the lateral nerves 3-9 pairs, the cystoliths amphigenous, not papillate; a banyan (epiphytic strangler) to 25 m. high (subsect. Palaeomorphe, ser. Pallidae). ........+..40+++005- 17. F. tinctoria Perianth gamophyllous (saccate, cupular, annular), entire (or split by enlarging ovary), membranous, or none; receptacle without internal bristles; & flowers ostiolar, the stamen | (in our species); gall-stigma widely infundibuliform, the 9 stigma simple; figs with or without lateral bracts, mostly with a collar of 3 basal bracts; leaves spirally arranged, the blades coriaceous, mostly without basal glands, but a subnodal gland often present on twig; often cauliflorous trees, our species essentially glabrous (sect. Sycocarpus). Seeds 1.4-2 mm. long, subcompressed, often auriculiform, obtusely carinate, the hilum not promi- nent; perianth and ovary red or white; dioecious plants (subsect. Auriculisperma). Leaf blades large, 30-90 cm. long, smooth, cordate-auricled, with 15-25 pairs of lateral nerves, the cystoliths amphigenous or hypogenous; figs axillary, 25-50 mm. broad, borne on a peduncle 3-9 mm. long, concealed, becoming cauliflorous, not verrucose, without lateral bracts, the basal bracts 1.5-9 mm. long; slender, simple tree, with leaves aggregated distally, the petioles 0.5-4 cm. long, the twigs 5-10 mm. thick (ser. Theophrastoides). . 18. F. theophrastoides Leaf blades smaller, up to 32 x24 cm., scabrid on both surfaces, subcordate at base but not auricled, with 4-10 pairs of lateral nerves and slightly elongate basal nerves, the cystoliths amphigen- ous; figs axillary and borne in clusters on defoliate branches, 15-50 mm. broad, slightly ridged toward apex, with several small lateral bracts; freely branched shrub or tree, with leaves scattered, the petioles 1-15 cm. long, the twigs comparatively slender (ser. Vitienses). 19. F. vitiensis Seeds 1.2-1.5 mm. long, lenticular, scarcely carinate, the hilum not prominent; perianth red, saccate; ovary white; dioecious or monoecious plants; receptacle pedunculate, without lateral bracts; our species a monoecious tree with rami- or cauliflorous figs, these 10-30 mm. broad, borne on usually slender, woody, specialized branches 0.5-2 m. long but sometimes aggregated into dense, compact masses up to 1.5 m. in diameter; leaf blades elliptic to ovate-oblong, up to 18 x 10 cm., with intercostals, the nerves not raised beneath, the cystoliths amphigenous; petioles (0.2-) 1-2.5 cm. long; stigmas agglutinate at time of pollination into a synstigma, losing their identity, but in immature gall- and flowers simple, discoid, and fimbriate, becoming subinfundibuliform before the synstigmatic stage (subsect. Papuasyce). ........--.eseeeeeee 20. F. pritchardii ARTIFICIAL KEY TO SPECIES Cultivated species. Root-climber with dimorphic leaves, the bathyphylls small, to 3.5 x 2 cm., usually appressed to stone surfaces and forming an ornamental cover, the mature leaf blades ovate to oblong, to 10 x 6 cm. 9. F. pumila Trees, shrubs, or strangling figs. Large shrub or small tree, the leaf blades deeply 3- or 5-lobed, palmately nerved; figs large, edible; the COMMITS, coscoccoadocccgo Dos ODN DEON SOD DD DODO UHOOSUUI0D0RR000080N00 8. F. carica Banyans (epiphytic stranglers becoming large, spreading trees, sometimes with aerial roots from branches), the leaf blades not lobed. 1981 MORACEAE 173 Leaf blades with numerous, very close lateral nerves, the basal nerves not elongate. Aerial roots copious; stipules large and conspicuous, pink to red; leaf blades up to 40 * 22 cm., the primary lateral nerves usually 15-20 pairs, the secondary lateral nerves as prominent as the primaries; often cultivated as a comparatively small pot plant. ........... 5. F. elastica Aerial roots few or none; stipules small, inconspicuous; leaf blades up to 12 x 6 cm., the primary lateral nerves usually 6-11 pairs, the secondary lateral nerves nearly as prominent as the primaries; a shade tree with long, drooping branches and dense foliage. .4. F. benjamina Leaf blades with lateral nerves distinctly spaced, 5-9 pairs, the basal nerves elongate or not. Apex of leaf blades caudate-acuminate with the tip 25-90 mm. long; petioles 3.5-13 cm. long, articulate to lamina; a large banyan but without aerial roots from branches. 1. F. religiosa Apex of leaf blades obtuse; petioles 1.5-7 cm. long, not articulate to lamina; a large banyan with massive pillar-roots descending from branches. ..........----....++- 3. F. benghalensis Indigenous species. Banyans (epiphytic stranglers becoming large trees, with prop roots or with aerial roots descending from branches). Leaf blades with primary lateral nerves usually 8-13 pairs and the secondary lateral nerves fine, close, numerous, and without distinct intercostals. .............. 0.2.0 e seen neces 6. F. obliqua Leaf blades with the primary lateral nerves 3-12 pairs, spaced, usually with distinct intercostals. Petioles disarticulating from lamina of dried, fallen leaves; leaf blades up to 6.5 cm. broad, short- acuminate at apex; figs 6-12 mm. broad, ripening white to pink and purple-black, sessile or ona paclimnale to SiON SooocsonocosdsooonbaSdoe cosas oDaSpe0500a0DaaGuG 2. F. prolixa Petioles not disarticulating from lamina; leaf blades 4-13 cm. broad, brown-areolate beneath, acute to subacuminate at apex; figs 10-17 mm. broad, ripening yellow to orange to red or purple, tapering into a short pedicel but essentially without a peduncle. .......... 17. F. tinctoria Trees or shrubs, not epiphytic nor strangling, without aerial roots. Base of leaf blades not or slightly asymmetric. Leaves small, the petioles 1-5 mm. long, the blades lanceolate, 6-13 cm. long, 0.5-1.5 cm. broad; figs axillary, solitary, 7-12 mm. broad; small tree or slender shrub 0.5-3 m. high, occurring along AHEM, soncaadooaspoocQDONodhAcoo Tu boDODOORooDDGUdoBDDUoUDOSOS 16. F. bambusifolia Leaves larger, the blades at least 2 cm. broad and usually much broader; trees or shrubs usually more than 3 m. high, not associated with watercourses. Figs rami- or cauliflorous, 10-30 mm. broad, borne on usually slender, woody, specialized branches 0.5-2 m. long but sometimes aggregated into dense, compact masses up to 1.5 m. in ameter pleatsbladesmipytoml Guecml OCI be tryeretetetetatateteta sare -lorete(a/iefalereretetct 20. F. pritchardii Figs axillary or rami- or sometimes cauliflorous, but not borne on elongate, specialized branches nor in large masses, the clusters not exceeding 15 cm. in diameter. Slender, simple tree, with leaves aggregated distally, the petioles stout, 0.5-4 cm. long, the blades large, 30-90 cm. long, cordate-auricled, with 15-25 pairs of lateral nerves; figs 25-50 mm. broad sno thvenmliC Ose weetecprcperisiei-isietcieleretersioieteteisterareieneac inter = eiaters 18. F. theophrastoides Freely branched shrubs or trees, with leaves scattered, the blades smaller, rarely as long as 30 cm. Figs 15-50 mm. broad, slightly ridged toward apex; petioles variable in length, 1-15 cm. (but usually at least 5 cm.) long; leaf blades usually ovate-oblong, up to 32 = 24 cm., scabrid on both surfaces, usually subcordate at base. .........--..0-eeeeeeee 19. F. vitiensis Figs 5-13 mm. broad, smooth; petioles 0.4-3.5 cm. long; leaf blades lanceolate to elliptic or elliptic-obovate, not more than 22 * 9.5 cm., smooth beneath, usually obtuse at base. 7. F. smithii Base of leaf blades asymmetric, the blades often scabrid. Indument of branchlets, leaves, and figs copious and persistent, brown-hispidulous or fulvous- hispid; petioles 0.3-2.5 cm. long; leaf blades elliptic to ovate-elliptic, usually smaller than 25 14 Gil, soacenseeanos open pondg sO NOD DOPOD GODS EUG NOD SU BCOOUDODbUNOUD 14. F. fulvo-pilosa Indument sparse and white-villose or lacking. Base of leaf blade strongly asymmetric, narrowly cordate, the broader side often concealing the petiole (this 0.2-1 cm. long), the blades seldom larger than 12 x 6 cm.,; figs solitary, axillary, PENS im, Len, asoocgnos pooccdDU DO bn OoUCOSo DOO oonnooe Ge doDoOoRe 15. F. barclayana Base of leaf blade less strongly asymmetric, the petiole not concealed. Leaf blades acute, acutely acuminate, cuspidate, or caudate, comparatively large but seldom exceeding 30 x 15 cm.; petioles 1-3 cm. long; figs 10-30 mm. broad, with projecting apical bracts, the basal bracts 1.5-4 mm. long. .........-..2--+++e+eee- 13. F. greenwoodii Leaf blades subacute to obtusely acuminate; figs 5-16 mm. broad, with apical bracts not projecting, the basal bracts not more than 1.5 mm. long. Lateral nerves of leaf blades 7-15 pairs, the blades oblong, large, up to 45 18 cm., narrowly cordate or auricled at base, smooth above; petioles 0.5-3.5 cm. long. 12. F. masonii 174 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Lateral nerves of leaf blades 2-9 pairs, the blades ovate to elliptic, not larger than 25 = 15 cm., cordate to obtuse or acute at base, not auricled, scabrid to nearly smooth above. Leaf blades up to 25 x 13 cm., slightly scabrid to nearly smooth above, the lateral nerves 4-9 pairs; cystoliths hypogenous; mature figs 7-16 mm. broad. ........ 10. F. scabra Leaf blades usually not exceeding 17.5 x 15 cm. and often much smaller, scabrid above, the lateral nerves 2-7 pairs; cystoliths amphigenous; mature figs 5-15 mm. broad. Ll. F. storckii 1. Ficus religiosa L. Sp. Pl. 1059. 1753; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 371. 1960; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964, ed. 2. 138. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 6. 1965. An epiphytic strangler, becoming a large banyan, or a large tree with few or no aerial roots, infrequently cultivated in Fiji. TYPIFICATION: Five prior references are cited by Linnaeus. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in the sub-Himalayan area, Bengal, and central India, now widely cultivated in many parts of the tropics as an ornamental or roadside tree. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Pipal (peepul) tree; bodh (bo) tree; a sacred tree among Buddhists and Hindus. It is sparingly grown in Fiji as an ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: TarLevu: Vunimono Girls’ School, Nausori, DA 13271. 2. Ficus prolixa Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 77. 1786; Seem. FI. Vit. 248. 1868; Summerhayes in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 101. 1932; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 48. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 36. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 100. 1959; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 10. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 125. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 319. 1971; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 138 (as var. prolixa). 1972; Corner in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 354. fig. 3. 1975. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, p. p. 1861. Ficus obliqua sensu Seem. Viti, 441, p. p. 1862, Fl. Vit. 251, p. p., 1. 68, fig. 8. 1868. As it occurs in Fiji, Ficus prolixa is a much-branched tree 6-12 m. high, occurring on rocky shores and slopes from sea level to not much more than 60 m. elevation. It isa large strangler with many descending roots but is sometimes seen as a tree with a trunk to 50 cm. in diameter, usually but not always found on limestone. Its mature purple- black figs have been obtained only in August and September. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: As lectotype I propose to take the specimen at BM from Tahiti marked “Otaheitee, Messrs. Forster,” collected on the second Cook voyage. Also at BM is a second sheet bearing a single leaf, indicated as “G. Forster’s Herbarium.” The species is also represented by a Forster collection from Tanna, New Hebrides, at K, originally identified as F. obliqua. In his comments and illustration of 1868 Seemann has mixed F. prolixa with F. obliqua, the former depicted froma sterile branch (fig. 8 only). Seemann 436 is a mixed collection, both species being mounted on the K specimen, while the BM specimen represents F. prolixa only. The two species belong to different sections of subgen. Urostigma, F. obliqua being by far the more common in Fiji. DISTRIBUTION: Micronesia, the New Hebrides, and New Caledonia eastward to the Tuamotus, Marquesas, and Line Islands. Our material falls into var. prolixa; a second variety from Micronesia has been described by Corner (in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 378. 1960). 1981 MORACEAE 175 LocaL NAMES: Nunu and mbaka ni Viti have been recorded; the first refers to many species of Ficus in Fiji and the second usually to F. obliqua, which continues to be confused with F. prolixa in herbaria. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Mathuata coast, Greenwood 650. TAVEUNI: Seemann 436, p. p. (BM, K). KIMBOMBOISLETS: Bryan 591. LAKEMBA: Vicinity of Tumbou, DA 1384; between Yandrana and Vakano, Garnock-Jones 947. 3. Ficus benghalensis L. Sp. Pl. 1059. 1753; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 381. 1960, in op. cit. 21: 14. 1965; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 135. 1972. Ficus indica L. Sp. Pl. 1060. 1753. Ficus benghalensis is sparingly cultivated near sea level in Fiji. It becomes a huge banyan with massive pillar-roots descending from the spreading branches. The only available collections were in fruit in February and March. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Linnaeus cited several prior references for each of his species. In his informative discussion of 1960 (cited above, pp. 381-384) Corner takes Ficus benghalensis to be typified by Rheede, Hort. Ind. Malabar. 1:7. 28, explaining his reduction of F. indica to it. DISTRIBUTION: India; now widely cultivated. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: No names have been indicated for Fijian collections, but elsewhere the species is known as banyan, Indian banyan, and vada tree. It is an ornamental that becomes spectacular for its enormous spread, but it is not commonin Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Suva, in garden of Chinese School, DA 6068. Fis1 without further locality, DA 13269 (L.9545). 4. Ficus benjamina L. Mant. Pl. 129. 1767; Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 195. 1917; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 374. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964, ed. 2. 136. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 21. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 253: 67. fig. 9 (left). 1967. A large, spreading banyan, with drooping branches and usually without aerial roots, often cultivated near sea level in Fiji, where specimens up to 15 m. in height are seen. The small, essentially sessile figs, at first pink or red, become purple at maturity and are probably to be found in most months, although on available specimens they have been obtained only in May, June, and October. TyYPIFICATION: The species is typified by Rheede, Hort. Ind. Malabar. 1: 1. 26 (Merrill, 1917, cited above, who indicates as a synonym Varinga parviflora Rumph. Herb. Amb. 3: 139. t. 90. 1743). DISTRIBUTION: India and southern China throughout Malesia to the Solomon Islands and northern Australia; widely cultivated throughout the tropics. It is much more frequent in Fiji than suggested by the few available collections. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Weeping fig; the long, drooping branches and dense foliage of this species make it a desirable ornamental and shade tree, used as a street tree in Suva and other Fijian towns. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Namosi: Namuamua, Smith 9072. Rewa: Suva, Setchell & Parks 15150. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Ndreketi Plantations, DA 16962. 5. Ficus elastica Roxb. Hort. Beng. 65, nom. nud. 1814, Fl. Ind. ed. 2. 3: 541. 1832; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 374. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964, ed. 2. 137. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 24. 1965. 176 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 An epiphytic strangler, becoming a large banyan with copious aerial roots, spar- ingly grown in Fiji as a comparatively small pot plant or garden plant. TYPIFICATION: Roxburgh mentions that the species inhabits the mountains of northern Silhet Province (presumably Sylhet in the present Bangladesh). DIsTRIBUTION: India to Malaya, and perhaps indigenous southward to Java; widely cultivated elsewhere. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The names commonly used are rubber plant, India rubber tree, and India rubber fig. At one time this Ficus was widely used as a source of commercial rubber, but its product is inferior to that of Hevea. Although it will become a large tree in gardens, its principal ornamental use is as a pot plant grown for its attractive foliage and large, pink or red stipules. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Nairasiri: Nasinu, Approved School, DA 11805. PROVINCE?: Nggerenggere, DA 5625. 6. Ficus obliqua Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 77. 1786; Seem. Viti, 441, p. p. 1862, Fl. Vit. 251, p. p. t. 68 (excl. fig. 8). 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 297. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 170. 1909; Summerhayes in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 101. 1932, in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 55. 1936; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 47. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 35. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 99. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964, ed. 2. 138. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 26. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 253: 70. fig. 11. 1967; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 125. 1970; Corner in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 355. 1975. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, p. p. 1861. An often spreading tree 4-30 m. high, with copious white latex, at first an epiphytic strangler and becoming a banyan with numerous prop roots descending from the branches, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of about 900 m. It is found along rocky beaches and shores, in dry forest and secondary forest, on dry cliffs, and sometimes also cultivated in villages. The figs, turning from green to yellow, orange, and red, are seen throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Forster originally cited Ficus obliqua as from ““Namoka, Tanna,” references to specimens from the second Cook voyage from Nomuka Island, Tonga, and Tanna, New Hebrides. The Tongan specimen at BM is indicated as from Amster- dam Island (i. e. Tongatapu); Corner has indicated this as the type, as it agrees with Forster’s drawing no. 294 (although the fig in that drawing represents F. prolixa). This BM Specimen appears to be acceptable as the lectotype, since no Forster collection from Nomuka seems available. At BM there is also a fragmentary specimen pencilled: “Tana. 249. 409: Ficus obliqua.” This actually represents F. prolixa. DISTRIBUTION: Ficus obliqua seems indigenous from Celebes eastward to Austra- lia, Fiji, Tonga, Niue, and Samoa. Our material falls into var. obliqua; other varieties from Australia are recognized by Corner. It is an abundant species in Fiji, from which about 40 collections have been examined. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Mbaka is the usual name, but mbaka ni Vitiand mbaka ni veikau are also used. It was once regarded as a sacred tree by Fijians. The inner bark has been used for making cloth when Broussonetia papyrifera was not available in sufficient quantity. The latex has been used as birdlime and also as a medicine for sore joints. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Naruarua Gulch, west of Mbatinaremba, Sv. John 18037. VIT1 LEVU: MBa: North of Lomolomo, Degener & Ordonez 13719; mountains near Lautoka, 1981 MORACEAE 177 Greenwood 296; Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4429; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 818. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13350. SeRuA: Coastal hills near Taunovo River, east of Wainiyambia, Smith 958]. NAmosI: Vicinity of Nanggarawai Village, Gillespie 3202. RA: Vatundamu, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15403. NaiTAsIRI: Rarandawai, Wainamo-Wainisavulevu divide, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18271; Kalambo, Bryan 209. TaILevu: Matavatathou, DA 9237 (McKee 2802); near Londoni, DA 14420. Rewa: Lami, DA 17090. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 58. NGAU: Tothill 776. VANUA LEVU: Maruuata: Mountains near Lambasa, Greenwood 544; Lambasa market (cult.), DA 12/98 (DF 48). TAVEUNI: Seemann 436, p. p. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1199. ONGEA NDRIKI: Along rocky beach, Bryan 419. Ficus obliqua and F. prolixa (q. v.) were confused by both Forster and Seemann, and many modern herbarium annotations also indicate uncertainty. The two species have very different stamens and fall into different sections of subgen. Urostigma. They can be distinguished, even when sterile, by the leaf blades of F. obliqua having fine, close, numerous lateral nerves without distinct intercostals, while those of F. prolixa have the lateral nerves spaced and often with distinct intercostals. 7. Ficus smithii Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 372. 1883. A species limited to Fiji, the New Hebrides, and the Solomon Islands, which Corner divides into two varieties. In his 1960 treatment (cited below) Corner placed the species in subgen. Pharmacosycea, sect. Oreosycea, ser. Austrocaledonicae, but in 1970 (cited below) he changed its position to ser. Nervosae (1970, pp. 387-392). This series occurs from Ceylon and southern China to Fiji and is composed of 20 species; F. smithii belongs to a cluster of five species ranging from New Guinea to Fiji, all five being indigenous in the Solomons. The closest ally of F. smithii is now believed to be F. illiberalis Corner (in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 253: 80. fig. 17. 1967). Ficus smithii is the only species of subgen. Pharmacosycea found in Fiji. It has sometimes (more especially its var. robusta) been confused in herbaria with F. tinctoria (subgen. Ficus), to which it bears a superficial similarity in the size, shape, texture, color, and venation of leaf blades. However, F. smithii is a simple tree usually occurring in inland forest, with stipules at first copiously sericeous or strigose, the leaf blades equilateral at base, and the figs rounded at base to a short pedicel and an elongate peduncle; F. tinctoria is a banyan primarily of coastal thickets (but sometimes found inland), with glabrous stipules, the leaf blades slightly inequilateral at base, and the figs tapering at base into a short pedicel but essentially without a peduncle. KEY TO VARIETIES Petioles 4-14 mm. long; leaf blades narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, up to 13 cm. long and 4.5 cm. broad, obtusely acuminate, the lateral nerves 7-9 per side; receptacle 5-8 mm. broad, the peduncle 6-12 mm. long, slender, about 0.5 mm. in diameter. .......---- +++ e eee e ee eee eee eee ees 7a. var. smithii Petioles 15-35 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-obovate, 7-22 cm. long, 3.6-9.5 cm. broad, obtuse or subacute at apex, the lateral nerves 8-13 per side; receptacle 10-13 mm. broad, the peduncle 7-15 mm. long, comparatively robust, 1-1.5 mm. in diameter. ....--...---00++seeeeeeeeee 7b. var. robusta 7a. Ficus smithii var. smithii; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 414. 1960, in op. cit. 21: 34. 1965; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 138. 1972. FIGURE 53A. Ficus smithi Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, nom. nud. 1881. Ficus smithii Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 372. 1883; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964; Corner in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 253: 84. fig. 20. 1967, in op. cit. 259: 387. 1970. As it occurs in Fiji, the typical variety of Ficus smithii is a tree 3-10 m. high occurring in forest and secondary forest at elevations of about 100-900 m. Its pink or light crimson figs have been obtained in March, June, July, and December. 178 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Ficure 53. A, Ficus smithii var. smithii, from DA 13410; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and mature figs, * 1/3. B-D, Ficus smithii var. robusta, from DA 14256; B, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and mature figs, x 1/3; C, essentially mature fig, x 4; D, longitudinal section of receptacle, showing & (s) flowers each with | stamen, 2 (p) flowers, and gall-flowers (g), = 4. 1981 MORACEAE 179 TYPIFICATION: The holotype is Horne 516 (Kk), collected in March, 1878, in moun- tain forest on the island of Rambi. As requested in Horne’s field notes, Baker named the species after J. C. Smith, Esq., then a member of the Council of the Fiji Govern- ment. DIsTRIBUTION: Solomon Islands and Fiji; in the former archipelago this is the only variety of the species to occur, but in Fiji this variety is comparatively rare. Loca NAME: Mbaka ni Viti (“Fijian fig”), a not very informative name, is indicated for DA 13410, cited below. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: South of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4242. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Nakoroutari, DA /523]; Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, DA /34/0. 7b. Ficus smithii var. robusta Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 414. 1960, in op. cit. 21: 34. 1965; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 138. 1972; Corner in Philos. Trans. Sem By 272: 355122 4 (lett), 1975: FIGURE 53B-D. Ficus austro-caledonica sensu Summerhayes in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 99. 1932; non Bureau. Ficus smithii sensu Summerhayes in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 55. 1936. The more robust variety of Ficus smithii, as it occurs in Fiji, is a tree 4-30 m. high, with a trunk to 45 cm. in diameter or more (rarely noted as a shrub 2 m. high), found at elevations from near sea level to 970 m. It is usually seen in inland dense, thin, or rocky forest, less often in coastal forest. The figs, yellow to red in color, have been noted throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 8339 (CGE HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Aug. 14, 1953, on the slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Taveuni. DIsTRIBUTION: New Hebrides and Fiji; in the former archipelago it is the only variety of Ficus smithii known to occur; in Fiji it is fairly abundant, more than 40 collections being at hand. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Several local names have been recorded, here arranged by provinces: kavika ni songge, nggaunggau, and lauito (Mba); mbulunato (Nandronga & Navosa); masimasi and yayawa (Serua); kaumindra (Rewa); mbauvundi (Mbua). In reference to the Mbua collection I was informed that the tree trunks are used for masts, but the name (like some of the others listed) is more suggestive of Sapotaceae. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, DA /3031/; hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of the sawmill at Navai, Smith 5879. NANDRONGA & NAVOSA: Nausori Highlands, DA 1267] (Melville et al. 7047); vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Tabualewa 15637. Serua: Nathengathenga Creek, DA 14272; inland from Namboutini, DA 14256; hills north of Ngaloa, in drainage of Waininggere Creek, Smith 9162. NAMosti: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3368; northern slopes of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8709. NAITASIRI: Suva Pumping Station, Degener & Ordonez 13747. Rewa: Suva Range, Nggoya, DA L.9558. KANDAVU: Kiombo, DA 12436 (DF 81). VANUA LEVU: Msua: Lower Wainunu River Valley, Smith 1728. THAKAUNDROVE: Southwestern slope of Mt. Mbatini, Smith 605; Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14229. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Wairiki, Gillespie 4753. 8. Ficus carica L. Sp. Pl. 1059. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 248. 1868; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 47. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 99. 1959; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 417. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 36. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 124. 1970. The commercial fig, very sparingly cultivated in Fiji, is a large shrub or small tree to 10 m. high, with characteristically 3- or 5-lobed leaf blades. TYPIFICATION: Nine earlier references are mentioned by Linnaeus, but I am not aware of a formal lectotypification. 180 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DIsTRIBUTION: A native of Asia Minor, early spreading throughout the Mediterra- nean area. The species is of very ancient cultivation and is now grown in many parts of the world. It does not thrive in tropical lowlands but can be grown at higher elevations. Seemann’s 1868 note refers to its cultivation in Hawaii, not in Fiji, and so its introduc- tion was presumably later than 1860. No Fijian vouchers support this record, but such material is available from Tonga and Niue, as noted by Yuncker and Sykes. 9. Ficus pumila L. Sp. Pl. 1060. 1753; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 48. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 100. 1959; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 52. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 126. 1970; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 138. 1972. Ficus repens Rottler in Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin Neue Schriften 4: 208. 1803; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964. A frequently cultivated root-climber, the plant appressed to stone surfaces when juvenile, if allowed to mature developing fertile branches of very different appearance, with obviously petiolate, ovate to oblong leaf blades and large figs. In Fiji it is used in gardens near sea level, found more frequently than suggested by the few available vouchers. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Two references are given by Linnaeus; unless there is a specimen in one of the Linnaean herbaria the cited Kampfer illustration could be taken as the lectotype. Ficus repens is noted as a direct synonym by Corner in 1965. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in China and Japan and now widely cultivated in warm countries. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Creeping fig; climbing fig. It isan ornamental, widely used as a wall covering. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Ra: Tovu Island, DA 1/837. NaiTasiri: Nanduruloulou, DA 12059. REwA: Suva, DA 18060. 10. Ficus scabra Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 76. 1786; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 48. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 36. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 100. 1959; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 71. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 126. fig. 34. 1970; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 138. 1972; Corner in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 361. fig. 6, c-g, 7, a. 1975. Ficus aspera sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 99. 1959; non Forst. f. Ficus storckii sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 101. 1959; non Seem. A tree to 18 m. high, or sometimes noted as a shrub, with scanty latex, occurring in coastal and lowland forest, infrequently found inland to elevations up to 300 m. The figs are axillary, often solitary, but becoming rami- or cauliflorous; at first they are yellow to red, becoming purple-black at maturity and to be expected in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Forster cited this species as from “Tanna, Namoka” (Tanna, New Hebrides, and Nomuka, Tonga). Of the three Forster specimens at BM, the one indicated as “Tanna, J. R. & G. Forster” may be taken as the lectotype, collected during Cook’s second voyage. The other two sheets are indicated as “G. Forster’s Herbarium” and “Pallas Herb.”; they are not necessarily isolectotypes. DISTRIBUTION: New Caledonia and the New Hebrides to Fiji, Tonga, Niue, and Samoa. In Fiji it seems less frequent than Ficus storckii, with which it is easily confused. 1981 MORACEAE 181 LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The names /awero, /osilosi, and nunu have been recorded; two collectors indicate that the cooked young leaves are edible. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 350. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Thuvu, near beach, Greenwood 244; vicinity of Singatoka, Greenwood 244A, 779 (coll. H. Phillips); Mbulu, near Sovi Bay, Degener 14984, Naruku, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15185. NAmost: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8765; vicinity of Namua- mua, Gillespie 3015. Ra: Tuvavatu, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15366. NAITASIRI: Prince’s Road, DA 11875. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, on slopes of Mt. Vonda toward Waikama, Smith 7984. VANUA MBALAVU: Nambavatu, Tothill 773. NAYAU: Tothill 771. LAKEMBA: Tothill 772. MARA- MBO: On rough limestone slope, Bryan 5/5. NAVUTU-I-LOMA: Bryan 462. FULANGA: Tothill 774; on limestone formation, Smith //77. Fis1 without further locality, Gillespie 4414. Corner (1975, cited above) points out the similarity of Ficus scabra to F. aspera (endemic to the New Hebrides) and F. storckii (New Hebrides and Fiji). Ficus scabra has cystoliths only on the lower leaf surface, F. storckii on both surfaces; this distinc- tion is useful in dividing the Melanesian and Polynesian species of ser. Scabrae into two groups. 11. Ficus storckii Seem. Fl. Vit. 251. 1868. One of the most abundant indigenous species of Ficus, F. storckii shows considera- ble variability, and I believe that Corner correctly combines F. kajewskii with it at the varietal level. Although the two concerned types seem quite distinct, many specimens provide an essentially uninterrupted gradient of characters between them. The type of F. storckii, well illustrated by Seemann, has long petioles and large leaf blades cordate at base, but some available specimens are even more pronounced in these respects. The type of F. kajewskii is among the short-petiolate, small-leaved individuals referable to the complex. As stated by Corner, the surest distinction between F. storckii and glabrous forms of F. scabra is the presence of abundant cystoliths on both sides of the leaf blades of the former. KEY TO VARIETIES Petioles (15-) 18-40 (-90) mm. long; leaf blades (10-) 12-17.5 (-30) cm. long, (5-) 7-15 (-19) cm. broad, obliquely cordate to rounded or broadly obtuse at base, the lateral nerves usually 5-7 pairs; figs usually on trunk or old wood, but sometimes also on branchlets not far below leaves, sometimes axillary. lla. var. storckii Petioles (4-) 8-15 (-22) mm. long; leaf blades 4-11 (-15) cm. long, 1.8-5.5 (-8.5) cm. broad, inequilaterally rounded or truncate to obtuse or acute at base, the lateral nerves usually 2-5 pairs; figs usually on branchlets, often just below leaves, often axillary. ...........-...eeeeeeeeee 11b. var. kajewskii lla. Ficus storckii var. storckii; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 72. 1965; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 138. 1972. FIGURE 54A. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862. Ficus storckii Seem. Fl. Vit. 251. t. 69. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 297. 1892; Summerhayes in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 55. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 95. fig. 43. 1964; Corner in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 364. fig. 9 (left, as var. storckii). 1975. Ficus cavei Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, nom. nud. 1881; Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 371, pro syn. 1883. An often slender tree 3-15 m. high, with white or yellowish latex, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 600 m. in dense or dry forest or on its edges or in thickets. The figs, at first yellow-green to orange, become red to purple and attain a diameter of 15 mm.; they are sometimes associated with the leaves but more frequently occur in bunches on the trunk and branchlets. Mature figs seem to occur throughout the year. 182 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: In his protologue Seemann cited his own no. 442 and a Barclay specimen from Tonga, which is referable to Ficus scabra. The lectotype, therefore, is Seemann 442 (Kk), collected Sept. 6, 1860, on Mt. Mbuke Levu, Kandavu (this is the locality given in Flora Vitiensis, but the k sheet is indicated as from Taveuni); there is a presumed isolectotype at BM. The source of the name F. cavei is Horne 480 (K), collected in March, 1878, onthe island of Rambi; nothing is indicated about Mr. Cave in Horne’s notes except that he was a merchant in Fiji. Baker correctly assigned the name to the synonymy of F. storckii. DISTRIBUTION: The typical variety of Ficus storckii is fairly abundant in Fiji, represented by approximately 60 collections. It also occurs in the New Hebrides but is apparently rare there, only one collection, from Aneityum, being cited by Corner (1975, cited above). LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Nunu, masimasi, losilosi, leweto, ai masi ni ulutoa; the leaves are sometimes used as sandpaper. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBA: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 57; slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4052; hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, west of Nandarivatu, Smith 6178. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Uluvatu, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Tabualewa 15558; north of Komave, St. John 18954. SERUA: Waimbale Creek, near Namboutini, Degener 15468; north of Korovou, St. John 18924; vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener & Ordonez 13625. NAMOst: Northern base of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8652; Wayauyau Creek, DA 14248; vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 3077. Ra: Mataimeravula, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15414. NatTAsiRI: Vicinity of Matawailevu, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18213; Nambukaluka, Waindina River, DA 271; Tamavua, Yeoward 9]. TAILEVu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7097. OVALAU: Vuninduva, Lovoni Valley, DA 13293. KORO: Main ridge, Smith 1057. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Liuka Creek, Rukuruku Estate, H. B. R. Parham 393. MATHUATA: Summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6475. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Valanga Range, Smith 372; Navonu Ridge, Natewa Peninsula, DA 16882. TAVEUNI: Nggeleni road, DA 15875; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8187. MOALA: Near Naroi, Smith 1314. 11b. Ficus storckii var. kajewskii (Summerhayes) Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 472. 1960, in op. cit. 21: 72. 1965; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 139. 1972; Corner in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 365. fig. 9 (right). 1975. FiGuRE 54B-D. Ficus kajewskii Summerhayes in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 103. 1932, in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 53. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964. A tree (rarely indicated as a shrub) 3-18 m. high, with milky latex and sometimes with a compact crown, occurring between sea level and 1,130 m. in beach thickets, dense or open forest or on its edges, or forest on ridges. The figs are similar to those of var. storckii but are usually associated with the leaves, less frequently rami- or cauliflorous, and similarly found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Kajewski 737 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, P, US), collected Feb. 12, 1929, near Anelgauhat Bay, Aneityum, New Hebrides. DISTRIBUTION: New Hebrides and Fiji; in the former archipelago it is considerably more abundant than var. storckii, while in Fiji it is equally common, more than 50 collections being available. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Masi, masimasi, nunu, losilosi, loselose, ai masi, ai masi ni ulutoa, nduvunduvu, mbuluwai, and lolo have been noted by collectors; some of these, of course, are merely general words for many species of Ficus, while the last three may be regarded as suspect in connection with the present species. There is one record of the young leaves being used as a green vegetable. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Nandendeleva, Mt. Evans Range, DA 14845; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Greenwood 866; near summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 3934; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5272. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 1/3886. SERUA: Hills west of 1981 MORACEAE 183 Ficure 54. A, Ficus storckii var. storckii; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and mature figs, * 1 / 3. B-D, Ficus storckii var. kajewskii; B, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and young figs, < 1/3; C, portion of upper surface of leaf blade, with cystoliths, x 70; D, young figs, x 4. A from Smith 372, B & D from MacDaniels 1046, C from Smith 532. 184 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9477. NAMosi: Wainambua Creek, DA 14215; vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 2973. Ra: Mataimeravula, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15343. NAITASIRI: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomaniviand Nasonggo, Smith 6141; upper Waindina River, MacDaniels 1046; Tholo-i-suva, DF 529. TAILEVU: Vicinity of Wailotua, Wainimbuka River, Howard 327. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 199. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7738. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1558. MATHUATA: Mt. Uluimbau, south of Lambasa, Smith 6606. MATHUATA- THAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 532. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Smith 460; Nasinu, Natewa Bay, DA 16838. RAMBI: Horne 440. TAVEUNI: Rairaindreketi, hills above Somosomo, DA 17116. MOALA: Near Naroi, Smith 1323. The two varieties of Ficus storckii often occur more or less sympatrically, but in general var. kajewskii attains higher elevations than var. storckii. 12. Ficus masonii Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 371, as F. masoni. 1883; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 72. 1965; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 138. 1972. FIGURE 55A & B. Ficus masoni Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, nom. nud. 1881; Summerhayes in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 54. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964; Corner in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 363. fig. 10. 1975. Ficus begoniifolia Summerhayes in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 49. fig. 22. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964. An often slender tree (sometimes indicated as a shrub) 2-15 m. high, with white latex, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 1,150 m. in usually dense forest or on its edges or in secondary forest. The figs turn from green or yellow to deep red and are usually borne in clusters on the trunk and branchlets, less frequently being associated with leaves; they may be found mature throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Ficus masonii is Horne 55 (k), collected in December, 1877, in mountain forests on Ovalau; at Horne’s request Baker named the species for a Mr. Mason, at that time President of the Fiji Chamber of Agriculture. The type of F. begoniifolia is Smith 1413 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected March 28, 1934, in the central volcanic section of Vanua Mbalavu, near Lomaloma. The type of F. begoniifolia and similar specimens have somewhat smaller leaves than typical F. masonii, but I believe that Corner is justified in combin- ing them. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and frequent on several islands; I refer 57 collec- tions to the species. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Reported names are nunu, masimasi, ai masi ni ulutoa, vuaitamona, losi, mbele, and mbelendua; | consider the last two questionable. It is reported that the figs may be cooked and eaten, and the mashed leaves are used medicinally for hives and for sores and boils. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Naruarua Gulch, west of Mbatinaremba, Sr. John 18040. VITI LEVU: Mpa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 371; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3719; ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, Smith 5001; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12695 (Melville et al. 7083). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, O. & I. Degener 32158; northern portion of Rairaima- tuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5542. SERUA: North of Korovou, St. John 18925; hills north of Ngaloa, in drainage of Waininggere Creek, Smith 9200. NAMosi: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3558; Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2930; track to Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 16/04; vicinity of Nakavu, on Navua River, FiGureE 55. A & B, Ficus masonii, from Smith 1915; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage, and figs from cauliflorous clusters, x 1/3; B, mature fig, with apical bracts not projecting and with small basal bracts, x 4.C&D, Ficus greenwoodii, from Smith 721; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and mature figs, < 1/3; D, mature fig, with projecting apical bracts and with large basal bracts, x 4. 1981] MORACEAE 185 186 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Parks 20363. NAITASIRI: Viria, Meebold 16895; Waimanu River region, DA 15435; Tholo-i-suva, DA 149; Kalambo, Tothill 767. TaiLevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7107; King’s Road, Forest Reserve, DA 846. KANDAVU: Summit of Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 285. OVALAU: Valley of Mbureta and Lovoni Rivers, Smith 7676. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Smith 489; Mt. Vatunivuamonde, near Savusavu, Degener & Ordonez 14020; eastern slope of Mt. Ndikeva, Smith 19/5. TAVEUNI: Nggeleni road, DA 15871. VANUA MBALAVU: Slopes of Korolevu, near Lomaloma, Garnock-Jones 1029. LAKEMBA: Tumbou River, Garnock-Jones 838. The large-leaved Ficus masonii (including F. begoniifolia) is often confused in herbaria with F. greenwoodii, as their foliage can be quite similar. However, the cystoliths of F. masonii are amphigenous and the figs are quite different, usually borne on the main stems and branchlets, with inconspicuous bracts at the base of a usually obvious pedicel, and with the apical bracts not projecting. The leaf blades of F. greenwoodii have only hypogenous cystoliths and its figs are usually larger and associated with foliage (but sometimes on branchlets and trunk), with conspicuous basal bracts directly below the fig body (the pedicel being short to none, although the peduncle is obvious) and with projecting apical bracts. 13. Ficus greenwoodii Summerhayes in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 52. fig. 24. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964, ed. 2. 138. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 72. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 363. fig. 8. 1975. FiGure 55C & D. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861. Ficus aspera sensu Seem. Viti, 442. 1862, Fl. Vit. 249.7. 65. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 296. 1892; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 92. fig. 40. 1964, ed. 2. 135. 1972; non Forst. f. A slender or sometimes spreading tree 3-20 m. high (rarely noted as a shrub 2-3 m. high), with yellow or white latex, found at elevations from near sea level to 850 m. in dense, open, or dry forest or on its edges. The bracts below the figs are tinged with deep red, and the figs themselves turn from yellow, orange, or red to purplish, becoming 10-30 mm. in diameter at maturity and usually axillary, but sometimes found as well on the trunk and branches; they may be expected throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION: The holotype is Greenwood 76 (kK), collected Sept. 18, 1920, in the Loloti Mountains, near Lautoka, Mba Province, Viti Levu. (I have not been able to find this locality, but it is probably in the foothills of the Mt. Evans Range inland from Lautoka.) Summerhayes noted as a “subsidiary type” Smith 721, from Taveuni, but this has no nomenclatural status. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji, where it is a fairly frequent species on several of the high islands; about 60 collections are at hand. LocAL NAMES: Noted names are masi, masimasi, masimasi levu, ai masindrau- ndrau, nunu, vuaitamona, losilosi, and mangeretaulolo. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Saione Creek, Ambatha, DA 1/4/36; vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4446; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Parks 20746; hills between Nggaliwana and Nandala Creeks, south of Nauwangga, Smith 58/8. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Uluvatu, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15235. SERUA: Natukatambua, upper Navua River, DA 15535; Waimbale Creek, near Namboutini, Degener 15474. NAMosi: Between Saliandrau and Nanggarawal, Gillespie 3228; Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2925. Ra: Tuvavatu, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15367. NAITASIRI: Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18248; Viria, DA 92; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3527. Rewa: Vicinity of Suva, Yeoward 83. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Seemann 446, Smith 221; Lutumata- voro, DA 14924. OVALAU: Slopes of Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8008; hills above Levuka, Gillespie 4460. KORO: Ndelaikoro, DA 15827. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7769. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Koromba Creek, DA 15/58. MATHUATA: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6785; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6361. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Uluinambathi, near Savusavu, Degener & Ordonez 13946; Wainingata Station, DA 12049. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4786; western slope, between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 721. MOALA: Near Naroi, Smith 1325. MATUKU: Southern slope of Mt. Ngilingilia, Bryan 273. 1981 MORACEAE 187 14. Ficus fulvo-pilosa Summerhayes in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 51. fig. 23. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. fig. 42. 1964, ed. 2. 137. fig. 42. 1972. FIGURE 56. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862. Ficus scabra sensu Seem. Viti, 442. 1862, Fl. Vit. 249, p. p.t. 64. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 297, p. p. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 170. 1909; non Forst. f. Ficus fulvopilosa Summerhayes ex Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 72. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 363. fig. 11. 1975. An often slender tree 3-12 m. high (sometimes indicated as a shrub about 2 m. high), with white latex, found from near sea level to 1,150 m. in dense or dry forest, sometimes near streams, or onits edges or in patches of forest in open country. The figs are yellowish green or yellow, turning red to purple, up to 25 mm. in diameter, borne in compact clusters on the trunk and branches but also associated with leaves; they may be found throughout the year. TyPIFICATION: The type of Ficus fulvo-pilosa is Smith 512 (BISH HOLOTYPE; several ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 21, 1933, on the southern slope of the Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. Summerhayes indicated as a “subsidiary type” Smith 938, from Koro, a specimen without nomenclatural conse- quence. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several high islands; it is the most abundant species of Ficus in Fiji, represented by at least 140 collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: This frequently collected species has been referred to by many names: nunu, nunu levu, masi, masimasi, masi ni ulutoa, ai masi, ai masei, losilosi, lulu, lutunggaunggau, teisusu, and mbelekiranduna. The leaves have been used for sandpaper, and a decoction of the scraped bark is reported to have been used medicinally for dysentery. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 233, eastern slopes of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4/37; northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4532; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 841; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12746 (Melville et al. 7138). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 544]; between Naloka and Koronayalewa, DA 142]; Mbulu, near Sovi Bay, Degener 14983. SERUA: Inland from Namboutini, DA /4253; inland from Korovisilou, DF 346; hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9151. Namostr: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3307.9; Mt. Voma, DA 13971]; Wainandoi River, DA 10803. Naitasirt: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomaniviand Nasonggo, Smith 5757; Waisiwiwi Creek, Wainamo, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18251]; track to Mendrausuthu Range, DA 15020; Tholo-i-suva, DA 13828 (DF 343); vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2461. TAILEvu: Near copper mine, Waimaro River, DA 13643: Uthunivanua, DA 9247 (McKee 2813). REwA: Naikorokoro Creek, Meebold 21944: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2233. KANDAVU: Summit of Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 291. OVALAU: Hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7262. “OVALAU and TAVEUNI:” Port Kinnaird on Ovalau, Seemann 445. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 938. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7812. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Koromba Forest, DA 15/22; southern slope of Mt. Seatura, Smith 1612. MaTHuata: Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 12796; Wainikoro River, Greenwood 233A. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Valanga Range, Smith 397; vicinity of Korotasere, DA 15299. TAVEUNI: Seemann 448, Wailailai, Nggeleni, DA 14410. MOALA: Near Naroi, Smith 1326. As might be expected, this frequent species shows great variation in its leaf blades, which sometimes are as long as 30 cm. and have caudate tips to 4 cm. long, but more often the apices are merely cuspidate. The figs, also, vary in shape and size, being subglobose to ellipsoid and up to 25 mm. in diameter. Nevertheless, the abundant brown or yellowish indument makes Ficus fulvo-pilosa an easy species to recognize. 15. Ficus barclayana (Miq.) Summerhayes in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 104. 1932, in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 49. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 93. 1964, ed. 2. 135. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 72. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 363. jie 1UZ MWe FiGuRE 57A. Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 188 1981 MORACEAE 189 Covellia barclayana Migq. in London J. Bot. 7: 461. t. 7, B. 1848. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862. Ficus barclayi Seem. Fl. Vit. 250, nom. illeg. ¢. 66. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 297. 1892. A shrub or small tree 1-10 m. high, often freely branched or slender, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 1,050 m. in dense, dry, or open forest or on its edges, and in coastal and hillside thickets. The figs, at first green to yellow, become reddish to purple or brown at maturity and may attain a diameter of 18 mm.; they are usually axillary, remaining associated with foliage, and may be found throughout the year. TyPIFICATION: The holotype is Barclay (kK), collected between May 28 and June 15, 1840, on Nukulau Island, Rewa Province, Viti Levu. A presumed isotype is Barclay 3465 (BM). Seemann intended to propose a new combination in 1868, but he used an incorrect epithet. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fijiand common onseveral high islands; I have studied 85 collections of the species. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Recorded names are /osilosi, loselose, lose, masi, masi- masi, ndrau ni wa masi, and vuaitamona. The leaves, mixed with those of other plants, are made into a decoction used internally for stomach ailments; the figs are said to be edible and are also used to put into cavities in teeth. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: YAsAwA: Mbukama, DA /3652. Naviti: Kese Village, Weiner 253. Waya: Yalombi, St. John 18096. VITI LEVU: Mba: Vicinity of Lautoka, Greenwood 411; north of Lomolomo, Degener & Ordonez 13652; Korovou, east of Tavua, Degener 14954; vicinity of Nandarivatu, DA 1/3059; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Tothill 805. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Above Thotho Levu, H. B. R. Parham 240; Uluvatu, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15236. NANDRONGA & NAVOSA-SERUA boundary: Mt. Tuvutau, DA /4496. SeRuA: Hills north of Ngaloa, in drainage of Waini- nggere Creek, Smith 9428. NAMOSI: Korombasambasanga Range, DA 22/5. Ra: Penang, Greenwood 397A. Nairtasiri: Nanduruloulou, DA /2/32; Wainimbuku Creek, near Nasinu, DA //255. TAILEvu: Namulo- mulo, DF 566 (Watkins 800); Londoni, Tothill 797. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2232. KANDAVU: Tothill 775. OVALAU: Valley of Mbureta and Lovoni Rivers, Smith 7675. KORO: Namathu, DA /038. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, vicinity of Sawaieke, Smith 7920. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Nasau, H. B. R. Parham 96. MaTHuaTaA: Vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 534. THAKAUNDROVE:; Southern slope of Valanga Range, Smith 381. TAVEUNI: Somosomo, Seemann 438; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8142. This readily recognized endemic is often found in drier habitats than other Fijian species of Ficus; it is characterized by its comparatively small, strongly asymmetric leaf blades, short and partially concealed petioles, and solitary figs usually occurring in leaf axils. 16. Ficus bambusifolia Seem. FI. Vit. 250, as F. bambusaefolia. t. 67. 1868; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 92. fig. 47. 1964, ed. 2. 135. fig. 47. 1972. FIGURE 57C & D. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862. Ficus bambusaefolia Seem. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 297. 1892; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 72. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 363. fig. /2 (inset). 1975. This very distinct species is a slender shrub or small tree 0.5-3 m. high, sometimes semiprostate, with slender, flexible branches, found from near sea level to an elevation of 800 m. in dense or open forest along streams, sometimes locally abundant but Ficure 56. Ficus fulvo-pilosa, from Gillespie 2461; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and maturing figs, x 1/3; B, 9 flower, with developing drupelet and stigma projecting from perianth, * 30; C, maturing fig, * 4; D, longitudinal section of receptacle, with maturing sessile and pedicellate 9 flowers, = 4. 190 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 FiGure 57. A, Ficus barclayana, distal portion of bran tinctoria, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and mature figs, x 1/3. C & D, Ficus bambusifolia; C, portion of upper surface of leaf blade, with cystoliths, x 40; D, portion of lower surface of leaf blade, with cystoliths, x 40. A from DA 11255, B from Smith 1296, C from Gillespie 3588, D from Smith 8327. 1981 MORACEAE 19] always near water. The figs are axillary and solitary, green and pink-tinged without and red within; they occur essentially throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 439 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), cited as “Banks of the Navua and Rewa rivers, Viti Levu.” The holotype bears a field label with the notation “River Navu banks” and a printed label inscribed “Always growing on banks of rivers (Wai) with Lindenia vitiensis.” Two branches are mounted on the sheet, and it may be that one of them came from along the Rewa River, or perhaps Seemann merely observed the species there. Lindenia vitiensis is known to occur along the Navua but has not been collected along the Rewa (cf. S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 57: 443. 1976). For these reasons I believe that the type locality is best considered the banks of the Navua River, Serua Province, Viti Levu; Seemann ascended the Navua River on August 21 and descended it on September 3, 1860. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu and Taveuni. LocaL NAME: Loselose ni wai, indicating the occurrence of this particular Ficus only near streams. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 1206; vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4481. SeRUA: Inland from Namboutini, DA /3768, DF 463, Damanu 112; Mbuyombuyo, near Namboutini, Jabualewa 15574. NAMOsI: Vicinity of Namosi Village, Gillespie 2528; near Namuamua, Gillespie 3032; without further locality, DA 5908. NarTAsiRI: Between Sawani and Serea, DA //068; Tholo-i-suva, DA 10649, 12056, 13686; Savura Creek, DA 13353, Webster & Hildreth 14110; Suva Pumping Station, Degener & Ordonez 13742; Tamavua, H. B. R. Parham 283, 300; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3588. REwA: Base of Mt. Korombamba, Parks 20093. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Wairiki, Gillespie 4760; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8327. Fis1 without further locality, Yeoward 36 (or 30?). 17. Ficus tinctoria Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 76. 1786; Seem. Viti, 441. 1862, Fl. Vit. 249. ¢. 63. 1868; Summerhayes in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 55. 1936; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 48. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 36. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 101. 1959; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 17: 475. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 96. 1964, ed. 2. 139. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 74. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 253: 111, as subsp. tinctoria. fig. 36 (left). 1967; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 127, as subsp. tinctoria. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 319. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 79. 1972; Corner in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: 366. 1975. FiGuRE 57B. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861. An epiphytic strangler, becoming a spreading banyan to 25 m. high, with scanty or copious white latex, the trunk sometimes to 3 m. in diameter and with prop roots; sometimes noted as a small tree or a shrub only | m. high. Ficus tinctoria in Fiji is typical of beach thickets or coastal rocky places, but sometimes it is found inland at elevations up to 500 m. in dense or open forest, frequently on steep slopes. The green or yellow figs become orange to dull red and finally purple, up to 17 mm. in diameter, and usually associated with the leaves; they may be expected throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION: The type is a Forster collection from the Society Islands; I could not locate any such specimen at BM, but there is a good specimen at k indicated as “Forster Herbarium: Ficus tinctoria, Taheitee, Foster” (sic). This may be taken as the lectotype: J. R. & G. Forster (K), collected on Tahiti during Cook’s second voyage. DIsTRIBUTION: Corner indicates that Ficus tinctoria (including all its subspecies) is the most widespread species of Ficus, occurring from India, Ceylon, the Andaman and 192 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Nicobar Islands, and southern China eastward throughout Malesia and into Polyne- sia. Of the four subspecies recognized by Corner, subsp. tinctoria, the only subspecies in our area, has the most easterly distribution, found from Formosa, Hainan, the Philippines, and Celebes eastward to Micronesia, northern Australia, and into Polyne- sia. To fix the eastern and northeastern boundaries more definitely, I may mention presumably indigenous occurrences from the Gilbert, Tokelau, and Danger Islands, the Societies, and the Austral Islands including Rapa; but the species may indeed be found beyond these boundaries. I have studied about 55 Fijian collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Recorded names in Fiji are mbaka, mbaka ni Viti, nunu, and savirewa. It has been noted that the plant juices and leaves are used as a dressing for broken bones, and a decoction is mentioned as an internal remedy for weakness after childbirth. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Naruarua Gulch, west of Mbatinaremba, S’. John 18041. MAMANUTHAS: NGGatito IsLAND, Malolo Group, O. & I. Degener 32241. VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 304. NAMost!: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8872; vicinity of Namosi Village, Gillespie 2932. TatLevu: Nggele- kuro, DA 13599; Matavatathou, DA 899]. Rewa: Lami, Meebold 16731; Walu Bay, H. B. R. Parham 123. KANDAVU: Namalata isthmus region, Smith 41; Ono Island, DA 14948. OVALAU: North of Levuka, Gillespie 4501. KORO: West coast, Smith 1077. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1699. Matuuata: Islands off coast, Greenwood 685. THAKAUNDROVE: Nasinu, Natewa Bay, DA 16841. TAVEUNI: Somosomo, Seemann 437; vicinity of Waiyevo, Smith 8111. TOTOYA: Milne 89. MATUKU: Bryan 247. VANUA MBALAVU: Lomaloma, DA 13261. MANGO: Bryan 570. LAKEMBA: Near Tumbou Jetty, Garnock-Jones 936. KAMBARA: On limestone formation, Smith 1296. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1138. ONGEA LEVU: Bryan 437. 18. Ficus theophrastoides Seem. Fl. Vit. 252. 7. 77. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 297. 1892; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 18: 38. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 96. 1964, ed. 2. 139. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 84. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 253: 132. fig. 51, 52. 1967. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862. As it occurs in Fiji, Ficus theophrastoides is a slender, simple tree up to 5 m. high, with the leaves aggregated distally and the trunk hardly more than 8 cm. in diameter, sparsely occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 150 m. in forest, in clearings, or along the strand. The large figs are axillary and solitary or paired, sometimes borne on the stems; they have been collected between May and October. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 441 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected in October, 1860, in the vicinity of Port Kinnaird, Ovalau. DISTRIBUTION: Solomon Islands and Fiji; in the latter archipelago it is infrequent, thus far known only from Viti Levu, Ovalau, and Nggamea. Corner (1967, cited above) was not sure of the nativity of the species in Fiji, but he saw only two Fijian collections; in view of the material now at hand I believe that the species is indigenous. Since Corner has recently described a var. angustifolia from Choiseul Island, the remainder of the species is to be referred to var. theophrastoides. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Kuluva; vula; lolo tangane; Weiner reports the last of these names as used on Nggamea, where the stem is considered part of an internal remedy for convulsions in children. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Narrasiri: Central road, Tothill 426; Tholo-i-suva, DA 91/; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2405; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3505. REWA: Vicinity of Lami, Parks 20053. NGGAMEA: Along strand, Weiner 71-7-25. 1981 MORACEAE 193 19. Ficus vitiensis Seem. Fl. Vit. 250. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 298. 1892; Summerhayes in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 56. 1936; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singa- pore 18: 38. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 97. 1964, ed. 2. 139. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 84. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 272: (356). fig. 4 (right). 1975. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862. Ficus harveyi Seem. F1. Vit. 250. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 297. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 170. 1909; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964. Ficus vitiensis is a slender tree or shrub 1-20 m. high, with abundant white latex and a trunk usually not exceeding 35 cm. in diameter, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 850 m. It is often locally abundant in open grassland, hillside thickets, and patches of dry forest in open areas; as seen in these habitats it is shrubby and seldom exceeds 10 m. in height. Frequently it is found in denser forest, sometimes on creek banks, and then it tends to be a larger tree. The figs are green, becoming yellow and up to 5 cm. in diameter, associated with the leaves or borne on stems and branches in clusters as broad as 15 cm.; they may be found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Ficus vitiensis is Seemann 447 (kK), collected on Viti Levu but without further data. For F. harveyi Seemann cited three collections, his numbers 440 (from Viti Levu) and 444 (from Moturiki) and Harvey (without precise locality). Seemann 444 is a sterile specimen; the Harvey collection is poor, with old fruits separated from the foliage, and in spite of the epithet this is not a good lectotype. Therefore I designate the best of the three specimens, Seemann 440 (K), as the lectotype of F. harveyi; it was collected “at Namosi” (probably referring to Namosi Village, in which case the date would have been between Aug. 22 and Sept. 2, 1860), Namosi Province, Viti Levu. Seemann gives no reason for the simultaneous proposal of the two species; the descriptions are similar except for minor dimensional differences, and F. vitiensis is said to have solitary receptacles in contrast to the paired receptacles of F. harveyi. This is true of the type material, but ample collections show the character to be of no consequence. Corner (1965, cited above) reduced F. harveyi to F. vitiensis, apparently making the first choice between these competing epithets of the same date. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and fairly frequent on several of the high islands; I have studied approximately 60 collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The name /o/o is generally reserved for this distinctive species; it has also been reported as /Jolo ndamu, komba, and mbombo. The figs are considered the most edible among those of indigenous species of Ficus, the wood is utilized for firewood, and a decoction (of leaves?) is reported to provide an internal remedy for sprains. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 177; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6049; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 617. NANDRONGA & NAVOSA: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5524; vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Dezener 15224. SERUA: North of Korovou, St. John 18931; hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9076. Namos!: Namosi Village, Weiner 20B. Ra: Mountains near Penang, Greenwood 177A. NAITASIRI: Matawai- levu, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18207; upper Waindina River, Mac Daniels 1047; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3622. Rewa: Naikorokoro Creek, Meebold 21947; vicinity of Lami, Parks 20892. MBENGGA: Malambi, Weiner 216. KANDAVU: Namalata isthmus region, Smith 21. OVALAU: Valley of Mbureta and Lovoni Rivers, Smith 7502. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7813. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Rukuruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham 403; Singasingau Creek, near Ndriti, DA 1/5/90. Maruuata: Vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 494; Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 12827. THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14263; Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, Howard 97. TAVEUNI: Mt. Manuka, Smith 775; Mbouma, Weiner 7]-7-5A. MOALA: Bryan 331. MATUKU: Bryan 270. 194 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 20. Ficus pritchardii Seem. Fl. Vit. 252. ¢. 70. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 297. 1892; Summerhayes in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 55. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964, ed. 2. 138. 1972; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 34. 1965, in Philos. Trans. Ser. B. 259: 400. fig. 9. 1970. Ficus sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862. A cauliflorous tree 2-25 m. high, with white latex, found at elevations from near sea level to 1,150 m. in dense or open forest or on its edges and in thickets, sometimes on open slopes, and rarely on the inner edges of mangrove swamps. As far as noted, the inflorescences always arise from the main trunk and often very near its base; they are borne profusely on woody, slender, specialized branches 0.5-2 m. long, or sometimes in dense, compact masses as much as 1.5 m. in diameter. The figs turn from green to dark red or purplish brown when mature and attain a diameter of 30 mm.; they may be found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 443 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected Sept. 6, 1860, on Mt. Mbuke Levu, Kandavu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and found in some abundance on many high islands; I have studied about 70 collections. A Graeffe collection at BM labelled as from Samoa unmistakably represents this species, which is otherwise unknown from Samoa; as in other cases this specimen must be mislabelled and a part of other Graeffe collections from Viti Levu. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: This very distinctive species has been reported under a considerable number of local names: masi, masimasi, masimasini veikau, losi, losilosi, loroloro, lorolori, nunu, waitamona, laweto, kandanu, neiviri, kamba, and vua ie ngauna. The figs are said to be edible, and plant juices are reported to be applied to wounds. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: North of Yalombi, Olo Creek, St. John 18013. VIT1 LEVU: Mba: Slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4425; Waikumbukumbu Creek, DA 7053; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Parks 20802; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12736 (Melville et al. 7127). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5502; Nausori Highlands, DA 11731. SERuA: Upper Navua River, DA 15514; Mbuyombuyo, near Nambou- tini, Tabualewa 15603; north of Korovou, St. John 18944. NAMOSI: Korombasambasanga Range, DA 2262; Mt. Voma, DA 11664; vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 3016. Ra: Ndombuilevu, DA 1/891; vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15509. NAITASIRI: Rarandawai, Wainamo-Wainisavulevu divide, Waini- mala Valley, St. John 18257; Waindina River basin, Mac Daniels 1029; Nasinu, DA 8014. TAILEVU: Vicinity of Wailotua, Wainimbuka River, Howard 320. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2385. VitT1 LEvu without further locality, Graeffe 53, s.n. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 235; Kiombo, DA 11929 (DF 9). OVALAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7643. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7784. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1554. Matuuata: Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 13423; vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 532. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Smith 429; hills south of Natewa, Natewa Peninsula, Smith 1977. MOALA: Near Ndelaimoala, Bryan 327. In his 1965 treatment Corner placed Ficus pritchardii in subgen. Pharmacosycea sect. Oreosycea ser. Austrocaledonicae. Reconsideration in 1970, however, caused him to retract the earlier placement and to suggest that F. pritchardii be placed for the time being in subgen. Ficus sect. Sycocarpus subsect. Papuasyce (Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 395. 1962). This subsection was based on two New Guinean species. It should be noted that the species of subgen. Ficus are normally dioecious; F. itoana Diels, the type species of subsect. Papuasyce, is thus dioecious, but F. microdictya Diels is monoecious and in this respect aberrant in subgen. Ficus; in other respects, including its gamophyllous perianth and lack of interfloral bracts, it is correctly placed with F. itoana in sect. Sycocarpus. Ficus pritchardii seems most closely related to F. 1981 MORACEAE 195 microdictya, although it differs from subsect. Papuasyce as previously defined in its more infundibular stigma, shortly lobed perianth, and amphigenous cystoliths. Corner suggests that the three species now referred to subsect. Papuasyce (possibly together with a fourth, Philippine species) may merit subgeneric rank as a fifth subgenus of Ficus, but further study is required. Certainly F. pritchardii is an extremely distinct species in its habit as well as in the various characters mentioned in my key and discussed by Corner in 1970. EXCLUDED SPECIES Ficus habrophylla Bennett ex Seem. Fl. Vit. 248. 1868; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singa- pore 21: 33. 1965. Ficus bennettii Seem. Fl. Vit. 250. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 297, as F. bennetii. 1892; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 94. 1964, ed. 2. 136, as F. bennetti. 1972. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Ficus habrophylla is Bennett s. n. (K), collected on Tanna, New Hebrides. Ficus bennettii is based on a plant said to have been obtained in Fiji, cultivated in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No material under this name is available at k or BM. Ficus habrophylla was also noted by Seemann to have been in cultivation at Sydney. The species does not occur in Fiji, the provenance suggested by Seemann being inaccurate. Corner in 1965 was apparently the first to choose between these two competing binomials of the same date and should be followed; the species is known from the New Hebrides, New Caledonia, and the Loyalty Islands. 2. Morus L. Sp. Pl. 986. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 245. 1868. Dioecious or sometimes monoecious unarmed trees or shrubs, without latex, the stipules narrow, caducous; leaves alternate, the blades entire or palmately incised, 3- or 5-nerved, serrate-dentate; inflorescences axillary, ebracteate, pedunculate spikes, the flowers with 4 broad tepals; & flowers with 4 stamens, the filaments inflexed in bud, the anthers exserted at anthesis, the pistillode present, glabrous; 9 flowers with imbricate, erect tepals, the 2 outer ones convex, the staminodes lacking, the ovary strongly compressed, glabrous, the style deeply 2-parted with linear-subulate branches; fruiting perianth thickened, fleshy, enveloping the drupe, the perianths joined into a syncarp; drupe with a crustaceous endocarp, the seeds small, compressed, often not developing. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Morus nigra L. (ING), one of seven species originally assigned to the genus by Linnaeus. DISTRIBUTION: Tricentric, in America from eastern temperate North America to the Andes, in tropical Africa, and from southwestern Asia to Japan and Java, with ten or fewer species. One species is cultivated in Fiji. 1. Morus australis Poir. in Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 4: 380. 1797; Nakai in J. Arnold Arb. 8: 236. 1927. Morus indica sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862, Fl. Vit. 245. 1868; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964; non L. Morus alba var. indica sensu Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 296. 1892; non sensu typi. Morus alba sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 97. 1959; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 134. 1972; non L. Morus japonica sensu J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 139. 1972; non auct. Morus australis is sparingly cultivated near sea level in Fiji. It is a shrub or small tree 2-4 m. high, with leaf blades ovate-oblong, up to 20 x 12 cm., and entire or 2- or 3-lobed. The syncarp is at first light pink to red, at length becoming black or reddish 196 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 black and up to 3.5 cm. long and 1.5 cm. thick. The few specimens at hand have been fruiting in January and March. TyYPIFICATION: Although the species is indigenous in southeastern Asia, the type was from a plant cultivated on the island of Bourbon (i. e. La Réunion, Mascarene Islands). DISTRIBUTION: China, India, Ceylon, and probably adjacent areas of southeastern Asia; cultivated and sometimes naturalized elsewhere. In Fiji it was presumably introduced by early European settlers, but it has not been commonly cultivated. Morus australis is perhaps the species most often found in the southern Pacific, and it seems to be the only species cultivated in Fiji, Tonga, and Samoa. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Mulberry, tut (Arabic); the syncarps are edible but appar- ently are not highly regarded locally. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: TaiLevu: Mbau Island, Seemann 434, p. p. REwA: Suva, in private garden, DA 16100. VANUA LEVU: Marnuata: Ndreketi Plantations, DA 14302. Nakai’s review of Morus alba and its allies (in J. Arnold Arb. 8: 234-238. 1927) points out that M. australis is the correct name for M. indica sensu Roxb. (non L.) and M. acidosa Griffith; it has also been confused with M. alba and M. japonica. 3. STREBLUS Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 599, 614. 1790; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 215. 1962, in Phytomorphology 25: 1. 1975. Paratrophis Bl. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 2: 81. 1856. Trophis sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 257. 1868; non P. Br. Pseudomorus Bureau in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. V. 11: 371. 1869. Uromorus Bureau in DC. Prodr. 17: 236. 1873. Monoecious or dioecious, unarmed or spiny trees or shrubs, with usually milky (sometimes watery) latex; leaves distichous, the blades denticulate to entire; inflores- cences axillary, bisexual or unisexual, pedunculate, cymose to racemose, spicate, or capitate, or sometimes with solitary 9 flowers; & flowers usually 4-merous (some- times 3- or 5-merous), the tepals free or shortly joined, essentially valvate, the stamens with filaments inflexed in bud, the anthers small, reniform, extrorse, the pistillode present; 9 flowers 4-merous, the tepals decussate, imbricate, free or shortly joined, the ovary superior; drupe comparatively large, thinly fleshy, often with a thickened, fleshy base, dehiscent or not, invested by the thin tepals or not, the seed large, 4-12 mm. broad, subglobose, the endocarp membranous. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Streblus asper Lour. (ING). DISTRIBUTION: Madagascar, southeastern Asia, throughout Malesia including the Philippines, and eastward to eastern Australia, New Zealand, and the Society Islands and Hawaii, with 22-25 species. Two indigenous species occur in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Corner, E. J. H. Streblus Lour. Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 215-229. 1962. Corner, E. J. H. The evolution of Streblus Lour. (Moraceae): with a new species of sect. Bleekrodea. Phytomorphology 25: 1-12. 1975. In the above-cited treatments, Corner has merged several genera with Streblus, presenting arguments against the microgeneric distinctions accepted by earlier authors and dividing Streblus into eight sections. Both species indigenous in Fiji fall into sect. Paratrophis (Bl.) Corner, a section with nine species. KEY TO SPECIES Petioles 15-65 mm. long; leaf blades oblong- to ovate-elliptic, smooth, 9-30 cm. long, 3-15 cm. broad, the lateral nerves 7-14 pairs, the basal nerves shorter than the lateral ones; o& and 2 spikes 10-20 cm. long at anthesis, both many-flowered; cotyledons foliaceous, conduplicate. ... 1. S. anthropophagorum 1981 MORACEAE 197 FiGureE 58. Streblus anthropophagorum, A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and young & inflorescences, x 1/5; B, portion of mature o& spike, x 4; C, 2 spike with maturing ovaries, fruits, and tepals (t) from which a fruit has fallen, x 2. A from Smith 540, B from Smith 7229, C from DA 15075. Petioles 2-10 mm. long; leaf blades ovate- to elliptic-lanceolate, often scabrid, 5-15 cm. long, 1-4.5 cm. broad (immature leaf blades sometimes only 3 x 0.3 cm. and sometimes lobed), the lateral nerves 5-12 pairs, the basal nerves often as long as the lateral ones; & spike 2-18 cm. long; 2 spike 0.5-2.2 cm. long, D-O-flowered: cotyledonsiflats Smalley veryae(eioioinielelwteeieielel «ee oleae forcteiele wiciee = aye) 2509 PENAUUNUS _ . Streblus anthropophagorum (Seem.) Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 220. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 98. fig. 44. 1964, ed. 2. 139. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 127. 1970; Corner in Phytomorphology 25: 2. ISD: FiGuRE 58. Trophis anthropophagorum Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 441, nom. nud. 1862, FI. Vit. 258. 1. 73. 1868. Caturus oblongatus Seem. Fl. Vit. 254. 1868. Uromorus anthropophagorum Bureau in DC. Prodr. 17: 236. 1873. Paratrophis anthropophagorum Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 296. 1892; Christo- phersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 71. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 46. 1943. As seen in Fiji, Streblus anthropophagorum occurs from near sea level to about 900 m. as a tree 2-11 m. high, often freely branched or slender, and with abundant white or watery latex; it has been noted in dense, open, or secondary forest and in crest thickets. The young inflorescences are pink to dull maroon, the tepals pink, the stamens white, and the fruits green, turning red at maturity. Flowers have been obtained in months scattered throughout the year, fruits only in January and May. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Trophis anthropophagorum is Seemann 435 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected between Aug. 22 and Sept. 2, 1860, in the vicinity of Namosi Village, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. Caturus oblonga- tus was described by Seemann on the basis of two specimens from Tahiti: Capt. Cook (i. e. collected on one of the Cook voyages but doubtfully by Cook personally) (BM), and Bidwill (k); | herewith designate the first of these syntypes as the lectotype. No real differences between Caturus oblongatus and Trophis anthropophagorum are appat- 198 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 ent to me, and the reduction seems to be here first suggested. Streblus tahitensis (Nadeaud) Corner (in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 225. 1962) was indicated as a possible variety of S. anthropophagorum, but Corner saw no material. In neither of Corner’s treatments is Caturus oblongatus mentioned, but the epithet has priority over Nadeaud’s (Pseudomorus brunoniana var. tahitensis Nadeaud, Enum. PI. Indig. Tahiti, 43. 1873) and of course also over Uromorus tahitensis (Nadeaud) Bureau in DC. Prodr. 17: 237. 1873. Since I have not seen type material of Nadeaud’s variety, the name (as a trinomial and binomial) is not included in the above synonymy. DISTRIBUTION: Material of the species is now known from Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, Niue, the Cook Islands, and the Society Islands. Only the two largest islands are represented by Fijian collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Seemann recorded the names malavathi or malawathi, which are probably incorrect, as those names ordinarily refer to Acalypha (Euphorbia- ceae); he indicated that the leaves were used as a vegetable with human flesh, hence the epithet. More recent collectors have noted the names ndreiviri, ndravula, tolenivia, and rewai. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Nandendeleva, DA 14848; Nauwangga, south of Nandari- vatu, Degener 14698. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15251, 15313. Serua: Inland from Namboutini, DF /59; inland from Ngaloa, DA 14700. NAMostI: Vicinity of Namosi Village, Gillespie 2939. Ra: Vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15513. NAITASIRI: Wainimala River above Nasauvere, DA 1/453. TAILEVu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, in vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7229; near copper mine, Wainivesi River, DA 13648. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Navotuvotu, summit of Mt. Seatura, Smith 1657; lower Wainunu River Valley, Smith 1729. MaTHUATA: Near Mbatin, Ndreketi River, DA_13905; southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6770. MATHUATA~T HAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 540. THAKAUNDROVE: Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, DA 15050; track to Natewa, DA 15075. Fis1 without further locality, R. L. Holmes s. n. (K), DA L.13681 (LRD 1). 2. Streblus pendulinus (Endl.) F. v. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 6: 192. 1868; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 222. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964, ed. 2. 139. 1972; Corner in Phytomorphology 25: 2. 1975. FIGURE 59. Morus pendulina Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norfolk. 40. 1833. Morus brunoniana Endl. Atakta Bot. t. 32. 1835. Pseudomorus brunoniana Bureau in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. V. 11: 372. 1869, in DC. Prodr. 17: 249. 1873; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 96. 1932; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 13. 1942. In Fiji Streblus pendulinus occurs at elevations of 30-1,000 m. as a tree or shrub 1-3 m. high, with milky latex, in dry or thin forest on rocky forehills, in ravines, on ridges, and along streams. The young inflorescences are whitish, the perianth translu- cent greenish white, the anthers white, and the fruits purple. Flowering specimens have been obtained between September and April, and fruiting specimens at the same time or slightly later. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Both Morus pendulina and M. brunoniana are typified by plants from Norfolk Island, presumably collected by F. L. Bauer and deposited at w. Other synonyms, including Pseuwdomorus sandwicensis Degener, are listed in Corner’s 1962 treatment. DISTRIBUTION: New Guinea to Micronesia, southward to Norfolk Island and eastern Australia, and eastward to the New Hebrides, Fiji, Rapa, and Hawaii. In Fiji the species seems to be known only on Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME: Masimasi has been recorded, but this name usually refers to species of Ficus. 1981 MORACEAE 199 AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 55, 55A, 87, 349; Saru Creek, Lautoka, Greenwood 348B; north of Lomolomo, Degener & Ordonez 13646; Thelau, west of Mba, O. & I. Degener 32142; Korovou, east of Tavua, Degener 14956; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6299; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3755, 4160.1, 4165.1, 4372; Mt. Nanggarana- mbuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4067; Nandala, south of Nandarivatu, Degener 14852; Mt. Nukulevu, DA /482/]. SERUA: Serua District, Bola 50. RA: Mataimeravula, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15419. NAITASIRI: Vicinity of Viria, Parks 20425. 4. ANTIARIS Leschenault in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) 16: 478. 1810; Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 3. 1862, Fl. Vit. 252. 1868; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 244. 1962. Monoecious, unarmed trees or shrubs, with milky latex, the stipules small, free; & inflorescences axillary, solitary or 2-4 together, capitate, involucrate, pedunculate, many-flowered, the receptacle flat or convex, the flowers densely congested, with 4 tepals, these free, imbricate in bud, the stamens 4, with short filaments straight in bud, the anthers extrorse, erect, the pistillode lacking; 9 inflorescences solitary or paired, urceolate, pedunculate, involucrate, the flower solitary, without tepals, the ovary enveloped by the receptacle and adnate to it, the style deeply bifid, with recurved, subulate branches; drupe connate to receptacle, fleshy, the seed with a thin, hard testa, without endosperm, the cotyledons thick, equal. Figure 59. Streblus pendulinus; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, * 1 / 2; B, foliage variation on immature branchlet, * 1/2. A from Gillespie 3755, B from DA 14821. 200 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 TYPE SPECIES: Antiaris toxicaria Leschenault. DISTRIBUTION: The 17 species previously described were combined into four species by Corner in 1962, these occurring from west and central Africa and Madagas- car to southern China and eastward into Malesia and western Melanesia. In most of Melanesia and in western Polynesia the genus was presumably an aboriginal introduc- tion. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUs: Corner, E. J. H. Antiaris Lesch. Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 244-249. 1962. This remarkable genus, best known for the upas tree, Antiaris toxicaria, was represented in Fiji only by introduced plants, but it may no longer persist there. 1. Antiaris toxicaria Leschenault in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) 16: 478. p/. 22. 1810; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 248. 1962. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The species is based on a plant from Java. Leschenault’s article deals with the plant’s medicinal properties, but a formal Latin description is found in a footnote with the explanation of the plate. Corner considers the species to consist of three varieties, of which only var. macrophylla is recorded from Fiji. DISTRIBUTION: The species as a whole is a primary rain forest tree of lowlands, with the widest and most continuous range of any moraceous plant, from west Africa to southern China and eastward to Fiji and Tonga (although certainly not indigenous east of the New Hebrides). It is absent from Madagascar, the Australian mainland, and New Caledonia. A detailed account of the upas tree, as regards the poisonous qualities of its latex, the search for it by early European voyagers, its preparation into a poison used on darts and arrows, its uses for bark cloth, sacks, paper, cordage, and timber, and the action of its cardiac glucoside (antiarin), is provided by Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. ed. 2. 175-185. 1966. la. Antiaris toxicaria var. macrophylla (R. Br.) Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 248. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 88. fig. 38. 1964, ed. 2. 134. 1972; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 319. 1971. Antiaris macrophylla R. Br. in Flinders, Voy. Terra Australis 2: 602. 1. 5. 1814. Antiaris sp. Bennett, Gatherings of a Naturalist in Australasia, 403. 1860. Antiaris bennettii Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 442, nom. nud. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 3. 1. 7. 1862, in op. cit. 10: 153. 1862, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. III. 9: 405, as A. bennerti. 1862, Fl. Vit. 253. t. 72 (as A. bennetti). 1868; Engl. in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 451. 1886; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 298. 1892: Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 98. 1959. A shrub or small tree (as cultivated, but up to SO m. high in forest areas where indigenous), with a thick crown of foliage. The fruit is crimson, with white, viscid latex. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: No Brown specimen was located at BM, but two specimens at K are probably isotypes of Antiaris macrophylla: Brown 3098 (numbered by Bennett) and “Ex Herb. R. Brown; Iter Australiense. Com. ... J. J. Bennett 8/80.” In the protologue of the first valid publication of A. bennettii, Seemann cites: “Habitat in insula Ticopia vel Tucopia (G. Bennett! in Herb. Hook.) nec nonin insulis Vitiensibus (Harvey! Seemann! n. 449).” The Bennett collection is from a cultivated plant from Tikopia, Santa Cruz Islands. Seemann 449 (also bearing a second label erroneously numbered 450) is represented at K by two sheets, said to have been obtained “about Namara” and on Moturiki. (Seemann visited parts of the old Namara Tikina on Viti 1981 MORACEAE 201 Levu, in the present Tailevu Province, between July 24 and Aug. 2, 1860; cf. Viti, 133. 1862.) The colored drawing made by Mrs. Smythe and reproduced by Seemann in both 1862 and 1868 is preserved at K on one of the two sheets of Seemann 449; this sheet is herewith indicated as the lectotype, although whether it came from Tailevu Province or Moturiki cannot be said. There is a sheet of Seemann 449 at BM without data, which may or may not be an isolectotype. In spite of Seemann’s specific epithet, it is obvious that his own collection was the principal basis of his description. DISTRIBUTION: Corner indicates the distribution of var. macrophylla as “Philip- pine Isl. Molucca Isl., Timor, (? Flores, Solor Isl.), (? Soemba), New Guinea, Solomon Is]., New Hebrides, Fiji, Tonga, North Australia (Company’s Isl. off Arnhem Land); lowland rain-forest.” He is doubtless correct in suggesting that the shrubby plant of Melanesia was an aboriginal introduction. The specimens available to me from the Santa Cruz Islands, Fiji, Tonga (Home, Tongatapu), and the Wallis Islands (Home) were all obtained in 1860 or earlier, and one may be sure that the species is not indigenous east of the New Hebrides (and possibly not east of New Guinea). Whether it still persists in Fiji, Tonga, and the Wallis Islands would seem very questionable, since there seem to be no modern collections later than that of Naumann on Viti Levu, dated Nov. 30, 1875, and reported by Engler in 1886. LOCAL NAME AND USES: The name recorded by Seemann was mavu ni Tonga, indicating that it was probably introduced from Tonga. In 1860 it was still to be found planted about temples, as well as in Fijian villages, and at that time its latex may have been used as an arrow poison. Apparently its poisonous qualities are not equal to those of the true upas tree (var. toxicaria). There is no indication that the bark or timber were used in Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: FIJI without other locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., in 1840, Harvey, Nov., 1855. Antiaris toxicaria var. macrophylla differs from the other two varieties of the species in having ovate-elliptic and attenuate leaf blades and a larger drupe, up to 45 x 26 mm. 5. MacLuRA Nuttall, Gen. N. Amer. PI. 2: 233. 1818; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 235. 1962. Nom. cons. Chlorophora Gaud. Voy. Uranie et Physicienne, Freycinet, Bot. 509. 1830. (The fellowing description refers in detail only to sect. Chlorophora Bureau in DC. Prodr. 17: 228. 1873; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 236. 1962.) Dioecious trees, sometimes spiny (but not our species); leaves spirally arranged to distichous, the blades simple; inflorescences bracteate, the bracts and tepals with immersed yellow glands; & inflorescences spicate, with a sterile groove, the flowers 4-merous, the tepals free, the filaments inflexed in bud, the anthers small, extrorse to laterally dehiscent, the pistillode resembling a small, flattened ovary; 9 inflorescences capitate or shortly spicate, the flowers sessile, the tepals 4, decussate, imbricate, free or joined proximally, fleshy in fruit, the ovary not embedded in sockets of receptacle, the style undivided, 8-10 mm. long; drupes enclosed in the perianth, concrescent proximally into a fleshy syncarp, this globose to short-oblong, not more than 2 cm. broad; seeds compressed, 2.5-4 mm. long, the endocarp ligneous, the embryo curved, the radicle accumbent, the cotyledons equal, flat, thin. TYPE SPECIES: Maclura aurantiaca Nuttall. The type species of Chlorophora is C. tinctoria (L.) Don (Morus tinctoria L.). DISTRIBUTION: The genus as a whole is composed of about twelve species and has a tricentric, largely tropical and subtropical, distribution. Section Chlorophora, to 202 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 which the single species cultivated in Fiji belongs, is restricted to America, Africa, and Madagascar and includes five species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Corner, E. J. H. Maclura Nutt. Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 235-240. 1962. 1. Maclura excelsa (Welw.) Bureau in DC. Prodr. 17: 231. 1873; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 237. 1962. Morus excelsa Welw. in Trans. Linn. Soc. 27: 69. ¢. 23. 1869. Chlorophora excelsa Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 3: 363. 1880; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 135. 1972. As sparsely cultivated in Fiji, Maclura excelsais a small tree (but is up to 50 m. high where indigenous), grown experimentally near sea level. TyPIFICATION: Morus excelsa is based on Welwitsch 1559, from Angola. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Africa, and often cultivated elsewhere. In Fiji it has been introduced for trial by the Department of Forestry. Use: A valuable timber tree, widely used for making furniture. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Nartasiri: Kalambu, DA 16431. 6. BROUSSONETIA L’Hér. ex Vent. Tabl. Régne Vég. 3: 547. 1799; Seem. FI. Vit. 246. 1868; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 233. 1962. Nom. cons. (The following description refers in detail only to sect. Broussonetia.) Dioecious, unarmed trees or shrubs, with latex, the stipules membranous, caducous; leaves spirally arranged to distichous, the blades undivided to palmately lobed, membranous, dentate to entire; inflorescences axillary or borne on defoliate branchlets, solitary, pedunculate, the bracts and perianth without immersed yellow glands; inflorescen- FiGuRE 60. Broussonetia papyrifera; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and stipules, = 1/4; B, lobed and incised leaf blade, x 1/4. A from Smith 1097, B from DA 15560. 1981 MORACEAE 203 ces racemose to spicate, with a sterile groove, the flowers short-pedicellate to sessile, the tepals 4, valvate, connate proximally, the stamens 4, with filaments inflexed in bud, the pistillode minute; 9 inflorescences capitate, globose, without a sterile groove, the flowers with a utricular perianth, this with 2-4 small lobes or teeth, the ovary sessile or becoming stipitate in fruit, the style elongate, filiform, undivided, stigmatose through- out length; syncarp globose, 1-2.5 cm. broad, the flowers not connate; drupes thinly pulpy, invested by the perianth, the seeds ovoid, slightly compressed, papillate- asperate, crustaceous, with a keel double at base, 1.7-2.5 mm. long, the endocarp crustaceous to ligneous, the embryo curved, the cotyledons equal, flat, the radicle long, accumbent. TYPE SPECIES: Broussonetia papyrifera (L.) Vent. (Morus papyrifera L.). DISTRIBUTION: A genus of seven or eight species (including sect. A/laeanthus (Thw.) Corner with three species) from Ceylon, southeastern Asia, and Japan into Malesia including the Philippines, with one species widely cultivated throughout the Pacific. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUs: Corner, E. J. H. Broussonetia L’Herit. ex Vent. Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 233-235. 1962. 1. Broussonetia papyrifera (L.) Vent. Tabl. Régne Vég. 3: 547. 1799; Seem. FI. Vit. 246. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 295. 1892; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 73. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 46. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 35. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 97. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 91. 1964, ed. 2. 135. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 124. 1970; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 134. 1972. FIGURE 60. Morus papyrifera L. Sp. Pl. 986. 1753. A slender, erect shrub or tree cultivated in or near villages near sea level. As seen in Fiji, Broussonetia papyrifera attains a height of about 4 m. and is then harvested for its bark; no fertile specimens have been observed. The species may attaina height of 12 m. where indigenous, bearing yellow to red drupes. TyYPIFICATION: Of the two prior references given by Linnaeus, probably the better lectotype is Kampfer, Amoen. Exot. 471. 1712, especially if an illustration of Kampfer’s Japanese collection is available. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in China and Japan, and probably also in Burma and Thailand, early spreading in cultivation throughout Malesia and the Pacific. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The most commonly used Fijian names are masi, ai masi, and malo; also reported are masi ndina, ai masi vutu, and kalakalailea. This was a very important economic plant in Fiji and elsewhere in the Pacific, where it was doubtless an early aboriginal introduction. Its bark was made into cloth that, either white or variously dyed and ornamented, served as the principal item of clothing. It is still widely made in Fiji and is used for ceremonial wear or decorative use. The cloth itself is often known as ngatu, or as masi or malo modified by various adjectives to indicate the intended use. Sometimes the Polynesian word tapa is used in Fiji for the finished product. Seemann (1868, cited above) provides an extensive discussion of the prepara- tion and uses of the bark-cloth made from Broussonetia papyrifera, and he also uses the English name paper mulberry. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Ra or TAILEVU: Wainimbuka River Valley, DA 56/8. NAITASIRI: Central Agricultural Station, DA 3392. Rewa: Langgere, DA 1/3899. KORO: East coast, Smith 1097. NGAU: Milne 155. TAVEUNI: Tavuki, near Wairiki, DA 8934. YATHATA: Yathata Village, DA 15559, 15560. VANUA MBALAVU: Lomaloma, Tothill 768. NAMUKA-I-LAU: Bryan 474. Seemann (1868) implies that he also collected specimens but did not provide a number, and no such material has been seen. 204 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 The leaf blades of specimens seen in Fiji are very variable, ranging from entire to 3- or 5(or 7)-lobed with each lobe further deeply incised. The blades are scabrid above and densely pubescent beneath, serrate-dentate at margin, and up to 30 cm. long and broad, with petioles often exceeding 15 cm. in length. 7. MataisiA Blanco, Fl. Filip. 789. 1837; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 240. 1962. Caturus sensu Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 612. 1790; Seem. Fl. Vit. 254, p. p. 1868; non L. Dioecious, unarmed lianas, with milky latex, the stipules small; leaves alternate, short-petiolate, the blades oblong-elliptic, subcoriaceous, entire or undulate to crenulate-dentate; inflorescences axillary, pedunculate, solitary or 2-4 together; 0 inflorescences spicate or narrowly racemose, the flowers numerous, with 3 or 4 tepals, these valvate, connate proximally, the stamens 3 or 4, the filaments inflexed in bud, the pistillode small; 9 inflorescences capitate, small, with numerous, fleshy, pilose bracts, the flowers with a utricular perianth, this dentate at apex, the staminodes lacking, the ovary superior, the style deeply bifid with filiform, stigmatose branches; drupes 1-4, projecting from small syncarps formed by the accrescent receptacles, invested by the enlarged, thinly fleshy perianths, the seeds up to 7 mm. long, the endocarp membran- ous, the embryo curved, the cotyledons unequal, the larger one thick and folded, enveloping the smaller one. Type SPECIES: Malaisia tortuosa Blanco (= M. scandens (Lour.) Planch.). DIsTRIBUTION: Composed of a single species distributed from southeastern Asia through Malesia including the Philippines and eastward to the Mariana Islands, Queensland, New Caledonia, Fiji, and Tonga. 1. Malaisia scandens (Lour.) Planch. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. 3: 293. 1855; Seem. Fl. Vit. 254, pro syn. 1868; Merr. in Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. n. s. 24 (2): 132. 1935; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 97. 1964, ed. 2. 139. 1972. FiGure 61. Caturus scandens Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 612. 1790. Malaisia tortuosa Blanco, FI. Filip. 789. 1837; Drake, Il. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 295. 1892. Malaisia ? sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862. Caturus torulosus Seem. Fl. Vit. 254, sphalm. 1868. Caturus pelagicus Seem. Fl. Vit. 255. 1868. In Fiji Malaisia scandens occurs sparingly from near sea level to an elevation of about 400 m. as a liana with milky latex in dry or open forest. Its leaf blades are variable in size, 4-17 cm. long and 2-7 cm. broad, and its drupes are bright orange, borne on somewhat paler orange receptacles. Flowers have been noted only in Septem- ber and fruits between December and February. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Caturus scandens is based on a Loureiro collection (BM HOLOTYPE) which in 1790 Loureiro noted as “Habitat in sylvis Cochin- chinae,” although Planchon in 1855 cited it as “China, pres de Canton, Loureiro.” Malaisia tortuosa is typified by a Philippine specimen not clearly indicated by Blanco. For Caturus pelagicus, Seemann cited three collections, including a MacGillivray specimen from New Caledonia and a Bidwill specimen from Australia, but it is obvious that his species is primarily based on his own Kandavu collection (K LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTYPE at BM). There is some uncertaintly about the number, which is simply 434 at K and Bm. In compiling his 1861 Bonplandia list, Seemann apparently discovered that he had numbered his specimens of both Malaisia and Morus as 434, and so he renumbered the Malaisia as 434a and the Morus as 434b. In Flora Vitiensis the Morus is cited as 434 and the Malaisia as 434 B, but someone has pencilled “A” on the sheet of Malaisia at BM. To obviate this confusion I think it best to cite both the Malaisia and 1981 MORACEAE 205 FiGure 61. Malaisia scandens, from O. & I. Degener 32150; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and @ inflorescences, x 1/3; B, young fruiting head, * 6. the Morus as Seemann 434, p. p. Several other synonyms not mentioned in Fijian literature are now considered referable to M. scandens. DIsTRIBUTION: As noted above for the genus. LOCAL NAME: On Taveuni I was given the local name aumitha, but this may be of no consequence, as Fijians are unaware of this rare species. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: MAMANUTHAS: NGGALiTo ISLAND, Malolo Group, O. & /. Degener 32242. VITI LEVU: Mba: Mountains above Lautoka, Greenwood 348; Thelau, west of Mba, O. & J. Degener 32150. NAiTAsiRI: Waindina River, above Nanggali, DA 907. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 348A. TAVEUNI: Western slope, between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 842. Fist without further locality, Storck XVI. 8. ARTOCARPUS J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 51. 1775, ed. 2. 101. 1776; Seem. FI. Vit. 255. 1868; Fosberg in Amer. J. Bot. 26: 231. 1939; Jarrett in J. Arnold Arb. 40: 113. 1959; Corner in Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 233. 1962. Nom. cons. Sitodium Parkinson, J. Voy. Endeavour, 45. 1773. Rademachia Thunb. in Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. 37: 251. 1776. Monoecious trees, with thick, sticky, white latex; leaves spirally arranged or alternate and distichous, the blades simple and entire to pinnatifid or pinnate, penni- nerved; inflorescences unisexual, pedunculate, thick-spicate to clavate or capitate, 206 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 solitary or paired in leaf axils or rami- or cauliflorous, covered with minute sessile flowers, the perianths enclosing a single ovary or stamen, mixed with abundant interfloral bracts (these rarely lacking); o& flowers with tubular perianths, these 2-4-partite or merely perforate, the stamen 1, short- to long-exserted, the filament straight in bud, the anther locules globose to oblong, the pistillode lacking; 2 flowers variously connate, the perianth tubular, thin-walled around the ovary, thick-walled around the style, partially or completely fused with one another to forma syncarp, the style apical to lateral, simple or bifid, the ovule subapical to lateral; mature syncarp more or less massive, fleshy, pulpy, or with pulpy pericarps, usually many-seeded, the seeds medium-sized to large, the testa membranous to pergamentaceous, the endo- sperm none, the embryo straight or slightly curved, the cotyledons thick, fleshy, equal or unequal, not folded. TYPE SPECIES AND NOMENCLATURE: Artocarpus communis J. R. & G. Forst. is the type species of Artocarpus, Sitodium altile Parkinson of Sitodium, and Rademachia incisa Thunb. of Rademachia (the spelling subsequently corrected to Radermachia). Parkinson’s 1773 “botanical” description is reproduced and discussed by Jarrett (in J. Arnold Arb. 40: 116, 117. 1959), who concludes that it is not valid or adequate as a generico-specific description. The same conclusion was reached by Merrill (in Chron. Bot. 14: 330. 1954), but it has appeared to Fosberg and many other authors that Sitodium altile, one of the few unquestionably recognizable plants discussed in Parkin- son’s Journal, may be considered valid as a descriptio generico-specifica. Jarrett’s scholarly review of the correct name of the breadfruit (1959, cited above, pp. 116-119) is very informative, even though her rejection of the epithet a/tilis is not accepted by many recent authors. The inclusion of Sitodium in the ICBN as a nomen rejiciendum indicates at least a probability that its publication should be considered valid. DIsTRIBUTION: Ceylon, India, and southern China through Malesia to the Solomon Islands, absent from Australia and New Caledonia, but now (primarily two species) widely cultivated throughout the tropics. Jarrett (in the publication listed below) recognizes 47 species of Artocarpus, dividing it into two subgenera. All three species recorded from Fiji fall into subgen. Artocarpus, which includes 27 species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Jarrett, F. M. Studies in Artocarpus and allied genera, I-V. J. Arnold Arb. 40: 1-37, 113-155, 298-368. 1959; op. cit. 41: 73-140, 320-340. 1960. KEY TO SPECIES o inflorescences short-obovoid to globose, 13-20 mm. broad; syncarp subglobose, 1-1.5 times as long as broad, to 13 cm. broad, the surface echinate with indurated processes, these hispidulous, elongate, 7-9 mm. long, tapering, acute; leaf blades 9-32 x 5-15 cm., becoming smooth or scabrid above, the margin fatjmaturityentirexon crenates(Sect=sDuricarpus) sertraline eeeeie 1. A. rigidus o& inflorescences narrowly clavate to ellipsoid, 3-10 times as long as broad; syncarp ellipsoid to cylindric or subglobose, 1-2 times as long as broad, the surface covered by more or less fleshy, firm or flexuose processes (sect. Artocarpus). Twigs 5-15 mm. thick, grayish appressed-pubescent; stipules 10-25 cm. long; adult leaf blades usually pinnatifid, 30-60 = 20-40 cm., puberulent to pubescent on both surfaces; syncarp cylindric to subglobose, usually 15-30 cm. across, the processes to 15 x 5 mm.; o& inflorescences at anthesis usually 7-30 = 1.5-4 cm.; inflorescences solitary in leaf axils. .................--- 2. A. altilis Twigs 2-6 mm. thick, glabrous; stipules 1.5-8 cm. long; adult leaf blades entire, 5-25 x 3-12 cm., glabrous; syncarp cylindric to clavate, extremely large at maturity, 30-100 x 25-50 cm., the processes 4-10 = 4 mm.; o° inflorescences at anthesis 2.5-10 x 1-3 cm.; cauliflorous or ramiflorous trees. 3. A. heterophyllus 1. Artocarpus rigidus Bl. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 482, as A. rigida. 1825; Jarrett in J. Arnold Arb. 40: 150. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed 2. 135. 1972. 1981 MORACEAE 207 A small and infrequently cultivated tree in Fiji, but up to 35 m. high where indigenous. TYPIFICATION: The type is Blume 1364 (L HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at CAL), from Java. DISTRIBUTION: Burma, Indochina, Malaya, and western Malesia; cultivated else- where. Two subspecies are recognized by Jarrett; our collection doubtless falls into subsp. rigidus. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: No names or uses are recorded from Fiji, but Jarrett gives several Malesian names and indicates that the tree is cultivated for the edible, sweet, pulpy, waxy perianths surrounding the seeds of its syncarp. It also provides timber. Presumably it was introduced into Fijias a potentially useful tree, but the introduction may not have succeeded. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Naitasiri: Nasinu Experiment Station, DA 1546. 2. Artocarpus altilis (Parkinson) Fosberg in J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 31:95. 1941; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 46. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 35. 1945, in op. cit. 220:97. 1959; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 29: 31. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 89. fig. 39. 1964, ed. 2. 134. 1972; Koroiveibau in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 46: 1. 1967; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 123. 1970; St. John in Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 4: 309. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 137. 1972; St. John in Phytologia 36: 369. 1977. Sitodium altile Parkinson, J. Voy. Endeavour, 45. 1773; “Parkinson ex Z” in Naturforscher (Halle) 4: 244. t. 2. 1774. Artocarpus communis J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 51. ¢. 51, Sla. 1775, ed. 2. 102. 1. 51, Sla. 1776; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 72. 1935; J. W. Parhamin Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19:99. 1948; Jarrett in J. Arnold Arb. 40: 307. 1959. Rademachia incisa Thunb. in Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. 37: 253. 1776. Artocarpus incisus L. f. Suppl. Pl. 411. 1781; Corner in Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 10: 280. 1939. Artocarpus incisa Forst. f. Pl. Esc. Ins. Oc. Austr. 23. 1786, Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 64. 1786; Seem. FI. Vit. 255. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 298. 1892; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 106. 1932. Artocarpus incisa vat. integrifolia Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 442, nom. nud. 1862. Artocarpus incisa var. pinnatifida Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 442, nom. nud. 1862. Artocarpus incisa var. bipinnatifida Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 442, nom. nud. 1862. The breadfruit is widely cultivated in and about villages in Fiji, perhaps sometimes naturalizing, usually near sea level; it is a tree with copious white latex, seldom exceeding 15 m. in height (but up to 35 m. where indigenous). The syncarps are usually yellow-green to yellow-brown when mature. Although the principal season for ripe syncarps is in Marchand April, different cultivars ripen at other times, and edible fruit may be found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: For Sitodium altile the Parkinson description may presumably be taken as the type. The binomials in Parkinson’s Journal certainly originated with Solander (cf. Merrill in Chron. Bot. 14: 328. 1954) and were used with- out authorization, but this is not indicated in the Journal and therefore it seems inadvisable to use the cumbersome authorship “Solander ex Parkinson.” There may be Tahitian collections of the breadfruit at BM from the first Cook voyage, but it would seem unwarranted to consider any of them a holotype. For Artocarpus communis, there is a Forster collection at BM, consisting of a single leaf, which Jarrett has annotated as the holotype; an apparent duplicate at kK gives the locality as Tahiti. Rademachia incisais typified by a specimen from Java, Thunberg s. n. (UPS HOLOTYPE). Each of the three epithets here discussed has been defended by a number of scholars as 208 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 the correct one, the above citations, pertaining primarily to the Fijian Region, being a small fraction of those available. DISTRIBUTION: The basic seeded form of Artocarpus altilis is probably indigenous in New Guinea, where it is scattered in primary rain forest; possibly it is also indigenous in the Moluccas, western Melanesia, and Micronesia. The seedless form and to a lesser extent the seeded form are now cultivated throughout the tropics. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The basic names used in Fiji are breadfruit, uto, uto ndina, and uto mbutho. However, there are a multitude of other names for different cultivars (often called varieties, but scarcely so in the technical sense). Thirteen of these were discussed by Seemann (1868, cited above), and 70 are described and classified in the valuable survey by Dominiko Koroiveibau (Some Fiji breadfruit varieties. Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 46: 1-31. 1967). Many other cultivars from a wider geographical area are discussed by J. W. Parham (Coconut and breadfruit surveys in the South Pacific region. South Pac. Comm. Techn. Inform. Pap. 1:40-58. App. II, IIIB. 1966). Some of the many cultivars of breadfruit in Fiji yield ripe seeds, which are edible when boiled or roasted, but the more favored ones are seedless. As throughout the Pacific, the breadfruit is an important staple food, especially on the smaller and less accessible islands. The ripe syncarps may be boiled, baked, roasted, and eaten plain or combined with other ingredients into a great variety of dishes. The former custom of preserving syncarps underground, later to be made into mandrai (bread), is now seldom observed. Formerly the wood was used for building or for canoes, and the ndrenga (exuded gum) was used for caulking canoes. Bark cloth from Artocarpus was probably not made in Fiji, as it was in some parts of the Pacific. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Namosi: Between Namuamua and Namosi, Weiner 9B. Nairasiri: Nanduruloulou, DA 3393; Koronivia, DA 12/28. TatLevu: Navunisole Village, DA 11099-11103 (coll. J. Barrau). REwA: Rewa Village and vicinity, Seemann 452, 453, 455, 457-460. Vit1 LEVu without further locality, Graeffe 1543. MBENGGA: Malambi, Weiner 222. OVALAU: Denham (H. M. S. Herald), in 1854. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, vicinity of Sawaieke, Smith 7966. ““TAVEUNI and VITI LEVU:” Somosomo and Rewa, Seemann 450. TAVEUNI: Somosomo, Seemann 451; Songgulu Estate, Weiner 71-7-7A. F131 without further locality, Williams s. n., Seemann 454, 456. Additionally, vouchers from many parts of Fiji collected by Koroiveibau support his work of 1967 (cited above): DA 16205-16207, 16328-16334, 16336-16400. A very small percentage of the available botanical literature pertaining to the breadfruit is discussed above. Jarrett’s treatment (in J. Arnold Arb. 40: 307-323. 1959) is very detailed and should be consulted for a thorough discussion of nomenclature, variability, uses, etc. 3. Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam. Encycl. Meth. Bot. 3: 210, as A. heterophylla. 1789; Jarrett in J. Arnold Arb. 40: 334. 1959; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 123. 1970. Artocarpus integer (often as “integra”) sensu Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 190. 1917 (non sensu typi); Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 73. 1935; B. E. V. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 13: 47. 1942: Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 98. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 91. 1964, ed. 2. 135. 1972; Koroiveibau in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 46: 1. 1967; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 138. 1972; non sensu Rademachia integra Thunb. in Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. 37: 254. 1776. Artocarpus integrifolia sensu J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19: 99. 1948, in op. cit. 29:31. 1959; non L. f. A tree to 20 m. high or more at maturity where indigenous, with white, resinous latex, occasionally cultivated in Fiji near sea level. The gigantic syncarp is probably the largest of all cultivated fruits. 1981 URTICACEAE 209 TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The lectotype of Artocarpus heterophyllus as indicated by Jarrett (1959) is Commerson s. n. (P-JU), from Mauritius. There has been much confusion as to the correct botanical names of the jakfruit and the chempedak, which has been clarified by Corner (in Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 10: 56-81. 1939) and Jarrett (1959, cited above, pp. 119-121, 329-338). The chempedak is indeed A. integer (Thunb.) Merr. in the nomenclatural sense (as based on Rademachia integra Thunb., for which A. integrifolia L. f. is an illegitimate name), but not in the sense of Merrill’s actual interpretation in 1917. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in southeastern Asia, of ancient cultivation in India and early spreading to eastern Africa, now cultivated throughout the tropics. It is more frequently grown in Fiji than suggested by the single available voucher. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Jakfruit, uto ni India, Indian breadfruit, kaihal; the pulp of the ripe syncarp may be eaten fresh or preserved in syrup, the large seeds are edible when boiled or roasted, and the heartwood is a valuable timber. Other uses in India and Ceylon are detailed by Purseglove (Trop. Crops, Dicot. 384. 1968). AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Agricultural Station, Singatoka, DA 9663. FAMILy 65. URTICACEAE URTICACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 400, as Urticae. 1789. Monoecious, dioecious, or polygamous herbs, undershrubs, or soft-wooded trees, anemophilous, without latex or with watery latex, very rarely climbing, usually with indument, often armed with stinging hairs, the stems often fibrous; stipules present, free or connate, very rarely absent; leaves alternate (distichous or spirally arranged) or opposite, simple, petiolate, the blades pinnate- or palmate-nerved, with epidermal cells mostly with prominent cystoliths, these usually linear or punctiform; inflorescences axillary, rarely terminal, basically cymose, bracteate, often condensed into pseudo- heads; flowers small, unisexual, rarely hermaphrodite, usually actinomorphic; & flowers short-pedicellate or sessile, the perianth segments 2-5 (-6), free or united, valvate or subimbricate; stamens the same number as perianth lobes and opposite them, rarely reduced to 1, the filaments inflexed in bud, springing back and thus causing anthers to release pollen, the anthers dorsifixed, 2-locular, dehiscing longitudi- nally, a pistil vestige usually present; 2 flowers with 3 or 4 (or 5) tepals or the perianth tubular, lageniform, or cupular (and then short-dentate), rarely absent; staminodes scalelike and opposite perianth lobes or absent; ovary superior, free or adnate to perianth, sessile or short-stipitate, unilocular, the ovule solitary, basal, erect, orthotro- pous, the style present or absent, unbranched, the stigma often penicillate or linear ora filiform prolongation of style; fruit usually a laterally compressed or ovoid achene, rarely drupaceous, sometimes surrounded by the accrescent perianth and dispersed with it, the seed mostly with endosperm, the embryo small, straight. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical, subtropical, and temperate, with 45-49 genera and 800-1,900 species; there is substantial disagreement as to the number of species in the family. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Backer, C. A., & R. C. Bakhuizen van den Brink, Jr. Urticaceae. F]. Java 2: 36-51. 1965. Hutchinson, J. Urticaceae. Gen. Fl. Pl. 2: 178-195. 1967. The Urticaceae are of little economic importance except for Boehmeria nivea, which produces ramie fiber. The family includes various noxious weeds and a few plants that are considered ornamentals. In Fiji eleven genera are represented, eight of them having indigenous species. 210 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 KEY TO GENERA Stinging or prurient hairs present; stipules intrapetiolar, connate; leaves alternate; perianth of 2 flowers 4-partite or 4-lobed; staminodes absent; stigma linear. Trees (infrequently shrubs); stipules wholly connate; cystoliths punctiform; o& flowers usually 4-merous; achene nitid, smooth, not marginate. ...............2--ceeecceeeecceeeeees 1. Dendrocnide Herbs; stipules connate but bifid; cystoliths linear; & flowers usually 5-merous; achene pitted and Vennucose simanoinate mettre tlttertelerieickl ettersrtetiietetetteietetieleyaieettatette tatters 2. Laportea Stinging or prurient hairs absent. Perianth of 2 flowers 3-5-partite, sometimes very small; stigma shortly penicillate, caducous; stipules intrapetiolar, connate; leaves opposite or appearing alternate by reduction of one of each pair; cystoliths mostly linear, rarely punctiform, sometimes absent. Leaves seemingly alternate but actually opposite and anisophyllous, with one of each pair greatly reduced, minute, caducous, the blades oblique, the distal side the smaller. © flowers congested on a flattened, discoid, or lobed receptacle, this mostly involucrate; staminodes usually present in 9 flowers, incurved in bud; o& flowers densely cymose or subcapitate. 3. Elatostema 2 flowers capitate on a sessile or pedunculate, globose or clavate, fleshy receptacle, this not involucrate; staminodes absent from 9 flowers; co flowers in a lax or congested cyme. 4. Procris Leaves opposite, often unequal but the smaller one of a pair not minute or caducous, the petioles of different lengths, the blades equal-sided or nearly so; flowers laxly cymose or in clusters; perianth of 9 flowers 3-partite, one segment larger than the others. .................20000- 5. Pilea Perianth of 2 flowers usually tubular or lageniform and short-dentate, rarely cupuliform or absent, free or united with ovary; staminodes none; stigma not penicillate; &' flowers with 3-5 stamens; cystoliths punctiform or absent. Q flowers with the perianth well developed, tubular or lageniform, enveloping the ovary; flowers mostly 4-merous, rarely 3- or 5-merous. Mature 9 perianth dry, sometimes immersed in the fleshy receptacle. Achene not combined with receptacle into a fleshy spurious fruit; d perianth lobes convex or short-corniculate at apex, not induplicate in bud; leaf blades pinnate-nerved above the 3-nerved base. Stigma semipersistent on fruit, filiform, pilose on one side; flower clusters mostly combined into spikes or panicles, sometimes axillary; o perianth lobes often short-corniculate at apex; leaf blades serrate; stipules usually lateral and free, less often intrapetiolar and basally connatesshrubsvomsiendertreess eee einen: 6. Boehmeria Stigma caducous after anthesis; flower clusters axillary, not in spikes or panicles; & perianth lobes convex at apex; leaf blades entire or serrate; stipules lateral, free; herbs (our species). 7. Pouzolzia Achene immersed in a globose, fleshy receptacle, together with it forming a spurious fruit; flower clusters in panicles, less often in spikes; stigma caducous; stipules intrapetiolar, connate; GMOS OR WEE, coconscaqnn boob edandc 0D DOaCDUOS DODO GDOOHOGDSED0DDOOS 8. Pipturus Mature @ perianth somewhat fleshy or juicy; stigma recurved, semipersistent; flower clusters axillary or at defoliate nodes of branchlets, sessile, semiglobose, many-flowered; leaves oppo- site, decussate, the blades often bullate-rugose, not white-tomentose beneath, serrate; stipules lateralSfreesishrubsionismallitrees) sence cence 9. Cypholophus Q flowers with the perianth minute and cupuliform or absent; co flowers 5-merous; all flowers in pedunculate heads, these simple or arranged in cymes; leaf blades white-tomentose beneath; cystoliths present, punctiform; stipules intrapetiolar, connate; shrubs or small trees. Stipules 2-lobed or almost completely united; flower heads on simple peduncles; perianth of 9 flowersiminutesicupuliformee. jeer ieiliclieieireieieieieieireltettieters 10. Leucosyke Stipules usually deeply bifid; flower heads small, in lax cymes; perianth of 2 flowers absent or ANN, “Gasosagodocoucoooodanad0ap00N00 pod0dDDODDDGADDDDODBODOONODNOHOD 11. Maoutia 1. DENDROCNIDE Mig. Pl. Junghuhn. 29. 1851; Chew in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 201. 1965, in op. cit. 25: 7. 1969. Laportea sect. Dendrocnide Wedd. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. 9: 133. 1856, in DC. Prodr. 16: (1): 85. 1869. Laportea sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 238. 1868; non Gaud. _ Usually dioecious, soft-wooded trees or shrubs, with stinging or prurient hairs, the stipules large, intrapetiolar, wholly connate into an axillary scale, dorsally bicarinate; leaves alternate, the petioles long, the blades often coriaceous, pinnate-nerved, entire, 1981 URTICACEAE Pail dentate, or serrate, with punctiform cystoliths on upper surface; inflorescences unisex- ual, solitary, axillary, paniculate, bracteate; o flowers with the perianth usually with 4 (sometimes 5) tepals, these slightly imbricate or subvalvate, the stamens usually 4 (sometimes 5), the rudimentary ovary clavate or subglobose; 2 flowers with the perianth 4-partite or 4-lobed, the segments sometimes unequal, sometimes with one minute or absent, the staminodes absent, the ovary becoming oblique, the stigma linear, papillose on one side, persistent, often becoming reflexed; achene obliquely ovoid to ellipsoid, slightly laterally compressed, smooth, nitid, the seed with thin endosperm or none, the cotyledons broad. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Dendrocnide costata Miq. (= D. stimulans (L. f.) Chew); cf. Chew in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 202. 1965. DISTRIBUTION: China, India, and Ceylon through Malesia to Australia and into the Pacific to Tonga, Niue, and Samoa, with 36 species. Two species are indigenous in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Chew Wee-Lek. Laportea and allied genera (Urticaceae). Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 195-208. 1965. Chew Wee-Lek. A monograph of Dendrocnide (Urticaceae). Gard. Bull. Singapore 25: 1-104. 1969. Chew (1969, cited above) divides the genus into sect. Dendrocnide, with ten species, and sect. Sarcopus (Wedd.) Chew (in Gard. Bull. Singapore 25: 7. 1969, based on Laportea sect. Sarcopus Wedd. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. 9: 129. 1856, in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 82. 1869), with 26 species; the Fijian species belong to the latter section. The two species of Dendrocnide that occur in Fiji are greatly respected by all who have come into inadvertent contact with them, as they bear stinging hairs that can cause a very painful irritation. These hairs are most abundant on the inflorescences, but the leaves of many individuals are also to be treated with great caution. Probably D. harveyi is the greater offender than D. vitiensis, usually having a more abundant indument, but most collectors do not care to experiment. Sykes, however (1970, cited below), suggests that in Niue the leaves of D. harveyi bear few hairs and are not irritating to the touch. In Fijisome collectors have noted that D. harveyi causes painful stings, while others have reported their material as “not stinging.” One may conclude that individuals with copious foliar indument (mostly of D. harveyi) are the more notably irritating, but experimentation along these lines with any species of Dendroc- nide is not to be recommended. In Fiji the two species are nearly equally abundant; there seem to be more available herbarium specimens of Dendrocnide vitiensis than of D. harveyi, perhaps due to collectors’ caution. Outside of Fiji, D. harveyi is known to occur in Tonga, Niue, and Samoa, while D. vitiensis is known only from Samoa, there being somewhat the more common of the two species. KEY TO SPECIES Petioles 2-12 (-15) cm. long; leaf blades prevailingly broadly ovate and 1-1.5 times as long as broad, up to 40 x 30 cm., usually obviously cordate at base, with 3 or usually 5 nerves from base, the upper nerves 3-7 (-10) pairs, the margins usually dentate to crenulate but sometimes nearly entire; stipules 1-3 cm. long; o& flowers pedicellate; 9 flowers sessile, the achenes about 2 1.5mm. ........... 1. D. harveyi Petioles (1—) 2-7 cm. long; leaf blades prevailingly ovate-pentagonal and 2-2.5 times as long as broad, upto 22 x 11 cm., rounded or inconspicuously cordate at base, with 3 nerves arising from or near base, the upper nerves 5-10 pairs, the margins mostly entire but sometimes crenulate; stipules about 0.5 cm. long, early caducous; o’ flowers sessile or subsessile; 9 flowers pedicellate, the achenes about 3 < 2 mm. 2. D. vitiensis 1. Dendrocnide harveyi (Seem.) Chew in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 203. 1965, in op. cit. 25: 88. fig. 36. 1969; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 212 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 209. 1970; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 140. fig. 43. 1972. FIGURE 80 (lower). Laportea harveyi Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 441, nom. nud. 1862, FI. Vit. 238. 1. 59. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 299. 1892; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 48. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 101. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 100. fig. 45. 1964. Laportea milnei Seem. Fl. Vit. 238. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 299. 1892; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964. Urticastrum harveyi Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 635. 1891. Urticastrum milnei Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 635. 1891. Dendrocnide milnei Chew in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 204. 1965. A tree 5-20 m. high, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 1,150 m. in forest or on its edges, in thickets, and sometimes along creeks. The inflorescence bracteoles are purplish, the pedicels translucent-white, the perianth lobes pale green or greenish white, and the anthers, achenes, and styles white. In Fiji flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: In his 1868 protologue of Laportea harveyi, Seemann listed three collections: his own 426 (BM, K), collected in May, 1860, near Somosomo, Taveuni; Harvey (BM, K), obtained in November, 1855, near Nandi Bay, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu; and Home (BM), from Fiji without further data, presum- ably collected in 1852. Chew in 1969 indicated the BM sheet of Harvey as the lectotype. However, there are two specimens of this at K, which taken together make up an excellent collection, and they were doubtless the principal source of Seemann’s study; in view of the epithet this collection seems the appropriate lectotype. I prefer to designate this as Harvey (K LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTYPE at BM). The type of Laporiea milnei is Milne s. n. (BM), collected in Fiji without further locality during one of the visits of H. M. S. Herald. As seen by Seemann, this specimen was a scrap preserved in spirits, but it has now been mounted and placed in a type cover at BM, consisting of a branchlet tip with one small leaf and a partial 2 inflorescence. Although Chew, in his preliminary paper of 1965 on Dendrocnide, made a combination in the genus for Laportea milnei, he referred it to the synonymy of D. harveyi in 1969, thus choosing between the two competing epithets of the same date. To combine them is unquestion- ably correct. DIsTRIBUTION: Fiji, Tonga, Niue, and Samoa; in Tonga and Niue this seems to be the only species of Dendrocnide, while in Samoa it is somewhat the less frequent of the two species occurring there. I have examined 31 Fijian collections of D. harveyi. LOCAL NAMES: Salato, salato vula. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Loloti, in mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 74; slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4428; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4163, Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12680 (Melville et al. 7058). SERUA: Inland from Namboutini, DA, July 3, 1962 (Damanu 76). NAMoOsr: Vicinity of Namosi Village, Gillespie 2610; vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 3076. Ra: Mountains near Penang, Greenwood 766. NAITASIRI: Vicinity of Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18228; vicinity of Tamavua, Tothill 785. TaiLevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7221]. REwa: Walu Bay, DA 8578. MBENGGA; Rukua Beach, DA 6051. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 45. OVALAU: Hills southeast of valley of Mbureta River, FiGure 62. Dendrocnide vitiensis; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and 9 inflorescence, x 1/3; B, portion of @ inflorescence, x 15; C, portion of young ¢& inflorescence, x 15; D, portion of upper surface of leaf blade, with punctiform cystoliths, < 30; E, portion of lower surface of leaf blade, x 30. A, B, D, & E from Smith 359, C from Smith 1595. URTICACEAE 1981 214 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Smith 7395. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Vurendongo, DA 13141. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4705. VANUA MBALAVU: Slopes of Korolevu, near Lomaloma, Garnock-Jones 1038. MANGO: Bryan, Sept. 18, 1924. LAKEMBA: Near airport, Garnock-Jones 865. 2. Dendrocnide vitiensis (Seem.) Chew in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 207. 1965, in op. cit. 25: 62. fig. 25. 1969; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 140. 1972. FIGURE 62. Laportea vitiensis Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 441, nom. nud. 1862, Fl. Vit. 239. 7. 60. 1868, op. cit. 432. 1873; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964. Laportea photiniphylla sensu Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 299, p. p. 1892; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 107. 1972; non Wedd. An often slender tree 2-20 m. high, found at elevations from 100 to 1,150 m. in dense or light forest or on its edges. The perianth has been recorded as greenish white to pale green or pink-tinged; the anthers and styles are white, the filaments pale green, and the achene yellow. Flowers and fruits are found at any season. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type is Seemann 427 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected in October, 1860, along the coast of Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. This species has sometimes been confused in herbaria with Dendrocnide photiniphylla (Kunth) Chew, which is endemic to Queensland and New South Wales. The confusion probably dates from Weddell’s reduction (in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 83. 1869) of Laportea vitiensis to L. photiniphylla (Kunth) Wedd. Chew (1969, cited above) indicates that the two species are closely related, but D. vitiensis differs from the Australian species in its larger leaf blades being ovate-pentagonal (rather than elliptic to ovate) and with more numerous lateral nerves, and in having its peduncles and inflorescences with more obvious irritant hairs. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and Samoa; a collection from Lifou Island, Loyalty Islands, was also listed by Chew but was not seen by him, and therefore this record has no firm basis. Fifty Fijian collections have been studied. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: This species seems to have more local names than Dendroc- nide harveyi, which may indicate an uncertainty as to whether it is a true sa/ato; in addition to that name, recorded by only one collector, D. vitiensis has been noted as salato mbaumbau, salato mbombo, salato ndroundrou, mbolovatu, ndowa, mothe- lolo, and tumbo ni kalakalambuthi. There is one report that a liquid made from the bark of its root is taken internally for chest complaints. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Loloti, in mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 292; vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4450; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Parks 20531; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5127. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13382; vicinity of Nakalavo, H. B. R. Parham 260; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5442. SERUA: Waimbale, near Namboutini, Degener 15479. NAMosi: Northern base of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8658; Saliandrau, Wayauyau Creek, DA 14996; Mt. Voma, DA 11641. NattTasiRI: Wainamo Creek, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18255; valley of Waimanu River, DA 15437. REwa: Vicinity of Suva, Yeoward 81. OVALAU: Main range west of Levuka, Gillespie 4425. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 985. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7835. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Upper Ndama River Valley, Smith 1595. THAKAUNDROVE: Nasuvasuva, south of Nakula Valley, Smith 359. TAVEUNI: Nanggelendamundamu, near Nggeleni, DA 15870; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8315. 2. LAPORTEA Gaud. Voy. Uranie et Physicienne, Freycinet, Bot. 498. 1830; Chew in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 198. 1965, in op. cit. 25: 115. 1969. Nom. cons. Urticastrum Heister ex Fabric. Enum. Meth. Pl. 204. 1759. Nom. rejic. Fleurya Gaud. Voy. Uranie et Physicienne, Freycinet, Bot. 497. 1830; Seem FI. Vit. 237. 1868. 1981 URTICACEAE 215 Usually annual herbs, the aerial branches and often the leaf blades with stinging or prurient hairs, the stipules comparatively small, connate into an axillary, bifid scale; leaves alternate, the blades chartaceous, ovate, 3-nerved from base and also pinnate- nerved distally, dentate or serrate, with linear cystoliths on upper surface; inflorescen- ces axillary, composed of flower clusters combined into lax, bracteate, cymose panicles, these usually unisexual, the flowers often sharply reflexed; & flowers sessile or pedicellate, with 4 or usually 5 tepals, these ovate or lanceolate, subvalvate, the stamens 4 or usually 5, with long, reflexed filaments, the rudimentary ovary globose or subclavate; 9 flowers pedicellate, with 4 free tepals, these imbricate, unequal in pairs, the abaxial one sometimes hooded, the staminodes absent, the ovary straight, becom- ing oblique, the style apical but becoming lateral, the stigma subulate, obliquely ovate or linear, short-papillose, rarely trifid, persistent; achene small, obliquely ovoid, strongly laterally compressed, deflexed, pitted and verrucose, marginate, exserted from the slightly enlarged perianth, the seed with very little endosperm, the cotyledons broad, the fruiting pedicel long and winged. TYPE SPECIES: The type species of Laportea is L. canadensis (L.) Wedd. (Urtica canadensis L.); that of Fleurya is F. spicata Gaud. (= L. interrupta (L.) Chew). DisTRIBUTION: Madagascar and Africa to temperate eastern Asia, throughout Malesia, and into Polynesia; also in tropical America and northward into temperate regions; 22 species are recognized by Chew (1969, cited above). One species occurs in Fiji and Polynesia. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Chew Wee-Lek. Laportea and allied genera (Urticaceae). Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 195-208. 1965. Chew Wee-Lek. A monograph of Laportea (Urticaceae). Gard. Bull. Singa- pore 25: 111-178. 1969. Chew (1969, cited above) divides the genus into sect. Laportea, with ten species, and sect. Fleurya (Gaud.) Chew (in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 199. 1965, in op. cit. 25: 115. 1969), with twelve species. The Pacific species belongs to the latter section, which differs from sect. Laportea in having the pedicels of its 9 flowers winged dorsiven- trally and asymmetrically (rather than laterally and symmetrically) and in having its achenes not articulated on the pedicels (rather than articulated). |. Laportea interrupta (L.) Chew in Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 200. 1965, in op. cit. 25: 145. fig. 12. 1969; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 210. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 322. 1971; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 143. 1972. Urtica interrupta L. Sp. Pl. 985. 1753. Fleurya spicata Gaud. Voy. Uranie et Physicienne, Freycinet, Bot. 497. 1830. Fleurya interrupta Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 6: 10. ¢. 1975. 1853; Seem. Fl. Vit. 237. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 298. 1892; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 74. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 49. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 36. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 102. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 70. 1972. Fleurya spicata var. interrupta Wedd. ex Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, as Fleyria, sphalm. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862. Schychowskia interrupta W. F. Wight in Safford in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 9: 371. 1905. Laportea interrupta occurs in Fiji from near sea level to about 525 m. as a weed of villages, roadsides, waste places, pastures, and cultivated areas, sometimes being found along forest trails or on hillsides. It is an herb 10-65 cm. high, found in flower and fruit throughout the year. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Chew (1969, cited above) designated Hermann s. n. (BM), from Ceylon, as the type; this should have been indicated as the lectotype, since Linnaeus originally listed five prior references. The holotype of 216 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Fleurya spicata is Gaudichaud (G), from Pisang Island in the Moluccas. The two concepts do not differ materially. DIsTRIBUTION: Although Laportea interrupta now has a very wide distribution, from Africa to Japan and China and eastward to Queensland and into the Pacific as far as Hawaii, its native area is questionable; probably southeastern Asia is a reasonable guess. It was established in the Society Islands before 1769 (cf. Merrill in Chron. Bot. 14: 219. 1954) and was almost certainly an inadvertent aboriginal introduction throughout the Pacific portion of its range. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Although sometimes referred to simply as sa/ato, the more appropriate Fijian names are salato ni koro and salato vutivali. One collector notes that the young shoots are part of an internal remedy for influenza. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Ambatha Village, DA 14194; slopes of Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 147. NAMOs!I: Vicinity of Namosi Village, Gillespie 2577. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Wailotua, Smith 7244. MBENGGA: Rukua, Weiner 72-7-14C. KANDAVU: Near Ndaku, DA 2969. OVALAU: Lovoni Village, Smith 7480. NAIRAI: Milne 156. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Savusavu, DA 14364; near Salt Lake, Bierhorst F202. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4704; Tavuki, DA 8393; Vuna, DA 5739. MOALA: Milne 109. Fis1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Seemann 428, Horne 119, Yeoward 40, DA 934, 3931. 3. ELATOSTEMA J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 53. 1775, ed. 2. 105. 1776; Seem. FI. Vit. 240. 1868; Schroter & Winkler in Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 83 (1): 1. 1935, in op. cit. 83 (2): 1. 1936; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 13. 1942. Nom. cons. Pellionia Gaud. Voy. Uranie et Physicienne, Freycinet, Bot. 494. 1830; Seem. Fl. Vit. 239. 1868. Nom. cons. Monoecious or dioecious, annual or perennial herbs or shrubs, erect or prostrate, the stipules intrapetiolar, undivided; leaves opposite and anisophyllous but appearing alternate, one leaf of each pair greatly reduced and caducous, the blades of the persisting leaves oblique, unequal-sided at base with the distal side the smaller, often 3-nerved at base and sometimes pinnate-nerved, entire to coarsely serrate, usually with linear, angled, stellate, or punctiform cystoliths; & flowers densely cymose or subcapi- tate, the perianth 4- or 5-partite, the segments slightly imbricate, often tuberculate or shortly appendaged below apex, the stamens 4 or 5, the rudimentary ovary small; 9 flowers congested on a flattened, discoid, or lobed receptacle, this sometimes involu- crate, the perianth 3-5-partite with subequal lobes, the staminodes small, scalelike, incurved, sometimes absent, the ovary straight, the stigma sessile, penicillate, cadu- cous; achene compressed or ovoid, the seed often without endosperm, the cotyledons ovate. TYPE SPECIES AND NOMENCLATURE: The type species of Elatostema is E. sessile J. R. & G. Forst. (typ. cons.), that of Pellionia is P. elatostemoides Gaud. (typ. cons.). Both genera and their types appear to have been conserved because some authors retain both, but probably most recent students prefer to combine them, following Schroter and Winkler in recognizing Elatostema as composed of four subgenera. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Africa and Asia and eastward into Polynesia, with 250-350 species. In the present treatment 14 species are recognized from Fiji, all believed to be endemic. LocAL NAMES: Mbeta and ndraindrai are used somewhat indiscriminately for any Fijian species; however, under each species below I list whatever names have been given by collectors. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Schroter, H., & H. Winkler. Monographie der Gattung Elatostemas. 1. Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 83 (1): 1-56. 1935, op. cit. 83 (2): 1-174. 1936. Smith, A. C. Elatostema J. R. & G. Forst. Sargentia 1: 13-23. 1942. 1981 URTICACEAE PUT The genus Elatostema has proved very difficult for taxonomists working with Pacific plants. One reason lies in the inherent complexities of subgen. Elatostema (Euelatostema of Schroter and Winkler, not treated in detail in their monograph of 1935 and 1936). A second reason is the apparent absence of type specimens and other critical material from certain herbaria; it seems probable that many such specimens were still on loan to Schroter and Winkler at Breslau (now wRsL) at the outbreak of World War II and were subsequently destroyed. Therefore careful lectotypification or neotypification of many species of Elatostema by a future specialist will be required. Thirdly, students of the genus in the Pacific are perhaps too ready to assign a high degree of archipelagic endemism to species of the genus, although indeed most species do appear quite restricted in distribution. In my own review of the Fijian species I have sought similarities with those of Samoa, from which at least 20 have been described; this is complicated by the loss of certain authentic material. However, on the basis of available Samoan material and descriptions, it would seem that Fiji and Samoa have no species of Elatostema in common, a situation that nevertheless requires further consideration. KEY TO SPECIES Inflorescences exinvolucrate; perianth segments of 2 flowers obvious, subequal in length to ovary or achene. Perianth segments not spurred; staminodes present in 9 flowers; leaf blades 11-35 cm. long, (1.5-) 3.5-12.5 cm. broad; stipules conspicuous, 1-5 cm. long (subgen. Elatostemoides). . 1. E. australe Perianth segments dorsally spurred, those of 9 flowers sometimes with the spurs reduced to mere thickenings; staminodes usually absent; leaf blades not exceeding 10 cm. in length and 3 cm. in breadth; stipules comparatively small, less than 1 cm. long (subgen. Pellionia). Leaf blades elliptic-oblong, 3-5 times as long as broad, 0.6-9 (-10) cm. long, 2-25 (-30) mm. broad, obtuse to obtusely acuminate at apex, the marginal crenations 2-15 per side; & inflorescences 2-20-flowered. o inflorescences 6-20-flowered, the perianth segments inconspicuously carinate-spurred; leaf blades elliptic-oblong, 3-4 times as long as broad, (1.5—) 3-9 (-10) cm. long, (5-) 8-25 (-30) mm. broad, obtuse to obtusely acuminate at apex, the marginal crenations (4-) 5-15 per side. 2. E. vitiense o inflorescences 2-10-flowered, the perianth segments conspicuously corniculate; leaf blades nar- rowly oblong, 3-5 times as long as broad, 0.6-2.5 (-3) cm. long, 2-8 mm. broad, obtuse at apex, theymanginallicrenations)2—4. per Sides cy rerelelore «le 2 clelelereleloicieieie */e)]ole'e\)~ ioe) -1=16 3. E. filicoides Leaf blades linear-lanceolate, about 7 times as long as broad, 4-8 cm. long, 5-11 mm. broad, gradually narrowed to an acuminate apex, the marginal crenations 5-10 per side; & inflorescences 2-4- flowered, the perianth segments conspicuously corniculate. ............ 4. E. comptonioides Inflorescences involucrate; perianth segments of 9 flowers inconspicuous, minute, much shorter than ovary or achene (subgen. Elatostema). Leaf blades without cystoliths on upper surface, hispid on both surfaces, large, 20-40 cm. long, 6-16 cm. broad; stipules conspicuous, 2-7 cm. long; receptacles large, (8-) 20-50 mm. in diameter; bracteoles LET) Titel, ION cep coconaanneeouoonpovudEdHaDDddnUONDOUDODE UD OOOOUAOCOUS 5. E. nemorosum Leaf blades with obvious cystoliths on upper surface. Cystoliths of upper leaf blade surface linear, straight, not branched, rarely slightly angled. Coarse or suffruticose herbs or shrubs, usually more than | m. high; cystoliths of upper leaf blade surface 0.25-0.5 mm. long; petioles 1-15 mm. long. Leaf blades up to 21 cm. long and 8.5 cm. broad, the secondary nerves 3-8 per side. Petioles 6-15 mm. long; leaf blades 12-21 cm. long, 4.5-8.5 cm. broad, usually 2-2.5 times as long as broad; receptacles 5-20 mm. broad; o& bracteoles about 3 mm. long. 6. E. fruticosum Petioles 1-8 mm. long; leaf blades 5-15 cm. long, 1.2-4 cm. broad, usually 3-4 times as long as broad; receptacles 5-8 mm. broad; o bracteoles 1.7-2 mm. long. .. 7. E. greenwoodii Leaf blades (11-) 15-30 cm. long, (3-) 4-9.5 cm. broad, about 3 times as long as broad, the secondary nerves 8-15 per side; receptacles 6-30 mm. broad; & bracteoles 3-4 mm. long. 8. E. insulare 218 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Low herbs, the stems up to 80 cm. high, often subprostrate at base; cystoliths of upper leaf blade surface 0.1-0.3 mm. long; leaves subsessile or petioles not exceeding 8 mm. in length. Leaf blades obovate, 8-16 cm. long, 3-6 cm. broad, essentially sessile, strongly auriculate on proximal margin at base, the auricle projecting over stem; receptacles 8-18 mm. broad. 9. E. palustre Leaf blades oblong-lanceolate, 4-11 (-15) cm. long, 0.7-1.8 (-3) cm. broad, inaequilaterally attenuate at base but not auriculate; petioles obvious, 2-8 mm. long; receptacles 2-16 mm. Lert Man naatn en anaonomotcanEeCoA se bonasdocmacdapooaétupnoocuaddoS 13. E. humile Cystoliths of upper leaf blade surface stellate (3-5-parted) or punctiform, occasionally merely angled, very rarely straight and linear. Leaf blades 5-18 cm. long, 2-7 cm. broad, conspicuously serrate along entire margin, strongly inaequilateral at base, the proximal margin conspicuously the longer and sometimes subauricu- late and projecting over stem, the free petiole (i. e. on proximal margin) 0-2 mm. long; low or coarse herbs up to 3 m. high, the stem often subprostrate toward base; receptacles variable in S1Z6572—-S0 mM DTOaG wae ee iets ciieiciecisiieeiee ete eeersteceh ieieters 10. E. tenellum Leaf blades less strongly inaequilateral at base, the petiole obvious (or if winged to base, then the leaf blades and receptacles much larger than those of sp. no. 10). Coarse herbs 0.4-3 m. high; leaf blades comparatively large, 14-40 cm. long, 3-15 cm. broad. Leaf blades narrowly obovate-oblong, 14-27 cm. long, 3-7 cm. broad, 4-5 times as long as broad; receptacles 4-15 mm. in diameter. ...............-------0e- 11. E. gillespiei Leaf blades elliptic or obovate-elliptic, 18-40 cm. long, 6-15 cm. broad, 2-3 times as long as broad; receptacles 15-50 mm. in diameter. ..................- 12. E. seemannianum Herbs up to 0.4 m. high or climbing epiphytes; leaf blades comparatively small, 4-11 (-15) cm. long, 0.7-2 (-3) cm. broad. Terrestrial herbs up to 0.4 m. high; o& receptacles 2-16 mm. broad but with lateral spurs, if present, inconspicuous and less than 2 mm. long; petioles 2-8 mm. long, the leaf blades serrate with teeth 1-3 per centimeter. ................ eee eee eee eeeees 13. E. humile Epiphytic climber, the stem appressed to tree trunks; co receptacles 7-8 mm. broad but with conspicuous lateral spurs about 8 mm. long; petioles 1-2 mm. long, the leaf blades coarsely serrate with teeth about | per centimeter. ...................-- 14. E. epallocaulum 1. Elatostema australe (Wedd.) Hall. f. in Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg 13: 316. 1896; Schroter & Winkler in Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 83 (2): 122. p/. 33. 1936; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 15. 1942; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964, ed. 2. 140. 1972. FIGURE 63. Pellionia elatostemoides sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862, Fl. Vit. 239. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 300, p. p. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 171. 1909; non Gaud. Pellionia australis Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 169. 1869; Seem. Fl. Vit. 432. 1873. Pellionia elatostemoides var. pubescens Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 39. 1915. The most abundant species of Elatostema in Fiji, E. australe occurs as a shrub or coarse herb 0.3-3 m. high at elevations from near sea level to 1,150 m., in dense, open, or secondary forest in shady places; it is to be expected on most of the high islands. Its inflorescence branches and pedicels are white to pale pink; its often translucent perianth varies from dull or rich pink to dull yellow, white, or greenish white; and its stamens usually have pinkish white filaments and white anthers. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type was collected by Vieillard on Ovalau in 1855 and the holotype is presumably at P (originally deposited in the Lenormand Herbarium at CN); a presumptive isotype is at K, although it does not bear Vieillard’s name. The holotype of Pellionia elatostemoides var. pubescens is im Thurn 286 (k), collected Nov. 26, 1906, at Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Discussing this species in 1942 I indicated the variation in the indument of the lower surfaces of leaf blades (cf. FIGURE 63C & D); all intermediates are found between obviously pilose and essentially glabrous conditions, and the character does not seem usable as a basis to subdivide the taxon. The two types concerned both have reasonably copious indument. 1981 URTICACEAE 219 Ficure 63. Elatostema australe; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, * 1/3; B, portion of & inflorescence, x 10; C, portion of lower surface of leaf blade, with indument nearly concealing cystoliths, x 10; D, portion of lower surface of leaf blade, lacking indument, the cystoliths obvious, x 10. A & B from Smith 280, C from St. John 18256, D from DA 11666. 220 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DIsTRIBUTION: Apparently endemic to Fiji, although Schroter and Winkler also cited specimens from Samoa and the Solomon Islands. Their Samoan record was Graeffe 1448 (HBG), from Upolu; I have not seen any specimens of the species collected by Graeffe, but many of his collections noted as from Samoa actually came from Fiji. Their Solomon Islands material was Comins 254 (kK) and 256 (kK), from Ulawa. I neglected to examine these specimens, but other Solomon Islands collections of this general relationship (such as Brass 2643, from San Cristoval) have the ? inflorescen- ces too densely pilose to fit a reasonable concept of Elatostema australe. Pending detailed study by a specialist, I believe the species limited to Fiji. More than 80 collections are at hand. Loca NAMES: Mbeta, ndraindrai, ndraindrau, raula. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 1087; Waiku- mbukumbu Creek, Gibbs 725; Nandarivatu, im Thurn 266; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5237. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5634; vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15230. SERUA: Waimbale, near Namboutini, Degener 15483. NAMos!: Hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8418; vicinity of Namosi Village, Seemann 429 (some specimens of this number were from Taveuni); Mt. Voma, DA 11666. Ra: Mountains near Penang, Greenwood 768. NAITASIRI: Wainimala River, below Matawailevu, St. John 18256; Waimanu River Valley, DA 15431. Rewa: Vicinity of Lami, H. B. R. Parham 71. KANDAVU: Summit of Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 280. OVALAU: U. S. Expl. Exped., Milne 251; slopes of Mt. Koronimoko, vicinity of Thawathi, Smith 8090. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6393. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Bierhorst F155; Wainingata Station, DA 13104. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4706; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8/31. Fist without further locality, Harvey s. n., Williams s. n. 2. Elatostema vitiense (Wedd.) A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 16. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964, ed. 2. 143. 1972. FiGuRE 64A & B. Pellionia vitiensis A. Gray ex Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 167. 1869; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 171. 1909. Elatostema filicoides var. vitiense Schréter in Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 83 (2): 60. 1936. A shrub or herb, somewhat subprostrate and woody at base, 0.2-3 m. high, found at elevations from near sea level to 850 m. in dense forest, often in wet places or among rocks in dry stream beds, and often locally frequent. The inflorescence branches are white to pink, the perianth dull white to greenish white, pink-tinged or with orange spots, the filaments white or greenish white and pink-tinged, and the anthers white. Flowers and fruits may be expected in any month. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The only specimen originally cited by Weddell and hence the holotype is Harvey s. n. (K), collected in November, 1855, in Fiji without further data. As mentioned in my discussion of 1942, Gray had annotated several U. S. Expl. Exped. specimens as “Pellionia vitiensis sp. nov.” and for this reason Weddell may have ascribed his binomial to Gray. The earlier specimens, however, represent Elatostema australe and have no nomenclatural status; therefore Gray’s name seems best dropped from the authorship of Pellionia vitiensis as understood by Weddell. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several of the high islands. Because this species and the following are not too clearly separable, I here cite all the specimens of each that I have examined. Ficure 64. A & B, Elatostema vitiense; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, x 1/3; B, portion of young & inflorescence, x 15. C & D, Elatostema filicoides; C, stipules and upper surface of leaf, x 10; D, lower surface of leaf, x 10. A from DA 16586, B from Smith 6755, C & D from Smith 4894. URTICACEAE 221 1981 222 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 1086; inland from Tavua, O. & I. Degener 32131; between Waikumbukumbu and Nandarivatu, Gibbs 693; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 791 (coll. W. Teulon), Degener & Ordonez 13560; Mba without further locality, Gillespie, Nov. 17, 1927. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Near Nakalavo, H. B. R. Parham 235a; Mbulu, near Sovi Bay, Degener 15033; vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener ]5288. SERUA: Track to Mt. Tuvutau, DA 14493; Ngaloa Nature Reserve, DA 16586. NAMosI: Northern slopes of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8695; Korombasambasanga Range, DA 22/3; vicinity of Namosi Village, Parks 20212. NatTasiRi: Between Viria and Namuamua, DA 459; Suva Pumping Station, Degener & Ordonez 13754. TAitEvU: Namburua Creek, DA 1023. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 245. OVALAU: Horne 21, 51; Mt. Tana Lailai, Graeffe, Dec., 1864; hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7346. VANUA LEVU: MartHuata: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6755, 6848. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Valanga Range, Smith 374; vicinity of Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14176. TAVEUNI: Slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 833]. Fis1 without further locality, Williams s. n., Tothill 760. 3. Elatostema filicoides (Seem.) Schréter in Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 83 (2): 59. 1936; P. S. Green in Kew Bull. 23: 344. 1969; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl ed. 2. 142. 1972. FiGuRE 64C & D. Elatostemma (sic) filicoides Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861. Pellionia filicoides Seem. Fl. Vit. 239. 1868, op. cit. 432. 1873; Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 168. 1869; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 300. 1892; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 23. 1942. Elatostema filicoides var. eufilicoides Schroter in Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 83 (2): 59. 1936. Elatostema archboldianum A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 17. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964. A shrub or sprawling, subligneous herb 0.1-3 m. high, occurring in usually dense, wet forest, sometimes locally abundantly, at elevations of 100-1,130 m. (but usually above 500 m.). The peduncles are dull pink, the perianth segments white to dull pink and translucent like the filaments, and the anthers white. Fertile material has been found between March and November, but flowers and fruits are inconspicuous and often specimens are collected in sterile condition. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Pellionia filicoides is Seemann 421 (K), collected in August or September, 1860, on the banks of the Navua River, Serua Province, Viti Levu. Seemann remarked that the species had also been obtained by Williams and Harvey (but their specimens actually represent Elatostema vitiense); these specimens are merely added in a comment and I do not believe that lectotypifica- tion is required in this case. In interpreting Pellionia filicoides in 1942 | had examined only the GH specimen of Seemann 421, which represents sterile pinnae of the fern Lomagramma polyphylla Brack. (cf. Brownlie in Nova Hedwigia Beih. 55: 342. pl. 34 (3). 1977), and therefore I excluded the species from Elatostema and described E. archboldianum. Green (1969, cited above) correctly pointed out that the holotype of Seemann’s species indeed represents Elatostema, although a few pinnules of the fern are mixed with it. The unnecessarily described E. archboldianum is typified by Degener 14429 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), collected Feb. 18, 1941, on Mt. Matomba, Nandala, south of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu. LocaL NAMES: Mbeta, mbeta othi, lara. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 109, 1159; slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4031; Mbatilamu, DA 14815; Mt. Koroisolo, DA 14817; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 794, 795 (both coll. W. Teulon), 796, Gillespie 3717, Degener & Ordonez 13559, Degener 14328; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3912.5, Smith 4894, Vaughan 3248, hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of the sawmill at Navai, Smith 5977. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5544; Nausori Highlands, DA 12674 (Melville et al. 7050). SERUA: Inland from Namboutini, DA 13986; Tawavulu Creek, north of Ngaloa, Webster & Hildreth 14344. NAMost: Northern slopes of Koro- mbasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8694; Mt. Voma, DA 590. NAITASIRI: 1981 URTICACEAE 223 Vicinity of Mataniwailevu Village, DA 1/8009; Prince’s Road, Vaughan 3295. TaiLevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, in vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7/89. Fis1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., im Thurn s. n., Gillespie, Nov. 12, 1927, 2608, DA 1391. Elatostema filicoides and E. vitiense approach one another in leaf size and shape, and perhaps a few collections are arbitrarily placed. Normally, however, the two taxa are distinguished without difficulty, as indicated in the above key, and to assign them varietal status, as suggested by Schroter, would not clarify their relationship. 4. Elatostema comptonioides A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 17. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 141. 1972. FIGURE 65A. This rare species is a shrub 0.5-2 m. high, occurring in dense forest at an elevation of 600-820 m. The inflorescence is noted as uniformly white. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1977 (GH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected June 15, 1934, on Mt. Uluingala, Natewa Peninsula, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the type collection. The species seems very distinct from its only close relatives, the two preceding species, as pointed out in the key. It is perhaps not surprising that it has not been recollected, since the higher parts of the Natewa Peninsula seem not to have been visited by other collectors. 5. Elatostema nemorosum Seem. FI. Vit. 240. t. 67. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 301. 1892; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 18. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 142. 1972. Elatostemma nemorosa (sic) Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 441, nom. nud. 1862. A coarse herb 1-2 m. high, usually with a simple, succulent stem, occurring in dense, wet forest at elevations of 150-1,190 m. The greenish heads are large, usually 2-5 cm. in diameter, and the styles are white. Flowering and fruiting specimens have been obtained in scattered months. LECTOTYPIFICATION: The species was based on Seemann 422, collected in 1860 on the island of Taveuni. No specimen of this is to be found at k; it may have been on loan to Schroter and lost. Therefore I designate as lectotype the BM specimen, which is excellent; there is an isolectotype at GH. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the four largest islands. LOCAL NAME: Mbeta. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 317; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Parks 20788; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Toshill 792, Smith 4838, DA 13558; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5304, DA 12759 (Melville et al. 7151), 13043, Webster & Hildreth 14175. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Vicinity of Nandrau, Degener 14887. NAmost: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8878; vicinity of Namosi Village, Parks 20273; Mt. Voma, DA 548. Ra: Ridge from Mt. Namama (east of Nandarivatu) toward Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5727. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Meebold 16661. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Parks 20129. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, DA 14938. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Smith 464, Bierhorst F145. TAVEUNI: Hills east of Somosomo, west of old crater occupied by small swamp and lake, Gillespie 4824, Smith 8394. Seemann’s illustration excellently portrays this very distinct species, which is characterized by its large stipules, leaves, and receptacles, its lack of foliar cystoliths, its usually abundant indument, and the very long and narrow bracteoles subtending its © flowers. 224 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 6. Elatostema fruticosum Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 171. p/. 16. 1909; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 19. 1942, in J. Arnold Arb. 31: 150. 1950; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 142. 1972. A freely branching shrub or a coarse and subligneous herb, sometimes with succulent stems, 0.5-4 m. high, occurring in dense forest, often in wet and dark places, or in crest thickets, at elevations of 150-1,150 m. Its whitish flowering heads often attain a diameter of 2 cm., its perianth and filaments are translucent, and its anthers and styles are white. Flowering and fruiting specimens have been collected between April and October. TYPIFICATION: Gibbs cited her collections 609 and 678, collected respectively in August and September, 1907, at Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Neither of these collections is now to be found at BM, and no duplicates have been located. In this case I believe that Gibbs’s excellent illustration and description may be taken as the type (ICBN, Art. 9.3); several good topotypes are available. Possibly the Gibbs specimens were on loan to Schroter and have been lost. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu. LocaL NAMES: Mbeta, ndraindrai, ndraindraia. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4099; Mangondro Tikina (Nausori Highlands), Webster & Hildreth 14292; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 789 (coll. W. Teulon), Parks 20543, Degener & Ordonez 13522, Smith 5034, DA 8511; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Vaughan 3251, Smith 4764, DA 10382, 13545, Webster & Hildreth 14222; hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of the sawmill at Navai, Smith 5976; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5092, DA 12709 (Melville et al. 7097). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5513; between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5598. NAmosi: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8621]. NAITASIRI: Near Waindrandra Creek, Horne 99]. Viti LEvuU without further locality, Parks 20179. This species and the three following have essentially straight, linear cystoliths very apparent on the upper leaf blade surfaces, whereas the final five species in my treatment have the cystoliths stellate or punctiform; only in the very distinct Elato- stema humile is the cystolith character somewhat variable. 7. Elatostema greenwoodii A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 27: 319. 1946, in op. cit. 31: 151. 1950; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 142. 1972. A shrub 1.5-3 m. high, found in a restricted area of dense forest at elevations of 900-1,050 m. Only flowering specimens, obtained in May and September, are known, and the heads are white. TYPIFICATION: The type is Greenwood 1083 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K), collected Sept. 24, 1944, in the Mt. Evans Range, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the Mt. Evans Range of northwestern Viti Levu, where, although represented by only two collections, it seems to be locally abundant. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: MBa: Eastern slopes of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4143. Ficure 65. A, Elatostema comptonioides, from Smith 1977; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and 3S inflorescences, x 1/3. B, Elatostema insulare, from Smith 8213, portion of upper surface of leaf blade, with linear or slightly angled cystoliths, x 10. C& D, Elatostema gillespiei, from DA 13969; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and ? inflorescences, x 1/3; D, portion of upper surface of leaf blade, with stellate cystoliths, x 20. URTICACEAE 1981 226 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 8. Elatostema insulare A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 19. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 142. 1972. FIGURE 65B. A coarse herb 1-2 m. high, usually succulent, often subligneous toward base, occurring in dense forest, and often in damp places, at elevations of 200-830 m. The whitish heads may be as much as 3 cm. broad; the perianth and stamens are white and translucent. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 4727 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BISH), collected Feb. 27, 1928, on the slopes east of Waiyevo, Taveuni. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from scattered locations on several of the high islands. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: TAILevu: Near Wailotua Cave, DA 9406A. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 238. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 1064. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Vatunivuamonde Mt., Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 14004. TAVEUNI: Summit and slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8145, 8160, 8213. 9. Elatostema palustre A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 20. 1942, in J. Arnold Arb. 31: 151. 1950; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 142. 1972. A succulent herb 30-80 cm. high, simple-stemmed or rarely branched, found in wet places in dense forest at elevations of 870-1,150 m. The heads may be up to 18 mm. broad, the perianth segments and filaments are translucent, and the anthers are white. Flowering material has been obtained in August and September and fruits only in the former month. TyYPIFICATION: The type is St. John 18337 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BISH), collected Aug. 18, 1937, on the central plateau between the Singatoka and Wainimala River drainage systems, on the Numbulolo-Wainisavulevu divide, near the boundary between Nandronga & Navosa and Naitasiri Provinces, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from only two collections, the second being from slightly north of the type locality on Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME AND USE: St. John reported the name mbeta, indicating that the leaves are used to catch grated kaile (Dioscorea sp.). AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: NaItasiri: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 5769. This species is superficially similar to the next, Elatostema tenellum, but the hispid indument and straight cystoliths of its leaf blades distinguish it. 10. Elatostema tenellum A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 22. 1942, in J. Arnold Arb. 31: 151. 1950; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964, ed. 2. 143. 1972. FiGure 67A-C. Elatostema sessile sensu Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 171. 1909; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 143. 1972; non J. R. & G. Forst. Elatostema eximium A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 21. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 142. 1972. A succulent herb 0.1-3 m. high, sometimes coarse, subprostrate, or sprawling, and sometimes with reddish stems, occurring at elevations of 100-1,323 m. in dense forest, often in wet places, or in crest thickets, and sometimes on limestone cliffs. The heads are variable in size, sometimes as much as 3 cm. broad, and are basically white, although their bracts may vary from dull pink to red; the stamens are white and the style greenish white. Flowering and fruiting material has been obtained between May and November. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Elatostema tenellum is Smith 471 (GH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 14, 1933, on Mt. Mariko, Thakau- 1981 URTICACEAE 227 ndrove Province, Vanua Levu. The type of E. eximium is Tabualewa 15578 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), obtained June 17, 1941, at Mbuyombuyo, near Namboutini, Serua Province, Viti Levu. In my 1950 discussion of E. tenellum, I mentioned two colonies on Viti Levu (represented by Smith 4873 and 5728) that weakened the distinctions between E. tenellum and E. eximium, which, on the basis of the few available specimens when they were described in 1942, seemed distinct in habit and leaf size. With many more collections now at hand, it is apparent that such characters are of little consequence; the sessile or subsessile leaf blades, often strongly auriculate at base and conspicuously serrate along the entire margin, provide a more dependable basis for the taxon. Combining these names of simultaneous publication, I utilize the epithet tenellum. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from four of the high islands. Because of the variability in habit and leaf size I here cite all collections studied. LOCAL NAME: Mbeta. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 633, Tothill 793; hills east of Nandala Creek, Smith 6231; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Smith 4873, DA 13559; Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5196 (summit), DA 12739 (Melville et al. 7131), 13053. SERUA: Track to Mt. Tuvutau, DA 14490; Tawavulu Creek, north of Ngaloa, Webster & Hildreth 14338, 14355. NAMost: Northern slopes of Korombasamba- sanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8696, 8714, 8741; vicinity of Namosi Village, Parks 20209, 20209a. RA: Ridge from Mt. Namama (east of Nandarivatu) toward Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5686, 5728. TatLevu: Near Wailotua Cave, DA 9406. Natrasiri: Vatavula, summit of Mt. Nambauthara, Gibbs 523. Rewa: Vicinity of Lami, Parks 20055; near Suva, Tothill 790. OVALAU: U. S. Expl. Exped; hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7347; summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Smith 7591. TAVEUNI: Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8164; valley between Mt. Manuka and summit ridge of island, Smith 8279; above Nggathavulo Estate, DA 1691/2, 16916. 11. Elatostema gillespiei A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 20. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 142. 1972. FiGure 65C & D. A succulent herb (height not stated), or suffruticose toward base, found in dense forest at elevations of 425-900 m. Flowering material has been obtained in June and August and fruit only in the latter month. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 2402 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BISH), collected Aug. 24, 1927, near the summit of Mt. Korombamba, Rewa Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from southeastern Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Namosi: Mt. Voma, DA 13969. In spite of the paucity of material and data, this species seems very distinct from its only close relative, Elatostema seemannianum, in its proportionately narrow leaf blades and smaller receptacles. 12. Elatostema seemannianum A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 58. fig. 27. 1936, in Sargentia 1: 21. 1942; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 142. 1972. FIGURE 66. Elatostema macrophyllum sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 241, excl. syn. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 300. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 172. 1909; non Brongn. A coarse herb 0.4-3 m. high, usually succulent and with simple stems up to 2 cm. in diameter, occurring at elevations of 150-1,050 m. in dense or open forest, usually in wet places and sometimes forming conspicuous thickets. The whitish heads may be as much as 5cm. broad; the perianth and style are white or greenish white, and the anthers are white. Flowering and fruiting material has been noted throughout the year. 228 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 FiGure 66. Elatostema seemannianum, from Smith 7548; A, cluster of flowers, subtended by bracteoles, from a o head, some flowers sessile, some pedicellate, x 10; B, & flower subtended by bracteoles, < 30. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 982 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at NY), collected Jan. 29, 1934, on the eastern slope of the main ridge of Koro. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several of the high islands. LOCAL NAME: Mbeta. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 3/1, 1296; eastern slope of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4142; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6283; Savundamatau Creek, west of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14249; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 862, Gillespie 4256, Degener & Ordonez 13600; valley of Nggaliwana Creek, north of Navai, Smith 5376; hills between Nggaliwana and Nandala Creeks, south of Nauwangga, Smith 5849; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 13069. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Vicinity of Nandrau, Degener 14923; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5509. SERUA: Upper Navua River, DA 15525; Waimbale, near Namboutini, Degener 15470. NaAmosi: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8622. NAITASIRI: Vicinity of Viria, Meebold 16431. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, DA 149384. OVALAU: U. S. Expl. Exped., Bryan 610; hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7548. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7859. VANUA LEVU: MarHuata: Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA //495. Fis1 without further locality, Harvey, Nov., 1855. 13. Elatostema humile A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 22. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 142. 1972. FIGURE 67D. A succulent herb to 0.4 m. high, occurring at elevations of 200-700 m. in dense or open forest, in moist places or on rocks in dry stream beds. The perianth and style are 1981 URTICACEAE 229 greenish white and the stamens are white. Flowering and fruiting material has been obtained in February and August. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 4731.5 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BISH), collected Feb. 27, 1928, on the slope east of Waiyevo, Taveuni. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only sparingly from Viti Levu and Taveuni. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NarrasirI: Prince’s Road, near source of Nasinu River, Vaughan 3298. Rewa: Near summit of Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2403. TAVEUNI: Slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8332; valley between Mt. Manuka and summit ridge of island, Smith 8270. 14. Elatostema epallocaulum A. C. Sm.inJ. Arnold Arb. 31: 152. 1950; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 99. 1964, ed. 2. 141. 1972. An epiphytic climber, with the somewhat woody stem appressed to tree trunks, found in dense forest at an elevation of 1,050-1,120 m. The perianth and anthers are white. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 5692 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, US), collected Aug. 18, 1947, on the ridge from Mt. Namama (east of Nandarivatu) toward Mt. Tomanivi, Ra Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the type collection, from a plant with & inflorescences. EXCLUDED SPECIES Elatostema peltatum Hems!l. in Kew Bull. 1901: 143. 1901; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 23. 1942. TYPIFICATION: The species was typified by Horne s. n. (K HOLOTYPE), collected between Waiwai and Lomaloma, Mathuata or Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. No such specimen has been located at k; possibly it was sent on loan to Schroter and has been lost, or possibly it has been referred to a more likely situation in the herbarium. Described as having peltate leaf blades and a petiole |.5—2 inches long, this specimen can scarcely represent Elatostema or any other genus of Urticaceae. It does not suggest any species of Peperomia known to me, and probably its identity will remain a puzzle. 4. Procris Commerson ex Juss. Gen. Pl. 403. 1789; Seem. Fl. Vit. 241. 1868; Schroter in Repert. Sp. Nov. 45: 179. 1938; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 24. 1942. Monoecious or dioecious shrubs or herbs, often with succulent stems, sometimes epiphytic or scandent, the stipules intrapetiolar, undivided; leaves opposite and aniso- phyllous but appearing alternate, one leaf of each pair greatly reduced and caducous, the blades of the persisting leaves short-petiolate, usually carnose, pinnate-nerved, entire or serrulate, unequal-sided at base, usually with obvious, linear cystoliths; & flowers in lax or congested, pedunculate cymes, the perianth 4- or 5-partite, the segments membranous, valvate or slightly imbricate, not appendaged, the stamens 4 or 5, the rudimentary ovary globose or obovoid; 9 flowers capitate on a carnose, sessile or pedunculate, globose or clavate receptacle, this not involucrate, the perianth small, cyathiform or 3-5-partite, the segments obovate, the staminodes lacking, the ovary straight, the stigma sessile, penicillate, caducous; achene ovoid, nearly covered by the perianth or exserted from it, the seed without endosperm, the cotyledons ovate. Type species: Procris axillaris J. F. Gmelin (ING). 230 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1981 URTICACEAE 231 DISTRIBUTION: Old World tropics, eastward into Polynesia, with 25-40 species. Four species are indigenous in Fiji, three of them believed to be endemic. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Schroter, H. Monographie der Gattung Procris. Repert. Sp. Nov. 45: 179-192, 257-300. 1938. Smith, A. C. Procris Commers. Sargentia 1: 24-26. 1942. Key TO SPECIES Y inflorescences sessile; petioles 2-12 mm. long; leaf blades narrowly elliptic to obovate, 6-15 cm. long, 2-4.5 cm. broad, usually obviously unequal-sided at base, the secondary nerves 5-12 per side. 1. P. pedunculata ® inflorescences obviously pedunculate; leaf blades oblong-elliptic, essentially equal-sided at base. Cystoliths of leaf blades inconspicuous, very few and scattered on upper surface, absent from lower surface; petioles 5-10 mm. long; leaf blades 8-12 cm. long, 2-4 cm. broad, obscurely pellucid- punctate, the glands copious, often faintly depressed above, pale and crowded beneath, the secondary NERVES ZO OF Pela SIMO lelererietcieiaieiere eleisicicicieisiniers iets siie cileistelsieyeleieie sisiavaesiais i avaieroe ha OMfracta Cystoliths of leaf blades obvious and copious on both surfaces. Petioles 4-10 mm. long; leaf blades 4-11 cm. long, 1.5-3 cm. broad, thick, not pellucid-punctate, the glands often depressed above, obscure beneath, the secondary nerves 5-7 per side; cystoliths 0.1-0.25 mm. long, those of upper surface 8-12 per square millimeter, those of lower surface 35-50 par sqtae DUINTEIGE, coccaddaaedouscgcovanuasconcoodtasouonosuccon Sh J Gndlealetaan Petioles 8-30 mm. long; leaf blades (8-) 10-20 cm. long, 3.5-7 cm. broad, minutely scrobiculate on upper surface, the lower surface with superficial, minute, brown, scattered glands, the secondary nerves 7-10 per side; cystoliths 0.2-0.5 mm. long, those of upper surface 4-12 per square millime- ter, those of lower surface 5-14 per square millimeter. .................... 4. P. goepeliana 1. Procris pedunculata (J. R. & G. Forst.) Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 191. 1869; Schroter in Repert. Sp. Nov. 45: 259. 1938; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 24. 1942. Schroter and other botanists have interpreted Procris pedunculata very broadly, although recognizing some infraspecific taxa. Schréter considers P. cephalida Com- merson (ex Poir. in Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 5: 629. 1804) a direct synonym, probably referable to her var. eupedunculata. Commerson’s type (P) is from Bourbon (i. e. La Réunion, Mascarene Islands), and it seems unlikely that it falls into the typical variety of the species. This is pertinent to the present treatment only because Seemann used the name P. cephalida for his Fijian material. DIsTRIBUTION: It is difficult to assign a total distribution to Procris pedunculata, but it doubtless extends from Polynesia westward to Malesia, and possibly to south- eastern Asia and Africa as well. In the Fijian Region two infraspecific taxa, perhaps worthy of varietal rank, are distinguishable. KEY TO VARIETIES Leaf blades usually pellucid-punctate, or at least with obvious glands often depressed on upper surface; cystoliths of upper leaf blade surface 0.13-0.25 mm. long and 8-20 per square millimeter, those of lower surface 0.2-0.5 mm. long and 5-17 per square millimeter. ................. la. var. pedunculata Leaf blades thicker, not or scarcely pellucid-punctate, the glands obscure; cystoliths of upper leaf blade surface 0.13-0.6 mm. long and 18-45 per square millimeter, those of lower surface 0.16-0.7 mm. long ANGMI SOMES UAL EAT Me Le Lome Pere ieteterete tote Veleleye)fetelalefet-f-fai-¥al-iateceresols ele) e?sie’s.01°)aie lb. var. ornata FiGure 67. A-C, Elatostema tenellum; A, basal portion of leaf, lower surface, * 1; B, basal portion of leaf, upper surface, and maturing ? inflorescence, x 10;C, maturing 9 flowers, with subtending bracteoles, pedicels, minute perianth lobes, and achenes, * 30. D, Elatostema humile; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and o& inflorescences, x 1. A from Smith 5728, B & C from Smith 471, D from Gillespie 2403. 232 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 la. Procris pedunculata (J. R. & G. Forst.) Wedd. var. pedunculata; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 102. 1964, ed. 2. 144. 1972. FIGURE 68A. Elatostema pedunculatum J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 53. ¢. 53. 1775, ed. 2. 106. ¢. 53. 1776. Dorstenia lucida Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 11, nom. illeg. 1786. Procris pedunculata sensu Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 107. 1932; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 74. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 184: 36. 1945; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 36. 1972. Procris pedunculata var. eupedunculata Schroter in Repert. Sp. Nov. 45: 260, quoad typum. 1938; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 25. 1942. As it occurs in Fiji, the typical variety of Procris pedunculata is a succulent herb, sometimes ligneous toward base, or a liana, occurring at elevations from near sea level to about 760 m. It is more frequently found at lower elevations, often on limestone areas, along rocky coasts, on cliffs, in open forest, and sometimes as an epiphyte. The perianth is greenish white. Flowering and fruiting material may be expected through- out the year. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type was collected in the Society Islands by J. R. & G. Forster during Cook’s second voyage; usually the holotypes of such species are deposited at BM, but in this case I have been unable to find any such specimen there and therefore assume that it may have been lost while out on loan. However, a specimen exists at K indicated as collected on Tahiti by J. R. & G. Forster, from the Forster Herbarium and marked “Dorstenia lucida.” A pencilled note (in an unrecognized hand) has been added: “This is almost certainly the Type Specimen of Elatostema pedunculatum J. & G. Forst. = Procris pedunculata Wedd.” This specimen is herewith indicated the lectotype of the species. In describing Dorstenia lucida, G. Forster cited Elatostema pedunculatum as a synonym. DISTRIBUTION: The typical variety of Procris pedunculata probably has a very extensive distribution, occurring in most archipelagoes of the southern Pacific from the Marquesas and Tuamotus westward at least to Micronesia and the Solomon Islands, and probably throughout Malesia; whether it extends to continental Asia and to Africa remains to be seen. Apparently Schroter believed the typical variety to have essentially the specific range. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: KANDAVU: Namalata Isthmus region, Smith 33; Ono Island, DA 14955; Kandavu without further locality, Tothill 762. KORO: Rocky west coast, Smith 1076. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, vicinity of Sawaieke, Smith 7928. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Track to Mt. Soro Levu, DA 17142. MOALA: Forest above Maloku, Smith 1373. VANUA MBALAVU: Nambavatu, Tothill 763; southern limestone section, Smith 1441. KAMBARA: On limestone formation, Smith 1283. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1140. ONGEA NDRIKI: Bryan 414. The specimens cited above agree very closely in foliage characters with the lecto- type and other material of the typical variety from Tahiti, as well as with specimens from Samoa, the New Hebrides, etc. In Fiji the typical variety seems to favor the smaller islands and a limestone substrate, but its range and that of the following variety are not entirely mutually exclusive. 1b. Procris pedunculata var. ornata A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 25. 1942; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 102. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 102. 1964, ed. 2. 144. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 212. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 322. 1971. FIGURE 68B. Procris integrifolia sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862; non auct. Procris cephalida sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 241. 1868; non Commerson ex Poir. Procris pedunculata sensu Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 301, quoad spec. vit. 1892; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 49. 1943; non sensu typi. 1981 URTICACEAE 233 FiGure 68. A, Procris pedunculata var. pedunculata, from Smith 1441; portion of upper surface of leaf blade, with comparatively spaced cystoliths, x 30. B, Procris pedunculata var. ornata, from Smith 9637, portion of upper surface of leaf blade, with comparatively congested cystoliths, x 30. C, Procris anfracta, from Smith 744; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and 9 inflorescences, x 1/3. D, Procris goepeliana, from DA 14997; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and 9 inflorescences, < 1/3. 234 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Procris pedunculata var. ornata, 1n Fiji, is a succulent herb or low shrub, occasion- ally epiphytic, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 1,130 m. in dry or dense forest, often in rocky places, and frequently along streams and on cliffs. The perianth is white or greenish, the stamens white, and the fruiting heads dull pink, becoming bright orange or red and with whitish achenes. Flowers and fruits do not appear to be seasonal. TYPIFICATION: The type is Degener 14826 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), collected March 13, 1941, near Nauwangga, south of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji, Tonga, Niue, and the Horne Islands; possibly some of the collections from the New Hebrides and the Solomons belong here also, but the complex species requires more careful study. In Fiji var. ornata occurs on the high islands and often at higher elevation than the typical variety, and it has not been noted in Lau. I have studied about 40 Fijian collections. LOCAL NAMES: The names kau tho and tokai have each been reported once, but they are definitely to be questioned as applying to Procris. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1281; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6272; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4297, Mt. Nanggarana- mbuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Stauffer & Koroiveibau 5833; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12748 (Melville et al. 7140). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, O. & J. Degener 32170; Ruwailevu, Singatoka Valley, Webster & Hildreth 14376. SERUA: Mbuyombuyo, near Namboutini, Tabualewa 15573; hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9637. Namosti: Hills bordering Wainavi- ndrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8859; vicinity of Namosi Village, Seemann 430 (in part also from Taveuni). RA: Vicinity of Nasukamai, Gillespie 4393; Vatundamu, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15402. TaILevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Wailotua, Smith 7252. REwa: Vicinity of Lami, Meebold 16664. OVALAU: Slopes above Levuka, Gillespie 4483. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7846. VANUA LEVU: Maruuata: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6855. THAKAUNDROVE: Southwestern slope of Mt. Mbatini, Smith 599; Namali, DA 16861. TAVEUNI: Nanggelendamundamu, Nggeleni, DA 15882. 2. Procris anfracta (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 25. 1942; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 101. 1964, ed. 2. 144. 1972. FIGURE 68C. Elatostema anfractum A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 58. fig. 26. 1936. A liana or scrambling vine, somewhat succulent, occurring at elevations of 600-900 m. in dense forest. The flowering heads are white, the perianth pale green, and the fruiting heads bright red. Flowering material has been obtained in August and December and fruiting material only in December. The original description having been based on 2 material, the following supplementary notes are now added from Smith 8268 (unicate at us): & inflorescences glabrous, 1-3 in leaf axils or at defoliate nodes, the cymes simple, the peduncles slender, 4-7 mm. long, obscurely bracteate at base, the receptacle swollen and irregularly glandular; flowers usually 8-12 per cyme, the pedicels slender, 3-4 mm. long; perianth segments 5, membranaceous, oblong, about 1.5 1 mm.;stamens 5, the filaments about 0.7 mm. long, the anthers oblong and equalling the filaments in length. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 744 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Dec. 14, 1933, on the western slope of Taveuni, between Somosomo and Wairiki. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known sparingly only from the island of Taveuni. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: TAVEUNI: Valley between Mt. Manuka (east of Wairiki) and summit ridge of island, Smith 8268, 8280. This apparently rare and local species is readily distinguished from other Fijian species with pedunculate 2 inflorescences by its essentially lacking foliar cystoliths, at least from lower leaf blade surfaces. The following species, known only from Viti Levu, 1981 URTICACEAE 235 is quite similar in general appearance but its leaf blades have copious and obvious cystoliths. 3. Procris archboldiana A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 25. 1942, in J. Arnold Arb. 31: 153. 1950; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 101. 1964, ed. 2. 144. 1972. FIGURE 69. Procris montana sensu Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 172. 1909; Turrill in op. cit. 43: 39. 1915; non Steudel. An often high-climbing liana, with the lower parts of stems sometimes appressed to tree trunks, or sometimes appearing to be an epiphytic shrub, found at elevations of 725-1,250 m. in dense forest or in the mossy forest of high ridges. The perianth is pale green, the anthers white, and the fruiting heads red and somewhat translucent or pinkish. Both flowers and fruits have been obtained between February and September. TYPIFICATION: The type is Degener 14354 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), collected Feb. 13, 1941, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu. Locat NAMES: Ndraindrai and sundro are names recorded only for Gillespie 3396. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, along trail from Nandarivatu toward Lewa, Smith 6182; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 661, 735, im Thurn 283, Gillespie 3396; summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 4819, 4863; hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of the sawmill at Navai, Smith 5984, 5987; upper slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5206, DA 12706 (Melville et al. 7094A & B). NANDRONGA & NAvosA: Above Naloka, Singatoka River Valley. DA /429. Nartasiri: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 5758. Viti Levu without further locality, Parks 20838. Procris archboldiana, apparently with a very restricted range, is one of the most striking plants of the upland forest of northern Viti Levu, its small, red, fruiting heads being conspicuous along the stems of the lianas that are often closely appressed to tree trunks. 4. Procris goepeliana (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 26. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 102. 1964, ed. 2. 144. 1972. FIGURE 68D. Pellionia goepeliana A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 56. fig. 25. 1936. A subligneous herb or slender shrub 1-2 m. high, or more often a high-climbing liana, occurring at elevations of 300-866 m. in dense forest or in the dense thickets of crests. The perianth is pale green, the anthers white, and the fruiting heads pale pink and eventually bright red. Flowers have been obtained between November and April and fruits between April and June. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 519 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 21, 1933, on the southern slope of the Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several of the high islands. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serua: Vunimbua Creek, near Nambukelevu, upper Navua River, DA 14867. Namosti: Saliandrau, Wayauyau Creek, DA 1/4997. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Parks 20144, 20343. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Tana Lailai and adjacent ridge, Smith 77/4. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 979. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Smith 433. Of the three Fijian species of Procris with pedunculate 2 inflorescences, P. goepeliana seems to be the most widespread; all three, as far as now known, have discrete distributions. 5. Picea Lindl. Collect. Bot. ad t. 4. 1821. Nom. cons. Monoecious or dioecious annual or perennial herbs, sometimes creeping, the stipules intrapetiolar, connate; leaves opposite, equal or unequal in pairs, the petioles Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 236 1981 URTICACEAE 237 of a pair of different lengths, the blades usually 3-nerved, equal-sided or nearly so, entire or serrate, with usually linear cystoliths; inflorescences composed of axillary, pedunculate or sessile, solitary cymes, these in dense clusters or lax and paniculiform, usually with small bracts; co flowers with the perianth (2-) 4-partite, the segments concave, subvalvate or connate, often mucronate or appendaged dorsally, the stamens (2-) 4, the rudimentary ovary conical or oblong; ¢ flowers with the perianth 3-partite, the segments unequal, the largest one sometimes gibbous or cucullate, the staminodes opposite perianth segments, inflexed, scalelike, sometimes minute or inconspicuous, the ovary straight, the stigma sessile, short-penicillate, usually caducous; achene ovoid or orbicular, compressed, slightly oblique, not or only partly enclosed by the perianth and often forcefully ejected from it by the staminodes, the seed nearly lacking endo- sperm, the cotyledons broad. Type SPECIES: Pilea muscosa Lindl., nom. illeg. = P. microphylla (L.) Liebm. (Parietaria microphylla L.). DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and sometimes extending into temperate areas, with more than 600 species. Two species are recorded from Fiji, both in cultivation and one also a frequent adventive. KEY TO SPECIES Coarse herb, to 40 cm. high; leaf blades ovate, up to 9 x 5S cm., with pale green or silvery blotches, the petioles 2=8} Gidls WOME a5 5 cdeooo upd GU COU OE bred SUN Oo Cob te oe amet a Op ame ce coe canes one 1. P. cadieri Delicate herb, often sprawling or prostrate, seldom as much as 30cm. high; larger leaf blades up to 6 2mm., PreensethcspeLlolesm minutes a aryer tear cy avevcisiere crepeteieuserisietercisiaycinrciele esiele ce sieisie ashe 2. P. microphylla 1. Pilea cadieri Gagnep. & Guillauminin Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) II. 10: 629. 1939; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 143. 1972. A succulent herb 30-40 cm. high, cultivated and to be expected from near sea level to about 250 m. The leaves characteristically have pale green blotches or silvery areas, and the perianth segments are dull white or slightly pink-tinged. Flowers in Fiji have been noted only in March. TYPIFICATION: The type is cited as “R. P. Cadieére, f. 11. 1938” (HOLOTYPE doubtless at P), collected in central Annam, Vietnam, at an elevation of 600 m. DISTRIBUTION: This decorative plant is now fairly widespread in cultivation. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Aluminum plant; a popular ornamental in gardens. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Naitasiri: Toninaiwau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16766. REWA: Lami, in private garden, DA 16475. 2. Pilea microphylla (L.) Liebm. in Kongel. Dansk Vidensk.-Selsk. Skr. V. 2: 296. 1851; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 74. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 49. 1943; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 25: 397. 1944, in op. cit. 30: 81. 1949; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 102. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 96. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964, ed. 2. 143. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 210. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. FiGurE 69. Procris archboldiana; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and 9 inflorescences, * 1; B, portion of young o& inflorescence, 10; C, young & flower, with some perianth segments removed, showing reflexed anthers (a) and a filament (f), x 30; D, maturing 9 inflorescence, showing developing achenes and fleshy perianth segments, = 6. A from Smith 6182, B & C from Smith 5987, D from Degener 14354. 238 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 25: 322. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 122. 1972. Parietaria microphylla L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 1308. 1759. Pilea muscosa Lindl. Collect. Bot. t. 4, nom. illeg. 1821; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19: 104. 1948. In Fiji Pilea microphylla is sometimes cultivated as a diminutive, erect, border plant, but more frequently it is seen as a sprawling or prostrate weed, often subligneous at base, on damp rocks and along shaded creeks, often near dwellings. Its minute flowers are white and are to be found throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION: Linnaeus’s only citation in 1759 was “S/oan. jam. t. 93.2.” The type, therefore, should be a Sloane specimen at BM. Pilea muscosa is an illegitimate name because Lindley cited Parietaria microphylla as a synonym. DISTRIBUTION: A native of tropical America, Pilea microphylla is now widespread as a weed throughout the tropics. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Artillery plant and gunpowder plant, widely used for this diminutive species, presumably refer to the forcible ejection of its minute achene from the perianth by the staminodes, or to the explosive action of the anthers in releasing pollen. The species is sometimes used as an ornamental in garden borders, but as a weed it is considerably more frequent than indicated below. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 1002B. Namost: Hills east of Serua River, Greenwood 1002. REwa: Suva, Meebold 8205, DA 12264; Department of Agriculture compound, Suva, DA 11593. 6. BOEHMERIA Jacq. Enum. Syst. Pl. Carib. 9. 1760; Seem. FI. Vit. 241. 1868. Monoecious (or dioecious or rarely polygamous) small trees or shrubs, often with indument, the stipules usually lateral and free, less often intrapetiolar and basally connate, caducous; leaves alternate or opposite, sometimes unequal and with petioles of different lengths, the blades equal- or unequal-sided, serrate, 3-nerved at base, pinnate-nerved distally, rarely 2-lobed, with punctiform, hypergenous cystoliths; inflorescences bisexual or unisexual, spicate or paniculate or fasciculate, axillary or at defoliate nodes, with small, scarious bracts; co flowers with the perianth 4-lobed or 4-partite (rarely 3- or 5-partite), the segments valvate, often short-corniculate below apex, the stamens 4 (rarely 3 or 5), the rudimentary ovary clavate or subglobose; 2 flowers with the perianth tubular or lageniform, compressed or ventricose, often oblique, often contracted distally, 2-4-dentate, hispid, dry at maturity, the staminodes none, the ovary sessile or stipitate, the stigma elongate-filiform, pilose on one side, semipersistent in fruit; achene enclosed by the withered perianth, thin- or hard-walled, the seed with sparse endosperm, the cotyledons elliptic or ovate. TYPE SPECIES: Boehmeria ramiflora Jacq. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and extending into temperate regions, with about 100 species. Two species occur in Fiji, one cultivated (and sometimes naturalizing) and one indigenous. KEY TO SPECIES Shrubby plant 1-3 m. high; flower clusters in branched panicles 3-8 cm. long; petioles 6-12 cm. long; leaf blades broadly ovate-deltoid, (6-) 8-16 cm. long, (5-) 7-13 cm. broad, slightly longer than broad, rounded to subcordate at base, sparsely hispidulous above, white- to greenish-tomentose beneath; culfivatedfandtspaninglymaturalized nee eee eect eee 1. B. nivea Shrub or slender tree 1-5 (-12) m. high; flower clusters in elongate spikes 15-45 cm. long at maturity; & flower clusters in branched panicles usually 10-15 cm. long at maturity; petioles 2-13 cm. long; leaf blades ovate to elliptic, (8-) 10-25 cm. long, (4-) 6-11 cm. broad, about twice as long as broad, rounded to obtuse at base, concolorous or slightly paler beneath, inconspicuously appressed-pilose to uniformly soft-pilose)beneath:sindigenoussaeee ace eeeeiieeeieeeeieereeieieeiiciereiiericr 2. B. virgata 1981 URTICACEAE 239 1. Boehmeria nivea (L.) Gaud. Voy. Uranie et Physicienne, Freycinet, Bot. 499. 1830; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964, ed. 2. 140. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 106. 1972. Urtica nivea L. Sp. Pl. 985. 1753. A shrub to 3 m. high, sparingly cultivated and rarely naturalizing along roadsides near sea level. The only Fijian specimen in flower was obtained in September. TyYPIFICATION: Among the three references listed for Urtica nivea, Linnaeus included Hortus Cliffortianus, 441; the best lectotype therefore would be the corres- ponding specimen at BM. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in eastern Asia from Japan and China to Malesia, now cultivated there and elsewhere for commercial production. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Ramie and rhea are the most widely used names. The stem yields an exceptionally long, strong, lustrous, and durable bast fiber, used ina manner similar to flax and hemp, for twine, thread, nets, cloth, mats, etc. However, the species often fails to grow well in cultivation, and separation of the fibers is difficult. An interesting account of the uses and introduction of ramie is found in Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. ed. 2. 344-346. 1966. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NaiTasiri: Research Station, Koronivia, DA 10/45; near Tama- vua Depot, upper Waimanu Road near Suva, H. B. R. Parham 120. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Along Hibiscus Highway leading from Savusavu, Bierhorst F178. TAVEUNI: Near Somosomo, DA //5/6. Of the two best known varieties of this species, var. nivea is the one usually cultivated in China and other temperate areas, while var. tenacissima (Roxb.) Mid. is the more frequently grown in warm areas. The latter is doubtless the variety brought into Fiji for experimental cultivation, but at least one of the Fijian specimens repre- sents var. nivea. In the typical variety the adult leaf blades are thickly white-tomentose beneath, somewhat smaller and less coarsely serrate than those of var. tenacissima, the leaf blades of which have the tomentum less copious and more greenish. 2. Boehmeria virgata (Forst. f.) Guillemin in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. II. 7: 182. 1837; A.C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 26. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964, ed. 2. 140. 1972. FIGuRE 70. Urtica virgata Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 66. 1786. Boehmeria platyphylla var. virgata Wedd. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. 9: 366. 1856; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862; Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 210. 1869; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 301. 1892. Boehmeria platyphylla sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862, Fl. Vit. 242. 1868; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 173. 1909; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 107. 1932; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 75. 1935; non D. Don. As it occurs in Fiji, Boehmeria virgatais a shrub or slender tree 1-5 (rarely to 12) m. high, found at elevations between 50 and 1,200 m. in dense, open, dry, or secondary forest or on its edges. The perianth, stamens, and styles are pale green to white, and the achene turns from yellowish white to brown. Flowering and fruiting material occurs throughout the year. LECTOTYPIFICATION: The type was obtained by J. R. & G. Forster in the Society Islands during Cook’s second voyage. At BM there is a specimen from G. Forster’s herbarium indicated as “Urtica virgata Prodr. 345,” which may be taken as the lectotype, although it bears no locality data. A presumptive isolectotype at K is indicated as from “Tongo-Tabo-Tahietee;” the Tongatapu locality is doubtless super- fluous, since the specimen is a precise match for that at BM. 240 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DIsTRIBUTION: From the Marquesas and Society Islands westward at least to the New Hebrides and Caroline Islands; I have seen no specimens from farther west that I would refer here, but of course the genus needs a modern revision. Although Boehme- ria virgata is present in Samoa, no collections of it have been noted from Tonga or Niue. Sixty Fijian collections have been studied. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: A plant well known to Fijians, Boehmeria virgata is reported under the names kalolo, kaulolo, ndongosele, ndrendre, rambe, rambi, and tautau. The leaves have many alleged medicinal uses: they may be used as a dressing for broken bones, mixed with oil and used as a massage, used as a remedy for boils, or combined with the fronds of the fern Macrothelypteris torresiana (Gaud.) Ching and used in treating the early stages of dysentery. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: North of Natalau, near Lautoka, Degener 15008; Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 459; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 638; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, DA 10378; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12766 (Melville et al. 7158). Namost: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8761; Navunikambi, Wainikoroiluva River, DA 14987; hills southeast of Namosi Village, Gillespie 2833. Ra: Mountains near Penang, Greenwood 172A; vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, FiGureE 70. Boehmeria virgata, from DA 10378, A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, * 1/3; B, branchlet of inflorescence with clusters of o& flowers, * 6. 1981 URTICACEAE 241 Degener 15337. NAITASIRI: Vicinity of Matawailevu, Wainimala River, Sv. John 18/76; Tholo-i-suva, Parks 20079. KANDAVU: Seemann 433; summit of Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 284. OVALAU: Horne 303; hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7362. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 944. NGAU: Milne 156, 159, 223. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Above Nandi Bay, Milne 247. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Valanga Range, Smith 393. TAVEUNI: Somosomo, Seemann 432 (some sheets indicated as from Kandavu); valley between Mt. Manuka and main ridge of island, Smith 8289. F1s1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Graeffe S. 72: In 1942 I noted the variation in the leaf blade indument. Some Fijian specimens have the blades glabrous above and inconspicuously appressed-strigose on the nerves beneath; Forster’s type material resembles this form. Other Fijian specimens have the blades appressed-strigose above and uniformly soft-pilose beneath. There are so many intergrading forms that the type and degree of indument now seem inconsequential. 7. Pouzo.izia Gaud. Voy. Uranie et Physicienne, Freycinet, Bot. 503. 1830. Monoecious (or rarely dioecious) herbs or shrubs, the stipules lateral, free, often persistent; leaves alternate or the lower ones opposite, the blades entire or serrate, 3-nerved at base, pinnate-nerved distally, with punctiform cystoliths; inflorescences axillary, clustered, with small bracts; o& flowers with the perianth 4-lobed or 4-partite (rarely 3- or 5-partite), the segments valvate, convex at apex or abruptly inflexed and transversely plicate dorsally, the stamens 4 (rarely 3 or 5), the rudimentary ovary clavate or oblong; 2 flowers with the perianth tubular, contracted distally, 2-4- dentate, dry at maturity, the staminodes none, the ovary included in perianth, the stigma filiform, villose on one side, caducous after anthesis; achene enclosed by the accrescent perianth and often free from it, the seed with sparse endosperm, the cotyledons ovate. TYPE SPECIES: Pouzolzia laevigata (Poir.) Gaud. ex Wedd. (Parietaria laevigata Poir., as P. levigata). DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical, with 50-100 species. Two species have been noted in Fiji, both adventive and perhaps evanescent. KEY TO SPECIES Petioles of largest leaves 3-6 cm. long; leaf blades ovate, 2.5-6.5 cm. long, |.5-3.5 cm. broad, the larger ones ConSpICUODS VracuIminatermer yer cist eters erect e siere waiare sete cee wonie eieteletticyecelee chats le 1. P. erythraeae Petioles less than 0.5 cm. long (in our specimen, but variable and up to 3 cm. long where indigenous); leaf blades ovate to elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, 1-2 cm. long and 0.5-1 cm. broad (in our specimen, but variable and up to 6 x 3 cm. where indigenous), obtusely cuspidate at apex. .....2. P. rubricaulis 1. Pouzolzia erythraeae Schweinfurth in Bull. Herb. Boissier 4, App. 2: 146. 1896; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 144. 1972. An herb 30-40 cm. high, probably repent basally, occurring as a weed in waste places. The only available Fijian specimen had axillary glomerules of flowers and fruits in July. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Schweinfurth 1658 (place of deposit?), collected in Eritrea, without indication of further locality, in April, 1891. DIsTRIBUTION: Presumably indigenous in eastern Africa. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Department of Agriculture grounds, Suva, DA 14755. Although I have not compared the Fijian specimen with the type, it agrees excel- lently with the original description and is also essentially identical to A. Pappi 4033 (us), from Valle di Ghinda, Eritrea, so identified by E. Chiovenda. This East African species may have reached Fiji as a chance seed in ship ballast. The cited locality is adjacent to the wharf area in Suva, and it is unlikely that the species will persist in Fiji. 242 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 2. Pouzolzia rubricaulis (Bl.) Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16(1): 229. 1869; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 47. 1965; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 144. 1972. Leptocnide rubricaulis Bl. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 2: 194. 1. 57. 1857. As seen in Fiji, this probably evanescent weed is an herb 15-20 cm. high, with the branches sprawling at base, found near sea level. The inflorescence bracts are reddish and the anthers are white; flowering material was obtained in November. TYPIFICATION: The holotype (probably at L) was collected “in Java occidentali prope Tjanjor,” presumably by Blume. DISTRIBUTION: Perhaps only in Java. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: REwa: Samambula, Suva, DA L./1435. Like the preceding, this species is probably an evanescent weed in Fiji; the locality is not far from Suva Harbor. Although the leaf blades of our specimen are somewhat smaller than those described in Flora of Java, it keys only to Pouzolzia rubricaulis, agrees closely with Blume’s original plate, and seems identical with Neth. Ind. For. Serv. 7047 (GH, NY), from Java, so identified by van Steenis. 8. Preturus Wedd. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. 1: 196. 1854; Seem. FI. Vit. 243. 1868; Skottsb. in Acta Horti Gothob. 7: 43. 1932; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 27. 1942. Dioecious (or rarely monoecious) trees or shrubs, the stipules intrapetiolar, con- nate, caducous; leaves alternate, the blades entire to crenate to serrate, 3- or 5-nerved at base, pinnate-nerved distally, with punctiform cystoliths, sometimes white-tomentose beneath; inflorescences axillary, paniculate or spicate, the flowers clustered, the bracts small; & flowers with the perianth 4- or 5-lobed, the lobes valvate, acute, the stamens 4 or 5, the rudimentary ovary often tomentose; 9 flowers with the perianth tubular, narrowed at apex, minutely 4- or S5-dentate, the staminodes none, the ovary enclosed by perianth, the stigma filiform, exserted, villose on one side, caducous after anthesis; receptacle below fruit globose, fleshy, sometimes villose; achene closely enclosed by the slightly enlarged perianth and free from it, immersed in the receptacle and together with it forming a spurious fruit, the seed with sparse endosperm, the cotyledons broad. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Weddell included nine species in his genus in 1854. The current ING card does not indicate a lectotype species, but Hutchinson (Gen. FI. Pl. 2: 189. 1967) so denotes Pipturus argenteus (Forst. f.) DC. (the combination is usually accredited to Weddell). DIsTRIBUTION: Mascarene Islands to Malesia and Australia and eastward into Polynesia, with 40-50 species. Three indigenous species occur in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Skottsberg, C. Remarks on Pipturus argenteus and P. incanus of Weddell. Acta Horti Gothob. 7: 43-63. 1932. Smith, A. C. Pipturus Wedd. Sargentia 1: 27-29. 1942. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blades densely lanate or pilose beneath; 9 perianth minutely sericeous or hispid to strigose. Indument of ? perianth minutely sericeous with hairs 0.05-0.15 mm. long; leaf blades conspicuously discolorous, densely white- or grayish-lanate beneath with a closely appressed layer of weak, tangled hairs, sparsely hispid-setose above with pale hairs 0.4-1 mm. long, or sometimes essentially glabrous AYO powducadacoooUnodoogo Seu can booOdOCUCaDO OOD DODNSODOaOD 1. P. argenteus var. lanosus Indument of @ perianth hispid to strigose with hairs 0.15-0.25 mm. long; leaf blades essentially concolorous, densely pilose beneath with cinereous, erect hairs 0.25-1 mm. long (these not tangled into an appressed layer), similarly pilose above or with the hairs strigose, or sometimes essentially AAD OUS AONE, cooccodsuovoobpocddadcoboo oS ODODTODCOUObOOUOOOOCC00n 2. P. platyphyllus Leaf blades concolorous, superficially appearing glabrous but inconspicuously short-strigillose beneath (hairs pale, minute, not more than 0.2 mm. long, sometimes scarcely apparent), glabrous above or with a few inconspicuous, appressed hairs seldom longer than 0.3 mm.; @ perianth inconspicuously puberulent-sericeous with minute hairs not more than 0.1 mm. long. ......:....... 3. P. vitiensis 1981 URTICACEAE 243 1. Pipturus argenteus (Forst. f.) Wedd. var. lanosus Skottsb. in Acta Horti Gothob. 7: 62. fig. 46-49. 1932; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 28. 1942; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 103. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964, ed. 2. 143. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 211. 1970; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 31. 1972. FiGuRE 71A & B. Pipturus propinquus sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 244. 1868; non Wedd. Pipturus velutinus sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 433. 1873; non Wedd. Pipturus argenteus sensu Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 303, quoad spec. vit. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 173. 1909; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 75, p. p. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 49. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 36. 1945; non sensu typi. As it occurs in Fiji, Pipturus argenteus var. /anosus is an often spreading shrub or tree 2-6 m. high, sometimes with the trunk up to 20 cm. in diameter, found from near sea level to an elevation of 1,000 m. in dense, dry, or open forest or on its edges or in coastal thickets. The fruiting clusters are white-sericeous and the achenes brown. Flowering and fruiting specimens have been obtained throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Pipturus argenteus (Forst. f.) Wedd. (Urtica argentea Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 65. 1786) was obtained in the Society Islands by J. R. & G. Forster during Cook’s second voyage. Skottsberg in his 1932 discussion was noncommittal as to the range of the typical variety, but he excluded the Society Islands material from his var. /anosus. For the latter he gave a Latin description but cited no type; his four figures illustrate indument from material obtained in the Philippines, Queensland, Tonga, and Sumatra. Variety /anosus should be lectotypified, presumably by one of the illustrated collections, but this should be done by a specialist on the family. DISTRIBUTION: In the Fijian Region Pipturus argenteus var. lanosus may confi- dently be assigned a distribution including the New Hebrides, Fiji, Rotuma, Tonga, Niue, and Samoa; Skottsberg would extend this distribution westward to include Malesia and Queensland. Such species as P. propinquus, P. velutinus, and P. incanus have been ascribed to Fiji by various authors, but seemingly on the basis of misidentifi- cations. Because of past confusions as to the identities of Fijian populations, I cite all specimens available to me representing the three distinct taxa that occur there. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Names recorded in Fiji are ronga, rongga, tandau, feu, and rema. Unspecified parts of the plant are reported to be used as a laxative, to treat skin diseases, and to quicken slow childbirths. In other areas the bast fibers are used in making string, as they have great tensile strength; the same is perhaps true for most species of Pipturus. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Wailevu Creek, St. John 18077. VITI LEVU: Mba: North of Lomolomo, Degener & Ordonez 13654; north of Natalau, Degener 15007; Korovou, east of Tavua, Degener 14947, vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 786, DA 9730; western slope of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Smith 6315; near Matathuli, head of Nandala Creek, Gibbs 835; summit of Mt. Matomba, near Nandala, Degener 14462; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12771 ( Melville et al. 7163). NAMost: Hills east of Wainikoroi- luva River, near Namuamua, Smith 9064. NAITASIRI: Nasauvere, Wainimala River, DA /4028; Waindina River Basin, Tothill 802 (coll. Mac Daniels), MacDaniels 1048. OVALAU: Without further locality, Gilles- pie 4561.5. KORO: West coast, Smith 1078. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Nandi Bay, Harvey s. n. Fis without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Harvey, Nov., 1855; Horne 59, 345. 2. Pipturus platyphyllus Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 235°. 1869; Seem. FI. Vit. 433. 1873; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 28. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964, ed. 2. 143. 1972. FIGuRE 7IC. Pipturus velutinus sensu Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 173. 1909; non Wedd. 244 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Figure 71. A & B, Pipturus argenteus var. lanosus; A, portion of inflorescence with clusters of fruits, = 6; B, portion of lower surface of leaf blade, x 30. C, Pipturus platyphyllus; portion of lower surface of leaf blade, x 30. D & E, Pipturus vitiensis; D, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and ? inflorescences, 1/3; E, portion of lower surface of leaf blade, x 30. A from St. John 18077, B from Degener 15007, C from St. John 18226, D from Smith 1108, E from Smith 1233. 1981 URTICACEAE 245 A shrub or tree 1-6 m. high, often much-branched, with the trunk up to 10 cm. in diameter, found at elevations from near sea level to 800 m. in forest and thickets and on grassy slopes. The perianth segments are white to greenish, the anthers pale yellow, the stigma greenish yellow or pale green, and the achenes white. Flowering material has been obtained between August and January and fruits slightly later. TyYPIFICATION: The holotype is Vieillard s. n., collected on Ovalau in 1855 and deposited in the Lenormand Herbarium (CN, now presumably transferred to Pp). DISTRIBUTION: At present it is probably advisable to consider Pipturus platyphyl- lus a Fijian endemic, but it is quite possible that some of the Samoan specimens that Christophersen (in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 75-77. 1935) refers to his broad concept of P. argenteus actually represent P. platyphyllus, a very distinct species on the basis of Fijian material. In Tonga and Niue the genus seems to be represented only by P. argenteus var. lanosus. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The names tangitha, rema, and ngala have been recorded, and there is one record of the bark being used as a dye for native cloth. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: North of Lomolomo, Degener & Ordonez 13653; Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 453; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Smith 6048. MBA or NAITASIRI: Between Navai and Nasonggo, Gibbs 544. SERUA: Flat coastal strip in vicinity of Ngaloa, Smith 9449. NarrasirI: Vicinity of Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18226; Waimanu River, DA 979. Rewa: Base of Mt. Koromba- mba, H. B. R. Parham 131; Vatuwangga hill, Suva, H. B. R. Parham 110. VANUA LEVU: MaTHuaTA: Interior mountains, Greenwood 453A; Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, DA 14626. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Uluinambathi, Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 13928; Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14230; Wainingata Station, DA /2012; Tunuloa Tikina, Natewa Peninsula, Horne 533. VANUA Levu without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. F131 without further locality, Horne 1142, Gillespie, Dec. 29, 1927. 3. Pipturus vitiensis A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 29. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964, ed. 2. 144. 1972. Ficure 71D & E. Pipturus velutinus sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 243. 1868; non Wedd. Pipturus gracilipes A. Gray ex Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 235°, nom. nud. 1869; Seem. FI. Vit. 433, nom. nud. 1873. Pipturus incanus sensu Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 303, quoad spec. vit. 1892; non. Wedd. A shrub or slender tree 1-6 m. high, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 100 m., in thickets, on the edge of forest, and in coconut plantations, usually on limestone. Flowers and fruits have been obtained only in February and March. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type is Smith 1233 (GH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected March 2, 1934, on limestone formation on the island of Kambara. The source of the name Pipturus gracilipes is U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, Us); this name has no nomenclatural status and the specimens, although from Fiji, are without other locality. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and limited to coastal situations; it is the only species of Pipturus definitely known to occur in the Lau Group. LOCAL NAMES: Ronga, ndongosele. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 305. TOTOYA: Milne 92. YATHATA: Naveranavula, DA 15542. VANUA MBALAVU: Nambavatu, Tothill 764, Namalata Islet, southern limestone section, Smith 1456. FULANGA: Tothill 765; on limestone formation, Smith 1108. It seems likely that this species also occurs on the Lau island of Matuku, repre- sented by Naumann, Nov. 24, 1875, collected during the S. M. S. Gazelle expedition, and reported by Engler (in Bot. Jahrb. 7:451. 1886) as Pipturus incanus. The specimen has probably been destroyed, but no other species of Pipturus is known from the Moala Group of Lau. 246 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 9. CYPHOLOPHUS Wedd. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. 1: 198. 1854; Seem. Fl. Vit. 242. 1868. Monoecious or dioecious shrubs or small trees, the stipules lateral, free, deciduous; leaves opposite, decussate, the blades often unequal in each pair, on petioles of different lengths, often bullate-rugose, serrate, pinnate-nerved, with punctiform cysto- liths; inflorescences axillary or at defoliate nodes of branchlets, sessile, semiglobose, composed of often numerous and densely clustered flowers; & flowers with the perianth 4-partite, the segments valvate, sometimes mucronate toward apex, the stamens 4, the rudimentary ovary obovoid; 9 flowers with the perianth tubular- ventricose, contracted at apex, 2-dentate or unequally 4-dentate, becoming fleshy or subbaccate at maturity, the staminodes none, the ovary tightly enclosed by perianth, the stigma filiform, recurved, papillose to fimbriate on one side, semipersistent; achene immersed in the mature perianth, the seed with endosperm, the cotyledons elliptic. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Weddell included two new species, Cypholophus macrocepha- lus and C. rufescens, in his genus in 1854. The current ING card does not suggest a lectotype species, but Hutchinson (Gen. Fl. Pl. 2: 189. 1967) so indicates C. macroce- Phalus. DISTRIBUTION: Malesia, including the Philippines, and eastward into Polynesia, with 30-35 species. Two indigenous species are represented in Fiji. KEY TO SPECIES Larger leaves with petioles 1-5 cm. long, the blades lanceolate to narrowly ovate-elliptic, 5-21 cm. long, (1.5-) 2-7.5 cm. broad, 2-3 times as long as broad, bullate-rugose, finely crenulate-serrate with 4-6 teeth per centimeter, pale-hispidulous on both surfaces with hairs 0.3-1 mm. long; fruiting heads 5-10 MmMapinudiameterwee eel Cee eee ceeiciteeeiecrre 1. C. heterophyllus Larger leaves with petioles 3-15 cm. long, the blades broadly elliptic to ovate-orbicular, 15-25 cm. long, 10-17 cm. broad, about 1.5 times as long as broad, comparatively smooth, coarsely serrate with 2-4 teeth per centimeter, copiously pale-pilose on both surfaces with hairs often 1-2 mm. long; fruiting heads 10-20 mm. in diameter. ............ 2... ee ee eee eee eee 2. C. macrocephalus var. mollis 1. Cypholophus heterophyllus (Wedd.) Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16(1):235''. 1869; Seem. Fl. Vit. 432. 1873; Engl. in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 450. 1886; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 98. 1964, ed. 2. 140. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 31. 1972. FIGURE 72A. Cypholophus macrocephalus var. heterophyllus Wedd. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. 9: 435. 1857. Boehmeria harveyi Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 441, nom. nud. 1862, Fl. Vit. 242, pro syn. ¢. 62. 1868. Cypholophus macrocephalus sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 242. 1868, op. cit. 432. 1873; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 302, quoad spec. vit. 1892; non Wedd. As it occurs in Fiji, this locally frequent species is a shrub or small tree 1-5 m. high, often much branched or with slender branches, found at elevations from near sea level to 1,150 m. in dense or open forest or on its edges, hillside thickets, pastures, and occasionally in beach thickets. Its o& pedicels are rich pink, its perianth red to dull or rich pink, its anthers white, and its styles red. Flowering and fruiting specimens are seen throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: In the protologue of Cypholophus macroce- phalus var. heterophyllus, Weddell cited: “in sylvis et ruderalis ins. Fidji (Milne) et Viti (Jacquinot).” Three Milne specimens have been placed in the type cover at kK, nos. 54 and 250 from Ovalau and no. /60 from Ngau; none of these were annotated by Weddell. The Jacquinot specimen was probably collected on Ovalau in October, 1838, and is presumably at p together with Milne duplicates. A lectotype should be chosen 1981 URTICACEAE 247 from the P specimens studied by Weddell. Seemann intended to place his manuscript name Boehmeria harveyi in the synonymy of C. macrocephalus, but the name was validated by the publication of his ¢. 62, with analytic details (ICBN, Art. 44.1). The Fijian specimens cited are Seemann 431 (from Kandavu), Graeffe 20 (BM, Fiji without further locality), Harvey s. n. (Fiji without further locality), and Milne (doubtless referring to the Ovalau and Ngau specimens mentioned above). The sketches for Seemann’s illustration are on the Harvey specimen, and in view of the epithet also this should be taken as the lectotype of Boehmeria harveyi (K LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTYPE at BM). DIsTRIBUTION: Cypholophus heterophyllus is doubtless a widespread species, specimens having been seen from the Societies, Samoa, and the Philippines; no doubt it occurs in other Pacific and Malesian archipelagoes. However, no representatives of it are recorded from Tonga or Niue. More than 40 Fijian collections have been studied and the species probably occurs on most of the high islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Recorded names are kalolo, kaulolo, rere, rambe, ai lambanituna, and mataulomboroko. The leaves are said to be used with oil as a massage for broken bones, and the inner bark is sometimes used for making cloth. In Samoa the bast fibers are highly valued for making fine mats, as discussed by Seemann and B. E. V. Parham (cited above). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Wailevu Creek, St. John 18076. VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 38; northern portion of Mt. Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt. Natondra, Smith 4357; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Vaughan 3224; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, DA 13544; valley of Nggaliwana Creek, near Navai, Webster & Hildreth 14123; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5221. NAMosI: Mt. Voma, DA 564. NaITAsiRI: Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18215; Suva Pumping Station, Degener & Ordonez 13741. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 195; Ono Island, DA 14956. OVALAU: Vicinity of Levuka, Parks 20496. VANUA LEVU: MATHUATA: Mountains of interior, Greenwood 38A. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Valanga Range, Smith 390. Also collected on MATUKU, Naumann, Nov. 24, 1875, noted by Engler (1886, cited above). The leaves of this distinctive taxon are often unequal in each pair, the smaller ones being subsessile and with ovate blades 1-4 cm. long; sometimes, however, the leaves are equal and of the larger type, as shown in Seemann’s 1868 illustration. 2. Cypholophus macrocephalus Wedd. var. mollis (Wedd.) Wedd. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. 9: 435. 1857, in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 235 '°. 1869. FIGURE 72B. Boehmeria mollis Wedd. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. 1: 203. 1854. As it infrequently occurs in Fiji, Cypholophus macrocephalus var. mollis is a sometimes slender shrub 1-3 m. high, found in dense forest at elevations of 300-650 m. Its fruiting heads are red or crimson. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in April, June, and November. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: In his protologue of 1854 Weddell cited only: “Ins. Taiti,” but in making his 1857 combination he expanded this to: “in locis udis excelsisque ins. Taiti (Panchet). - v. s.” The holotype is therefore a Pancher specimen from Tahiti, probably at P. It may be noted that in his 1869 reference to the variety, Weddell cited as a synonym Boehmeria moluccana B1., referring to: “In ins. Moluccis et Sandwicensibus.” However, these data affect neither the typification nor the proba- ble distribution. DISTRIBUTION: The only specimens I have seen that appear definitely referable to Cypholophus macrocephalus var. mollis are from the Societies, Cook Islands, Samoa, 248 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Ficure 72. A, Cypholophus heterophyllus, from DA 564; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, x 1/4. B, Cypholophus macrocephalus var. mollis, from Smith 1855; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and fruiting inflorescences, x 1/4. C, Leucosyke corymbulosa, from Smith 20; distal portions of branchlets, with foliage and fruiting inflorescences, x 1/4. D, Maoutia australis, from Smith 183; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and fruiting inflorescences, =< 1/4. 1981 URTICACEAE 249 and Fiji, but its distribution may be wider than this. The distribution of the typical variety of Cypholophus macrocephalus Wedd. (in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. 1: 198. 1854) is also uncertain, but it may replace var. mollis westward of Fiji. In Fiji var. mollis is known only from Vanua Levu. LOCAL NAME: Lawa (recorded for Smith 515). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE:; Southern slope of Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Smith 5/5; Navavau, DA 16047; eastern buttress of Mt. Ndikeva, Smith 1855. Cypholophus macrocephalus has not previously been reported from Fiji, but the specimens listed above are very distinct from C. heterophyllus and agree well with material from Samoa, the Cook Islands, and the Societies referred to var. mollis. 10. LEucosyKE Zoll. ex Moritzi, Syst. Verz. Zollinger, 76. 1845 or 1846. Missiessya Gaud. ex Wedd. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. 1: 194. 1854; Seem. Fl. Vit. 244. 1868. Dioecious shrubs or small trees, the stipules intrapetiolar, connate, 2-lobed or almost completely united, caducous; leaves alternate, the blades crenate or serrate to nearly entire, 3-nerved, white-tomentose beneath, with punctiform cystoliths; inflores- cences pseudoaxillary, globose-glomerulate or capitate, borne on simple peduncles, the receptacle becoming fleshy at maturity; o& flowers with scariose bracts, the perianth 5-partite, the segments valvate, the stamens 5, the rudimentary ovary pilose; © flowers with the perianth minute, cupuliform, 4- or 5-dentate or -lobed, the staminodes none, the ovary obliquely ovoid, exceeding the perianth, the stigma capitate, densely papillose or ciliate; achene ovate, somewhat compressed, the perianth not enlarged, the seed with sparse endosperm, the cotyledons elliptic. TYPE SPECIES: Leucosyke javanica Zoll. ex Moritzi. No lectotype species is indi- cated for Missiessya on the current ING card. DIsTRIBUTION: Malesia and eastward into Polynesia, with 35-40 species. A single indigenous species occurs in Fiji. 1. Leucosyke corymbulosa (Wedd.) Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16(1): 235. 1869; Seem. FI. Vit. 433. 1873; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 303. 1892; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 14: 61. 1933; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 79. 1935; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964, ed. 2. 143. 1972; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 322. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 13. 1972. FIGURE 72C. Missiessya corymbulosa Wedd. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. 9: 475. 1857; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, as Missiesya c. 1861, Viti, 441. 1862, Fl. Vit. 244. 1868; Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43:39, as Misseissya c. 1915. Abundant in Fiji, this species is a shrub or tree 2-8 m. high, often slender and freely branched, found from near sea level to an elevation of 1,000 m. in dense, dry, or open forest or on its edges, and in thickets often near the coast. Its anthers and achenes are white. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TyPIFICATION: In his 1857 publication Weddell cited: “Hab.-In insulis Vitis. Fidji (Cunningham, Milne, Wilkes, etc.).-(v. s. in Herb. Hooker.)” I was unable to locate any of these specimens at kK, nor are they duplicated at BM. A U. S. Expl. Exped. (1. e. Wilkes) specimen is available at us, but at the moment I prefer not to designate a lectotype. DISTRIBUTION: Specimens are at hand from the New Hebrides, Horne Islands, Samoa, and Cook Islands as well as Fiji, but the species may indeed occur to the east or 250 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 west of these archipelagoes. In Fiji it is often so locally abundant as to seem like a “weed tree,” but it is doubtless indigenous. No collections have been recorded from Tonga or Niue. About 60 collections are available from Fiji. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: This common species has been recorded under a plethora of names: kalakuro, karokarokuro, matandra, mataulomboroko, mbotheu, molatha, ndongosele, ndraningata, ndrauningata, ndrokonangata, nggarokarokuro, rokoyvu- kovu, tavitanggai, veu, and vusui; I cannot say which of these represent informants’ pleasantries. Tea is made from the leaves, and juice extracted from the leaves is used medicinally for earache and for flesh wounds. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Waroro Creek, St. John 18065. VITI LEVU: MBa: Near Lautoka, Greenwood 72; northern portion of Mt. Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt. Natondra, Smith 4358; vicinity of Nandarivatu, im Thurn 69; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 4075. NANDRONGA & NAVvoSA: Singatoka River Valley, DA 16028; Nakalavo, H. B. R. Parham 212. SERUA: Without further locality, DA 12470 (DF 119). NAmost: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8580; Navunikambi, Wainikoroiluva River, DA 14993. Ra: Mountains near Penang, Greenwood 43B; Mataimeravula, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15387. NAITASIRI: Mata- wailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18201; Tholo-i-suva, DA 64. TAILEvU: Naingani Island, DA 3340. Rewa: Mt. Korombamba, DA 384]; vicinity of Suva, Meebold 16699. KANDAVU: Namalata Isthmus region, Smith 20. MAKONDRONGA: Degener & Ordonez 13809. NGAU: MacGillivray, Sept., 1854; hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7810. VANUA LEVU: MaruuatTa: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6727; Wainggili, Lambasa, DA 13756 (DF 240). THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Valanga Range, Smith 380; near Salt Lake, Bierhorst F197. MATUKU: Near mangrove swamp, Bryan 245. VANUA MBALAVU: Central volcanic section, near Lomaloma, Smith 1419. LAKEMBA: Tumbou River forks, Garnock-Jones 851. Fis1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Home, in 1852, Harvey, in 1855, Seemann 424. The leaf blades of Leucosyke corymbulosa and Maoutia australis have the same type of white, tangled, appressed indument on the lower surfaces that is so characteris- tic of Pipturus argenteus var. lanosus, but obvious inflorescence characters make the three taxa readily distinguishable. The leaves of Leucosyke corymbulosa are very variable in size, and in forest shade their blades may be as large as 20 x 5.5 cm. 11. MAouTIA Wedd. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. 1: 193. 1854; Seem. Fl. Vit. 244. 1868. Monoecious shrubs or small trees, the stipules intrapetiolar, connate and usually deeply bifid; leaves alternate, the blades crenate to serrate, 3-nerved at base, pinnate- nerved distally, white-tomentose beneath, with punctiform cystoliths; inflorescences axillary or arising from defoliate branches, lax, cymose, often paired, bearing small, few-flowered heads; & flowers with the perianth depressed-globose in bud, 5-partite, the segments valvate or inflexed-imbricate, the stamens 5, the rudimentary ovary tomentose; 9 flowers lacking a perianth or this minute and obliquely cupuliform, the staminodes none, the ovary straight, appressed-pilose, the stigma capitellate, pilose, persistent; achene ovate, compressed or subtrigonous, the seed with sparse endosperm, the cotyledons elliptic or oblong. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Seven species (one of them dubious) were included by Weddell in 1854. The current ING card does not indicate a lectotype species, but Hutchinson (Gen. Fl. Pl. 2: 192. 1967) denotes Maoutia platistigma Wedd. as the type (i. e. lectotype) species. DISTRIBUTION: India to Malesia and eastward into Polynesia, with about 15 species. One indigenous species occurs in Fiji. 1. Maoutia australis Wedd. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. 9: 480. 1857; Seem. FI. Vit. 245. 1868; Wedd. in DC. Prodr. 16 (1): 235 2. 1869; Engl. in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 451. 1886; 1981 CASUARINACEAE 251 Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 304. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 173. 1909; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 37. 1945; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 100. 1964, ed. 2. 143. 1972: P. S. Green in Kew Bull. 23: 345. 1969; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 94. 1972; St. John in Phytologia 36: 369. 1977. FIGuRE 72D. Maotia (sic) tahitensis Wedd. ex Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 441, nom. nud. 1862. An often slender shrub or small tree 1-8 m. high, occurring between sea level and 1,100 m. in dry or secondary forest or on its edges, in hillside thickets, and among reeds. The inflorescences have a pale pink or pinkish brown cast, and the o perianth is greenish brown or pinkish. Flowers and fruits occur at all seasons. TYPIFICATION: In 1857 Weddell cited: “Hab.-In insulis oceanicis Fidji s. Viti (Milne, Jacquinot, Le Guillou), Societatis (Bidwill) et Taiti (secund. specim. in Herb. Jaubert).-(v. s.)” A lectotype should be selected from among the specimens at P annotated by Weddell. DISTRIBUTION: Specimens have been seen from Tonga, the Horne Islands, Samoa, and the Societies, as well as Fiji, but the species may also occur in adjacent areas. In Fiji it is fairly abundant on several of the high islands, about 35 collections being at hand. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded names are ndangasele, ndongosele, nggala, ngwala, ngwaila, ronga, sinu, waila, and waluwalu. The species is medicinally used in an unspecified manner for lumps in the groin (St. John 18225). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 346; Savunda- matau Creek, west of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14244; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 639; western slope of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Smith 4808; vicinity of Nandala, O. & 1. Degener 32108. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Upper Singatoka River Valley, DA /0827; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5586. SERUA: Vicinity of Namboutini, DF 388. Namosti: Vicinity of Namosi Village, Gillespie 256]. NAITASIRI: Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John /8225; vicinity of Nandurulou- lou, DA 650. KANDAVU: Namalata Isthmus region, Smith 183. OVALAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7668. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7823. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Vicinity of Nandi Bay, Harvey, Nov., 1855. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Valanga Range, Smith 366; Wainingata, DA 13/07. MATUKU: Bryan 264. F131 without further locality, Seemann 425. ORDER CASUARINALES Practically all recent phylogenists consider the family Casuarinaceae to be highly isolated and to require its own order. In many respects the family is one of the most reduced, and thus highly evolved, of the woody, often apetalous alliance that seems ultimately derived from a hamamelid ancestry. FAMILy 66. CASUARINACEAE CASUARINACEAE R. Br. in Flinders, Voy. Terra Australis 2: 571, as Casuarineae. 1814. Monoecious or dioecious, anemophilous trees or shrubs, lacking stipules, with slender, articulate, green branchlets, these cylindrical and grooved or angular, bearing at nodes whorls of 4-16 scale leaves, these basally connate and alternating at successive nodes; & inflorescences simple or compound spikes with short internodes, borne toward ends of branchlets, at each node bearing a cup formed of combined floriferous bracts, each flower subtended also by 2 bracteoles and composed of 2 tepals and a solitary stamen, the filament elongating at anthesis, the anther basifixed, 2-locular, longitudinally dehiscing; ? inflorescences spherical or ovoid heads borne laterally at tips of branchlets, each flower subtended by | bract and 2 free bracteoles, the perianth lacking, the ovary small, superior, bilocular but soon becoming unilocular by abor- 252 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 tion, the ovules usually 2 (only | fertile), collateral on a parietal placenta, the style deeply bifid, the basal portion short, the stigmatic branches elongated, linear; fruits crowded into a woody head with persistent bracteoles, these separating at maturity to expose the fruit; fruit a flattened, terminally winged nut, the seed solitary, without endosperm, often polyembryonic, the embryo(s) straight, with large, flat cotyledons. DIsTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia, Malesia, and Australia eastward into Poly- nesia, with four genera and about 65 species. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Moseley, M. F., Jr. Comparative anatomy and phylogeny of the Casuarinaceae. Bot. Gaz. 110: 231-280. 1948. Swamy, B. G. L. A contribution to the life history of Casuarina. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 77: 1-32. 1948. Johnson, L. A. S. Notes on Casuarinaceae. Telopea 2 (1): 83-84. 1980. Long considered to be composed of a single genus, the Casuarinaceae are now taken by their principal current student, L. A. S. Johnson, to include four genera, two of which still remain to be formally described. Two genera are each represented in Fiji by a single indigenous species, and a representative of a third genus has been cultivated in Fiji and may still persist there. | am greatly indebted to Dr. Johnson for suggestions here incorporated, pending publication of his detailed discussions of the family. His 1980 preliminary note, cited above, was kindly prepared in order to validate names here used. KEY TO GENERA Distal branchlets cylindrical or angular, with deep, pilose grooves in which the stomata are concealed; leaves and bracts of o inflorescences in whorls of 6-16; bracts and paired bracteoles of 9 inflorescences isuallyginymoresthanysavercticalurO WS eee erceecerr ei erer tei eit riterterter ier: 1. Casuarina Distal branchlets quadrangular, usually glabrous, the intercostal furrows shallow and open, exposing the stomata; leaves and bracts of & inflorescences in whorls of 4; bracts and paired bracteoles of 2 inflorescencesuinysnvehticalsrOWSteme hrc errr ee eieeiieitrrieet teri cr 2. Gymnostoma 1. CASUARINA Adanson, Fam. Pl. 2: 481. 1763; Seem. Fl. Vit. 262, p. p. 1868. Distal branchlets cylindrical or angular and deeply grooved, the bases of the grooves puberulent or pilose, the stomata borne within the grooves; leaves and floriferous bracts of o inflorescences in whorls of 6-16; 2 inflorescences with bracts and paired bracteoles usually in more than 8 vertical rows. TYPE SPECIES: Casuarina equisetifolia J. R. & G. Forst.; see comment below. DISTRIBUTION: That of the family, with about 45 species. The authorship of the genus and the correct name of its type species have been subjects of disagreement. Adanson’s publication of 1763 is cited as the first valid generic use by ING, and Casuarina equisetifolia J. R. & G. Forst. is considered the first valid name for the type species by L. A. S. Johnson and most other concerned botanists. However, Merrill (Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 180. 1917) indicated that Linnaeus (Amoen. Acad. 4: 123, 143. 1759) had adequately referred to Rumphius’s Herb. Amb. 3: 86. ¢. 57. 1743, and that Linnaeus should be considered the author of the genus and species (as C. “equisefolia”). More recently, Fosberg and Sachet (in Smith- sonian Contr. Bot. 24: 4. 1975) have accepted as valid the reference to Rumphius given by Linnaeus, Herb. Amb. 12, as Casaarina. 1754, which would require use of the binomial C. /itorea L. in place of C. equisetifolia. | am inclined to agree that the 1754 publication of Casuarina litorea meets the requirements of ICBN, Arts. 32.3 and 42.1. However, in deference to Dr. Johnson’s long experience with the family, I here follow his suggestions in respect to the generic and specific nomenclature. He has in prepara- tion a detailed discussion of the complex nomenclatural problems involved in this case, pending consideration of which it seems advisable to follow well-established usage. 1981 CASUARINACEAE 253 1. Casuarina equisetifolia J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 52. ¢. 52. 1775, ed. 2. 104. t. 52. 1776; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862, Fl. Vit. 263. 1868; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 304. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 173. 1909: Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 109. 1932; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 44. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 34. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 92. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 88. fig. 36. 1964, ed. 2. 131. fig. 38. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 58. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 318. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 128. 1972; L. A. S. Johnson in Telopea 2 (1): 84. 1980. FIGURE 81 (upper). “Casaarina” litorea L. Herb. Amb. 12. 1754. Casuarina “equisefolia” L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 143. 1759. As it occurs in Fiji, Casuarina equisetifolia is an abundant tree 3-20 m. high, witha trunk to 80 cm. or more in diameter and with often drooping branches and branchlets, occurring between sea level and about 475 m. in dry seaside areas such as sandy beaches, rocky coasts, and coastal forest, and inland on grass- and reed-covered hills and in open forest. It is characteristic of areas of poor soil that are volcanic in origin, although sometimes it occurs on limestone. Its & flowers have red filaments and red-brown or yellowish anthers, its 2 flowers have red styles, and its fruiting heads are at first green and eventually brown. It may be found throughout the year in flower and fruit. TYPIFICATION: In proposing the binomial Casuarina equisetifolia, the Forsters cited “Casuarina littorea Rumph. amb. III. lib. iv. c. 50 tab. 57.” DIsTRIBUTION: Essentially that of the genus, except that in Australia it is confined to northern and northeastern littoral areas and is absent from the rest of the continent, where many other species of the genus occur. In Polynesia it is difficult to tell whether or not Casuarina equisetifolia is always indigenous; in Hawaii and probably in most equatorial archipelagoes it was an introduction, as in many other tropical and sub- tropical areas. I have examined about 55 Fijian collections, but even these do not give a true picture of its abundance in certain habitats. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The usual Fijian name is nokonoko, but also recorded are nokonoko ndamu, nggaro, thau, velau, and nakure, some of these names also being used for Gymnostoma vitiense. The English names ironwood and she oak are some- times used. The hard wood, once prized for war clubs, is now considered suitable for timbers such as house posts and pit props in mines. The bark is sometimes used medicinally, providing an extract taken internally for rheumatism or as anemetic. The somber aspect of nokonoko and the sighing sound of wind through its branches have caused it to be planted extensively near burial places. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: NaTHULA: Naisilisili Village, Weiner 241. Waya: Nakawa Gulch, St. John 18155. VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 220; vicinity of Tumbenasolo, valley of Namosi Creek, Smith 4630. NANDRONGA & NAVOSA: Kumbuna River, DF 294 (Damanu 22); Vatukarasa, O. & I. Degener 32201. Ra: Narewa, DA 9495; Rakiraki, DA 9674. TaILEvu: Matavatathou, DA //281/; Nakalawatha, DA 1372. KANDAVU: Western end of island, near Cape Washington, Smith 3/6. OVALAU: Near Levuka, Gibbs 861. NGAU: Milne 126. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Sekethi Creek, H. B. R. Parham 443. Matuuata: Sarava, Lambasa, DF 689 (Damanu L.18); southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6430. THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14127. TAVEUNI: Between Waiyevo and Wairiki, Gillespie 4710. MOALA: Milne 127. MATUKU: On edge of lowland forest, Bryan 253. TOTOYA: Milne 94. VANUA MBALAVU: Northern limestone section, Smith 1493; near Lomaloma, Garnock-Jones 1078. LAKEMBA: Nukunuku Village, Garnock-Jones 815. NAVUTU-I-RA: Bryan 468. F131 without further locality, Seemann 570. 2. Casuarina torulosa Ait. Hort. Kew. 3: 320. 1789; B. E. V. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 10: 113. 1939. 254 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 A shapely tree to 25 m. or more high where indigenous, with a trunk diameter of 45-60 cm. or more, the outer bark thick and corky, the lower branches often drooping, the crown spreading and open. TYPIFICATION: The species was described from a plant cultivated at Kew, intro- duced in 1772 and originally obtained in New South Wales, Australia, by Banks on the first Cook voyage. DIsTRIBUTION: The species is widespread in eastern New South Wales and Queens- land and is cultivated elsewhere, including Hawaii. No herbarium voucher supports the Fijian record, but Parham in 1939 stated that the species had been introduced in 1927 and was growing well on the property of W. L. Wallace on Tovu Island, Ra Pro- vince, Viti Levu. It may still persist in that area. LOCAL NAMES: The names mountain oak and red oak were mentioned by Parham; the usual name in Australia is forest oak, and in Hawaii the species is knownas ruddy ironwood or corkbark ironwood. Casuarina torulosa is not accounted for in my key; in fact it is not a true Casuarina but will be placed in a new genus, with many other strictly Australian species, by L. A. S. Johnson. It differs from species of Casuarina in having its leaves and bracts in whorls of 4 (or 5 on 9 inflorescence-bearing branches) and in various other features to be elaborated by Dr. Johnson. 2. GYMNOsTOMA L. A. S. Johnson in Telopea 2 (1): 83. 1980. Distal branchlets quadrangular, usually glabrous, the surfaces between ridges concave and bearing exposed stomata; leaves and floriferous bracts of & inflorescen- ces in whorls of 4; 9 inflorescences with bracts and paired bracteoles in 8 vertical rows. TYPE SPECIES: Gymnostoma nodiflorum (Thunb.) L. A. S. Johnson, a New Cale- donian endemic. DIsTRIBUTION: About 18 species from western Malesia to northeastern Australia, New Caledonia, and Fiji, where the generic range terminates with a single endemic species. 1. Gymnostoma vitiense L. A. S. Johnson in Telopea 2 (1): 84. 1980. FIGURE 81 (lower). Casuarina nodiflora sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 259. 1861, Viti, 442. 1862, Fl. Vit. 262. 1868; Drake, III. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 304. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 173. 1909; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 88 (excl. fig. 37). 1964, ed. 2. 131 (excl. fig. 39). 1972; non Thunb. nec Forst. f. The endemic Fijian Gymnostoma, only very recently described, is a tree 3-27 m. high, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 900 m. in dense or open forest, in ridge forest, in grassland thickets, and rarely on open forehills. It is often locally abundant and even dominant in certain areas, with a straight trunk up to 2 m. in diameter and with a somewhat flattened crown. Mature fruiting heads may attain a diameter of 3.5 cm. Flowers have been noted between December and May, while fruits may be expected throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is L. A. S. Johnson (NSW 143813 HOLOTYPE), collected Aug. 20, 1969, at Tholo-i-suva, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several of the high islands; I have examined 60 collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Thaukuro (thaukoro) and velau (velao) are the usual Fijian names, but also recorded are thau, kuthau, ngunungunu, and yaongunu. Thaukuro is a well-regarded timber tree, its tough wood, like that of nokonoko, having 1981 BALANOPACEAE 255 once been used for war clubs but now used primarily for house timbers. Saplings are said to be suitable for fishing rods. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 193; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 770; Nandala Creek, Vaughan 3390. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, Damanu NH.27; southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4561; near Korolevu, Krauss, Jan., 1958. Serua: Inland from Namboutini, DF 725 (S/420/2); Korovisilou Creek, Damanu KL.7; hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9467; Taunovo River, DA 13779 (DF 183). NaMost: Near summit of Mt. Vakarongasiu, Gillespie 3290; Nambu- kavesi Creek, DF 406 (Damanu 78). NAITASIRI: Near Viria, Meebold 16520; Waimanu River, DA L./3259 (Berry 50); Tholo-i-suva, Stauffer & Kuruvoli 5853. REwa: Namboro, DA 5927; Mt. Korombamba, Parks 20248. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 90; Naikorokoro, DF 1020 (S1420/5). “OVALAU and VITI LEVU:” Seemann 57/ (in part from Port Kinnaird, Ovalau). NGAU: Milne 228. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Koromba Forest, Wairiki, DA /5/34; Nandi Bay, Milne 207. MATHUATA: Korovuli River, DA /3491; southern base of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6487. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith /829; Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14128. TAVEUNI: Waitavala Estate, Weiner 7/-7-3]A. F1s1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Home, Williams, Horne 445. Although the Fijian Gymnostoma in all treatments of Fijian plants has been referred to the New Caledonian Casuarina nodiflora (now to be known as Gymno- stoma nodiflorum (Thunb.) L. A. S. Johnson), it is more closely related to certain New Guinean species and to the New Caledonian species currently indicated as Casuarina chamaecyparis Poisson (Johnson, in litt.). OrbDER BALANOPALES The very distinct and apparently long-isolated family Balanopaceae suggests the Fagaceae, Betulaceae, and Myricaceae as muchas any other families. Its 9 flowers are solitary, and its fruit superficially suggests an acorn, although subtended by involu- crate bracts that do not become concrescent. The Balanopaceae differ from the three mentioned families in having seeds with endosperm and also from each in various combinations of other characters (Carlquist, 1980, cited below). It seems advisable to follow Takhtajan in recognizing the four mentioned families as composing four separate orders. FAMILY 67. BALANOPACEAE BALANOPACEAE Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 3: 341, as Balanopseae. 1880. Dioecious trees or shrubs, the stipules present as a pair of minute, inconspicuous teeth at base of petiole, the leaves alternate or pseudoverticillate, with simple, often denticulate blades; o& inflorescences racemose or spicate, axillary or borne on defoliate branches, usually solitary, the peduncle inconspicuous, the flowers several to many, subtended by small bracts, the proximal flowers short-pedicellate, the distal ones sessile, the receptacle bearing a much reduced perianth composed of | or more teeth, these often fewer than stamens; stamens 1-12 (usually 3-6), the filaments short, sometimes succulent, the anthers oblong-ellipsoid, dehiscing by lateral clefts, the rudi- mentary ovary usually lacking; ? flowers solitary, axillary, the pedicels with several, small, dispersed bracts, surmounted by several larger, involucrate, persistent bracts subtending the ovary, the staminodes none, the ovary imperfectly 2- or 3-locular, the ovules 2 in each locule, basal, apotropous (anatropous with the raphe ventral), the styles 2 or 3, proximally connate, distally divergent and bipartite, subpersistent; fruit drupaceous, with I-3 pyrenes, the seeds solitary in each pyrene, erect, with fleshy endo- sperm (crushed in mature fruits) and a large, straight embryo. 256 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DISTRIBUTION: Queensland, New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, and Fiji, com- posed of a single genus with nine species. The species indigenous in the New Hebrides and Fiji terminates the range of the family. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Hjelmqvist, H. Studies on the floral morphology and phylogeny of the Amentiferae. Bot. Not. Suppl. 2: 1-171. 1948. Carlquist, S. Anatomy and systematics of Balanopaceae. Allertonia 2: 191-246. 1980. 1. BALANops Baill. in Adansonia 10: 117. 1871; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 276. 1955; Carlquist in Allertonia 2: 207. 1980. Trilocularia Schlechter in Bot. Jahrb. 39: 94. 1906. Characters and distribution of the family. TYPE SPECIES: The type species of Balanops is B. vieillardii (“Vieiardi’) Baill. (vide Bullock in Kew Bull. 14: 40. 1960); that of Triloculariais T. sparsifolia Schlechter. The genera were considered distinct on the basis of the first having a bilocular ovary and two styles, the second a trilocular ovary and three styles; further study, however, has shown both conditions to exist in the same species. —_ . Balanops pedicellata (Guillaumin) Hjelmqvist in Bot. Not. 113: 376. 1960; Carlquist in Allertonia 2: 209. fig. 5, 6, 61, 62, 87, 88, 102. 1980. FIGURES 73, 74. Ternstroemiacearum gen. nov. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, Viti, 433. 1862. Ternstroemiacearum nov. gen. Seem. ex A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 315. 1862. Ternstroemia vitiensis Seem. Fl. Vit. 14. 1865; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 116. 1890. Trilocularia pedicellata Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 95. 1932. Trilocularia vitiensis A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 11. fig. 2. 1942. Balanops vitiensis Hjelmqvist in Bot. Not. Suppl. 2: 64. fig. 24, G-K, 25, e. 1948; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 31: 149. 1950, in op. cit. 36: 277. 1955; Hjelmqvist in Bot. Not. 113: 376. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 87. 1964, ed. 2. 130. 1972; Evans in Kew Bull. 20: 303. 1966. A tree, sometimes with a compact crown and sometimes slender, 3-15 m. high, ora gnarled shrub 2 m. high, occurring from near sea level to the highest point of Fiji, 1,323 m., in dense, dry, or open forest or on its edges, in the mossy forest of crests and ridges, in the forest-grassland transitional zone, and sometimes in coastal thickets. The bracteoles and flower-subtending bracts are pale green, the anthers yellow to pale green, and the fruit turning from green or dull yellow to orange at maturity, with orange styles. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The oldest binomial for this taxon is Ternstro- emia vitiensis, typified by Seemann 45 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected May 30, 1860, near the lake and old crater east of Somosomo, Taveuni. The type of Trilocularia pedicellata is Kajewski 476 (A HOLOTYPE), collected July 12, 1928, on Vanua Lava, Banks Group, New Hebrides; that of Trilocularia vitiensis is Degener 15356 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), obtained May 28, 1941, near Mataimeravula, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Ra Province, Viti Levu. In describing Trilocularia vitiensis in 1942 I did not take Seemann’s binomial into account, as his description of his fruiting specimen does not particularly suggest Balanopaceae and as I had not yet examined his type. Hjelmqvist based his 1948 combination on Trilocularia vitiensis. FiGure 73. Balanops pedicellata; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, x 1/3; B, & inflorescence, x 4; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, = 1; D, foliage, x 1/2. A & B from DA 3417, C from Smith 5194, D from Smith 5986. BALANOPACEAE 1981 258 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 When I had an opportunity to see Seemann’s type the identity of the two taxa was at once apparent, as also pointed out by Evans in 1966. However, Ternstroemia vitiensis cannot now become the basionym of a valid combination in either Balanops or Trilocularia (ICBN, Art. 54.1 (a)), and therefore Seemann cannot be cited as the parenthetical author. My 1942 comparison of Trilocularia vitiensis with the New Hebridean T. pedicellata was based on only four Fijian collections, but it is now evident, as pointed out by Carlquist in 1980, that the full range of leaf variability now known in Fijian collections makes necessary their incorporation into the New Hebri- dean taxon, which has nomenclatural priority. DIsTRIBUTION: The New Hebrides (known from Vanua Lava, Espiritu Santo, and Aneityum) and Fiji (known from five of the high islands). Some 50 Fijian collections are now available, indicating that the species is much more frequent than I originally assumed, although none of the nineteenth century collectors except Seemann and Horne seem to have obtained it. LOCAL NAMES: Recorded names are kau ndrai vua, mataumasima, and wailanga. Ficure 74. Balanops pedicellata; A, 9 flower, x 6; B, mature fruit, x 4. A from Smith 5986, B from Smith 6693. 1981 CARYOPHYLLIDAE 259 REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Vicinity of Lewa, Nukunuku Creek, DA 14459; slopes of Mt. Yoo, west of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14149; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4025; Nandala, south of Nandarivatu, O. & J. Degener 32139; hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of the sawmill at Navai, Smith 5986; summit of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5194. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5404; Uluvatu, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Tabualewa 15630. SERUA: Inland from Namboutini, DA /3710; coastal hills in vicinity of Taunovo River, east of Wainiyambia, Smith 9577; Vunindilo Beach, near Navua, DA 3417. Namost: Vicinity of Namosi Village, Gillespie 2507; vicinity of Mau, DA 13739 (DF 220). Ra: Ridge from Mt. Namama (east of Nandarivatu) toward Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5699; vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15519. NaiTaAsint: Namboumbutha Creek, Horne 930; vicinity of Viria, Meebold 17058; Navuso Forest, DA 28. TAILEVU: King’s Road Forest Reserve, DA 858. REwa: “Suva,” Meebold 17027. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 233; Kiombo, DA 13841. OVALAU: Summit and adjacent slopes of Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8042. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1551. MATHUATA: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6693; summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6461. In 1950, with 15 collections available, I pointed out the remarkable variability of Balanops vitiensis, suggesting that an individual from the summit of Mt. Tomanivi (Smith 5194) seemed so extremely reduced in its leaves and o& inflorescences that it might possibly suggest a basis for further dividing the taxon. The specimens now available include three others from Mt. Tomanivi (Gillespie 4114 and 4126, Carlquist 15617), many others from high and intermediate elevation, and several from the coastal areas of Serua Province. The additional collections have only intensified the diversity. Specimens from higher elevations (FIGURE 73C) may have the petioles only | mm. long, the leaf blades oblong- to obovate-elliptic and occasionally as small as 1.5 x 1 cm., and the o& inflorescences sometimes less than | cm. long. Specimens from coastal thickets (FIGURE 73A) and middle elevations are inclined to have the petioles 5-10 mm. long, the leaf blades lanceolate to narrowly elliptic, 6-11 x 2.5-6cm., and the & inflorescences 2-3 cm. long. But the correlation between altitude and leaf size is very erratic; some specimens from middle elevation forest (FIGURE 73D) have the petioles as much as 20 mm. long and the leaf blades broadly elliptic and up to 17 x 10.5cm. Length of pedicel (of both & and @ flowers) and fruit size and shape are also highly variable, seemingly uncoordinated with altitude or habitat. Therefore I must again conclude that the variability in this species is without a clear enough pattern to permit any further division. SusBcLass CARYOPHYLLIDAE The subclass Caryophyllidae is characterized by having its pollen always trinu- cleate when shed, by the frequent (but not universal) presence of betalains (betacyanins and betaxanthins) instead of anthocyanins, by often having free-central or basal placentation, by ovules that are bitegmic and crassinucellate, by seeds that frequently have an evident perisperm (albumen formed outside the embryo sac) rather than endosperm (albumen deposited within the embyo sac), and by a predominantly herbaceous habit. While these characters are neither constant (except for the trinu- cleate pollen and the ovule condition) nor very useful to field and herbarium botanists, they serve to delimit a coherent group of families. Families sometimes included in the Caryophyllidae are the Bataceae and Gyroste- monaceae (neither in Fiji), which are better placed in the subclass Rosidae in or near the order Sapindales (cf. Carlquist, S. Wood anatomy and relationships of Bataceae, Gyrostemonaceae, and Stylobasiaceae. Allertonia 1: 297-330. 1978). Also to be excluded is the family Theligonaceae (not in Fiji), perhaps better referred to the 260 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Rubiaceae (cf. Darwin, S. The subfamilial, tribal and subtribal nomenclature of the Rubiaceae. Taxon 25: 595-610. 1976). Exclusion from the Caryophyllidae of the three mentioned families is also discussed by J. W. Nowicke and J. J. Skvarla (Pollen morphology and the relationship of the Plumbaginaceae, Polygonaceae, and Primula- ceae to the order Centrospermae. Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 37: 1-64. 1977). With these exclusions, both Cronquist (1968) and Takhtajan (1969) would place only three orders in the Caryophyllidae, the former recognizing 13 families and the latter 16 families. Recently Nowicke and Skvarla (in the 1977 study cited in the preceding paragraph) have discussed palynological data and plastid characteristics that would seem to exclude the orders Polygonales and Plumbaginales from a close relationship with the Caryophyllales (Centrospermae). However, unless a better alignment can be proposed and established, it seems advisable to retain (with the definite exclusions mentioned above) the Caryophyllidae essentially as outlined by Cronquist and Takhtajan. KEY TO ORDERS Plants often with anomalous secondary thickening (resulting in the formation of concentric rings of vascular bundles), often succulent; betalains often present (lacking in Molluginaceae and Caryophyllaceae, these with anthocyanins); ovary often compound, with free-central or basal placentation, the ovule some- times solitary; ovules campylotropous or amphitropous, seldom anatropous; seeds with very scanty or no true endosperm, but very often with evident perisperm, the embryo curved and typically peripheral to well-defined perisperm. .............. 0 cece e eee e eee CARYOPHYLLALES (FAMILIES 68-77) Plants without anomalous secondary thickening; anthocyanins present, not betacyanins; ovary compound, unilocular, with a single basal ovule; ovules anatropous or orthotropous, not campylotropous or amphitropous; seeds with more or less copious endosperm, but without perisperm, the embryo straight or curved, peripheral or often embedded in endosperm. Perianth with 3-6 tepals, cyclic or acyclic, not dichlamydeous or sympetalous; stamens usually 6 or 9, in 2 or 3 cycles; carpels often 3 (sometimes 2 or 4); ovules orthotropous; petioles often dilated at base into membranous sheaths (ocreae). ........... 00 eee e eee eee ee eee eee POLYGONALES (FAMILY 78) Perianth differentiated into calyx and corolla, the corolla sympetalous; stamens 5, opposite corolla lobes; carpels 5; ovules anatropous; stipules lacking. .................. PLUMBAGINALES (FAMILY 79) ORDER CARYOPHYLLALES KEY TO FAMILIES OCCURRING IN FIJI Gynoecium with separate carpels or composed of | carpel only, or if composed of united carpels then usually with as many locules as carpels; ovules 1 per locule; flowers hermaphrodite or less often unisexual. Tepals free or nearly so, seldom petaloid; carpels 2-several (occasionally only 1); inflorescences racemose or spicate; leaves alternate (or rarely opposite); stems seldom with anomalous secondary thickening. 68. PHYTOLACCACEAE Tepals forming a tube, often corolline in aspect, sometimes subtended by colored bracts simulating a calyx; carpel 1; inflorescences usually cymose; leaves usually opposite, sometimes alternate; stems often with anomalous secondary thickening. ............--...eeeeeeeeee 69. NYCTAGINACEAE Gynoecium usually composed of 2 or more united carpels, either unilocular or with the ovules more numerous than the locules or with both conditions. Tepals and stamens usually numerous; ovary often inferior; plants succulent. Leaf-succulents, not spiny; ovary superior to inferior, 2-many-locular, or if unilocular then with free-centraluplacentation eee rer ere eerie cient 70. AIZOACEAE Spiny stem-succulents with much reduced leaves; ovary unilocular, inferior (with few exceptions), with panietalyplacentation ee eee ech eee erect eciticcecinc rrr rrr 71. CACTACEAE Tepals and stamens usually free and whorled; ovary superior; plants sometimes with succulent leaves but not spiny or cactuslike. Perianth usually biseriate or seemingly so (except in some Molluginaceae, these with axile placenta- tion). Sepals 4 or 5 (rarely 3 or 6); stamens not simultaneously as many as and opposite petals; plants sometimes with anomalous secondary thickening; betalains lacking, but anthocyanins usually present. 1981 PHYTOLACCACEAE 261 Ovary 2-5-locular, with axile (rarely basal) placentation; petals (staminodial in origin) much reduced or lacking; leaves opposite, alternate, or subverticillate. ....72. MOLLUGINACEAE Ovary unilocular (or incompletely divided at base), with free-central or basal placentation; petals usually well developed; leaves opposite. ................000ee ee 73. CARYOPHYLLACEAE Sepals (or sepaloid bracteoles) usually 2, seldom more; stamens usually as many as and opposite petals (or petaloid sepals) or sometimes more numerous; plants without anomalous secondary thickening; betalains present. Ovules usually 2-many (rarely 1); fruit usually capsular; plants not climbing; stems usually lacking Thavici gotllijolel CrSo0h. ened aco poeme Sacco oe. ee CnbocLbIoe Aol Ooo crete 74. PORTULACACEAE Ovules solitary; fruit indehiscent; stems climbing, with internal phloem. .... 75. BASELLACEAE Perianth uniseriate, often small, sometimes obsolete; ovules usually solitary (rarely several) on a basal placenta; plants usually with anomalous secondary thickening. Tepals entirely or marginally scariose; flowers usually hermaphrodite, less often unisexual, the filaments usually connate proximally into a cup or tube, with or without alternating pseudo- SHAIMINOC ES Aa rstetarex tna serreke Tite ofove aha eratene ele venava vse er trclarsaalePene siaverene 76. AMARANTHACEAE Tepals often green, not scariose; flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual, the filaments usually free. 77. CHENOPODIACEAE FAMILY 68. PHYTOLACCACEAE PHYTOLACCACEAE R. Br. in Tuckey, Narr. Exped. Congo, 454, as Phytolaceae. 1818. Herbs, shrubs, or rarely trees, erect or scandent, usually without stipules; leaves alternate or sometimes opposite or whorled, the blades simple, entire, pinnate-nerved; inflorescences terminal, leaf-opposed, or axillary, spicate or racemose, with small bracts and bracteoles, the flowers usually actinomorphic, hermaphrodite or rarely unisexual; calyx 4- or S-partite, the tepals or segments equal or unequal; petals lacking; stamens 3-many, the filaments free or proximally connate, the anthers 2-locular, basi- or dorsifixed, longitudinally dehiscent; gynoecium composed of I-16 carpels, these free or connate, the ovary sometimes unilocular, rarely inferior, the ovules solitary in each carpel, basal, campylotropous or amphitropous, the stigmas as many as carpels, free or proximally connate into a short style; fruit composed of free or connate carpels, often fleshy or drupaceous, the seeds more or less reniform, sometimes arillate, the embryo curved, enveloping the mealy perisperm. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, mostly American, with about 17-20 genera. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Walter, H. Phytolaccaceae. Pflanzenr. 39 (IV. 83): 1-154. 1909. Heimer, A. Phytolaccaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 135-164. 1934. Backer, C. A. Phytolacca- ceae. Fl. Males. I. 4: 228-232. 1951. 1. Rivina L. Sp. Pl. 121. 1753; Walter in Pflanzenr. 39 (IV. 83): 101. 1909. Erect herbs, often woody toward base, without stipules; leaves sometimes long- petiolate; inflorescences racemose, terminal and axillary; flowers hermaphrodite, 4-merous, the pedicels with distal bracteoles, the perianth appearing corolline, com- posed of tepals becoming slightly accrescent and green; stamens 4, alternating with tepals and shorter, the anthers dorsifixed; ovary hypogynous, subglobose, unilocular, uniovulate, the style short, the stigma capitate; fruit a globose berry. TYPE SPECIES: Rivina humilis L., the only original species, in which Linnaeus recognized three varieties. DIsTRIBUTION: Tropical and subtropical America, with three species. One species occurs in Fiji as a naturalized adventive. 1. Rivina humilis L. Sp. Pl. 121. 1753; Walter in Pflanzenr. 39 (IV. 83): 102. fig. 30. 1909; Heimer] in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 147. fig. 67. 1934; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 103. 1943; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 229. fig. /. 262 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1951; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 110. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 46. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 226. 1964, ed. 2. 314. 1972. In Fiji Rivina humilis is a naturalized weed occurring near sea level along road- sides, in fields, pastures, gardens, etc., sometimes locally frequent in shady places. It is seen as a subligneous herb 35-100 cm. high; the tepals are white to pinkish at anthesis, becoming green, and the fruit is bright red and 3-4 mm. in diameter. It has been noted to bear flowers and fruits in months scattered throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION: Although Linnaeus gives several references for his three varieties, only two references are given for the “species” itself, and a suitable lectotype is probably a Clifford specimen at BM. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, but now also widely naturalized in Indo-Malesia and in the Pacific. In addition to the Fijian collections here cited, material has been noted from New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, Tonga, and Hawaii, but the species surely occurs in other archipelagoes. LOCAL NAME: Coral berry. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Vicinity of Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 823A, DA 10275, 11416; Lawangga, Singatoka, Greenwood 823, DA 9780; Volivoli, near Singatoka, DA 10666. Rewa: Botanical Gardens, Suva, DA 12169. The species is probably of comparatively recent occurrence in Fijiand is very much localized in and near Singatoka; the earliest collection of those cited is Greenwood 823, December, 1939. Parham states that the species is reported to cause tainting of milk. FamiLy 69. NYCTAGINACEAE NYCTAGINACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 90, as Nyctagines. 1789. Herbs, trees, or shrubs, sometimes scandent, without stipules; leaves alternate or opposite, sometimes unequal, simple, the blades entire, pinnate-nerved; inflorescences axillary or terminal, sometimes cauliflorous, usually cymose, the flowers sometimes reduced to 1-3 and sometimes surrounded by colored bracts, these occasionally simulating a calyx; flowers actinomorphic, hermaphrodite or unisexual, the perianth uniseriate; calyx tubular, often corolline in aspect, contorted or plicate in bud, 3-5-lobed, the distal part often caducous in fruit; petals lacking; stamens 1-many, often 5, hypogynous, sometimes perigynous, free or with proximally connate fila- ments, the anthers 2-locular, basifixed, dehiscing lengthwise; ovary superior, unilocu- lar, the ovule solitary, basal, campylotropous or sometimes anatropous, the style filiform, the stigma widened; fruit an indehiscent anthocarp, usually enclosed in the persistent calyx base, often glandular; seeds with copious or scanty, mealy periderm, the embryo straight or curved. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical, mostly in tropical, subtropical, and temperate Amer- ica, with 26-30 genera. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Heimerl, A. Nyctaginaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 86-134. 1934. Stemmerik, J. F. Nyctaginaceae. Fl. Males. I. 6: 450-468. 1964. The family includes some genera of horticultural interest, notably Bougainvillea and Mirabilis. KEY TO GENERA Herbs, unarmed, the leaves opposite; perianth constricted above base, the limb scarcely incised, plicate in bud. Perianth above constriction more than 2 cm. long, in our species solitary within a calyxlike involucre of bracts; anthocarp faintly ribbed or tuberculate, not viscid. ...................... 1. Mirabilis Perianth above constriction less than 0.5 cm. long; flowers not solitary within calyxlike bracts, often subtended by minute bracteoles; anthocarp ribbed, mostly viscid. ................ 2. Boerhavia 1981 NYCTAGINACEAE 263 Trees, shrubs, or climbers, spiny or unarmed, the leaves opposite and partly spirally arranged (alternate) or verticillate. Flowers 3 (sometimes 1-4) per ultimate unit of inflorescence, each adnate to midrib of a large, colored bract; anthocarp not viscid; ornamental climbing or scrambling plants, less often shrubby, often SPAN Ys ce eee eto e she ores alereseyaieie nami sists sit telelelere sie casevoteleiosreiaiis aatwawse% o> BOupamnvilléa Flowers in cymes, without conspicuous bracts; anthocarp usually viscid; unarmed shrubs or trees or less OHIAGVINY AMES, Aecoadcoas agnor ddd eabOdoo0e DONC OUDOUn DOOD ONAASGNONIOOBOSS 4. Pisonia 1. MrraBiLis L. Sp. Pl. 177. 1753. Unarmed, erect herbs, sometimes suffrutescent, the leaves opposite; inflorescences corymbose, leafy, axillary; flowers hermaphrodite, 1-many per inflorescence, borne within a 5-parted, green involucre; perianth variously colored, white to red or purple, the tube infundibuliform, plicate in bud; stamens 3-6, the filaments unequal, connate proximally; ovary sessile, ellipsoid, the style exserted, the stigma divided; anthocarp ellipsoid, costate or tuberculate. TyPE SPECIES: Mirabilis jalapa L., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, with about 60 species. One species is cultivated and sometimes naturalized in Fiji. 1. Mirabilis jalapa L. Sp. Pl. 177. 1753; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 83. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 52. 1943; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 103. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 25: 402. 1944; J. W. Parhamin Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35:54. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 107. 1964, ed. 2. 152. 1972; Stemmerik in FI. Males. I. 6: 451. 1964; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 139. 1970; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 100. 1972. Mirabilis jalapa in Fiji is cultivated in towns and villages and is also naturalized in cultivated fields, including canefields, and along roadsides near sea level. It is seen as an herb or shrubby plant 0.5-1 m. high, or creeping when juvenile. The perianth (resembling a corolla but actually uniseriate) is white to yellowish, often pinkish or pale red distally; the stamens are exserted at anthesis, with white filaments and yellow anthers; and the subglobose fruit is black. Flowers and fruits do not appear to be seasonal. TyYPIFICATION: Linnaeus gives several references, including one to Hortus Clifforti- anus, but I have not noted a lectotypification. DIsTRIBUTION: A native of tropical America, probably of Peru, the species was brought into cultivation early as an ornamental and is now widely naturalized throughout the tropics. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: In addition to the usual English name four o'clock, the Fijian names /alawavu, lali vau, laweivou, vakarau ni lali, and ronggolali have been noted. The species is a frequent ornamental. In some countries it is reputed to have medicinal uses, but this has not been recorded for Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Nawaka, Nandi, DA 8987. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Vicin- ity of Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 924, DA 14010; Volivoli, near Singatoka, DA 10662. SERUA: Flat coastal strip in vicinity of Ngaloa, Smith 9503. Rewa: Botanical Gardens, Suva, DA 12343. MOALA: Naroi Village, Smith 1384. 2. BOERHAVIA L. Sp. Pl. 3. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 196, as Boerhaavia. 1866. Erect or prostrate herbs, the leaves opposite, those of each pair often unequal; inflorescences axillary and pseudoterminal, umbelliform or subcapitate, united into branching panicles; flowers with articulate pedicels, subtended by small bracteoles, hermaphrodite, the perianth infundibular, constricted above ovary, plicate in bud, the 264 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 lobes 4 or 5; stamens 1-6; ovary short-stipitate, the stigma capitate; anthocarp small, ellipsoid to obpyramidal, often glandular, 3-5(-10)-ribbed. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Boerhavia erecta, one of Linnaeus’s four original species (vide Standley in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 12: 375. 1909). The generic name, honoring Herman Boerhaave, is often spelled Boerhaavia or Boerhaavea, which are to be considered orthographic variants (ING). In the following references to Boerhavia diffusa 1 have not listed such variants separately. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical and subtropical, usually considered to have about 40 species. Stemmerik (1964, cited above under the family) considers that there are only three variable species. One pantropical species occurs indigenously in Fiji. 1. Boerhavia diffusa L. Sp. Pl. 3. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 196. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 267. 1892; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 84. 1935; Green- wood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 103. 1943; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 52. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 38. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 109. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 53. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 107. 1964, ed. 2. 152. 1972; Stemmerik in FI. Males. I. 6: 454. 1964; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 138. 1970; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 136. 1972. Boerhavia diffusa var. pubescens Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 440, nom. nud. 1862. In Fiji Boerhavia diffusa is found at or near sea level on sand or coral beaches, in pockets of soil onrocky slopes, or as a weed in villages. It is a prostrate or subascending herb, with stems 10-100 cm. long; the perianth is white or pink, sometimes red to purplish, and the fruit is green. Flowering and fruiting material has been collected in scattered months. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus gives several prior references, and perhaps the best lecto- type would be the specimen mentioned in his FI. Zeyl. 10. 1747. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical; if varieties are recognized, that occurring in most Pacific archipelagoes is probably var. diffusa. Use: The roots, young stems, and leaves are said to be edible. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: YASAWA: Mbukama, DA /365/. Naviti: Muaira, DA 11766. VITI LEVU: Mba: Nasavusavu, near Lautoka, Greenwood 732; Viseisei Beach, near Lautoka, Greenwood 827. OVALAU: Port Kinnaird, Seemann 365 (err. label as 265). WAKAYA: Milne 379. LATE-I-VITI: Northern and western rocky slopes, Bryan 540. NAYAMBO: On beach, Bryan 451. Fis without further locality, Harvey, Nov., 1855, Horne 1023. 3. BOUGAINVILLEA Commerson ex Juss. Gen. Pl. 91, as Buginvillaea. 1789; corr. Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. Phan. 10: 516. 1841. Nom. cons. Stout climbers with axillary spines, sometimes shrubby, with drooping branches, or even treelike, the leaves alternate; inflorescences axillary, composed of units of usually 3 flowers arranged in pedunculate cymes, these forming leafy, terminal pani- cles; flowers hermaphrodite, the pedicels almost entirely united with midrib of a leafy, nerved, colored (in our species), persistent bract, the perianth tubular, constricted above a 5-angled base, the limb spreading, 5-lobed, the lobes often coalescent by thinner tissue, the apex of tube after anthesis sinistrorsely twisted; stamens 4-14, the filaments shortly connate proximally, unequal; ovary short-stalked, the style short, the stigma unilateral and often irregularly lobed; anthocarp acutely S-angled, not viscid, caducous while joined to the dry bract. TYPE SPECIES: In ICBN (vide also Rickett and Stafleu in Taxon 8: 268. 1959) the conserved type of Bougainvillea is indicated as B. spectabilis Willd. Sp. Pl. 2: 348. 1799. This binomial, however, did not originate with Willdenow, who referred to the 1981 NYCTAGINACEAE 265 earlier publication of Lamarck (Tabl. Encycl. Meth. 2: 433, as Buginvillaea s., pl. 294, as Buginvillaea. 1792). It appears to me that the correct author of the binomial is Lamarck. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, with about 18 species. Several species probably hybridize and innumerable cultivars are widespread as ornamentals. Apparently two of the common species, with cultivars or perhaps hybrids, are cultivated in Fiji. It is practically impossible confidently to refer individual cultivated plants of Bougainvillea to a species, since most of them are quite changed from their progenitors through hybridization and selection. The usual range of forms is to be seen in Fijian gardens, the following two species probably entering into their background. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blades elliptic, sparsely puberulent on both surfaces; bracts commonly red, but variable in color; perianth swollen and 5-angled below constriction; anthocarp glabrous, commonly 7-13 mm. long. 1. B. glabra Leaf blades ovate, tomentose beneath and often above; bracts commonly purple; perianth comparatively slender and indistinctly angled; anthocarp densely pilose, commonly 11-14 mm. long. 2. B. spectabilis 1. Bougainvillea glabra Choisy in DC. Prodr. 13 (2): 437. 1849; Stemmerik in FI. Males. I. 6: 457. 1964; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 107. 1964, ed. 2. 152. 1972. The ornamental red Bougainvillea is to be seen frequently in gardens near sea level, as a scandent shrub with predominantly rose-red bracts. However, the only available herbarium voucher is a plant with pure white bracts, which in other respects seems - referable to B. glabra sensu lato, although it is doubtless a cultivar. TyYPIFICATION: Several Brazilian collections were originally cited by Choisy, but I have not searched the literature for a lectotypification. DIsTRIBUTION: Although originally from Brazil, the species was presumably culti- vated there and not necessarily indigenous. It (including hybrids and cultivars) is now grown throughout the tropics. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Red bougainvillea; ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Namal, in private garden, DA 16857 (with white bracts). 2. Bougainvillea spectabilis Lam. Tabl. Encycl. Meth. 2: 433, as Buginvillaea s., pl. 294, as Buginvillaea. 1792; Willd. Sp. Pl. 2: 348. 1799; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 52. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 110. 1959; Stemmerik in Fl. Males. I. 6: 457. 1964; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 107. 1964, ed. 2. 152. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 139. 1970. The ornamental scrambling Bougainvillea with predominantly purplish bracts is often grown in gardens near sea level. TYPIFICATION: Lamarck did not cite a type, but his description and plate may be taken as the type, unless a specimen so annotated is to be found in the Lamarck herbarium at P. DIsTRIBUTION: Probably indigenous in Peru, the species is now cultivated through- out the tropics. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Purple bougainvillea; ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: REwa: Department of Agriculture compound, Suva, DA 1/2/88. 4. PisontA L. Sp. Pl. 1026. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 194. 1866; Stemmerik in Blumea 12: 266 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 275. 1964, in Fl. Males. I. 6: 457. 1964. Ceodes J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 71. 1775, ed. 2. 141. 1776. Unarmed shrubs or trees, or sometimes subscandent, spiny shrubs, the leaves opposite, sometimes subverticillate or partly spirally arranged; inflorescences usually small, axillary or subterminal cymes, many-flowered; flowers hermaphrodite or uni- sexual, the pedicels short, accrescent after anthesis, the perianth bracteate or not, forming an obconical or campanulate tube, the limb usually 4-6-lobed, marcescent, the apical part caducous after anthesis, the lobes short, induplicate-valvate, often alternating with minute teeth, at length recurved; stamens (2-) 5-13 (—40), the fila- ments proximally connate, unequal, the anthers exserted (in § and of flowers) or included (in 2 flowers); ovary sessile or short-stalked, the style obvious, the stigma broadened, entire or lacerate; anthocarp often elongate and with stalked, viscid glands, sometimes muricate or grooved. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Pisonia aculeata L., one of Linnaeus’s two original species (vide Standley in N. Amer. Fl. 21: 186. 1918). The type species of Ceodes is C. umbellifera J. R. & G. Forst., the only original species. Ceodes is sometimes con- sidered a separate genus, but Stemmerik (1964, cited below) combines it with Pisonia, following most recent authors. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, with 35-50 species. Three indigenous species are reported from Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Stemmerik, J. F. Florae Malesianae Precursores XX XVIII. Notes on Pisonia L. in the Old World (Nyctaginaceae). Blumea 12: 275-284. 1964. KEY TO SPECIES Plants unarmed, erect. Perianth without distinct black glands in 5 lengthwise rows; anthocarp without prickles; leaf blades without distinct secondary nerves, glabrous on lower surface. ..............- 1. P. umbellifera Perianth with 5 rows of distinct, prominent, black glands; anthocarp with prickles; leaf blades with distinct secondary nerves, these (or at least the lateral surfaces of costa) pilose on lower leaf surface. 2. P. grandis Plants spinose, climbing; perianth limb with 5 large lobes alternating with 5 smaller ones; anthocarp with 5 ROW Ot Weel med des, soocosoncanconpgndo O00 DAdGODODUONUDODUDOADOOODOODNEE 3. P. aculeata 1. Pisonia umbellifera (J. R. & G. Forst.) Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 154, as P. umbellata, sphalm. 1862, in J. Bot. 1: 246. 1863, Fl. Vit. 195. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 268. 1892; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 38. 1945; Stemmerik in Blumea 12: 280. 1964, in Fl. Males. I. 6: 460. 1964; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 152. 1972. FIGURE 75A-C. Ceodes umbellifera J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 71. 4. 7/7. 1775, ed. 2. 142. t. 77. 1776; Skottsb. in Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 30: 723. fig. 1-3. 1936. Ceodes umbellata Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 93, sphalm. 1786. Pisonia excelsa Bl. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 735. 1826. Pisonia viscosa Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 440, nom. nud. 1862. Ceodes excelsa Skottsb. in Acta Horti Gothob. 2: 231. 1926; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128:84. 1935. Ceodes umbellifera f. acuminata Heimerl in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13: 41. fig. 6. 1937. Ceodes umbellifera var. acuminata Heimerl ex J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 107. 1964. Pisonia umbellifera occurs in Fiji at elevations from near sea level to 825 m. asa tree 5-15 m. high, with a trunk 30 cm. or more in diameter; it is occasionally mentioned as a shrub as small as 2 m. high. Although frequently found in coastal areas exposed to wind, it is also noted in dense or open forest, on rocky slopes, and on limestone ridges. Its perianth is white to greenish yellow, becoming dark red; its stamens and gynoecium are white, and its fruit is purple-tinged and very viscid. Flowering material has been collected between December and August, fruiting material between February and June. 1981 NYCTAGINACEAE 267 LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: There are three Forster collections in the type cover at BM: (1) “Tanna. JR & G Forster” (marked as type specimen), (2) “Tana. Capt. Cook, 1775” (annotated by Skottsberg as“ part of type material”), and (3) “G. Forster’s Herbarium. Ceodes umbellata.” All three are in flower, but the first is the best and may be designated as the lectotype of Ceodes umbellifera: J. R. & G. Forster (BM), collected on Tanna, New Hebrides, during Cook’s second voyage. Ceodes umbellata Forst. f. refers to the original publication, and his binomial may be taken as a simple sphalma, as may Seemann’s first combination in Pisonia using the epithet wmbellata. Pisonia excelsa, according to Stemmerik, is lectotypified by Blume s. n. in herb. L 908.157-350, from G. Salak, W. Java. The source of the name P. viscosa Seem. is Seemann 364, collected on Ovalau in 1860. The holotype of C. umbellifera f. acumi- nata Heimer! is Gillespie 4737 (BIsH), collected Feb. 27, 1928, in the vicinity of Waiyevo, Taveuni. The full and complex synonymy of P. umbellifera is discussed by Stemmerik in his 1964 treatment in Blumea. Gibbs referred to P. umbellifera in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 161. 1909, but mentions only her collection no. 546, which represents a species of Psychotria (Rubiaceae). DISTRIBUTION: Madagascar to the Ryukyu Islands and eastward to northern Australia and into Polynesia as far as Pitcairn Island and Hawaii. LOCAL NAMES: Although the species is reasonably frequent in Fiji, the only noted names are roro and ndainga. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 1084; Naloto Range, DA 14771. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nakoronalase, vicinity of Nandrau, DF //80. Namost: Saliandrau, Wayauyau Creek, DA 14998; vicinity of Namosi Village, Parks 20264; without further locality, DA 14237. NaITASIRI: Tholo-i-suva, DA 1/878. OVALAU: Hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7358. KORO: Main ridge, Smith 1050. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Namoliwawa, DA 13167. TAVEUNI: Track to lake east of Somosomo, DA 14065. AIWA: Bryan 527. YANGASA LEVU: Bryan 461. 2. Pisonia grandis R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 422. 1810; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 52. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 38. 1945; St. John in Webbia 8: 225. 1951; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 110. 1959; Stemmerik in Blumea 12: 283. 1964, in Fl. Males. I. 6: 464. 1964; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 107. 1964, ed. 2. 152. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 139. 1970; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 105. 1972. FiGurRE 75D & E. Pisonia brunoniana sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862; non Endl. Pisonia inermis sensu Seem. in J. Bot. 1: 246. 1863, Fl. Vit. 195. 1866; non Jacq. Plectronia mcconnelli Horne, A Year in Fiji, 266, nom. nud. 1881. Plectronia macconneli Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 363, pro syn. 1883. As it occurs in Fiji, Pisonia grandis is a tree 2-20 m. high, witha trunk up to 40 cm. in diameter, often stunted and forming solid thickets on islets and in open forest, found comparatively infrequently at elevations between sea level and about 370 m. Its flowers have been noted as fragrant, the perianth being white or greenish yellow distally. Flowers have been collected in August and November and fruits only in the latter month. TYPIFICATION: The holotype is a Brown specimen (BM), collected on the north coast of Australia. Plectronia mcconnelli (or macconneli), never described, is based on an unnumbered Horne specimen from Fiji; I have located no Horne collections of Pisonia, and the name is here listed only on the authority of Baker. DiIsTRIBUTION: Madagascar to Formosa and eastward to Queensland and into Polynesia as far as the Tuamotus and several equatorial archipelagoes. In Fiji the Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1981 AIZOACEAE 269 available material shows Pisonia grandis to be less frequent than P. umbellifera, although it may be locally abundant, as on the Lau island of Nayambo, where Bryan has noted it as the only species of tree on the island. LOCAL NAMES: Only the names mbuka and talatalambia have been recorded. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: KANDAVU: Seemann 363. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Mt. Uluimbau, south of Lambasa, Smith 6598. NAYAMBO: In center of island, Bryan 450. 3. Pisonia aculeata L. Sp. Pl. 1026. 1753; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 25: 402. 1944; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 109. 1959; Stemmerik in Blumea 12: 284. 1964, in Fl. Males. I. 6: 467. 1964; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 107. 1964, ed. 2. 152. 1972. An overhanging climber with recurved, axillary thorns; the perianth is yellowish white, becoming brown, and short-pilose. LECTOTYPIFICATION: From among the several prior references given by Linnaeus, Stemmerik (1964, in Blumea, cited above) indicates as the lectotype Plumier, Nov. Gen. 7. pi. 11. 1703. DISTRIBUTION: Circumtropical, including Africa and northern Australia, and east- ward in the Pacific as far as Fiji and Tonga. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: MBa: Between Mba and Tavua, Greenwood 741. This species is known in Fiji only from the cited Greenwood collection, dated Sept. 29, 1927, which seems to be correctly identified, as are the very few known collections from Tonga. These collections appear to be from indigenous plants. FAMILy 70. AIZOACEAE AIZOACEAE Rudolphi, Syst. Orb. Veg. 53, as Aizoideae. 1830. Erect or prostrate herbs or low shrubs, with or without stipules, the leaves alternate Or opposite, sometimes minute, often succulent, usually simple; inflorescences usually axillary, cymose or composed of solitary, clustered, or fascicled flowers, these actino- morphic, usually hermaphrodite; calyx tube free or adnate to ovary, the lobes (3-) 5-8, imbricate or quincuncial; petals (sometimes considered petaloid staminodes) numer- ous, I- to several-seriate, inserted in calyx tube, sometimes lacking; stamens perigy- nous, usually numerous in several series, sometimes few (rarely 1), the filaments free or proximally united into bundles, the anthers small, 2-locular, dehiscing longitudinally; ovary superior to inferior, (1-) 2-many-locular, the ovules campylotropous or anatro- pous, solitary to many per locule, basal, apical, or axile, the styles or stigmas as many as carpels, usually radiating; fruit a capsule or drupaceous, often clasped by the persist- ent calyx, the seeds |-many per locule, the embryo large, enveloping the perisperm. DISTRIBUTION: Chiefly southern African, but also pantropical and subtropical or sometimes temperate, with about 130 genera (mostly segregates from Mesembryanthe- mum) or 11-16 genera in the most conservative sense. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Pax, F., & K. Hoffmann. Aizoaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 179-233 (excl. trib. Mollugineae). 1934. Backer, C. A. Aizoaceae. Fl. Males. I. 4: 267-275 (excl. Mollugo, Glinus). 1951. FiGureE 75. A-C, Pisonia umbellifera; A, lower surface of leaf blade along costa, = 10; B, anthocarp, * 2; C, 9 flowers, showing lacerate stigmas, x 8. D & E, Pisonia grandis; D, lower surface of leaf blade along costa, x 10; E, flowers with exserted anthers and perianth glands (g), x 8. A from Greenwood 1084, B from Smith 7358, C from DA 14771, D from Smith 6598, E from Bryan 450. 270 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1. SEsuvIUM L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 1052, 1058, 1371. 1759. Herbs or subshrubs, prostrate or ascending, glabrous, the leaves opposite, sub- equal, entire, the petioles dilated, the blades succulent, nearly cylindric to flattened; flowers hermaphrodite, solitary or clustered, terminal but appearing axillary; sepals 5, united proximally, hooded distally and with a subapical mucro; petals lacking; sta- mens 5 and alternate with sepals or numerous in fascicles, persistent, the filaments filiform or subulate; ovary superior, 2-5-locular, the ovules numerous, axile, the styles 2-5, with longitudinal, papillose stigmas; capsule membranous, circumscissile near middle, the seeds numerous, rotund-reniform, black, arillate. TYPE SPECIES: Sesuvium portulacastrum (L.) L. (Portulaca portulacastrum L.), the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical (sometimes temperate), with about eight species usually occurring in saline or disturbed coastal areas. One species occurs indigenously in Fiji. 1. Sesuvium portulacastrum (L.) L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 1058. 1759; A. Gray, Bot. U.S. Expl. Exped. 1: 142. 1854; Seem. Viti, 432. 1862; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 84. 1935; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 99. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 25: 400. 1944; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 38. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 111. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 44. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 225. 1964, ed. 2. 313. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 40. 1970. Portulaca portulacastrum L. Sp. Pl. 446. 1753. A prostate, succulent herb, with basally subligneous reddish stems 20-80 cm. long, found at and near sea level on sand and coral beaches and on limestone headlands. The sepals are pink to lavender to reddish purple (or perhaps sometimes white) within and green without, the stamens have pale purple anthers, the styles are white, and the seeds are black and shining. Flowers and fruits have been noted only in February and May, but they may be expected throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The only citation given by Linnaeus for Portulaca portulacastrum 1s Herm. Parad. Bat. 212. r. 2/2. 1698, apparently based on a plant from Curagao. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical. It is doubtless more frequent in Fiji than suggested by the few cited collections. LOCAL NAME: The only name I have noted is ja/e (perhaps better spelled djale), from my Fulanga collection. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 919; vicinity of Singatoka, Greenwood 784. NAYAMBO: Bryan 453. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1206. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. FAMILY 71. CACTACEAE CACTACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 310, as Cacti. 1789. Fleshy perennials, diverse in habit, highly specialized, the stems terete, subglobose, flattened, or grooved, usually with much reduced leaves and spiny, the spines and flowers arising from cushionlike areoles; flowers solitary, less often clustered, usually sessile, hermaphrodite, and actinomorphic; receptacle tubular, usually with scales, hairs, or spines, bearing tepals and stamens; tepals spirally arranged, usually very numerous, sepaloid to petaloid; stamens numerous, inserted in throat and receptacle tube, free or the inner ones connate, the anthers 2-locular, splitting longitudinally; ovary inferior (with few exceptions), unilocular, the placentas 3-many, parietal, the ovules numerous, usually campylotropous, the style usually 1, the stigmas 3-many, radiating, variously papillose; fruit baccate, juicy or dry, often with scales, hairs, or 1981] CACTACEAE 271 spines, indehiscent or rarely dehiscent, the seeds numerous, immersed in pulp, often arillate or strophiolate, the perisperm abundant to lacking, the embryo curved or rarely straight, the cotyledons usually reduced or vestigial. DIsTRIBUTION: America, chiefly in the drier regions, from British Columbia to Patagonia, with more than 2,000 species. The number of genera to be recognized in the family is controversial, ranging from about 50 to 220. Buchheim (1964, cited below) discusses 167 genera, Hunt (1967, cited below) 84 genera. Species of Rhipsalis have been noted from Africa to Ceylon but are usually considered doubtfully indigenous. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Buchheim, G. Cactaceae. /n: Melchior, H. Engl. Syll. Pflanzenfam. ed. 12. 2: 102-108. 1964. Hunt, D. R. /n: Hutchinson, J. Gen. Fl. Pl. 2: 427-467. 1967. KEY TO GENERA Internodes abundantly spiny; tepals somewhat divergent; stamens shorter than tepals; style tapering toward basexshortemthanhte pal stuart et teroretekere(eletexcarcvevel-fevoketetaieletore eacketaterer inte myeicvaeyscieercverelcte 1. Opuntia Internodes usually not spiny; tepals erect; stamens much longer than tepals; style discoid above base, EXSERLCCMLO MPC LIAN Mmmrettvetsveret serve tetetefalcie seats ect ctofevezeyatctaveregavereystclaleceecisrsteictcvonsvever=tetevete 2. Nopalea 1. OpuNTIA Mill. Gard. Dict. Abridg. ed. 4. 1754. Erect, often freely branching plants, the stem articulate, the internodes flat, abun- dantly spiny, the areoles of stem lanate and with barbed bristles; flowers borne near margins of distal half of internodes; tepals often spreading; stamens shorter than tepals; ovary tuberculate, the style tapering toward base, shorter than tepals; fruit pyriform to obovoid, the seeds globose-reniform. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Opuntia vulgaris Mill. (Cactus opuntia L.) (vide Britton & Browns LENS UsSseds 2: 2:57/1— 1913); DISTRIBUTION: America, from Canada to Argentina, with 200-250 species. At least one species has become a noxious weed in parts of the Old World, including Fiji. 1. Opuntia vulgaris Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. 8. 1768; B. E. V. Parhamin Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 18: 56. 1947; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 77. 1949; Mune & J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 31: 14. fig. 2. 1957; J. W. Parham in op. cit. 35:56. fig. 21. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 113. 1964, ed. 2. 161. 1972; Mune & J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 48: 24. fig. 6. 1967; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 54. 1972. Cactus opuntia L. Sp. Pl. 468. 1753. In Fiji this species has become a frequent adventive as a perennial shrub 0.5-4 m. high, often found in agricultural areas or on waste land near sea level. Its tepals are yellow and its fruits bright red. TyYPIFICATION: Miller based his concept on J. Bauhin, Hist. Pl. Univ. 1: 154. 1650. This being one of the several references given by Linnaeus for Cactus opuntia, Miller’s indication is perhaps to be considered a lectotypification. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, but now widely distributed throughout tropical countries. No herbarium vouchers from Fiji are available, and according to J. W. Parham the species has become virtually eradicated there. Nevertheless, an occasional individual may be seen here and there in dry areas. LOCAL NAME AND USES: Prickly pear. The species is believed to have been intro- duced by early European settlers to use in hedges. All species of Opuntia are now declared noxious weeds in Fiji and Samoa, but this is the only species with a published record in Fiji. It is one of the worst potential weeds to have been introduced into Fiji; information on its control is given by Mune and Parham (1967, cited above). 272 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 2. NoPALEA Salm-Dyck, Cact. Hort. Dyck. 1849: 63. 1850. Erect plants resembling species of Opuntia, the internodes (in our species) not spiny; tepals erect, free; stamens much longer than tepals; ovary tuberculate, the style discoid just above base and exserted from perianth; fruit pyriform, the seeds oblong, compressed. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Nopalea cochenillifera (L.) Salm-Dyck (Cactus cochenillifer L.) (vide Britton & Rose, Cact. 1: 33. 1919). DISTRIBUTION: Mexico and Central America, with about nine species. The genus is often submerged in Opuntia (as by Hunt, 1967, cited above under the family). How- ever, it is maintained as distinct by many students, for instance by Lawrence, Tax. Vascular Pl. 623. 1951, by Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink, Jr., Fl. Java 1: 316. 1963, by Buchheim (1964, cited above under the family), and by Hutchinson, Fam. Fl. Pl. ed. 3. 304. 1973. 1. Nopalea cochinellifera (L.) Salm-Dyck, Cact. Hort. Dyck. 1849: 64, as N. coccinel- lifera. 1850; B. E. V. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 17: 22. 1946. Cactus cochenillifer L. Sp. Pl. 468. 1753. The cochineal cactus, sparingly grown in Fiji, has conspicuously articulate stems and flat internodes, like those of Opuntia. Its inner tepals are red, its filaments red-tipped, its style white with greenish stigmas, and its fruit red. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus gave several prior references, but I have not noted a lectotypification. DISTRIBUTION: Probably originally from Mexico, Nopalea cochinellifera is now cultivated in tropical areas as the principal food plant (among other species of cactus) of the cochineal insect. The dried bodies of these insects are utilized in some areas as the source of a red dyestuff used as a biological stain. LOCAL NAME AND USES: Cochineal cactus. Not truly naturalized, the species is grown in various parts of Fiji as an ornamental and for medicinal purposes, being used by some of the Indian population as a poultice. Apparently the cochineal insect has not been cultivated in Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: OVALAU: Levuka, DA 3002 (coll. L. H. Dietrich). FaMILy 72. MOLLUGINACEAE MOLLUGINACEAE Hutchinson, Fam. FI. Pl. 1: 128. 1926. Herbs or rarely shrubs, the stipules lacking or fugacious, the leaves simple, oppo- site or subverticillate to alternate, the blades pinnate-nerved, sometimes fleshy; inflo- rescences axillary or terminal, usually cymose, sometimes composed of solitary flowers, these actinomorphic, hermaphrodite (rarely unisexual), usually small; peri- anth uniseriate, inconspicuous; sepals 4 or 5, free or shortly united, imbricate or quincuncial, usually persistent in fruit; petals (staminodial in origin) small, much reduced, or lacking; stamens 3-10 (—20), hypogynous or slightly perigynous, some- times partially staminodial, the filaments free or proximally connate, the anthers 2-locular, dehiscing longitudinally; disk sometimes present and annular; ovary syncar- pous (rarely apocarpous) and 2-5-locular with axile (rarely basal)-placentation, the ovules campylotropous (rarely anatropous), usually more than | per locule, the styles or sessile stigmas as many as locules, short, free; fruit a schizocarp or loculicidally dehiscent capsule, rarely indehiscent, the seeds with the embryo curved, often peri- pheral to perisperm. 1981 CARYOPHYLLACEAE 27 Ww DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical or subtropical, especially in Africa, with about 14 genera. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: Eckardt, T. Fam. Molluginaceae. /n: Melchior, H. Engl. Syll. Pflanzen- fam. ed. 12. 2: 86-87. 1964. 1. MoLLuUGO L. Sp. PI. 89. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 200. 1867. Mostly annual, glabrous herbs, erect or spreading, the stipules membranous, undivided, fugacious, the leaves usually subverticillate; inflorescences axillary, fascic- ulate, cymose, or subracemose, the flowers hermaphrodite; sepals 5; petals lacking; stamens 3-5 or rarely more, often mixed with subulate staminodes; ovary 3-5-locular, the ovules numerous, axile, the styles linear or clavate; fruit a membranous capsule, enclosed by the calyx, the seeds | or more in each locule, sometimes with a small aril. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Mollugo verticillata L., one of Linnaeus’s four original species (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U.S. ed. 2. 2: 35. 1913). DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, with 15-20 species. One apparently indigenous species occurs sparingly in Fiji. 1. Mollugo pentaphylla L. Sp. Pl. 89. 1753; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 268. 1951; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 225. 1964, ed. 2. 313. 1972. Mollugo stricta L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 131. 1762; A. Gray, Bot. U.S. Expl. Exped. 1: 130. 1854; Seem. ex A. Gray in Bonplandia 10: 36, as M. striata. 1862; Seem. Viti, 432, as M. striata. 1862, Fl. Vit. 200. 1867. Hedyotis burmanniana sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861; non auct. A weedlike, sprawling, annual herb, widely branched or subascending to 35 cm., occurring sparingly in or near cultivated areas or on waste ground near sea level. The sepals are green without and white within, turning brown, the styles are white, and the seeds are dark brown. LECTOTYPIFICATION: Under Mollugo pentaphylla Linnaeus cited two references to Ceylon plants; probably the better lectotype would be a Hermann specimen (BM) indicated in L. Fl. Zeyl. 51. 1747. DiIsTRIBUTION: Tropical and subtropical portions of the Old World, eastward in the Pacific to the Caroline Islands and at least to the Solomons. Although the available Fijian material suggests that the plant is an adventive, in that the collections come from or near areas of cultivation, there is really no reason to doubt that the species is indigenous eastward to Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NAmosti: Wainandoi River area, DA 8369. NAITASIRI: Nanduru- loulou Station, DA 7/6. OVALAU: Without detailed localities, U. S. Expl. Exped., MacGillivray, Oct., 1854, Seemann 230. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Mbua Bay, U. S. Expl. Exped. FAMILy 73. CARYOPHYLLACEAE CARYOPHYLLACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 299, as Caryvophylleae. 1789. Annual or perennial herbs (rarely undershrubs), lacking stipules or these present and membranous, the stem often swollen at nodes; leaves opposite, simple, the petioles often connected at base by a transverse line, the blades entire; inflorescences usually terminal, cymose or developing into cincinni or with solitary flowers, these actino- morphic, usually hermaphrodite; sepals 3-6, usually 5, free and imbricate or united, often with membranous margins; petals as many as sepals, often clawed, often small, rarely lacking; stamens 2-12, in | or 2 series, sometimes partly staminodial, the filaments free or shortly connate, the anthers bilocular, dehiscing longitudinally; ovary superior, sessile or short-stipitate, unilocular or incompletely divided at base, the placentation free-central or basal, the ovules usually numerous (rarely few or reduced 274 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 to 1) and campylotropous, the styles free or proximally connate; fruit usually a dry capsule dehiscing by splitting from apex, sometimes an achene or berry, the seeds often numerous, the embryo curved, peripheral to perisperm. DISTRIBUTION: A cosmopolitan family of 70-80 genera. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: Pax, F., & K. Hoffmann. Caryophyllaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 275-364. 1934. The family contains a large number of well-known ornamentals (Dianthus, Gypso- phila, etc.), although in this respect it is better known in temperate than in tropical areas. 1. DRyMaARIA Willd. ex Roemer & Schultes, Syst. Veg. 5: xxxi, 406. 1819 or 1820. Slender herbs, with subulate or filiform stipules, the leaf blades often ovate- reniform; inflorescences cymose, often with cincinnous branches; flowers 5-merous; sepals free, scariose-margined; petals bifid, persistent; stamens 2-5; ovary short- stalked, the style 3-parted; capsule thin-walled, 3-valved from apex to base, the valves entire, the seeds usually numerous (rarely only 1), verrucose. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Drymaria cordata (L.) Willd. ex Roemer & Schultes (Holos- teum cordatum L.) (vide Pax & Hoffm. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 307. 1934). DISTRIBUTION: Cosmopolitan, mostly tropical and American, with 50-70 species. One species occurs in Fiji as a recent adventive. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Mizushima, M. A revision of Drymaria cordata Willd. (Critical studies on Japanese plants 3). J. Jap. Bot. 32: 69-81. 1957. 1. Drymaria cordata (L.) Willd. ex Roemer & Schultes var. pacifica Mizushima in J. Jap. Bot. 32: 78. 1957; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 313. 1972. An infrequent prostrate herb, found along roadsides or in plantations near sea level; the petals are white. Flowering has been noted only in July, doubtless due to the paucity of Fijian collections. TYPIFICATION: The holotype is Svenson 65 (GH), collected April 1, 1930, at Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos Islands. DISTRIBUTION: According to its author, var. pacifica is probably indigenous in the Galapagos Islands and in lowland areas of Colombia, Peru, and Bolivia, and adventive in Hawaii, the Bonin Islands, and the Idzu Islands. Its introduction into Fiji was doubtless inadvertent and recent, and it may be sought in other Pacific archipelagoes. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NairTasiri: Nanduruloulou, along roadsides in Cocoa Station, DA 14414; Koronivia, in banana plantation, DA 13274. Mizushima’s study of Drymaria cordata (1957, cited above) points out differences between the American D. cordata and the Old World D. diandra. Drymaria cordata 1s based on Holosteum cordatum, which Mizushima lectotypifies by the Linnaean reference to Hortus Upsaliensis (1745) and specimen no. /09-/ in the Linnaean Herbarium, presumably originally from Jamaica and cultivated in the Uppsala Botanic Garden. Differences between the American species and D. diandra BI. (Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 62. 1825) are discussed by Mizushima (pp. 75-76, fig. 1), although sometimes these taxa are united (cf. Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 1: 209. 1963). If one accepts Mizushima’s distinctions (pp. 71-75), the Fijian material seems to represent D. cordata var. pacifica. 1981] PORTULACACEAE 275 FAMILY 74. PORTULACACEAE PORTULACACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 312, as Portulaceae. 1789. Annual or perennial herbs or undershrubs, the stipules scariose or represented by axillary bundles of hairs or lacking; leaves alternate or opposite, often rosulate, simple, the blades often succulent; inflorescences axillary or terminal, usually cymose, often cincinnous, or racemiform or paniculiform or with solitary flowers, these actino- morphic, hermaphrodite; sepals usually 2, imbricate, free or united at base, green; petals (2-) 4-6 or more, frequently 5, imbricate, free or connate at base, often colored; stamens as many as petals and opposite them or more numerous by splitting, free or epipetalous, the filaments filiform, the anthers bilocular, longitudinally dehiscent; ovary superior or half-inferior or inferior, unilocular, the placentation basal or free- central, the ovules (l-) 2-many, amphitropous or anatropous, the style usually divided, sometimes lacking, the stigmas 2-5 (-9); fruit a capsule, dehiscing by 2 or 3 valves or by a circumscissile operculum, rarely an achene, the seeds (1-) 2-many, globose-reniform, the embryo curved or annular around the copious perisperm. DISTRIBUTION: Cosmopolitan but mostly American, with 15-31 genera. The family includes some garden ornamentals and plants edible as vegetable or salad greens. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Pax, F., & K. Hoffmann. Portulacaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- fam. ed. 2. 16c: 234-262. 1934. Geesink, R. Portulacaceae. Fl. Males. I. 7: 121-133. 1971. McNeill, J. Synopsis of a revised classification of the Portulacaceae. Taxon 23: 725-728. 1974. KEY TO GENERA Ovary inferior or half-inferior; style 2-9-divided; petals 4-6 (8); stamens 4-numerous; capsule dehiscing by a circumscissile operculum; stipules present, scariose or composed of tufts of hairs. .. 1. Portulaca Ovary superior; style usually with 3 divergent branches; petals usually 5; stamens usually 5-numerous; capsilevdehiscingsbypsavalvessistipmlesyabDsents 1). etetieiis oles eiela cieieieieiors selec ereloeieierele 2. Talinum 1. PORTULACA L. Sp. Pl. 445. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 8. 1865; Geesink in Blumea 17: 283. 1969. Annual or perennial herbs, with often minute stipules, these scariose or reduced to hairs; leaves alternate to opposite, the upper ones sometimes involucrate around flowers, the blades succulent, linear to orbicular; flowers terminal, sessile or subsessile, in 2-30-flowered heads (capituli or condensed cymes) or solitary; sepals 2, united proximally; petals 4-6 (-8), free or basally connate, often obovate; stamens 4-many, perigynous, the filaments usually puberulent proximally; ovary half-inferior to infe- rior, the ovules numerous, amphitropous, borne ona simple or branched free-central placenta, the style 2-9-divided; capsule membranaceous, circumscissile at or above base, the seeds numerous, tuberculate, nitid. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Portulaca oleracea L., one of Linnaeus’s four original species (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U.S. ed. 2. 2: 39. 1913). DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, with 100-200 species. Geesink (1969, cited below) considers the genus to be composed of about 40 species, but many of these seem very polymorphic and are considered species complexes by other authors. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Geesink, R. An account of the genus Portulaca in Indo-Australia and the Pacific (Portulacaceae). Blumea 17: 275-301. 1969. In the present treatment I recognize six species in Fiji. Many of these have the appearance of being weeds, but, since their accidental introduction is difficult to establish, I treat five of them as indigenous. Portulaca grandiflora occurs only in cultivation. Geesink, unlike most previous students, does not consider the axillary hairs of Portulaca to be homologues of stipules. 276 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 KEY TO SPECIES All leaves opposite, the blades oblong, 3-10 = 1.2-3.5 mm.; hairs intra- and interpetiolar (1. e. all around the node); membranous bracteoles absent; flowers solitary, surrounded by an involucre of 4 cauline leaves; petals 4, bright yellow, often purplish without. ...............- sees cece ee eees |. P. quadrifida At least the middle cauline leaves spirally arranged; hairs only axillary (and in the capitulum); bracteoles membranous; flowers rarely solitary; petals 5. Leaf blades obovate to spathulate, 2-40 x 1.5-15 mm.; axillary hairs inconspicuous; sepals distinctly carinate; petals yellow. Capituli I- or 2-flowered (rarely to 6-flowered); stamens 18-50; fruit about 7 mm. long. 2. P. /utea Capituli 3-30-flowered (rarely only 2-flowered); stamens 7-15; fruit about 4 mm. long. 3. P. oleracea Leaf blades linear to elliptic or lanceolate, narrowed at apex; axillary hairs conspicuous; sepals not carinate; petals not always yellow; capituli usually 2-8-flowered. Petals up to 12 mm. long; sepals about 4 mm. long; stamens usually 20-30, the anthers 0.4-0.7 mm. long; style branches 3-6; fruit usually 2-3 mm. in diameter; leaf blades narrowly lanceolate- subulate, 10-20 x 1-4 mm. Axillary hairs very conspicuous, often 10 mm. long or more, nearly concealing the leafy parts of stems; petals pink to red-purple; seeds blue, the testa cells stellate, with pyramidal tubercles. 4. P. pilosa Axillary hairs up to 5 mm. long, not concealing the leafy parts of stems; petals yellow; seeds dark gray, the testa cells elliptic-lobed, stellate at margin, with elevated tubercles. 5. P. samoensis Petals 12-30 mm. long, variable in color from red or orange to yellow or white; sepals S-12 mm. long; stamens 40-75, the anthers about 1.4 mm. long; style branches 5-9; fruit about 5 mm. in diameter; axillary hairs up to 5mm. long, not concealing the leafy parts of stems; leaf blades linear-subulate, 3s bien I Ain Reeeea co mcdonocnoMaareohanouoedesodneoonoGUsDodona6e 6. P. grandiflora 1. Portulaca quadrifida L. Mant. Pl. 73. 1767; A. Gray, Bot. U.S. Expl. Exped. 1: 140. 1854; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, in op. cit. 10: 295. 1862, Viti, 432. 1862, Fl. Vit. 9. 1865; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 111. 1890; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 85. 1935; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 25: 398. 1944; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 112. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 45. 1959; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 1:218. 1963; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 225. 1964, ed. 2. 313. 1972; Geesink in Blumea 17: 290. pi. 1, fig. 6. 1969, in Fl. Males. I. 7: 127. fig. 4. 1971. A creeping herb, rooting at nodes, found in coastal areas near sea level. The petals are usually bright yellow and the fruit pale yellow. There are too few Fijian collections to suggest any seasonality. LECTOTYPIFICATION: Linnaeus cited a number of references, indicating “Hab. in Aegypto.” Geesink in 1969 considered a specimen in the Linnaean herbarium to bea suitable lectotype. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical, occurring in the Pacific as far east as the Gilbert Islands, Samoa, and Tonga, but apparently absent from Australia. LOCAL NAME: Tuakuku ni vuaka. Although the species is considered a weed in Fiji, its occurrence is probably indigenous. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: NAIRAI: Tothill 27. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Islands off Mathuata coast, Greenwood 681. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Seemann 14, Storck 868, Horne s. n. 2. Portulaca lutea Solander ex Forst. f. Pl. Esc. Ins. Oc. Austr. 72. 1786, Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 90. 1786; Solander ex Seem. FI. Vit. 9. 1865; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 85. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 53. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 38. 1945; Geesink in Blumea 17: 291. pil. 1, fig. 10-13. 1969; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 171. 1970; Geesink in Fl. Males. I. 7: 129. 1971; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 313. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 122. 1972. 1981 PORTULACACEAE fT] Portulaca fosbergii Poelln. var. substellata Poelln. in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 12 (9): 4. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 225. 1964. A prostrate or subascending herb usually 15-30 cm. high, perhaps sometimes to 70 em. high, occurring near sea level on sand or coral beaches or in small pockets on rough limestone rocks. Its petals are yellow, shading to pale yellow or nearly white, its anthers are sometimes red, and its fruit is pale yellow. It is infrequent in Fiji, being known from only two collections from the Lau Group, obtained in flower in August and September. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Geesink notes the authority for Portu- laca lutea to be “Solander ex Seem.,” apparently taking Seemann’s 1865 description as the first valid one. However, Forster’s 1786 description seems to meet requirements of the ICBN; it was cited by Seemann, who may have thought the description inadequate and therefore provided a more extended one. Forster’s second mention in 1786 merely lists the name. There appears to be no extant specimen from the first Cook voyage, but there is a Parkinson drawing (BM) which may serve as the type. The only locality listed by Forster was the island of Huahine, but Seemann also mentions Tahiti, Raiatea, and Tahaa; probably it cannot be said from which of the Society Islands Parkinson obtained the model for his illustration. Von Poellnitz cited two Bryan collections as syntypes of P. fosbergii var. substellata, which | believe to be correctly reduced to P. lutea by Geesink. Geesink indicated as the lectotype Bryan 452 (BISH), collected Aug. 7, 1924, on Nayambo, Lau Group; there is an isolectotype at k. DISTRIBUTION: Pacific islands from New Caledonia eastward to Pitcairn Island and northward to several equatorial archipelagoes. In Fiji it seems to be rare, but it may merely have been overlooked by the few collectors who have worked in the Lau Group. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: BACON ISLAND (Argo Reefs, Lau Group): Bryan 539 (BISH only, the second of von Poellnitz’s syntypes). 3. Portulaca oleracea L. Sp. Pl. 445. 1753; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, Viti, 432. 1862, Fl. Vit. 9. 1865; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 111. 1890; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 85. 1935; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 94. 1943; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 53. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 38. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 112. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35:45. 1959; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 1: 218. 1963; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 225. 1964, ed. 2. 313. 1972; Geesink in Blumea 17: 292. pi. 1, fig. 8, 9. 1969; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 171. 1970; Geesink in Fl. Males. I. 7: 129. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 121. 1972. An abundant, semiprostate, succulent herb, rarely ascending to | m. in height, found near sea level along roadsides, in waste places, canefields, and other cultivated areas. The petals are yellow and the fruit pale yellow. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. LECTOTYPIFICATION: Linnaeus mentioned several prior references; Geesink indi- cates as lectotype a specimen in the Linnaean Herbarium. DISTRIBUTION: A pantropical weedlike plant, usually mentioned as being adventive in the Pacific, where it occurs widely. It may just as likely have attained its wide distribution by natural means. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Pigweed; taukuku ni vuaka or taukuka ni vuaka; amlonia (Hindi). The entire plant is edible as a green potherb. 278 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 416; Ndrasa, near Lautoka, DA 10334; Korovuto, Nandi, DA 10694; Votua, vicinity of Mba, DA 10439. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Loma, Singatoka, DA 11316; Korotongo Beach, DA 17320. Ra: Ndombuilevu: DA 10945, 11005. NatvAsiRI: Langgere, DA 11183; Koronivia, DA 3997; Central Agricultural Station, DA 2543; Tamavua, DA 1/225; Nasinu, DA 16617. Rewa: Department of Agriculture compound, Suva, DA 11566. VANUA LEVU: MartuHuaTA: Lambasa, Greenwood 468. THAKAUNDROVE: Savusavu, DA //535. F131 without further local- ity, Seemann 13. 4. Portulaca pilosa L. Sp. Pl. 445. 1753; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 1: 218. 1963; Geesink in Blumea 17: 294, p. p. 1969, in Fl. Males. I. 7: 131, p. p. 1971. Portulaca pilosa L. subsp. pilosa; Geesink in Blumea 17: 295, p. p. pl. 2, fig. 1. 1969, in Fl. Males. I. 7: 131, p. p. 1971; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 313. 1972. Portulaca pilosa L. subsp. pilosa race “pilosa” Geesink in Blumea 17: 296. 1969. A semiprostrate herb occurring near sea level on grassy sand dunes, along dry roadsides, and in canefields. It is readily distinguished by its extremely long axillary hairs and its pink to purplish red petals. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus mentioned several prior references, but I have not noted a definite lectotypification. DISTRIBUTION: Presumably pantropical. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Tavukumbu, near Lautoka, DA 10725; outskirts of Tavua, O. & I. Degener 32026. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Vatukarasa, Tabualewa 15563. Geesink (1969, cited above) includes some 150 names in his concept of Portulaca pilosa, which he interprets as a very variable species divisible into many subspecies and races. Eight subspecies are recognized in the Indo-Australian-Pacific area. No doubt the complex is very intricate, but, like many other students, I believe that clarification is not enhanced by wholesale reduction. At least P. grandiflora seems too distinct to be included, and in the Pacific P. samoensis also seems clearly separable from P. pilosa. 5. Portulaca samoensis Poelln. in Repert. Sp. Nov. 33: 163. 1933, in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 12 (9): 6. 1936; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 38. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 112. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 225. 1964; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 171. 1970. Portulaca pilosa L. ssp. pilosa race “tuberosa” Geesink in Blumea 17: 297, p. p. 1969. A succulent, prostrate herb, sometimes subascending to 20 cm. high, found between sea level and 200 m. on rocky shores and islets, in crevices of basalt ledges, on rocks of open hillsides, near roads, and sometimes in tern guano. Its petals are yellow to bright yellow, and flowers have been obtained in Fiji between February and September. TYPIFICATION: The type is Vaupel 178 (B HOLOTYPE, perhaps destroyed; ISOTYPE at BISH), collected Dec. 24, 1904, in the vicinity of Matautu, Upolu, Samoa. It is possible that further study of Portulaca will demonstrate that this taxon is referable to P. australis Endl. (Atakta Bot. 7. ¢. 6. 1833), typified by the original illustration by Ferdinand Bauer of a plant from the Gulf of Carpentaria, northern Australia, but it should scarcely be left in a reasonable concept of P. pilosa. DISTRIBUTION: New Guinea to Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, and Niue. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Ndomindomi (Yasawas) and kutu (Moala) have been recorded. In the Yasawas the plant is pounded and used as a medicinal poultice. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Nakawa Gulch, west side of Mbatinaremba, Sz. John 18152. VITI LEVU: Mba: Hills near Saweni, south of Lautoka, Greenwood 667A. OVALAU: Vicinity of Thawathi, Smith 8096. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, on slopes of Mt. Vonda and toward Waikama, Smith 7953. VANUA LEVU: MaATHUATA or THAKAUNDROVE: Between Lambasa and 1981 PORTULACACEAE 279 Savusavu, Greenwood 667. THAKAUNDROVE: Savusavu, DA //534. MOALA: North coast, Smith 1394. KARONI: Islet off northwestern point, Bryan 48]. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1162. 6. Portulaca grandiflora Hook. in Bot. Mag. 56: . 2885. 1829; Backer & Bakh. f. FI. Java 1: 218. 1963; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 170. 1970. Portulaca pilosa subsp. grandiflora Geesink in Blumea 17: 297. 1969, in Fl. Males. I. 7: 131. 1971. A semiprostrate herb, cultivated near sea level, the petals variable in color from red or orange to yellow or white, or often reddish with streaks of yellow or white. The only available herbarium voucher was flowering in September. TyYPIFICATION: The type, presumably collected by W. J. Hooker (k), was obtained between Rio del Saladillo and the foot of the mountains near Mendoza, Argentina. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, but now widely cultivated in tropical and sub- tropical gardens. It is more frequently seen in Fijian gardens than suggested below. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Purslane; ornamental ground cover. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Botanical Gardens, Suva, DA /2179. 2. TALINUM Adans. Fam. PI. 2: 245. 1763; Seem. Fl. Vit. 9: 1865. Nom. cons. prop. Perennial, glabrous herbs or shrubs, without stipules, the leaves usually alternate; inflorescences usually terminal, cymose but often racemiform or paniculiform; sepals 2, ovate, often caducous; petals 5 (rarely more), subpersistent, sometimes showy; stamens 5—-many; ovary superior, the ovules numerous, amphitropous ona free-central placenta, the style elongate and usually with 3 divergent branches; capsule chartace- ous, globose to ellipsoid, 3-valved from apex to base, the seeds numerous, verrucose or costate, nitid. TYPE SPECIES: Talinum triangulare (Jacq.) Willd. Sp. Pl. 2: 862. 1800 (Portulaca triangularis Jacq.) (vide McNeill in Taxon 26: 147. 1977). Typ. cons. prop. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, with a principal center in Mexico, with about 50 species. One adventive species is established in Fiji. The conservation of TYalinum, with a proposed conserved type species, was accepted by the Committee for Spermatophyta (cf. Taxon 27: 545. 1979), but this is not yet reflected in the ICBN. 1. Talinum paniculatum (Jacq.) Gaertn. Fruct. Sem. Pl. 2: 219. ¢. 728. 1791; Poelln. in Repert. Sp. Nov. 35: 10. 1934; A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 537. 1943; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 75. 1949; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 44. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 225. 1964, ed. 2. 314. 1972; Geesink in Fl. Males. I. 7: 124. 1971. Portulaca paniculata Jacq. Enum. Syst. Pl. Carib. 22. 1760. Portulaca patens L. Mant. Pl. Alt. 242, nom. illeg. 1771. Talinum patens Willd. Sp. Pl. 2: 863, nom. illeg. 1799; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, Viti, 432. 1862, Fl. Vit. 10. 1865; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 112. 1890. As seen in Fiji, Ta/inum paniculatum is a coarse herb or suffruticose plant 0.4-1 m. high, occurring from sea level to about 50 m. elevation as a weed in villages or along roadsides. Its petals are pink or infrequently yellowish, and its fruit is yellow to pink. It may be expected in flower and fruit throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The species was doubtless based on a Jacquin collection from the West Indies, which may not have been preserved. Portulaca patens is an illegitimate name because Linnaeus cited P. paniculata in his synonymy. 280 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, now a widespread weed throughout the tropics. LOCAL NAME AND USES: The only Fijian name I have noted is varataisi. Sometimes the plant is considered edible, and its wide distribution may be a result of its introduc- tion into cultivation. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NalTasiri: Wainawangga, Waindina River, DA /84]. KA- NDAVU: Rakiraki, Yale Bay, DA 2965. OVALAU: Lovoni Village, Smith 7472; Vuma, north of Levuka, DA 17402; coastal road north of Levuka, Gillespie 4495; vicinity of Levuka, Seemann 15. TAVEUNI: Vatuwirl, DA 8917. FAMILy 75. BASELLACEAE BASELLACEAE Mog. Chenopod. Monogr. Enum. x. 1840. Perennial, glabrous herbs, sometimes suffrutescent, with slender, climbing stems arising from rhizomes or tubers, without stipules; leaves alternate, the blades some- what succulent, entire, pinnate-nerved; inflorescences axillary or terminal, spicate, racemose, or paniculate, with small bracts; flowers hermaphrodite (rarely unisexual), actinomorphic, hypogynous or perigynous, the pedicels with 2 distal (sepaloid) brac- teoles subtending each flower; sepals 5 (petaloid), free or proximally connate, often colored, usually persistent, the lobes imbricate or quincuncial; petals lacking; stamens 5, inserted at base of and opposite sepals, the filaments short, free, erect or reflexed in bud, the anthers bilocular, dorsifixed, dehiscing by oblique pores or longitudinal clefts; ovary superior, unilocular, with a solitary, basal, campylotropous ovule, the style terminal, often deeply divided into 3 stigmas; fruit a fleshy berry or drupe, surrounded by the persistent, often fleshy calyx or bracteoles, the seed solitary, subglobose, the embryo spirally twisted or semiannular, the perisperm usually copious. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical, with four or five genera. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Ulbrich, E. Basellaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 263-271. 1934. Steenis, C. G. G. J. van. Basellaceae. Fl. Males. I. 5: 300-304. 1957. The two appendages subtending the flower are usually considered bracteoles and the five perianth segments sepals, but sometimes these whorls are considered sepals and petals respectively. The latter interpretation seems to be the more usual one in the Portulacaceae. 1. BASELLA L. Sp. Pl. 272. 1753. Succulent, rhizomatous herbs with scandent stems; inflorescences spicate, some- times branched; flowers hermaphrodite, subsessile, the bracteoles enclosing the peri- anth fleshy, scarcely open at anthesis, the sepals fleshy, enclosing the fruit; filaments erect in bud, the anthers dehiscing longitudinally; style deeply divided into 3 linear stigmas; seed with the embryo spirally twisted. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Basella rubra L., one of Linnaeus’s two original species (vide Hitchcock, Prop. Brit. Bot. 143. 1929). DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Asia, Africa, and Madagascar, with about five species. One species is often cultivated in Fiji. |. Basella alba L. Sp. Pl. 272. 1753; Ulbrichin Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 267. fig. 117, A-F. 1934; B. E. V. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 13: 43. 1942; van Steenis in Fl. Males. I. 5: 300. fig. 1. 1957; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 49. 1970. Basella rubra L. Sp. Pl. 272. 1753; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 103. 1943; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 228. 1964, ed. 2. 316. 1972. 1981 AMARANTHACEAE 281 As cultivated in Fiji, Basella alba is found from near sea level to an elevation of about 250 m. as a semiprostrate or climbing succulent vine, sometimes with the stem to 1 cm. in diameter. The spikes have a red or green rachis; the sepals are white and pink-tinged to purple proximally; and the mature fruit is black and shining. Flowers and fruits have been collected between March and July. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Linnaeus gave a single reference to Basella alba: “Thran. carol. 11. Habitat in Syria?” For Basella rubra he gave three references, and perhaps the specimen referred to in L. Fl. Zeyl. 119. 1747 would provide a logical lectotype. Apparently the first author to unite the two Linnaean species was Graham (Cat. Pl. Bombay, 170. 1839), whose choice of B. alba must be followed (cf. van Steenis, 1957, cited above). DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in tropical Asia or Africa, but the species has been so widely cultivated that its nativity is scarcely discernible. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The usual names Malabar nightshade and Ceylon spinach have not been noted in Fiji, where the species is called Indian spinach, country spinach, or merely spinach; when cooked it is sometimes called poi (presumably a borrowed word). It is moderately commonly cultivated and is sometimes seen in markets; the leaves and branch tips are edible as a cooked green vegetable or may be eaten raw. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 394, Tothill s. n. N AITASIRI: Toninai- wau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16745; Koronivia Research Station, DA 14430. TAILEVU: Matavatathou, DA 924] (McKee 2806). Rewa: Suva, in private garden, DA 17392. FAMILY 76. AMARANTHACEAE AMARANTHACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 87, as Amaranthi. 1789. Annual or perennial, erect, prostrate, or scandent herbs or shrubs, without stipules; leaves opposite or alternate, the blades entire or shallowly serrate-dentate; inflorescen- ces composed of clustered or solitary flowers in heads, racemes, spikes, or panicles; flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual (plants then dioecious or polygamodioecious) or partly difformed or neutral, actinomorphic, borne in axils of persistent bracts, usually bibracteolate at base, the perianth uniseriate; tepals 3-5, free or partially connate, like bracts and bracteoles entirely or marginally scariose, the bracteoles falling off with perianth or persistent, the perianth usually enclosing fruit and falling off with it, rarely persistent; stamens as many as tepals and opposite them, rarely fewer, the filaments free or connate proximally into a cup or tube, with or without alternating pseudostam- inodes, these dentiform, filiform, linear, or short and broad, the anthers dorsifixed, 1- or 2-celled (2- or 4-loculed), longitudinally dehiscent; ovary superior, unilocular, the ovules | or more, campylotropous, basal, borne on short or long funicles, the styles present or absent, the stigmas 1-4, capitate, clavate, or filiform; fruit often a utricle (surrounded by perianth), sometimes baccate or crustaceous, circumscissile or irregu- larly dehiscent or indehiscent, the seeds I-many, often lenticular or subreniform, smooth or verruculose, the embryo annular, often enveloping the abundant perisperm. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical and temperate, with centers of diversity in America and Africa, with about 65 genera. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Schinz, H. Amaranthaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 7-85. 1934. Backer, C. A. Amaranthaceae. Fl. Males. I. 4: 69-98. 1949. The family includes a few garden ornamentals, food products such as grains and edible herbage, and also some noxious weeds. Eight genera occur in Fiji, but only one (Deeringia) seems to be truly indigenous. 282 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 KEY TO GENERA Leaves alternate; anthers 2-celled (4-loculed). Scandent shrubs or lianas; flowers hermaphrodite, borne singly or in clusters along the rachis of simple or panicled racemes or spikes; filaments united proximally into a cup, the free parts filiform-subulate, without alternating pseudostaminodes; style very short or none, the stigmas 2 or 3, rarely 4, linear or clavate, spreading or recurved; fruit an indehiscent berry falling out of the persistent perianth when ripesseedsyusually.5— Oko OLE serrate trier rere ret leet tele tedtetetetele tel Petite ye tsar tstetele 1. Deeringia Annual herbs; fruit utricular, usually dehiscent. Fruit usually 2-many-seeded, circumscissile; flowers hermaphrodite; stamens 5, the filaments proxi- mally united into a small cup, the free parts often alternating with minute pseudostaminodes; ovules numerous; style 1, filiform, the stigma capitate, faintly 2- or 3-lobed. ...... 2. Celosia Fruit l-seeded, circumscissile or irregularly dehiscent or sometimes falling off unopened together with perianth; flowers unisexual; stamens 3 or 5, rarely 4, the filaments free, without alternating pseudostaminodes; ovules solitary; style short or none, the stigmas 2-4, often 3, linear. 3. Amaranthus Leaves opposite; ovule and seed solitary; fruit utricular, indehiscent. Proximal flowers of inflorescence accompanied by fascicled hooks (difformed, sterile flowers); free parts of filaments alternating with shorter pseudostaminodes; anthers 2-celled (4-loculed); style filiform, the stigma capitate; old flowers deflexed, accompanied by fascicled hooks. ....... 4. Cyathula Proximal flowers of inflorescence not accompanied by fascicled hooks (difformed, sterile flowers). Anthers 2-celled (4-loculed); flower-subtending bracteoles consisting of a long spine and bearing on each side of base a shorter, membranous, nerveless wing; stamens 5, the filaments connate into a short cup, their free portions alternating with short, broad pseudostaminodes; style filiform, short, thestigmatcapitateye ac acee-tichiulcter orc entero ier tertererors 5. Achyranthes Anthers I-celled (2-loculed), or the stamens partly anantherous or in 2 flowers reduced to minute staminodes. Stigma 1, capitate; inflorescences capitate or short-spicate; flowers hermaphrodite or by malforma- tion 9; stamens normally 2-5, sometimes partly anantherous. .......... 6. Alternanthera Stigmas 2, erect or spreading, sometimes inconspicuous. Flowers hermaphrodite; inflorescences capitate or short-spicate; stamens 5; stigmas short, some- timespINCONS PICUOUS SEE ee eee r ect eee eit ree nrr 7. Gomphrena Flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual (the plant then dioecious); inflorescences paniculiform, with spiciform ultimate branches; stamens in 9 flowers reduced to minute staminodes; stigmas SUbU lates, 2s 2. siaiepein Bie ea eee ea she sayin ts cl cp ae ava ep etenctoteveheute shel Ne areheneleyier suet teva hewe teense 8. Iresine 1. DEERINGIA R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 413. 1810; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 277. 1955. Erect herbs or (our species) scandent shrubs or lianas, unarmed; leaves alternate, petiolate, the blades ovate to lanceolate, acute, entire; inflorescences frequently panicled racemes or spikes, axillary and terminal; flowers hermaphrodite, solitary in the axils of bracts, subtended by 2 bracteoles; tepals 5 (rarely 4), ovate-oblong, glabrous, I-nerved, scariose-margined; stamens 5 (rarely 4), the filaments proximally united into a cup, the free parts filiform-subulate, without alternating pseudostami- nodes, the anthers 2-celled (4-loculed); ovary sessile or short-stalked, the ovules few to many, borne on long funicles, the stigmas essentially sessile, 2 or 3, rarely 4, linear or clavate, spreading or recurved; fruit baccate, thin-walled, subglobose, falling out of persistent perianth when ripe; seeds 5 or more (rarely lacking), on long, pale funicles, subglobose or reniform, shining black or brownish, verruculose or essentially smooth. TYPE SPECIES: Deeringia celosioides R. Br., nom. illeg. (D. baccata (Retz.) Moq.). DISTRIBUTION: Paleotropical, from Madagascar to Malesia and Australia and eastward in the Pacific to the Mariana Islands and Fiji, where the generic range terminates, with 7-12 species. 1. Deeringia amaranthoides (Lam.) Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 211. 1917; A.C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 30. 1942; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 71. fig. 7. 1949; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 277. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964, ed. 2. 316. 1972. FIGURE 76. 1981] AMARANTHACEAE 283 FiGure 76. Deeringia amaranthoides; A, distal portions of branchlets, with foliage and infructescences, x 1/3; B, portion of inflorescence, x 8. A from Smith 1032, B from DA 7169. Achyranthes amaranthoides Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: 548. 1785. A scandent shrub or liana, often with long, pendulous branches, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 200 m., in thickets or in open forest, often in rocky places. The inflorescences are often divaricately branched with the distal racemes forming a terminal panicle; the tepals, like the stamens, become reflexed and are pale green or yellowish, white-margined, often red-tinged at maturity; the three stigmas are greenish white; and the mature fruit is rich pink to bright red and 4-7 mm. in diameter. Flowers and fruits have been obtained between January and July. TYPIFICATION: Lamarck described Achyranthes amaranthoides froma living plant at the Jardin du Roi, said to have come from Java and the Moluccas; as asynonym he cited Blitum frutescens Rumph. Herb. Amb. 5: 235. 1. 83, fig. 2. 1747. Merrill (1917, cited above) indicates that Lamarck had specimens of this species collected by Sonnerat. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia through Malesia to the Mariana Islands and Fiji; I have seen collections from the Mariana and Solomon Islands but not from the New Hebrides. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Tokoi, mborowa; the leaves are reported to be edible when cooked. 284 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Ra: Vatundamusewa, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15463. KORO: East coast, Smith 1032. NAYAU: Nanduthia, DA 7169. FULANGA: Tothill 209. ONGEA LEVU: Near west coast, Bryan 428. Fisi without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. 2. CELosIA L. Sp. Pl. 205. 1753. Erect, glabrous annuals, the stem angular-ribbed; leaves alternate, the blades entire or subentire; inflorescences terminal or axillary, spicate (in cultivated forms sometimes cristate) or paniculate; flowers hermaphrodite, solitary in axils of bracts, subtended by 2 bracteoles; tepals 5, free, ovate-oblong, scariose, longitudinally nerved, before and after anthesis erect but during anthesis often spreading; stamens 5, the filaments proximally connate into a small cup, the free parts linear from a deltoid base, often alternating with minute pseudostaminodes, the anthers oblong-linear, 2-celled (4- loculed); ovary sessile, broad-based, the ovules numerous, borne on short funicles, the style 1, filiform, persistent, the stigma capitate, faintly 2- or 3-lobed; utricle thin- walled, circumscissile, the (1-) 2-many seeds lenticular, black, shining. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Celosia argentea L., one of Linnaeus’s five original species (vide Hitchcock, Prop. Brit. Bot. 135. 1929). DISTRIBUTION: Mostly in subtropical and temperate regions of Africa and Amer- ica, with about 60 species. One species is sparingly naturalized in Fiji and is also cultivated. 1. Celosia argentea L. Sp. Pl. 205. 1753; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 73. 1949; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 322. 1971. Celosia argentea L. var. argentea; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 316. 1972. A succulent coarse herb, infrequently naturalized at low elevations and near streams, up to | m. high and with the green or reddish stem strongly ribbed. In the naturalized form the species has its bracts, bracteoles, and perianth white and pink- tipped or entirely pale to rich pink, becoming white when withering; the style is pink to purple. No flowering season is apparent. TYPIFICATION: Of the three prior references given by Linnaeus, that of Hortus Cliffortianus is marked with an asterisk, and therefore a Clifford specimen at BM is probably the best lectotype. DISTRIBUTION: Probably originally from tropical Africa (Backer, 1949, cited above), but spreading early throughout tropical Asia and Malesia; many cultivars are widely grown in tropical and subtropical areas. If the species is divided into varieties, the common weedy form is doubtless to be designated as var. argentea. KEY TO INFRASPECIFIC TAXA Inflorescences spicate, not cristate; bracts, bracteoles, and perianth white and pink-tipped or entirely pale to richypink-sleafubladesimotiblotchedsyreretr relieeeieieieiteiiei ier ieteteretteiere la. C. argentea Main axis of inflorescences with thick, sinuous crests, often lobed; entire inflorescence usually red-purple to orange or yellow; leaf blades often with a large, bright red blotch. ...1b. C. argentea cv. ‘Cristata’ la. Celosia argentea DISTRIBUTION: The naturalized, weedy form is probably widespread, but in the Pacific outside of Malesia I have noted specimens only from the Caroline Islands, Horne Islands, and Fiji, where it is not common enough to have received a local name. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Ra: Ndombuilevu, DA 3003. OVALAU: Valley of Mbureta and Lovoni Rivers, Smith 7391. 1981 AMARANTHACEAE 285 1b. Celosia argentea cv. ‘Cristata’; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 41. 1970. Celosia cristata L. Sp. Pl. 205. 1753. Celosia argentea var. cristata Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 541. 1891; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 73. 1972. TyPIFICATION: Among Linnaeus’s several references, the one to Hortus Cliffortia- nus, although not marked with an asterisk, suggests the suitable lectotype. DISTRIBUTION: The fasciated form of Ce/osia argentea, with many variations, is widely cultivated throughout the tropics and subtropics. LOCAL NAME: Cockscomb. Although no herbarium vouchers are available, this form is frequent in Suva gardens and doubtless elsewhere in Fiji. It is perhaps the most often cultivated form of the species and seems to be better designated as a cultivar than as a variety. 3. AMARANTHUS L. Sp. Pl. 989. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 196. 1866. Monoecious, erect or prostrate or subascending annuals, unarmed or spiny; leaves alternate, the blades entire; inflorescences axillary or terminal, spicate or paniculate or composed of axillary flower clusters; flowers unisexual, solitary in the axils of bracts, subtended by 2 bracteoles; tepals 3 or 5, rarely 4, erect or obliquely spreading, free, subequal, membranous, after anthesis sometimes indurated at base; stamens as many as tepals, the filaments free, filiform, without alternating pseudostaminodes, the anthers 2-celled (4-loculed); ovary ovoid or oblong, the ovule 1, sessile, erect, the style short or none, the stigmas 2-4, often 3, linear, erect or spreading to recurved; utricle laterally compressed, membranous, circumscissile when ripe or irregularly dehiscent or indehiscent and falling off together with the perianth, the seed 1, erect, lenticular, shining, black or brown. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Amaranthus caudatus L. (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U. S. ed. 2. 2: 1. 1913), one of Linnaeus’s eleven original species. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and temperate, with about 75 species. Five species are believed to occur in Fiji either as naturalized adventives or as cultivated plants. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Sauer, J. D. The grain amaranths: a survey of their history and classification. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 37: 561-632. 1950. Sauer, J. D. The grain amaranths and their relatives: a revised taxonomic and geographic survey. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 54: 103-137. 1967. KEY TO SPECIES Ripe utricles strongly corrugated, irregularly dehiscing or indehiscent, the seed-containing part entirely included by the perianth, only the seedless apex exserted from the perianth; tepals 3 (rarely 4), short-mucronate, with a green median band; stigmas short, less than 0.7 mm. long, erect or suberect; Planitsmumarmed sree csser aye syets.ccere esis (ofotaes (ays exer havens dl Smvareie ale sxsisceo: eieieisws wisaueselsig wlere 1. A. gracilis Ripe utricles circumscissile slightly below middle; stigmas 0.7-2.5 mm. long, often recurved. Tepals 3, long-acuminate or awned, with a green or purple median band; leaf blades green, or in ornamental forms purple or blotched with purple or variegated with red, yellow, and green; plants UnaGMed meee eee reenter nreritereicitcrieciecicinrisicisisreraccisereriterinr a elon EI COLON, Tepals usually 5, sometimes 4, only very rarely 3, short-mucronate. Flower clusters mostly axillary, but others aggregated into spikes or panicles terminating the stem and lateral branches; tips of tepals incurved against utricles; bract and all tepals approximately equal in length. Axillary flower clusters entirely 2, those of spikes and panicles entirely or mostly co’; tepals short-mucronate, with a green or red or purple median band, the midrib not strongly thickened distally; 9 flower clusters usually armed with 2 sharp spines 0.5-2 cm. long. 3. A. spinosus Terminal spike of main stem almost exclusively composed of 9 flowers, the other spikes and panicles with lower flowers & and often with apical flowers 9 ; tepals minutely mucronate, with a green median band, the midrib strongly thickened distally; plants unarmed. ........4. A. dubius Flower clusters all aggregated into terminal or axillary panicles; tepals red, the tips straight, the margins not or scarcely overlapping, the inner tepals shorter than the outer tepals and bract; in Fiji known only in cultivation or as a garden escape. ...........--eee eee eee eeeeeeee es 9. A. Apbridus 286 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1. Amaranthus gracilis Desf. Tabl. Ecole Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat. 43. 1804; Backer in FI. Males. I. 4: 76. 1949. Amaranthus viridis L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1405, p. p. 1763; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 82. 1935; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 103. 1943; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 51. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 37. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 107. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 47. fig. 17. 1959, PI. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964, ed. 2. 316. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 41. 1970; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 19. 1972; videtur non sensu lectotypi. Chenopodium caudatum Jacq. Collect. 2: 235. 1789; non Amaranthus caudatus L. Euxolus caudatus Mog. in DC. Prodr. 13 (2): 274. 1849; Seem. Fl. Vit. 198. 1867. Euxolus viridis sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862; non Mog. An unarmed, annual herb usually 0.3-1 m. high, with a long taproot, erect, ascending, or rarely prostrate, occurring near sea level as a naturalized weed of cultivation and waste places, often locally abundant, common along roadsides and in gardens, plantations, and canefields. The leaf blades seldom exceed 9 = 6.5 cm.; the perianth segments have a green median band and transparent, white margins; and the seeds are black. Flowers and fruits are found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: I have not been able to ascertain the typifica- tion of Amaranthus gracilis, and in accepting that binomial to replace the species so frequently identified as A. viridis | follow much current herbarium usage and also Backer’s (1949, cited above) treatment. In his protologue of A. viridis, Linnaeus cited a number of references including works of Bauhin, Sloane, and Tournefort, mentioning occurrence of the species in Europe and Brazil. Apparently the species is now lectotypi- fied or interpreted in a way that excludes the tropically ubiquitous weed here referred to A. gracilis. Concerning Chenopodium caudatum, Jacquin gave only the informa- tion “In Guinea Africae crescit.” His binomial was not based on Amaranthus caudatus L., which Sauer (1967, cited above under the genus, pp. 126-130) discusses as a domesticated species probably derived from A. quitensis H. B. K. However, the basionym of Euxolus caudatus Mog. is the Jacquin binomial. DISTRIBUTION: The species is common in most tropical countries, and its place of nativity is probably not to be ascertained. It occurs in most Pacific archipelagoes as an obvious adventive. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Ndriti, tumbua, and ngasau ni vuaka are recorded Fijian names; Hindi names are choroiya or chauraiya. The leaves are edible when cooked. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka and vicinity, Greenwood 166, Tothill 463, DA 10328; vicinity of Nandi, DA 8557, 9745; Votualevu, DA 9715; Ndramasi, DA 9475; Tavua, DA 3283. NANDRONGA & NaAvosSA: Loma, Singatoka, DA 11318. Ra: Ndombuilevu, DA 9552, 11004. NAITASIRI: Vunindawa, DA 10040; Nanduruloulou, DA 9571; Nasinu, DA 11092. REwa: Suva, DA 447, 7419. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Vicinity of Savusavu, DA 8952. TAVEUNI: Wairiki, DA 8878; Vuna, DA 5743. MOALA: Milne 111. F131 without further locality, Seemann 368, Horne 397, DA 3986. 2. Amaranthus tricolor L. Sp. Pl. 989. 1753; Fosberg in J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 31: 94. 1941; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 51. 1943; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 77. fig. 2. 1949: J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964, ed. 2. 315. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 41. 1970; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 131. 1972. Amaranthus melancholicus L. Sp. P|. 989. 1753; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 269, as Amarantus m. 1892. Amaranthus tricolor var. melancholicus Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: 115. 1783; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 154: 7. 1938. Amaranthus melancholicus var. tricolor Lam. ex Mog. in DC. Prodr. 13 (2): 262. 1849; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862, Fl. Vit. 197. 1867. An unarmed coarse weed usually 0.3-1.2 m. high, with a long taproot, erect or ascending, occurring near sea level, cultivated as an ornamental (form with purple, red, 1981] AMARANTHACEAE 287 or variegated leaf blades) or as a potherb (form with green leaves, often naturalizing). The larger leaf blades are often 10-25 x 3-12 cm., and the tepals have a green or purple median band and broad, transparent margins. Flowers and fruits occur at all seasons. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Both Linnaean species are indicated as: “Habi- tat in India” and both are based on prior references, but I have not noted lectotypifica- tions. They are treated as varieties by some authors; apparently Lamarck was the first so to combine them, and therefore A. tricolor has nomenclatural priority. Fosberg (1941, cited above) has discussed the status of several more synonyms than here mentioned. DIsTRIBUTION: Now tropically ubiquitous, the species was possibly indigenous in tropical Asia (Backer, 1949, cited above). LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Green-leaved forms are usually known as tumbua and the leaves are used as a potherb; forms with colored leaves are often known as ndriti ndamundamu and are cultivated as garden ornamentals. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: Green-leaved forms: VITI LEVU: MBa: Saweni, Lautoka, DA 10307, 10308; Votua, vicinity of Nandi, DA 10447. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Singatoka and vicinity, DA 2372, 5956, 11315. Ra: Mburotu Valley, DA 9503. NAITASIRI: Ndavuilevu, DA 412. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Savu- savu, DA 8853; Thavanandi, DA 10774. MATUKU: Moseley, July, 1874. Forms with colored leaves: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Nandi airport, DA 10680, 10681. VANUA LEVU: Without further locality, Seemann 366. There seem to be two major forms of Amaranthus tricolor, one with green leaves that is cultivated for use as a potherb and is often naturalized, and one with purple, red, or variegated leaves that is cultivated as a garden ornamental. The first is apparently what Linnaeus intended as A. tricolor, the second as A. melancholicus. However, there are sO many intermediate forms that a complex of cultivars blurs nomenclatural distinctions. The green-leaved forms are often confused with A. gracilis, but the conspicuously subulate tepals, usually more robust habit, and usually larger leaves distinguish A. tricolor, in addition to fruiting and stigmatic characters. 3. Amaranthus spinosus L. Sp. P1. 991. 1753; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 78. 1949; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 47. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964, ed. 2. 315. 1972. An annual herb usually 30-100 cm. high, with a long taproot, erect, much- branched, occurring sparsely near sea level as a naturalized weed of waste places near the shore. The stem is green or somewhat suffused with purple, and the larger leaf blades are 3.5-11 < 1.2-4.5 cm. The 5 tepals are short-mucronate, with a green or purple median band and transparent margins. Each 9 flower cluster is usually armed with 2 sharp spines, making this potentially noxious weed very recognizable. Flowers and fruits have been seen in March and November. TyPIFICATION: Linnaeus gave several prior references, including his Hortus Cliffor- tianus and Flora Zeylanica. DIsTRIBUTION: As it is now tropically ubiquitous, the precise nativity of this weed may remain unknown. However, Sauer (1967, cited above under the genus, p. 107) suggests that it originated in the New World tropical lowlands as a close relative of the following species. LOCAL NAME: Spiny amaranthus. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Chief chemist cement factory, DA L.26246. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Ndevo, Natewa Peninsula, DA 9/10. TAVEUNI: Nggathavulo Estate, DA 8881. The species is apparently a recent introduction into Fiji, the earliest known collection being that made on Taveuni, cited above, in November, 1954, by J. W. Parham. 288 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 4. Amaranthus dubius Mart. Pl. Hort. Acad. Erlang. 197, nom. nud. 1814; Mart. ex Thell. in Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. 5 (1): 265. 1914; Backer in FI. Males. I. 4: 79. 1949. Amaranthus paniculatus sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 107. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964, ed. 2. 315. 1972; non L. Anerect, annual herb 0.5-1 m. high, occurring near sea level as a weed in clearings, gardens, waste places, and along roadsides. The larger leaf blades are 6-20 x 4-10 cm., and the tepals have a green median band. Specimens are too few to suggest seasonal flowering. TyYPIFICATION: In the first valid description of Amaranthus dubius, Thellung in 1914 cited several collections, probably from plants cultivated in European botanical gardens. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America; now occasionally found in the Old World trop- ics as a weed. LOCAL NAME AND USE: The only available notes are from the Kandavu collection cited below: Toyala; leaves edible when cooked. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 66A. NANDRONGA & NaAvoSA: Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 66. KANDAVU: Western end of island, near Cape Washington, Smith 303. 5. Amaranthus hybridus L. Sp. Pl. 990. 1753; Sauer in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 54: 108. 1967. Amaranthus hypochondriacus L. Sp. P|. 991,as A. hypocondriacus. 1753; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. ed. 2. 315. 1972. Amaranthus cruentus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1406. 1763. Amaranthus paniculatus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1406. 1763. Amaranthus paniculatus var. cruentus Moq. in DC. Prodr. 13 (2): 257. 1849; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862, Fl. Vit. 197. 1867. Amaranthus paniculatus var. tricolor Moq. sensu Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 269. 1892; non A. tricolor L. Amaranthus hybridus subsp. cruentus var. paniculatus Thell. in Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. 5 (1): 247. 1914; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 79. 1949. An annual coarse herb 1-3 m. high, occurring near sea level in cultivation or asa garden escape. The stems are sometimes suffused with purple, as are the leaf blades, and the tepals are usually dark purple. The only dated specimen from Fiji was flowering in September. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Sauer (1967, cited above) lists three specimens of Amaranthus hybridus available for typification without actually indicating a lecto- type; the type locality was presumably Virginia. Amaranthus hypochondriacus is discussed by Sauer (1967, pp. 110-122) as a domesticated species derived mainly from A. powellii S. Wats., with genetic admixture from A. hybridus and A. cruentus. Amaranthus cruentus (synonym: A. paniculatus) is discussed by Sauer (1967, pp. 122-126) as a probably domesticated derivative of A. hybridus originating in southern Mexico or Guatemala. DIsTRIBUTION: Apparently indigenous to mild, moist regions from eastern North America to northern South America, the species has now acquired a broad distribu- tion as a naturalized weed as well as a domesticated grain source (if Amaranthus hypochondriacus and A. cruentus are included) and as an ornamental. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Nadriti; an ornamental plant sometimes seen in gardens in Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Botanical Gardens, Suva, DA 12182. “OVALAU and VITI LEVU:” Seemann 367. 1981 AMARANTHACEAE 289 The Linnaean binomials discussed above are often combined under Amaranthus hybridus, one of the progenitors of the domesticated species (although Sauer, 1967, maintains A. hypochondriacus and A. cruentus as distinct, cultivated species). In Fiji A. hybridus is probably represented by subsp. incurvatus (Gren. & Godr.) Brenan var. paniculatus (L.) Mansf., the quadrinomial considered correct for the cultivated orna- mental and sometimes naturalized plant of Malesia that Backer (1949, cited above) and Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink, Jr. (Fl. Java 1: 235. 1963) referred to A. hybridus L. subsp. cruentus (L.) Thell. var. paniculatus (L.) Thell. A discussion of the pertinent quadrinomials is given by Bakhuizen van den Brink, Jr., in Fl. Males. I. 6: 915. 1972. 4. CYATHULA BI. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 548. 1825 or 1826; Seem. FI. Vit. 199. 1867. Nom. cons. Perennial herbs or undershrubs; leaves opposite, the blades entire; flowers clus- tered, the clusters (in our species) on rachis of a long raceme on short, jointed stalks, deflexed after anthesis, the perfect flowers in each cluster 1-3, accompanied by | or more imperfect, sterile flowers reduced to fascicled hooks, the distal flowers solitary, without hooks; tepals of perfect flowers 5, oblong, short-acuminate, with scariose margins, longitudinally nerved; stamens 5, the filaments proximally connate into a short cup, the free parts alternating with shorter, dentate or lacerate pseudostami- nodes, the anthers 2-celled (4-loculed); ovary obovoid, the ovule |, pendulous from a long funicle, the style filiform, the stigma capitate; utricle ellipsoid, thin-walled, indehiscent, l-seeded. TYPE SPECIES: Cyathula prostrata (L.) Bl. (Achyranthes prostrata L.). DIsTRIBUTION: Africa and Madagascar to China and Malesia, with 25-30 species. One species occurs in Fiji as a naturalized weed. 1. Cyathula prostrata (L.) Bl. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 549. 1825 or 1826; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 82. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 184: 37. 1945; Backer in FI. Males. I. 4: 82. fig. 4. 1949; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 108. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35:48. 1959, PI. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964, ed. 2. 316. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85:49. 1972. Achyranthes prostrata L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 296, as Achiranthes p. 1762. Cyathula prostrata var. debilis Mog. in DC. Prodr. 13 (2): 326. 1849; Seem. FI. Vit. 199. 1867. In Fiji Cyathula prostratais seen as an herb 0.3-1 m. high, subligneous toward base and with a long taproot, at elevations from near sea level to about 1,200 m., as a naturalized weed on seashores and along roadsides and forest trails. Flowers and fruit occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Linnaeus gave two citations for Achyranthes prostrata, but I have not noted a lectotypification. For var. debilis Moquin-Tandon cited many specimens from scattered New and Old World localities. In view of the normal variation seen in this readily dispersed, weedy plant, varieties seem inadvisable. DisTRIBUTION: Africa to China and Australia, probably introduced into tropical America (cf. Backer, 1949, cited above). In the Pacific it is widely dispersed, eastward at least to the Society and Marquesas Islands. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Loloti, in mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 347; Nandarivatu, DA 2/05; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, DA 7/08, 13063. NAMosi: Mt. Voma, DA 11643. TAILEVU: Matavatathou, DA 7754; entrance to Wailotua Cave, DA 94/8. ViT1 Levu without further locality, Milne 415. NGAU: MacGillivray, September, 1854. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Verevere, DA 8849. MOALA: Milne 114. Fis1 without further locality, Horne 108, 736. 290 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 5. ACHYRANTHES L. Sp. Pl. 204. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 198. 1867. Erect or ascending herbs or shrubs; leaves opposite, the blades entire; inflorescen- ces terminal and axillary, spicate, erect, many-flowered, becoming elongate, with only a few flowers open at the same time; flowers hermaphrodite, solitary in axils of acute, membranous, persistent bracts, subtended by 2 bracteoles, deflexed after anthesis, the bracteoles consisting of a long spine and bearing on each side of base a shorter, membranous, nerveless wing; tepals 5, spreading during anthesis, before and after anthesis erect, membranous or herbaceous, I- or more-nerved, acute, sometimes pungent in fruit; stamens 5, much shorter than perianth, the filaments proximally connate into a short cup, the free parts alternating with short, broad pseudostami- nodes, the anthers oblong, 2-celled (4-loculed); ovary glabrous, the ovule 1, pendent from a long funicle, the style filiform, short, the stigma capitate; utricle falling off together with perianth and bracteoles, ellipsoid, indehiscent, 1-seeded, with truncate or depressed apex, thin-walled, the seed erect. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Achyranthes aspera L., one of Linnaeus’s five original species (vide Steudel, Nomencl. Bot. ed. 2. 1: 15. 1840). DISTRIBUTION: Tropical and subtropical, mostly in Africa and Asia, with about 100 species or perhaps fewer. One widespread weed occurs in Fiji. 1. Achyranthes aspera L. Sp. Pl. 204. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 199. 1867; Drake, Il. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 271. 1892; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13:81. 1932; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 82. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 51. 1943; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 103. 1943; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 37. 1945; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4:88. 1949; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 108. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 48. fig. 78. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 226. 1964, ed. 2. 315. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 40. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 322. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 62. 1972. Cyathula prostrata sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862; non BI. A coarse, ligneous herb or shrub 0.8-4 m. high, sometimes almost treelike, occur- ring from near sea level to about 900 m. elevation as an abundantly naturalized weed on rocky shores, limestone islets, and grassy slopes, in coastal thickets, cultivated areas, and waste places, and along roadsides and forest trails. The tepals are white to pale lavender, the filaments white to rich pink, and the fruit orange to reddish purple or brown. Flowers and fruits are found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus gave three earlier references, among which are his Flora Zeylanica and Hortus Cliffortianus, one of which should provide a lectotype. DISTRIBUTION: Probably indigenous in southeastern Asia and now a ubiquitous weed, found in Pacific archipelagoes eastward to the Tuamotus. About 30 Fijian collections are at hand. LOCAL NAME: The name sono ivi was applied to my Moala collection. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Saweni Beach, Lautoka, DA 11755; vicinity of Nandi, DA 9683. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 61. NAMosi: Mt. Voma, DA 13974. Ra: Yanggara, DA 11866; Ellington, Greenwood 61A. TaILEvu: Navuloa, DA 9332. REwA: Near Suva, H. B. R. Parham 43. MBENGGA: Malambi, Weiner 223. KANDAVU: Without further locality, Tothill 665. KORO: Without further locality, Tothill 664. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Nggararavo- ravo, Natewa Bay, DA 16055. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Smith 8114. MOALA: North coast, Smith 1396. MATUKU: Bryan 234. VANUA MBALAVU: Tothill 666. MANGO: Bryan 563. BACON ISLAND (Argo Reefs, Lau Group): Bryan 538. F131 without further locality, Seemann 369. 1981 AMARANTHACEAE 291 6. ALTERNANTHERA Forssk. Fl. Aegypt.-Arab. 28. 1775. Annual or perennial, erect, ascending, trailing, creeping, or clambering herbs, with smooth or dentate hairs; leaves opposite, the blades entire; inflorescences axillary or rarely terminal, capitate or short-spicate; flowers hermaphrodite or by malformation Q , each solitary in axils of bracts, subtended by 2 bracteoles, the bracts and bracteoles scariose; tepals in normal flowers 5, free, equal or subequal, glabrous or pilose; stamens normally 2-5, sometimes partly anantherous, the filaments proximally united into a tube or short cup, the free parts short, usually alternating with pseudostami- nodes, these sometimes very minute, entire, dentate, or laciniate, the anthers small, I-celled (2-loculed); ovary compressed or not, the ovule 1, pendulous from a long funicle, the style short, the stigma capitate; utricle indehiscent, falling off with perianth and sometimes with bracteoles, |-seeded. TyPE SPECIES: Although A/ternanthera achyranthes Forssk. is indicated as the type species by the current ING card, Mears (1977, cited below) questions this. Forsskal’s description of A/ternanthera was not in the strict sense a descriptio generico-specifica; the only specific epithet mentioned in Forsskal’s 1775 work as representing A/ternan- thera is listed on his p. 59 as “A/ternanthera achyranth.” The first binomial definitely based on Forsskal’s generic description was A. triandra Lam. Mears (1977, pp. 3, 6) therefore considers the type species of Alternanthera to be A. triandra Lam. (= A. sessilis (L.) R. Br. ex DC.). DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, centering in America, probably with 100-200 species. Two species occur in Fiji, neither one indigenous. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Mears, J. A. The nomenclature and type collections of the widespread taxa of Alternanthera (Amaranthaceae). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 129: 1-21. 1977. Veldkamp, J. F. A proposal (449) to reject the name Alternanthera ficoidea (Linné) Beauv. (Amaranthaceae) in favour of A. tenella Colla. Taxon 27: 310-314. 1978. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blades green; flowers abundant; tepals equal or subequal, the pubescence none or sparse; anthers 3-5, round, small; pseudostaminodes ligulate or irregularly dentate; adventive. .......... 1. A. sessilis Leaf blades green, yellow, or red, linear to ovate, acute; flowers usually only on older parts of plant; tepals marginally chartaceous, mostly white, somewhat pubescent; anthers 5, oblong; pseudostaminodes regularly fimbriate apically; cultivated only. .................000- 2. A. tenella cv. ‘Bettzickiana’ _ . Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R. Br. ex DC. Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Monspel. 4, 77. 1813; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 83. 1935; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 31. 1942; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 37. 1945; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 92. fig. 7. 1949; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 108. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 49. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964, ed. 2. 315. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 144. 1972; Mears in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 129: 3. 1977; St. John in Phytologia 36: 369. 1977. Gomphrena sessilis L. Sp. Pl. 225. 1753. Illecebrum sessile L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 300. 1762. Alternanthera triandra Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: 95. 1783; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 103. 1943. Alternanthera nodiflora R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Novy. Holl. 417. 1810; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 161. 1909. A prostrate or sprawling herb to 40 cm. high, sometimes with stems as longas | m., occurring from sea level to about 500 m. elevation as a naturalized weed in villages, gardens, plantations, and canefields, on open gravel banks, along roadsides, and often in wet places at edges of ponds, etc. Its bracts and bracteoles are greenish white, and its tepals vary from white to purplish. Flowers and fruits are found throughout the year. 292 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The lectotype of Gomphrena sessilis (and Illecebrum sessile) is designated by J. A. Mears (in Taxon 29: 89. 1980) as the Hermann material on page 9 of volume 2 of the Sloane Herbarium (BM). Lamarck’s description of A/ternanthera triandra was based on Forsskal’s generic description, and therefore Forsskal’s collection is the type, as discussed by Mears (1977, cited above, p. 3, where isotypes are listed from BM, P, and st). The type of A. nodiflora is a Brown collection from Australia (BM HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, P). A full and detailed discus- sion of the very complex synonymy of A. sessilis is provided by Mears (1977, cited above, pp. 3-6). Mears indicates that de Candolle did not credit Brown with the combination A. sessilis. This is true as to p. 77 of the 1813 publication, but on p. 4 de Candolle did indicate Brown as the combining author (D. H. Nicolson, in litt.). DISTRIBUTION: Alternanthera sessilis now occurs so widely as a weed that its nativity is doubtful; perhaps it is indigenous in southern Asia. In the Pacific I have noted material from as far east as Samoa and Hawaii. About 30 Fijian collections are available. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Ge/uti (Hindi); the leaves are used as a potherb. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Lautoka, Greenwood 95; road to Waikumbukumbu, Gibbs 688. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15216. SERUA: Flat coastal strip in vicinity of Ngaloa, Smith 9504. NAMost: Hills east of Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Smith 9067. Ra: Ndombuilevu, DA 1/007. NatTasiri: Viria, DA 11582; Nanduruloulou, DA 9585; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3543a. TAILEVU: Vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7085; near Nausori, Greenwood 1141. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, vicinity of Sawaieke, Smith 7997. VANUA LEVU: MatuuatTa: Seanggangga Plateau, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6662; Lambasa, Greenwood 95A. THAKAUNDROVE: Vicinity of Savusavu, DA 8951. TAVEUNI: Mt. Vernon Estate, DA 11521. This weed seems to be a comparatively recent introduction into Fiji, the earliest collection known being Gibbs 688, obtained in September, 1907. 2. Alternanthera tenella Colla cv. ‘Bettzickiana’ Telanthera bettzickiana Regel, Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 28. 1862, in Gartenflora 11: 178. 1862. Alternanthera bettzickiana Nicholson, Ill. Dict. Gard. 1: 59, as A. bettzichiana. 1884; Voss in Sieb. & Voss, Vilmorin’s Blumeng. ed. 3. 2: 865, as A. bettzichiana. 1895; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 40. 1970; Bakh. f. in Fl. Males. I. 6: 916. fig. 1 (1-4). 1972; Mears in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 129: 16, as A. bettzichiana. 1977. Alternanthera ficoidea var. bettzickiana Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 93, as A. ficoides var. b. 1949; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java. 1: 238. 1963; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 315. 1972. Alternanthera tenella subsp. tenella var. bettzickiana Veldkamp in Taxon 27: 313. 1978. This cultivated plant is a perennial, sprawling herb 10-50 cm. high, known to occur at elevations from near sea level to about 500 m. Its leaf blades are cream-colored and green or reddish or variegated with brownish red, bright red, pink, or yellow; its bracts and bracteoles are green to whitish; and its normal tepals are white to yellowish. Available specimens show it to flower in March, July, and November. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype (LE) of Telanthera bettzickiana was presumably taken from a cultivated plant, said to have come originally from Brazil. Alternanthera tenella Colla (in Mem. Reale Accad. Sci. Torino 33: 131. t. 9. 1829) is lectotypified by Colla s. n. (P), the provenance of which is not indicated by either Mears or Veldkamp. As indicated by the above abbreviated synonymy, the present taxon has been treated as a separate species, as a variety of A. ficoidea, and asa variety of A. tenella. Its much fuller and more complex synonymy is discussed by Mears (1977, cited above, pp. 16-19), who treats it as a species most closely related to A. tenella. Mears (p. 19) discusses reasons why A. ficoidea cannot be utilized, and Veldkamp (1978, cited above) further elaborates the argument for rejecting the name 1981 AMARANTHACEAE 293 A. ficoidea. | am indebted to J. A. Mears and D. H. Nicolson for correspondence discussing the status of the taxon. The epithet has been spelled both as bettzickiana and bettzichiana. The individual honored was mentioned by Regel as Herr Bettzick, head gardener for “Grossftirsten Nicolai-Nicolajevitsch zu Snaminsk.” Elsewhere, even by Regel, the name has sometimes been spelled “Bettzich.” Although the matter is trivial, I follow the suggestion of Nicolson (in litt.) and adopt the first spelling used by Regel. It would seem advisable to relegate the taxon to the status of a cultivar of A. tenella, a solution that now seems acceptable to both Mears (in litt.) and Nicolson (in litt.). DISTRIBUTION: Although it is usually considered indigenous in Brazil, this taxon is now extensively cultivated as an ornamental and may have originated by selection from A. tenella more than once. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Joyweed is the commonly used garden name in Fiji as elsewhere. The plant is an attractive ornamental commonly cultivated in garden borders and low hedges. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4327. NalTASIRI: Toninaiwau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16758; Koronivia, DA 12/25. REwa: Suva, in private garden, DA 12263. 7. GOMPHRENA L. Sp. Pl. 224. 1753. Annual or less often perennial herbs; leaves opposite, sessile or short-petiolate; inflorescences terminal, solitary, sessile or subsessile, capitate or short-spicate, the receptacle cylindric or swollen; flowers hermaphrodite, solitary in axils of persistent bracts, subtended by 2 bracteoles, the bracts and bracteoles scariose, glabrous, the bracteoles erect, navicular, often colored, with or without a dorsal crest, surrounding the flower and falling off with perianth; tepals 5S, erect, free or nearly so, tomentose at base dorsally; stamens 5, the filaments united into a long or short tube, this shortly 5-lobed, the free parts of filaments with or without alternating pseudostaminodes, the anthers introrse, |-celled (2-loculed); ovary compressed, glabrous, the ovule pendu- lous from a long, erect funicle, the style short, the stigmas 2, erect or spreading, short, sometimes inconspicuous; utricle compressed, indehiscent, 1-seeded. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Gomphrena globosa L., one of Linnaeus’s nine original species (vide Hitchcock, Prop. Brit. Bot. 137. 1929). DIsTRIBUTION: Tropical and subtropical, centering in America but with some species indigenous in Australia and Malesia, with about 100 species. One species is found in Fiji, cultivated and sparingly naturalized. 1. Gomphrena globosa L. Sp. Pl. 224. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 199. 1867; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 83. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 51. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 37. 1945; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 95. fig. 8. 1949; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 109. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964, ed. 2. 316. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 42. 1970; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 71. 1972. A coarse, annual herb 0.5-1 m. high, cultivated and sparingly naturalized near sea level. The stems are often tinged with red; the bracts in our form are rich pink (but in other forms may be white to yellow or deep purple); and the tepals are yellowish green. Probably it is in flower most of the year. LECTOTYPIFICATION: In reviewing the Linnaean species of Gomphrena, J. A. Mears (in Taxon 29: 86. 1980) designates the plant material on page 86 of the bound hortus siccus of Clifford (BM) as the lectotype of G. globosa. 294 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DIsTRIBUTION: Tropical America, now widely distributed as an ornamental. It was probably introduced into Fiji by J. B. Thurston, since the name appears in his 1886 catalogue (cf. Vol. 1 of this Flora, pp. 47, 87). Use: A garden ornamental, as in most Pacific archipelagoes. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & NAvosaA: Mbemana, H. B. R. Parham 167. REwa: Suva, a garden escape along streets, DA 16735. 8. IRESINE P. Br. Hist. Jam. 358. 1756. Nom. cons. Sometimes dioecious, erect, ascending or scandent herbs or undershrubs; leaves opposite, petiolate, the blades entire or subentire; inflorescences terminal or subtermi- nal, paniculiform, with spiciform ultimate branches, many-flowered, bearing solitary or clustered, minute flowers, these unisexual or hermaphrodite, solitary in axils of bracts, subtended by 2 bracteoles; tepals 5, oblong or ovate-oblong, acute; stamens (in 9 flowers reduced to minute staminodes) 5, the filaments proximally connate into a shallow cup, the free parts filiform, with or without alternating pseudostaminodes, these if present usually short and broadly deltoid, the anthers |-celled (2-loculed); ovary (lacking in & flowers) compressed, the ovule 1, pendulous from an erect funicle, the style very short or lacking, the stigmas 2, subulate, erect-ascending; utricle orbi- cular, compressed, thin-walled, indehiscent, |-seeded, the seed lenticular or reniform, shining. TYPE SPECIES: Iresine celosioides Nuttall (Celosia paniculata L. = I. paniculata (L.) Kuntze; non Poir.). DIsTRIBUTION: Tropical America and Australasia, with about 80 species. One species is cultivated and naturalized in Fiji. 1. Iresine herbstii Hook. in Gard. Chron. 1864: 654. 1864, in Bot. Mag. 91: ¢. 5499. 1865; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 161. 1909; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 81. 1949; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 97. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 227. 1964, ed. 2. 316. 1972. A coarse herb 0.5-4 m. high, found at elevations from near sea level to about 1,050 m., cultivated or often abundantly naturalized locally along rocky river banks and forest trails. The stem and leaves are pink to deep red, and the bracts, bracteoles, and tepals are greenish white. In cultivation often only 9 plants are seen and fruits are not produced. Flowers have been collected only in July and August. TyYPIFICATION: In his first publication Hooker indicated that the species was exhibited by Messrs. Herbst and Stenger at a Royal Horticultural show, without noting its origin. However, in 1865 he described the species as introduced into England and cultivated at Kew by Herbst, stating that it was a native of Brazil, although he also had a fine specimen from Moyabamba, Peru (Mathews 1616). DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, now widely cultivated in tropical areas and often naturalized. In Fiji it is known only from Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME AND USE: St. John (no. /8229) records the name mbeta and states that the plant was used to make wreaths by dancers. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Slopes and summit of Mt. Ndelaiyoo, on the escarpment west of Nandarivatu, Smith 5083; Nandarivatu, Vaughan 3424, Reay 21. MBA or NAITASIRI: Between Navai and Nasonggo, Gibbs 865. NAITASIRI: South of Matawailevu, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18229; Toninai- wau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16741; Koronivia, DA 12/22. F1s1 without further locality, DA 3877. The first Fijian collection seems to have been that of Gibbs, in August, 1907. She observed it along telephone lines through the forest on the spurs of Mt. Tomanivi, remarking: “It would be difficult to exaggerate the magnificent effect of these straight 1981 CHENOPODIACEAE 295 lines, about 5 m. wide, one dense mass of brilliant carmine foliage, bordered by the dark green forest.” More recently I did not note the species in the area mentioned, perhaps because telephone line clearings there have now been replaced by lines around the coast of Viti Levu. FAaMILy 77. CHENOPODIACEAE CHENOPODIACEAE Vent. Tabl. Regne Vég. 2: 253, as Chenopodae. 1799. Annual or perennial herbs (rarely shrubs or small trees), often halophytic, without stipules, the stems sometimes jointed; leaves alternate (rarely opposite), simple; inflorescences composed of cymose units variously arranged; flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual (plants then dioecious or monoecious), usually actinomorphic, small; perianth usually 3- or 5-parted (rarely lacking), the tepals often green, not scariose, usually persisting in fruit; petals lacking; stamens often as many as tepals and opposite them, hypogynous or inserted on a disk or on tepals, the filaments usually free, the anthers 2-locular, incurved in bud, longitudinally dehiscent; ovary superior (rarely semi-inferior), unilocular, the ovule solitary, basal or suspended from a basal funicle, campylotropous, the stigmas usually 2 or 3; fruit usually a nut or achene, often utricular, the seed often erect, the embryo peripheral, surrounding the perisperm. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and temperate, with about 102 genera, mostly occur- ring in areas suitable for xerophytic and halophytic plants. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Ulbrich, E. Chenopodiaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 16c: 379-584. 1934. Backer, C. A. Chenopodiaceae. Fl. Males. I. 4: 99-106. 1949. Only one species of Chenopodium has been recorded in Fiji, but three taxa known to be occasionally cultivated in Tonga and Niue are probably grown at times in Fiji, although they do not thrive in tropical areas. These, with the records from Tonga and Niue, are: (1) Beta vulgaris L. var. vulgaris (beetroot or beet) (as B. vulgaris: Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 51. 1943, in op cit. 220: 107. 1959; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 58. 1970); (2) Beta vulgaris var. cicla L. (chard or Swiss chard) (Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 107. 1959); and (3) Spinacia oleracea L. (spinach) (Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 51. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 107. 1959; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 58. 1970). 1. CHENOPODIUM L. Sp. Pl. 218. 1753. Usually erect, annual or perennial herbs, the young parts often with vesicular hairs; leaves alternate, sessile or petiolate; inflorescences axillary and terminal, spicate or paniculate; flowers hermaphrodite or by abortion 9, ebracteolate, without a disk; perianth usually deeply 3- or 5-lobed; stamens inserted on tepals near base; ovary superior, subglobose; fruit enclosed by perianth, the seed often horizontal. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Chenopodium rubrum L., one of Linnaeus’s original 22 species (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U.S. ed. 2. 2: 9. 1913). DIsTRIBUTION: Cosmopolitan, mostly temperate, with 100-150 species. 1. Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Sp. Pl. 219. 1753; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 259. 1881; B. E. V. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 17: 24. 1946; Backer in Fl. Males. I. 4: 101. 1949; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 30: 81. 1949; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 46. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 226. 1964, ed. 2. 315. 1972. Chenopodium auricomum sensu B. E. V. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 10: 114. 1939; non Lindl. An annual or perennial, erect or straggling, aromatic, glandular-pubescent herb 0.6-1 m. high, occurring from near sea level to about 750 m. elevation as a naturalized 296 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 weed in waste places, gardens, etc. The minute flowers, in axillary clusters on slender spikes, have greenish tepals; the seed is reddish brown to black. Flowers and fruits are found in scattered months. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Several earlier references are noted by Lin- naeus. Chenopodium auricomum is an Australian endemic (cf. Benth. Fl. Austral. 5: 159. 1870) and is unlikely to have been introduced into Fiji; C. ambrosioides also occurs in Australia. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in tropical and subtropical America but now wide- spread. It was probably introduced into Fiji by early European settlers and is said to be common in the vicinity of Nandi, although herbarium vouchers from that locality have not been seen. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Mexican tea, the usual name, bluebush, and wai ni ukuwomu have been recorded in Fiji; elsewhere the species is sometimes known as wormseed. The leaves can be used for edible greens, and tea is made from the dried leaves. A volatile oil distilled from the glandular hairs is used as a vermifuge elsewhere, but this use has not been recorded in Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Nandarivatu, Tothill 667. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Mbale- nambelo, H. B. R. Parham 498; without further locality, DA 2918, 29/9. F131 without further locality, Horne S. 7. ORDER POLYGONALES FAMILY 78. POLYGONACEAE POLYGONACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 82, as Polygoneae. 1789. Herbs, shrubs, or climbers, rarely trees, the stems often with swollen nodes; leaves alternate (rarely opposite or verticillate), simple, the petioles usually dilated at base into membranous sheaths (ocreae), these clasping the stem; inflorescences axillary and terminal, diverse but primarily racemose, the partial inflorescences usually cymose; flowers hermaphrodite, less often unisexual (then plants either monoecious or dioe- cious), actinomorphic, small, monochlamydeous; tepals 3-6, cyclic or acyclic, often enlarged and persistent in fruit; stamens usually 6-9, sometimes fewer or more numer- ous, the filaments free or united at base, the anthers dorsifixed, 2-locular, longitudi- nally dehiscent; disk annular or composed of glands; ovary superior, compressed or trigonous, unilocular, the ovule solitary, basal, sessile or stalked, orthotropous, the styles 2-4, free or proximally connate, the stigmas capitate, peltate, or penicillate; fruit a trigonous or lenticular nut or a winged achene, the seed with abundant endosperm, the embryo often excentric. DISTRIBUTION: Cosmopolitan, principally north temperate, with 32-40 genera. Although four genera are recorded from Fiji, none are indigenous there. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Backer, C. A., & R. C. Bakhuizen van den Brink, Jr. Polygonaceae. Fl. Java 1: 219-226. 1963. Eckardt, T. Polygonaceae. Jn: Melchior, H. Engl. Syll. Pflanzenfam. ed. 12.2: 75-79. 1964. KEY TO GENERA Perennial herbs, climbing by means of axillary tendrils; rachis of racemes often terminated by a tendril; tepals white or pink at anthesis, becoming greenish; leaves without ocreae. ........ 1. Antigonon Plants without tendrils; leaves with ocreae. Branchlets not phyllocladous or flattened; leaves persistent. Tepals 6, in 2 whorls of 3 each, the inner ones conspicuously enlarged after anthesis, exceeding the sharply trigonous fruit in length. ...........- eee cece eect e teen eee 2. Rumex Tepals 5, subequal after anthesis, the fruit (in our species) lenticular. ............ 3. Polygonum Branchlets phyllocladous, strongly flattened, green, jointed; leaves fugacious, the blades lanceolate- linear, up to 6x 1.5 cm.; flower clusters small, compact, alternating on edges of branchlets at nodes. 4. Homalocladium 1981 297 FiGure 77. Degeneria vitiensis. (Upper left) Foliage of a young tree on Taveuni (DA 16937). (Upper right) Mature fruits, one longitudinally opened to show seeds, from Mba Province, Viti Levu (tagged fruit from Smith 5923, others from Smith 5880), * about 1/3. (Lower) Branchlets with foliage and advanced flower buds, from Serua Province, Viti Levu (Smith 9/89), x about 1/2. 298 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 > _ -AZ Z a ss . whey Be ef —<_ ; y 4 " FIGURE 78. (Upper) A flowering branchlet of Piper methysticum, from Mba Province, Viti Levu (Smith 4008), x about 1/5. (Lower) Branchlets with foliage and & inflorescences of Macropiper vitiense, from Mba Province, Viti Levu (Smith 4812), x about 1/10. ihe FIGURE 79. Trimenia weinmanniifolia. (Upper) Branchlets from a o& plant, showing foliage and the spreading white stamens, from the Rairaimatuku Plateau, Viti Levu (Smith 5639), * about 1/3. (Lower) Branchlets showing foliage and nearly mature fruits, from Taveuni (Smith 8355), x about 1/3. 300 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 FiGure 80. (Upper left) Foliage and mature fruits of Hernandia nymphaeifolia, from coastal vegetation on Taveuni (no voucher), < about 1/6. (Upper right) Foliage and inflorescences of Hernandia olivacea, from Mba Province, Viti Levu (Smith 5678), x about 1/5. (Lower) Foliage and inflorescences of the stinging nettle Dendrocnide harveyi (Urticaceae), from coastal hills of Serua Province, Viti Levu (no voucher), x about 1/4. 1981 301 SY 7 aft pee) Went eS Ficure 81. (Upper) A stand of the widespread Casuarina equisetifolia, characteristic of dry coastal hills, from Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu (vouchered by Smith 6430). (Lower) Trees of Gymnostoma vitiense (also Casuarinaceae) often dominate patches of forest on the Seanggangga Plateau, Vanua Levu (no voucher). 302 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 onal ce FiGure 82. (Upper) Foliage and inflorescences of Elaeocarpus storckii, from Tholo-i-suva, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu (DA 13/95), x about 1/2; photograph by R. R. Wright. (Lower) Foliage and infructescences of Macaranga caesariata (Euphorbiaceae), from Serua Province, Viti Levu (Smith 9657), x about 1/5. 1981 303 FiGure 83. (Upper) Foliage and flowers of Paphia vitiensis (Ericaceae), from the summit of Mt. Tomanivi, Viti Levu (Smith 5144), * about 1/3. (Lower) Flowers of Symplocos leptophylla, from the forest of Rewa Province near Suva, Viti Levu (no voucher), * about 3. 304 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 FiGure 84. Flowers of Maesa spp. (Myrsinaceae), showing a portion of a rachis or inflorescence branch and flower-subtending bracts, all x about 15. (Upper left) M. corylifolia, from Smith 5219. (Upper right) M. pickeringii, from DA 14763. (Lower left) M. tabacifolia, from Smith 8773. (Lower right) M. vitiensis, from Webster & Hildreth 14093. The colors shown here are somewhat darker than in living flowers, which have corollas white to pale yellow. 1981 POLYGONACEAE 305 1. ANTIGONON Endl. Gen. Pl. 310. 1837. Perennial herbs, climbing by means of axillary tendrils, the stems slender, angular; leaves petiolate, without ocreae, the blades ovate-deltoid, shallowly cordate at base; inflorescences racemose, the upper racemes forming a panicle, the rachis often termi- nated by a branched tendril; flowers hermaphrodite, in small clusters; tepals 5 (rarely 6), the 3 outer ones ovate-cordate, the inner ones narrower, all enlarged after anthesis and enclosing fruit; stamens 7-9, the filaments proximally connate; ovary trigonous, the styles 3, the stigmas capitate; fruit ovoid-conical, the seed longitudinally grooved. TYPE SPECIES: Antigonon leptopus Hook. & Arn. DIsTRIBUTION: Tropical America, with about eight species. One species is culti- vated and naturalized in Fiji. 1. Antigonon leptopus Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey Voy. 308. 7. 69. 1838; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 50. 1943; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 25: 402. 1944; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 106. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 226. 1964, ed. 2. 314. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 170. 1970. A scrambling vine of sunny places, cultivated in gardens and hedges near sea level and also naturalized along roadsides and in waste places. The tepals are pink to white, becoming membranous, greenish, reticulate-veined, and up to 1.5 cm. long in fruit. TYPIFICATION: The holotype (K or GL) was collected in Mexico, by Lay and Collie or perhaps by another member of H. M. S. Blossom’s company. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, but now widely cultivated and often naturalized in tropical areas. It is probably a comparatively recent introduction into Fiji, first recorded by Greenwood in 1944 (cited above), who indicated its occurrence in the vicinity of Lautoka, Mba Province, Viti Levu; no Greenwood specimen was cited nor has any been found in herbaria. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Only English names have been recorded in Fiji: Mexican creeper, coral vine, and bride’s tears. The vine is an attractive ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Naitasiri: Koronivia, DA 1/2127. Rewa: Suva, DA 14431. The frequency of the plant, both in cultivation and as an escape, is not adequately demonstrated by these vouchers. 2. RUMEX L. Sp. Pl. 333. 1753. Annual or perennial herbs; leaves alternate or the lower ones clustered, the petioles with amplexicaul ocreae; inflorescences racemose or paniculate; flowers hermaphro- dite or unisexual, subverticillate; tepals 6, in 2 whorls of 3 each, the outer ones slightly and the inner ones conspicuously enlarged after anthesis, enclosing the fruit and exceeding it in length, often reticulate-veined and with a basal protuberance; stamens 6; ovary trigonous, the styles outwardly deflexed, the stigmas large, penicillate, usually purple; fruit sharply trigonous. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Rumex patientia L., one of Linnaeus’s original 22 species (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U. S. ed. 2. 1: 653. 1913). DIsTRIBUTION: Cosmopolitan, mostly in north temperate areas of both hemis- pheres, with about 200 species. One weedy species has been recorded in Fiji, but its occurrence there may be evanescent. 1. Rumex crispus L. Sp. Pl. 335. 1753; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 314. 1972. An occasional weedy herb in gardens and along roadsides near sea level. The lowermost leaf blades are lanceolate, crispate at margin; the inner tepals at maturity 306 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 are suborbicular and up to 5 mm. long; and the fruit is about 3 mm. long. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus gives several prior references, including one from Hortus Cliffortianus. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in Old World temperate regions; not locally established in Fiji and perhaps not persistent. LOCAL NAME: Dock. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Korotongo, east of Singatoka, DA L.16742. 3. POLYGONUM L. Sp. PI. 359. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 200. 1867; Danser in Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 8: 136. 1927. Erect, sprawling, or scandent herbs or shrubs; leaves with an amplexicaul ocrea, this often with longitudinal nerves extending into bristles on its upper margin; inflores- cences usually spicate, the spikes sometimes aggregated into compound inflorescences; flowers hermaphrodite or sometimes polygamous, usually cymose-fascicled in axils of bracts or sometimes in leaf axils; tepals 5, acyclic, sometimes colored, subequal after anthesis; stamens 4-9; ovary compressed and with 2 styles (in our species) or trigonous and with 3 styles, the stigmas capitate; fruit lenticular (in our species) or trigonous- subglobose. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Polygonum lapathifolium L., one of the 26 species originally listed by Linnaeus (vide Borner in Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine Bremen 21: 276. 1912). DISTRIBUTION: Cosmopolitan, mostly temperate, with 200-300 species. One spe- cies is occasional in Fiji and presumably is a naturalized adventive. — . Polygonum dichotomum Bl. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 529. 1826; Danser in Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 8: 222. 1927. Polygonum imberbe Solander ex Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 90, nom. nud. 1786; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 440, nom. nud. 1862, Fl. Vit. 200, nom. nud. 1867. Polygonum glabrum sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 201. 1867; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 273. 1892; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 106. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 45. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 226. 1964; non Willd. Polygonum pedunculare sensu J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 226. 1964, ed. 2. 314. 1972; non Wall. As seen in Fiji Polygonum dichotomum is a perennial, sprawling herb, with branches ascending to 1.2 m. when support is available, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 825 m. in swampy areas, on the shores and in the shallow water of lakes and ponds, and in moist areas in the forest-grassland transition. Its leaf blades are ovate-lanceolate and up to 20 x 5 cm. but often smaller, usually abruptly obtuse at base, and its tepals are white. In the material at hand flowers and fruits occur between April and October. TYPIFICATION: The holotype, presumably collected by Blume and deposited at L, was obtained in humid places around Batavia, Java. Polygonum imberbe was merely listed and accredited to Solander by G. Forster and seems not to have been formally described. According to Seemann (1867, cited above), P. imberbe is a native of Tahiti, collected by Banks and Solander. The specimens of Polygonum that I have examined from the Societies seem similar to those from Fiyi and Tonga. DIsTRIBUTION: Indigenous (according to Danser, 1927, cited above) in India, China, and Formosa and into Malesia and Queensland. It is probable that the species occurs east of Malesia only as an adventive, perhaps inadvertently carried by aborigi- nal voyagers. Merrill (in Chron. Bot. 14: 219. 1954) lists Polygonum among the 1981 PLUMBAGINACEAE 307 Indo-Malesian weeds found in Tahiti in 1769. The earliest specimen I have noted from Fiji is Harvey’s, obtained in 1855. LOcAL NAME: Kokandra (indicated for DA /50/ only). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5390. NaMosi: Along Wainandoi River, Vaughan 3335. TaILevu: Visama, DA 1/501; between Mburetu and Ndaku, DA 894, 2726. TAVEUNI: Crater lake east of Somosomo, DA 1/2401, 14366; “Vuna, June 1860,” Seemann 370 (so indicated on k specimen, but cited as from Viti Levu in Flora Vitiensis). Fist without further locality, Harvey, November, 1855. 4. HOMALOCLADIUM L. H. Bailey in Gentes Herb. 2: 56. 1929. Polygonum sect. Homalocladium F. vy. Muell. in Trans. & Proc. Philos. Inst. Victoria 2: 73. 1858. Muehlenbeckia sect. Homalocladium Meisn. in Bot. Zeitung 23: 313. 1865. Dioecious or polygamodioecious shrubs, the branchlets phyllocladous, strongly flattened, green, jointed, with slightly contracted nodes, the adult internodes up to 2.5 x 1.5 cm.; leaves sessile, fugacious, with eciliolate, evanescent ocreae, the blades lanceolate-linear, cuneate or subhastate at base, acute, up to 6 x 1.5cm.; inflorescences small, compact, 1-7-flowered, in sessile, bracteate clusters alternating on edges of branchlets at nodes; tepals 4 or 5, proximally connate, persistent; stamens or stami- nodes 8 or 9; ovary trigonous, small and sterile in & flowers, the styles 3, the stigmas erose; fruit berrylike, about 3 mm. long, enclosed by the enlarged perianth. TyPE SPECIES: Homalocladium platycladum (F. v. Muell.) L. H. Bailey. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in New Guinea and the Solomon Islands, with a single species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Bailey, L. H. The case of Muehlenbeckia: a discussion of the wire-plants and ribbon-bush. Gentes Herb. 2: 55-58. 1929. 1. Homalocladium platycladum (F. v. Muell.) L. H. Bailey in Gentes Herb. 2: 58. fig. 27, e-g. 1929; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 226. 1964, ed. 2. 314. 1972. Polygonum platycladum F. v. Muell. in Trans. & Proc. Philos. Inst. Victoria 2: 73. 1858. Coccoloba platyclada F. v. Muell. ex Hook. in Bot. Mag. 89: 1. 5382. 1863. Muehlenbeckia platyclados Meisn. in Bot. Zeitung 23: 313. 1865. As seen in Fiji, Homalocladium platycladum is a shrub 2-4 m. high, cultivated in gardens and villages at low elevation. Its tepals are white or greenish and its fruits red or purple. The only available flowering specimen was collected in June. TYPIFICATION: Mueller mentions his original material as having been collected in New Caledonia by Shepard; presumably this was from a cultivated plant. DIsTRIBUTION: New Guinea and the Solomon Islands; now widely cultivated elsewhere in the Pacific and in other tropical countries. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Vono ni vavalangi (noted for DA 30/4); in other areas it has been called ribbon bush or centipede plant. It is infrequently grown in Fiji as an ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Nairtasiri: Navutu, DA 30/4. TAILEvu: Wainimbokasi, DA 738. OrpDER PLUMBAGINALES FAMILY 79. PLUMBAGINACEAE PLUMBAGINACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 92, as Plumbagines. 1789. Perennial herbs or shrubs, sometimes scandent, without stipules; leaves alternate, sometimes rosulate, simple; inflorescences usually spicate or racemose to paniculate, often composed of cymules or cincinni; flowers hermaphrodite, actinomorphic, sessile or subsessile, S-merous; calyx gamosepalous, tubular or infundibuliform, often per- 308 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 sistent, with 2 bracteoles at base, sometimes ribbed, angled, or winged, the limb often membranous or scariose; corolla sympetalous, often deeply lobed, the lobes contorted in bud; stamens 5, hypogynous or perigynous, opposite corolla lobes, the filaments sometimes borne on corolla tube, the anthers introrse, 2-loculed, longitudinally dehis- cent; ovary superior, mostly sessile, often 5-lobed or 5-ribbed, unilocular, the ovule solitary, anatropous, pendulous from a basal funicle, the styles 1 or 5, the stigmas 5, filiform or subcapitate; fruit usually an indehiscent nut or at length circumscissile, often enclosed within the persistent calyx, the seed with or without endosperm, the embryo straight. DIsTRIBUTION: Cosmopolitan, often near sea coasts or in semiarid regions, with 10-12 genera. One genus occurs in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: Steenis, C. G. G. J. van. Plumbaginaceae. Fl. Males. I. 4: 107-112. 1949. 1. PLuMBAGO L. Sp. Pl. 151. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 194. 1866; van Steenis in Fl. Males. I. 4: 109. 1949. Herbs or shrubs; leaves with sessile blades or petiolate, often with 2 basal amplexi- caul auricles; inflorescences terminal or axillary, spicate or racemose; calyx highly gamosepalous, 5-lobed, often with external, sessile or stalked glands; corolla hypo- crateriform, the tube long, the limb spreading; stamens hypogynous, the filaments broadened at base, the anthers linear; style 1, with 5 short, stigmatose branches; fruit basally circumscissile, the upper part with 5 upwardly dehiscent valves. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Plumbago europaea L., one of Linnaeus’s two original species (vide Hitchcock, Prop. Brit. Bot. 129. 1929). DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, with 10-20 species. Three species are recorded from Fiji, two only in cultivation and one apparently indigenous. KEY TO SPECIES Inflorescence rachis copiously glandular between flowers; calyx green, glabrous but glandular; corolla white, the tube 18-22 mm. long, the limb 12-15 mm. in diameter, the lobes 6-7 mm. long, apiculate; apparentlysind1genous Serer le eee Cee cherie brite iner re eietrace 1. P. zeylanica Inflorescence rachis not glandular between flowers; corolla red or blue (sometimes nearly white), the tube 25-40 mm. long, the limb 20-30 mm. in diameter; cultivated species. Corolla blue, sometimes nearly white, the lobes not apiculate; calyx green, eglandular, 10-14 mm. long, the lower part short-pilose; inflorescences composed of corymbose spikes 1-6 cm. long, the rachis of spikes copiously short-pilose; petiole base with stipulelike auricles. ........... 2. P. auriculata Corolla red to scarlet, the lobes apiculate; calyx red, 8-9 mm. long, glabrous but glandular; inflorescences composed of lax spikes 10-30 cm. long, the rachis of spikes glabrous; petiole base without auricles. 3. P. indica 1. Plumbago zeylanica L. Sp. Pl. 151. 1753; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 258. 1861, Viti, 440. 1862, Fl. Vit. 194. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 225. 1892; Christo- phersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 168. 1935; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 100. 1943; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 56. 1945; van Steenis in Fl. Males. I. 4: 109. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 230. 1964, ed. 2. 319. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 63. 1972. In Fiji Plumbago zeylanica is noted as a subscandent or erect shrub 1-5 m. high, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of about 400 m. inexposed thickets or on cliff faces and talus slopes along beaches. Its calyx is green, its corolla white but sometimes faintly blue-tinged, its anthers blue, and its fruits green and sticky. As far as dated specimens indicate, flowers occur between July and November, fruits in July and August. TyYPIFICATION: Among the five references given by Linnaeus, that to his Fl. Zeyl. 73. 1747 would perhaps suggest the best lectotype. 1981 PLUMBAGINACEAE 309 DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Africa and Asia and eastward, apparently indigenous in the Pacific as far east as the Society and Marquesas Islands and Hawaii. LOCAL NAMES: The names kenikeni and tutunu have been recorded. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Vicinity of Lautoka, Greenwood 828. Namost: “Valley of Namosi,” Seemann 361, p. p. MOTURIKI: Seeman 361, p. p. WAKAYA: Milne 376, Tothill 663. VANUA LEVU: Mbua: Navakasinga, Rukuruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham 3, DA 2575. MAtTHUATA: Mt. Uluimbau, south of Lambasa, Smith 6603. MOALA: Milne 108. TOTOYA: Bryan 354. MOTHE: On summit peak, Bryan 475. 2. Plumbago auriculata Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 2: 270. 1786; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 93. 1943; van Steenis in Fl. Males. I. 4: 111. 1949; C. E. Wood in Baileya 16: 137. 1968. Plumbago capensis Thunb. Prodr. Pl. Cap. 33. 1794; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 210. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 230. 1964, ed. 2. 319. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 169. 1970. Reported as cultivated in Fiji, Plumbago auriculata is an erect or clambering shrub with long, slender branches; its corolla is blue, sometimes pale blue or nearly white. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The holotype of Plumbago auriculata is a Sonnerat specimen (P) from the “East Indies,” presumably froma cultivated plant; that of P. capensis is represented by two sheets, Thunberg 4363 and 4364 (ups), from South Africa. A full discussion of the two names is given by C. E. Wood in Baileya 16: 137-139. 1968. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in South Africa, but early spread in cultivation to many tropical and subtropical areas. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: No local name is recorded from Fiji, but the species is usually called Cape plumbago; Yuncker records the name blue plumbago from Niue. The species is well known as an ornamental. No herbarium vouchers are available from Fiji, but the species was included in J. B. Thurston’s 1886 Catalogue (cf. Vol. 1 of this Flora, pp. 47, 87) and was doubtless grown by him (as Plumbago capensis). It is unlikely that this species would be confused with any other, and of course it may still occur in Fiji in private European gardens. 3. Plumbago indica L. Herb. Amb. 24. 1754, Amoen. Acad. 4: 133. 1759; Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 414. 1917; van Steenis in Fl. Males. I. 4: 111. fig.2. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 319.1972. Plumbago rosea L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 215.1762. In Fiji Plumbago indica is a cultivated, suffrutescent herb, usually much-branched from base, with long, clambering stems, grown infrequently near sea level. Its calyx is red and its corolla red to scarlet. The only available collection was flowering in July. TYPIFICATION: Plumbago indica is typified by Radix vesicatoria Rumph. Herb. Amb. 5: 453. ¢. 168. 1747. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in continental southern Asia, now widely cultivated in tropical countries. Apparently it is not often used in gardens in Fiji. Use: Ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Naitasiri: Cocoa Station, Nanduruloulou, DA /2/76. 310 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 SuscLass DILLENIIDAE As circumscribed by Cronquist (1968) and Takhtajan (1969), the subclasses Dil- leniidae and Rosidae are difficult to separate on the basis of a reasonable number of criteria, since many exceptions must be acknowledged. The two subclasses are phy- logenetically more advanced than the Magnoliidae, at least in most respects, but less advanced than the Asteridae. They presumably were separately derived from a magno- liidean ancestry and seem to constitute natural large groups, despite a lack of definitive distinguishing characters. These points are well analyzed by Cronquist (1968: 186, 224). In the present treatment two groups that are often referred to the order Myrtales (subclass Rosidae) are placed in the subclass Dilleniidae as the orders Lecythidales and Rhizophorales. KEY TO ORDERS OCCURRING IN FIJI Flowers usually polypetalous or apetalous (infrequently sympetalous, as in Cucurbitales); stamens usually numerous, sometimes few (or rarely | in some Euphorbiales); ovules chiefly bitegmic and crassinucel- late, but sometimes unitegmic or tenuinucellate (infrequently both). Gynoecium apocarpous (or sometimes basally syncarpous); stamens usually numerous; pollen binucleate when shed; sepals imbricate, persistent; seeds arillate, with well-developed endosperm. DILLENIALES (FAMILY 80) Gynoecium syncarpous (or carpels, if free, united apically by styles); seeds with or without an aril, the endosperm well developed or lacking. Placentation axile (seldom parietal). Ovary superior (in our genera). Flowers dichlamydeous, the petals free or basally connate in our genera (exceptions: petals sometimes lacking in Family 84, Clusiaceae, but then the ovary unilocular with a solitary, erect ovule and the leaf blades with numerous, closely approximate, parallel secondary nerves; petals sometimes lacking in Family 88, Sterculiaceae, but then the ovules ascending or horizontal and the fruit composed of free follicles or free, indehiscent carpels); flowers usually &% (but with several exceptions among our genera); ovules |-many per ovary locule, erect or horizontal, less frequently pendulous. Sepals imbricate; filaments free or connate in groups; mucilage cells or sacs mostly lacking. THEALES (FAMILIES 81-84) Sepals valvate; filaments often connate into a tube or column; mucilage cells or sacs often IIs aodscosbdeoguboubooUO Sd HOOD oDeDODODDOSOODDOS MALVALES (FAMILIES 85-90) Flowers monochlamydeous, the petals absent or represented by often scalelike petaloid appen- dages inserted within a calycine floral tube (exception: petals present in some Euphorbiales but then the flowers unisexual); ovules | or 2 per ovary locule, pendulous; fruit capsular, drupaceous, or baccate, never composed of free follicles or free carpels. Plants often with special laticiferous vessels, mostly stipulate (stipules often modified); flowers unisexual, the petals usually absent; fruit frequently a 3-locular septicidal capsule, often schizocarpic, rarely loculicidal or drupaceous or baccate. .. EUPHORBIALES (FAMILY 91) Plants without milky latex, exstipulate; flowers §% (in our genera), the corolla absent or represented by often scalelike petaloid appendages inserted within a calycine floral tube; fruit drupaceous or baccate or a loculicidal, tardily dehiscent capsule. THYMELAEALES (FAMILIES 92, 93) Ovary inferior or semi-inferior (in our genera). Stamens numerous and in several series or whorls; stipules absent (or, if present, minute and caducous)sleavesyalternaten reiye-ieiirliecisicierlerciciercicle LECYTHIDALES (FAMILIES 94, 95) Stamens 8-many, usually 2-5 times as many as petals and uniseriate, often in pairs opposite petals or on outer edge of disk; stipules (in our genera) interpetiolar, obvious, when caducous leaving apparent scars; leaves opposite (in our genera). .......... RHIZOPHORALES (FAMILY 96) Placentation parietal (seldom axile). Flowers with an obvious perianth, % or less often unisexual, not borne in catkins. Pistils composed of 3 or more (rarely of only 2) carpels; perianth rarely 4-merous; flowers hypogynous to perigynous or epigynous; leaves usually simple; plants often woody, usually without myrosin cells. Ovary usually superior; plants of various habits, those of most included families with seeds having a well-developed endosperm. ................-.. VIOLALES (FAMILIES 97-103) 1981 DILLENIACEAE 311 Ovary usually inferior; herbs or vines, rarely suffrutescent, the seeds without or with scanty endosperm; flowers usually unisexual. Stamens 1-5, often 3 and then with | anther unilocular and the others bilocular; style usually simple, the stigmas mostly 3; corolla usually sympetalous; plants mostly with tendrils. CUCURBITALES (FAMILY 104) Stamens 4—many, all with bilocular anthers; styles 2 or 3 (—6), free or basally connate; perianth segments usually free, scarcely separable into sepals and petals; plants without tendrils. BEGONIALES (FAMILY 105) Pistils usually composed of 2 carpels; perianth often 4-merous; flowers hypogynous; leaves simple or compound or variously dissected; plants herbaceous or sometimes woody, with myrosin cells; (but flowers perigynous, carpels 3, and perianth 5-merous in Family 109, Moringaceae). CAPPARALES (FAMILIES 106-109) Flowers much reduced, without an obvious perianth, unisexual, borne in catkins; dioecious, woody DEMIS. SogacaccghooocauacpOODANebooSQUUnqooSSeoGEooODODEseOS SALICALES (FAMILY 110) Flowers sympetalous (in our representatives); stamens comparatively few, seldom more than 2-4 times as many as corolla lobes (but up to 10 or more times as many in Symplocaceae (Ebenales)). Placentation axile, the ovary with 2-10 (-18) locules; stamens often more numerous than corolla lobes (but sometimes the same number). Stamens usually twice as many as corolla lobes (or the same number as and alternating with corolla lobes), hypogynous or inserted on corolla tube, the anthers often dehiscing by terminal or oblique pores (but sometimes by longitudinal slits); pollen in our families in tetrads (but sometimes only one grain of the tetrad maturing); ovules usually numerous (but sometimes solitary) in each ovary loculesunitepmics tenuinucellate: serie eerie eieleirerielsisterelaiererel ERICALES (FAMILIES 111, 112) Stamens often 2-4 times as many as corolla lobes, usually borne on corolla, the anthers dehiscing by longitudinal slits; pollen in monads; ovules usually few (1-4 per ovary locule), bitegmic or unitegmic, crassinucellate or tenuinucellate. .................. EBENALES (FAMILIES 113-115) Placentation free-central in a superior or semisuperior ovary; stamens as many as corolla lobes and opposite them, the filaments usually adnate to corolla; plants woody, the leaf blades often glandular- PunctaterorawithisecretOny/GaMalss verre ctetetetere ele evel) telsts)apetereler=raelete =i PRIMULALES (FAMILY 116) OrpER DILLENIALES The Dilleniales are presumably derived from ancestral Magnoliidae, differing primarily in having the stamens initiated in centrifugal sequence, and considered suggestive of the ancestry of the larger order Theales. The Paeoniaceae (not in Fiji) are sometimes included in the order (Cronquist, 1968), although Takhtajan (1969) sepa- rates them as a related order Paeoniales. FAMILY 80. DILLENIACEAE DILLENIACEAE Salisb. Parad. Lond. 2: sub t. 73, as Dilleneae. 1807. Trees, shrubs, or lianas, infrequently perennial herbs, the stipules lacking; leaves alternate or rarely opposite, simple, the petioles sometimes with stipulelike and wholly or partly caducous wings, the blades entire or dentate, rarely pinnatifid or trilobed, usually with numerous, prominent lateral nerves; inflorescences terminal or axillary, cymose, racemose, or reduced to a single flower; flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual (plants then usually dioecious), actinomorphic to androecially zygomorphic; sepals usually 4 or 5 (3-20), free or proximally connate, imbricate, persistent; petals usually 3-5 (2-7), imbricate, often crumpled in bud, fugacious; stamens usually numerous (rarely as few as 3), hypogynous, sometimes partly staminodial, the filaments free or united proximally into fascicles, the anthers basifixed, with lateral or introrse locules dehiscing longitudinally or by apical or subapical pores; gynoecium composed of several free or slightly united carpels (these rarely solitary), the ovules |-many, anatropous, ascending from base or on an axile placenta, the raphe ventral, the styles free; fruit a follicetum or berrylike (then enclosed by the sepals), the seeds usually with a crested or laciniate aril, the endosperm copious, fleshy, the embryo minute, straight. 312 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Distribution: Pantropical and subtropical, mostly Australasian and American, with ten or eleven genera. Two genera are represented in Fiji by indigenous species. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Gilg, E., & E. Werdermann. Dilleniaceae. Eng]. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- fam. ed. 2. 21: 7-36. 1925. Hoogland, R. D. Dilleniaceae. Fl. Males. I. 4: 141-174. 1951. Dickison, W. C. Comparative morphological studies in Dilleniaceae, I-VI. J. Arnold Arb. 48: 1-23, 231-240. 1967; 49: 317-329. 1968; 50: 384-400. 1969; 51: 89-101, 403-418. 1970. : KEY TO GENERA Carpels 4-20 (5-10 in our species), in a whorl around the conical, protruding portion of the receptacle, coherent along their adaxial side; ovules 4-80 (12-15 in our species) per carpel; stamens 60-900 (200-500 in our species); fruit a pseudocarp, the maturing gynoecium enclosed by the enlarged sepals; inflorescences (in our species) 2(-6)-flowered racemes; petioles (in our species) with amplexicaul wings; leaf blades (in our species) usually ovate to elliptic and 18-45 x 9-23 cm. ............ 1. Dillenia Carpels 1-10 (2 in our species), free (or basally loosely coherent) on the flat receptacle; ovules 1-25 (usually 3-7 in our species) per carpel; stamens 1-150 (60-90 in our species); fruit a follicetum of usually 1-seeded follicles; inflorescences (in our species) few-flowered spikes; leaves sessile or with unwinged petioles; leaf blades (in our species) oblong-lanceolate and usually 3.5-17 x 0.7-2.2cm. ...... 2. Hibbertia 1. DILLENIA L. Sp. Pl. 535. 1753; Gilg & Werdermann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 35. 1925; Hoogland in Fl. Males. I. 4: 154. 1951, in Blumea 7: 3. 1952; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 284. 1955. Wormia Rottb. in Nye Saml. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 2: 531. 1783; Seem. Fl. Vit. 3. 1865; Gilg & Werdermann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 33. 1925. Capellia B\. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 5. 1825. Trees or shrubs; leaves alternate, simple, the petiole often winged (wings caducous or partly or wholly persistent, often broad, at first amplexicaul and enclosing terminal bud); inflorescences usually terminal and racemose (sometimes becoming lateral and leaf-opposed, or ramiflorous and fasciculate) or reduced to a solitary flower (flowers usually 2 in our species), the bracts and bracteoles sometimes caducous or obsolete; flowers usually with 5 (4-6 or rarely more) sepals, these concave, enlarged and thickened in fruit; petals usually 5 (rarely 4, 6, or absent), usually obovate and rounded at apex; stamens numerous (60-900) (200-500 in our species), the outer and/or inner ones sometimes staminodial, the filaments free (or those of staminodes sometimes coherent), sometimes of different lengths, the anthers usually dehiscing by apical pores (our species) or less often by longitudinal slits; gynoecium composed of 4-20 carpels (5-10 in our species), these coherent with one another along conical part of receptacle, the ovules numerous (4-80) (12-15 in our species) but only |-few maturing; pseudo- carps consisting of gynoecium and calyx, the maturing gynoecium enclosed by the enlarged sepals, the adult pseudocarps dehiscent, with spreading carpels, or indehis- cent, the seeds arillate or not. TYPE SPECIES: The type species of Dillenia is D. indica L., the only original species; that of Wormia is W. triquetra Rottb. (= D. triquetra (Rottb.) Gilg); and that of Capellia is C. multiflora Bl. (= D. excelsa (Jack) Gilg). The genus Wormia is still sometimes maintained as distinct, but Hoogland’s (1952, cited above, p. 6) reasons for combining it with Dillenia seem justified. DIsTRIBUTION: Madagascar to southern China and Hainan and eastward through Malesia to northern Queensland, the New Hebrides, and Fiji (absent from New Caledonia), with about 55 species. The single species from the New Hebrides and Fiji terminates the range of the genus on the east. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Hoogland, R. D. A revision of the genus Dillenia. Blumea 7: 1-145. 1952. Corner, E. J. H. The inflorescence of Dillenia. Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 36: 341-353. 1978. 1981 DILLENIACEAE 313 Ficure 85. Dillenia biflora; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an inflorescence, = 1/3; B, mature calyx, with protruding petals, x 2; C, androecium of young flower (sepals and petals removed), showing staminodes, stamens, and 3 reflexed styles, x 4; D, gynoecium of young flower (sepals and petals removed), with some stamens and staminodes removed, * 4. A from Smith 6911, B-D from Smith 1696. 314 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1. Dillenia biflora (A. Gray) Martelli ex Dur. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1: 136, pro syn. 1902; Martelli ex Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 12: 222. 1931; Hoogland in Blumea 7: 45. 1952; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 284. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 60. 1964, ed. 2. 93. 1972. FIGURE 85. Capellia biflora A. Gray, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. 1: 15. 1854, Atlas, p/. 1. 1856; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 253. 1861, Viti, 432. 1862. Capellia membranifolia A. Gray, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. 1: 17. 1854; Seem. Viti, 432. 1862. Wormia biflora Seem. F1. Vit. 3. 1865; Martelliin Becc. Malesia 3: 163. 1887; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 103. 1889; Gilg & Werdermann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 35. 1925. Wormia membranifolia Seem. Fl. Vit. 4. 1865; Martelli in Becc. Malesia 3: 164. 1887; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 103. 1889; Gilg & Werdermann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 35. 1925. Dillenia membranifolia Martelli ex Dur. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1: 136, pro syn. 1902. Dillenia neo-ebudica Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 12: 222. 1931. A tree 3-15 m. high, often locally common in Fiji from near sea level to 1,075 m. altitude, in dense or secondary forest or on its edges, in patches of forest in open country, in thickets, and sometimes on the edges of mangrove swamps. Its petals are white or cream-white, rarely yellowish, and sometimes faintly pink-tinged; and its filaments are white or cream-white. Flowers and fruits may be found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Capellia biflora is typified by U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 2305 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, P), collected in 1840 on Ovalau; C. membranifolia by U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 2306 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, NY), also obtained in 1840 on Ovalau. The type of Dillenia neo-ebudica is Kajewski 323 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, BRI, K, NY, P, US), collected May 29, 1928, at Dillon Bay, Eromanga, New Hebrides; the first set of Kajewski’s New Hebridean collectionis at A, and no statement in Guillaumin’s publications on them implies that the p duplicates are holotypes. In the light of abundant collections now at hand, I believe that Hoogland (1952, cited above) is justified in combining these three taxa. However, it should be noted that the combination Dillenia biflora, often accredited to Durand and Jackson (1902), was listed by them only as a synonym. Apparently the first valid combination (ICBN, Art. 33.1) was made by Guillaumin in 1931. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji (thus far known with certainty from Viti Levu, Ovalau, Vanua Levu, and Taveuni) and the southern New Hebrides (Eromanga, Tanna, and Anei- tyum); more than 65 Fijian collections are available. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Reported Fijian names are kuluva, kulava, kululova, kulukulu, kukulava, kukuluva, kokonova, and tavoli; the species is considered a useful timber tree, especially as providing a casewood. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Mt. Koromba, Smith 4667; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 2; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12734 (Melville et al. 7124). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5430. SERUA: Nathengathenga Creek, DF 1/99; inland from Namboutini, DF 1131; north of Korovou, St. John 18932. NAMosI: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8762; Wainandoi River, DA 12992. Ra: Vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15523. NAITASIRI: Waimanu River, DA L.13249 (Berry 58); Tholo-i-suva, DA 4030; Tamavua, Yeoward 89. TAILEvu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, in vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7209; Naivithula, Valentine 13. REwA: West of Veisari, Vaughan 3304; vicinity of Lami, Meebold 17070. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Seemann 2. OVALAU: Hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7344; vicinity of Levuka, Parks 20497. VANUA LEVU: Mbua: Upper Ndama River Valley, Smith 1696. MATHUATA: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6911; Wainikoro River, Greenwood 695. THAKAUNDROVE: Near Valethi, Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 13839. TAVEUNI: Above Somosomo, Gillespie 4818.5. 2. HipperTIA Andrews, Bot. Repos. 2: p/. 126. 1800; Gilg & Werdermann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 21. 1925; A. C.Sm.inJ. Arnold Arb. 36: 283. 1955. 1981 DILLENIACEAE 315 Shrubs or small trees, rarely lianas, often freely branching; leaves alternate (rarely opposite), simple, petiolate or with the blades narrowed proximally into a clasping pseudostipule; inflorescences few-flowered pseudoracemes or one-sided spikes, some- times reduced to a single flower, often with bracts and bracteoles; flowers usually & , sessile or short-pedicellate; sepals 5; petals 5 (or sometimes fewer), usually obovate and retuse to bilobed at apex; stamens (sometimes with additional staminodes) numerous, as many as 150, rarely as few as 3 or even | (60-90 in our species), distributed uniformly around the gynoecium in one series (as in our species) or declinate (attached on one side of the gynoecium), the filaments free or proximally slightly connate (in our species filiform, 2.5-3.5 mm. long at anthesis), the anthers dehiscing by introrse-lateral clefts (as in our species) or rarely by subapical pores; gynoecium apocarpous or sometimes basally syncarpous, the carpels 1-10 (2 in our species), the ovules 1-25 (usually 3-7 in our species but only | maturing), the styles filiform, the stigmas minutely punctate; follicles usually 1-seeded, the aril in our species irregularly fimbriate at margin. Type species: Hibbertia volubilis Andrews. DIsTRIBUTION: A genus of 120-150 species occurring mostly in Australia (with two species also extending into eastern Malesia), with a secondary center in New Caledonia (with one species also extending to Fiji), and one species in Madagascar. The generic range terminates in Fiji on the east. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Wilson, C. L. The floral anatomy of the Dilleniaceae. I. Hibbertia Andr. Phytomorphology 15: 248-274. 1965. Rury, P. M., & W. C. Dickison. Leaf venation patterns of the genus Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae). J. Arnold Arb. 58: 209-241. 1977. Dickison, W. C., P. M. Rury, & G. L. Stebbins. Xylem anatomy of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) in relation to ecology and evolution. J. Arnold Arb. 59: 32-49. 1978. As recently as 1978 (cited below), discussing the single species in Fiji, I indicated that the binomial Hibbertia lucens had been published only in synonymy and should be replaced by H. brongniartii Gilg ex Gilg & Werdermann. R. D. Hoogland (in litt.) has now kindly pointed out to me two oversights in my 1978 discussion, which are herewith remedied. It is now evident that the binomial H. /ucens is to be restored for the species in question, as the binomial was validated by Sébert and Pancher in 1874, by means of a morphological description and notes on the wood, ina publication that I had overlooked (Notice sur les bois de la Nouvelle-Calédonie, published in Revue Maritime et Coloniale, in a series beginning in 1873, pp. 910-931, continued in 1874, and subsequently published in part as a book: Sébert, H., & J. A. I. Pancher. Résumé des caractéres botanique. . .des principaux bois de la Nouvelle-Calédonie). Also, I had overlooked the valid publication of the substitute name H. brongniartii by Schlechter in 1906. The revised synonymy of the species is indicated below. 1. Hibbertia lucens Brongn. & Gris ex Sébert & Pancher in Rev. Marit. Colon. 41: 210. 1874; A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 97. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 283. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 60. 1964, ed. 2. 93. 1972. FIGURE 86. Hibbertia salicifolia Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou 36 (1): 549. 1863; non F. v. Muell. (1859). Hibbertia lucens Brongn. & Gris in Bull. Soc. Bot France 11: 191, pro syn. 1864, in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. V. 2: 149, pro syn. 1864. Hibbertia brongniartii Gilg in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. III. 6: 115, nom. illeg. sine basionymo valido. 1893; Gilg ex Schlechter in Bot. Jahrb. 39: 190. 1906; Gilg & Werdermann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 24. 1925; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 358. 1978. Trisema salicifolia Brongn. & Gris ex Gilg in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. III. 6: 115, pro syn. 1893; Brongn. & Gris ex Schlechter in Bot. Jahrb. 39: 190, pro syn. 1906. Hibbertia salicifolia Brongn. & Gris ex Schlechter in Bot. Jahrb. 39: 190, pro syn. 1906; non F. v. Muell. As it occurs in Fiji, Hibbertia lucens is a shrub or an often slender, sometimes gnarled tree 2-6 m. high, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 1,155 m. in dense or usually dry forest, in secondary forest, on exposed slopes or in open rolling 316 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1981 THEALES 317 country, in ta/asinga forests and thickets, and in the dense thickets on ridges and crests. Its sepals are greenish, its petals at first greenish but becoming bright yellow, its filaments and anthers bright yellow, and its styles pale yellow. Its flowers and transi- tional stages leading into fruits have been collected in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Probably the type of Hibbertia salicifolia Turcz. should be considered the ultimate basionym of all the listed binomials; it is Vieillard 63 (1SOTYPE at K), from Balade, New Caledonia. The binomial H. Jucens was first published by Brongniart and Gris as a synonym of H. salicifolia Turcz. (non F. v. Muell.) in 1864. In validating the binomial H. /ucens in 1874 Sébert and Pancher cited only Fournier et Sébert 11, but they attributed the binomial to Brongniart and Gris and therefore I take the type of their concept also to be Vieillard 63. The first valid publication of the binomial H. /ucens is thus earlier than that of the other substitute name, H. brongniartii, by Schlechter in 1906. The latter binomial may be considered valid because Schlechter listed both Trisema salicifolia and Hibbertia salicifolia “Brongn. & Gris” inits synonymy; the latter may be taken as an indirect reference to H. salicifolia Turcz. DISTRIBUTION: New Caledonia and Fiji(but absent from the New Hebrides). I have examined 30 Fijian collections from the two largest islands; the species is a frequent component of the ta/asinga of northern Vanua Levu, but elsewhere it seems to occur on exposed ridges and crests, usually in fairly dry places, or in dry forest patches in southern Viti Levu nearer the sea. It seems to be absent from northern and western Viti Levu as well as from the smaller islands. LOCAL NAME: The only recorded name is vesaukaka (Smith 6664, Vanua Levu). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SeRua: Coastal hills in vicinity of Taunovo River, east of Wainiyambia, Smith 9595. NAMOSI-NAITASIRI boundary: Summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3239. Namosi: Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2799, DA 616. NaitasiRI: Tholo-i-suva, DA 10985. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, DA 3864. VANUA LEVU: “Interior,” Horne 651 (March, 1878, earliest known Fijian collection). MBUA: Between Mbua and Nambouwalu, DA //20. MBuA or MATHUATA: Between Nasarowangga and Ndreketi, DA 1091. MatTHuaTA: Near Ndreketi, DA 1708; Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6664; District Farm Northern, DA 15384; Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6494; Wainikoro River, Greenwood 516B. THAKAUNDROVE: Summit of Mt. Mbatini, Smith 687; eastern buttress of Mt. Ndikeva, Smith 1877. OrpDER THEALES KEY TO FAMILIES OCCURRING IN FIJI Leaves alternate; seeds with or without endosperm. Stipules present; ovary (in our genus) apocarpous, the carpels united apically by the style, each with | erect ovule; receptacle (in our genus) enlarging in fruit and bearing drupelets, the style terminal on receptacle, the filaments persistent at base of receptacle; seeds (in our genus) without endosperm. 81. OCHNACEAE Stipules lacking; ovary syncarpous, usually 3—-S-locular, the ovules 2 or more (rarely 1) per locule, axile. Ovules bitegmic, crassinucellate; seeds without endosperm or with scanty endosperm; our indigenous species with unisexual flowers, 10-13 stamens, basifixed anthers, and a baccate fruit. 82. THEACEAE FicureE 86. Hibbertia lucens; A, distal portions of branchlets, with foliage and inflorescences, = 1; B, lower surface of leaf blade, showing sericeous indument, * 10; C, flower (petals fallen, many stamens removed), x 6; D, gynoecium, * 6; E, maturing seed with enveloping aril, x 10. A from Smith 687, B& C from Gillespie 3239, D from Smith 9595, E from DA 15384. 318 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Ovules unitegmic, tenuinucellate; seeds with copious endosperm; our species with hermaphrodite flowers, numerous stamens, dorsifixed, versatile anthers, and a loculicidally dehiscent capsule. 83. SAURAUIACEAE Leaves opposite or verticillate; seeds without endosperm. Trees or shrubs, with resinous latex and oil glands, lacking stipules; flowers often unisexual, sometimes hermaphrodite; stamens usually numerous, the filaments sometimes variously connate; styles free, united, or lacking; fruit a loculicidal capsule or berry or drupe. .............- 84. CLUSIACEAE Aquatic herbs (our species), with paired, interpetiolar stipules; flowers hermaphrodite; stamens 10 (12) or fewer, the filaments free; styles free; fruit a septicidal capsule. ............... 85. ELATINACEAE FAMILY 81. OCHNACEAE OcHNACEAE DC. in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) 17: 410. 1811. Trees or shrubs, rarely herbs, stipulate, the stipules often intrapetiolar, sometimes laciniate; leaves alternate, simple or very rarely pinnate, the blades often with numer- ous, pinnate nerves, glabrous; inflorescences axillary or terminal, racemose, cymose, or thyrsoid, sometimes compound, rarely composed of solitary or fasciculate flowers; flowers § , actinomorphic (rarely zygomorphic); sepals usually 5, less often 3-10, free or basally connate, imbricate, often quincuncial, persistent or less often caducous; petals 5-10, rarely 3-12, free, imbricate, contorted in bud, caducous; stamens hypogy- nous, 5-many, free, the filaments persistent, the anthers linear, basifixed, dehiscing lengthwise or by | or 2 terminal pores; staminodes sometimes present, subulate or petaloid; ovary superior, 2-15-carpellate, usually syncarpous, sometimes essentially apocarpous and then the carpels united apically by the style, the ovules 1-many, apotropous (anatropous with the raphe ventral), erect or rarely pendulous, axile or rarely parietal, the style simple, sometimes gynobasic, the stigmas free or fused; fruits sometimes composed of separate drupelets on an enlarged receptacle, sometimes a berry or a septicidal capsule, the seeds |-many, sometimes winged, with or without endosperm, the embryo large, usually straight, sometimes curved. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and sometimes subtropical, with 30-40 genera and 400-600 species. Only one genus occurs in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Gilg, E. Ochnaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 53-87. 1925. Kanis, A. A revision of the Ochnaceae of the Indo-Pacific area. Blumea 16: 1-82. 1968. Kanis, A. Ochnaceae. Fl. Males. I. 7: 97-119. 1971. 1. BRACKENRIDGEA A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 3: 51. 1853, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. 1: 361. 1854; Seem. Fl. Vit. 34. 1865; Gilg in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 74. 1925; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 284. 1955; Kanis in Blumea 16: 41. 1968, in Fl. Males. I. 7: 101. 1971. Trees or shrubs; leaves simple, the blades chartaceous, with strongly curved secondary nerves and often with fine, ultimate, closely approximate veins (those of our species comparatively inconspicuous and 2-4 per millimeter); inflorescences axillary and terminal, thyrsoid, composed of simple or compound cymes, the bracts small, caducous, the pedicels slender, elongating in fruit; flowers with the receptacle rounded and enlarging in fruit; sepals 5, ovate to obovate; petals usually 5 (as in our species, but as many as 10 in others); stamens usually 10 (as in our species, but as many as 45 in FiGure 87. Brackenridgea nitida; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/3; B, young flower, with 2 sepals and 2 petals removed, x 10; C, gynoecium and 4 stamens (sepals, petals, and 6 anthers removed), x 20; D, young fruit, showing the swollen receptacle with 3 maturing carpels and 2 carpellary scars, the persistent style, persistent filaments attached to base of receptacle, and sepals (petals caducous, | sepal removed), x 6. A-C from DA 16684, D from Smith 9373. OCHNACEAE 319 1981 320 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 others), the filaments subterete, the anthers as long as or longer than filaments, dehiscing by longitudinal slits; ovary usually 5-carpellate (as in our species, but carpels as many as 10 in others), the carpels essentially free, the ovule solitary, erect, the style 5(-10)-costate, the stigma small, 5-lobed; fruit composed of 1-5 drupelets, the seed curved, without endosperm. Type species: Brackenridgea nitida A. Gray (ING). Kanis (1968, cited above) accepts the genus and species as validly published by Gray in 1853 in a descriptio generico-specifica, even though a second binomial, B. hookeri (Planch.) A. Gray, was proposed at the same time, albeit with a question mark, this presumably implying that the generic description was based solely on B. nitida. It may be, however, that mention of a second species negates the application of Art. 42.1, ICBN, in which case Gray’s 1854 publication would become the first valid publication of the genus; in that case B. nitida would also be the type species. In the 1854 publication the generic and specific descriptions were separated, but the combination B. hookeri was not validly proposed. DISTRIBUTION: A genus of about ten species occurring in southeastern Asia and through Malesia to New Guinea and Queensland, with a disjunct endemic species terminating the range in Fiji. One of the species with more than ten petals, stamens, and carpels (indicated by the parenthetical allusions in the above description) is Brackenridgea fascicularis (Blanco) Fern.-Vill.; Gilg and Werdermann (1925, p. 70) refer this to Ochna fascicularis Blanco (another disposition is Notochnella fascicularis (Blanco) v. Tiegh.), restricting Brack- enridgea to species with five sepals, ten stamens, and five carpels. 1. Brackenridgea nitida A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 3:51. 1853, Bot. U.S. Expl. Exped. 1: 362. 1854, Atlas, pl. 42. 1856; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 255. 1861, Viti, 435. 1862, Fl. Vit. 34. 1865; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 135. 1890; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 284. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 132. 1964, ed. 2. 190. 1972; Kanis in Blumea 16: 49. 1968; A. C. Sm. in Allertonia 1: 359. fig. 7, A, B. 1978. FIGURE 87. Brackenridgea nitida subsp. nitida; Kanis in Blumea 16: 50. 1968. A shrub or tree 2-15 m. high, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 450 m. in dense, dry, or open forest, in patches of forest in open country, and in hillside thickets. Its pedicels and sepals are pale to deep pink; its petals white and faintly pink-tinged (or white within and pinkish without); and its mature carpels black on a red receptacle. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in most months. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 15456 & 15457 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, K, P), collected in 1840 at Mbua Bay, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and Rambi. I have examined 41 collections; the species is locally abundant in Mathuata Province (from which 23 or 24 collections are known) but is less common elsewhere. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The names mbele and mbelembele have been noted on Vanua Levu, and the young leaves (Smith 6331) were used for wrapping cigarettes. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Vuniyasi, near Nandi, DA 2371. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, above Tumbenasolo, Greenwood 483C; vicinity of Koro- tongo, DA 11704. SERUA: Hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiya- mbia, Smith 9373. Ra: Vicinity of Penang and Rakiraki, Greenwood 483B, Degener & Ordonez 13695. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Nasau, Rukuruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham 35; Koromba Forest, Wairiki, DA 15153; lower Wainunu River Valley, Smith 1834. MBUA or MATHUATA: Between Nasarowangga and Ndreketi, DA 1101. MATHUATA: “Mathuata Coast,” Seemann 93; near Mbasakalave, Ndreketi District, Stauffer & 1981 THEACEAE 321 Kuruvoli 5843; vicinity of Nanduri, Tothill 446; near Tambia Village, Howard 126; Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6647; Seanggangga Station, DA 16684; Naketei, Lambasa District, DA 13750 (DF 244, Bola 92); southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6331; Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 1/3428. THAKAUNDROVE: Eastern drainage of Yanawai River, Degener & Ordonez 14113; Mt. Valili, DA 17539; hills west of Mbutha Bay, Natewa Peninsula, Smith 8/3. RAMBI: Horne 5/3. Fiji without further locality, Horne 596, 897 (“plains near Wai Wai Nasova”). The Fijian species seems most closely related to Brackenridgea australiana F. v. Muelil., of Queensland, but it differs in its slightly smaller floral parts and very pronouncedly in the ultimate venation of its leaf blades, as illustrated in my 1978 discussion. FAMILY 82. THEACEAE THEACEAE D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 224. 1825. Trees or shrubs, without stipules; leaves alternate, simple, the blades pinnate- nerved, often serrate; inflorescences axillary (rarely terminal), composed of solitary or fasciculate flowers or less often racemose or paniculate; flowers usually hermaphro- dite, less often unisexual (plants then dioecious or monoecious), actinomorphic, often with 2 or more bracteoles below calyx; sepals 5 (4-7), free or basally connate, imbricate; petals 5 (sometimes 4-9), hypogynous, imbricate, free or proximally con- nate; stamens usually numerous in several series, sometimes as few as 5-15, hypogy- nous, the filaments free or in fascicles or proximally connate, usually adnate to base of petals, the anthers basifixed or dorsifixed, 2-locular, dehiscing lengthwise (very rarely by terminal pores); ovary superior (rarely inferior), 3-S-locular (rarely 1-10-locular), the ovules 2 or more (rarely 1) per locule, anatropous, axile, the styles free or connate, as many as locules; fruit usually a loculicidal or septicidal capsule with a persistent columella, less often drupaceous or baccate, the seeds usually few-many and with scanty endosperm, winged or not, the embryo large, straight or curved. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, sometimes extending northward into temperate areas, with 16-35 genera and 500-600 species. Two genera occur in Fiji, one only in cultivation and the other with indigenous species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: Melchior, H. Theaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 109-154. 1925. The Theaceae are economically important for the commercial tea plant and for many significant ornamentals. KEY TO GENERA Plants with hermaphrodite flowers, these often large and showy (in our species 2.5-4 cm. across), the pedicels with 4-8 bracteoles; stamens numerous, many-seriate, the anthers dorsifixed; fruit a loculicidal Capsulestherseedsmluorecnpemloculemmcrr-petvrare tet chersierele ciel erevsheseia et akerss-Vey aie) is(orey-velel latstats 1. Camellia Plants dioecious or rarely monoecious, the flowers comparatively small, less than | cm. across, the pedicels usually with 2 bracteoles; stamens 5-30 (10-13 in our species), uniseriate, the anthers basifixed; fruit a benhyesthesscedsnustally gn UitlChOUSHmESt tart rcttctenctel Yateley ooterorchefelolctelst/s/elaieie.cfslcneraieleteictereVelelare 2. Eurya 1. CAMELLIA L. Sp. Pl. 698. 1753; Melchior in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 128. 1925. Trees or shrubs; leaves spirally arranged or distichous, the blades coriaceous; flowers axillary, solitary or fasciculate, % , subsessile or short-pedicellate, often large and showy, the pedicels with 4-8 bracteoles; sepals usually 5-7, unequal; petals usually 5-7; stamens numerous, many-seriate, the outer filaments connate at base or nearly to apex and coherent to petals, the inner ones often free, the anthers dorsifixed; ovary 3-5-locular, the ovules 4-6 per locule, the styles 3-5 or proximally united; fruit a woody, loculicidal capsule with a persistent columella, the seeds | or 2 per locule, unwinged, without endosperm, the embryo straight. 322 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 TYPE SPECIES: Camellia japonica L., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical and subtropical southeastern Asia (northward to China, Japan, and Formosa) and into Malesia to Java, Celebes, and the Philippines, with 40-80 species. The commercial tea is sparingly cultivated in Fiji. 1. Camellia sinensis (L.) Kuntze in Acta Horti Petrop. 10: 195. 1887; Melchior in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2.21: 131. fig. 6/. 1925; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 132. 1964, ed. 2. 189. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 127. 1972. Thea sinensis L. Sp. Pl. 515. 1753. The commercial tea plant, as cultivated in Fiji, is grown from near sea level to an elevation of 850 m. as a shrub or small tree 0.5-3 m. high. Its leaves are elliptic-oblong and sometimes up to 30 cm. long, finely pubescent when young. It bears fragrant flowers 2.5-4 cm. broad, with white or pink-tinged petals, white filaments, and yellow anthers. The few available collections were flowering in May and November and fruiting in November. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus gave several prior references, including one to Hortus Cliffortianus. DISTRIBUTION: A native of southeastern Asia, now widely cultivated as a commer- cial crop. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The usual name, fea, is utilized in Fiji, as well as chah. The species has been sporadically cultivated in Fiji since about 1890, and at present trials with different cultivars are being conducted in several localities by the Department of Agriculture. The species is also sometimes grown as an ornamental. Extensive discus- sions of the history, uses, etc. of tea are given by Burkill (Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. ed. 2. 421-425. 1966) and Purseglove (Trop. Crops, Dicot. 599-612. 1968). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: An experimental plantation is maintained by the Depart- ment of Agriculture near Navai, south of Nandarivatu, but no vouchers are at hand. NAITAsIRI: Nanduru- loulou, DA 5596, 12257; Toninaiwau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16952. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Thongea, Wainunu River, DA L. 14240. TAVEUNI: A plantation is still in existence on the “Alpha tea estate” (J. W. Parham, 1972, cited above), but no vouchers are available. 2. EuryA Thunb. Nova Gen. PI. 67. 1783; Seem. Fl. Vit. 14. 1865; Melchior in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 146. 1925. Dioecious or rarely monoecious trees or shrubs; leaves short-petiolate, the blades crenate-serrate; flowers axillary, solitary or fasciculate, unisexual, usually with vesti- gial gynoecia or androecia, the pedicels with 2 (or 3) persistent bracteoles; sepals 5, somewhat unequal; petals 5 (-7), free or basally connate; stamens 5-30, uniseriate, the filaments coherent at base and adnate to petals or free, the anthers basifixed; ovary 2-6-locular, the ovules 4-60 per locule, the styles 2-6, proximally connate or nearly free; fruit a fleshy or dry berry, the seeds usually numerous, unwinged, with endo- sperm, the embryo usually curved. TYPE SPECIES: Eurya japonica Thunb. (ING). DISTRIBUTION: Eastern Asia through Malesia and into the Pacific to Samoa and Hawaii, with about 70 species. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Kobuski, C. E. Studies in Theaceae, III. Eurya subgenera Euryodes and Penteurya. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 299-359. 1938. The species occurring in the Fijian Region have often been referred to Eurya Japonica Thunb., E. acuminata DC., or E. angustifolia B\., none of which occur east of Malesia. The two species known from Samoa, E. pickeringii A. Gray and E. richii A. 1981 THEACEAE 323 FIGURE 88. Eurya vitiensis; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and 9 inflorescences, = 1/2; B, stamens from young o flower, * 40. A from Smith 7806, B from Smith 781. Gray, have o& flowers with 5-8 stamens, while the two known from Fiji have 10-13 stamens; in both archipelagoes the 9 flowers seem to lack staminodes and the & flowers have very minute pistillodes or entirely lack them. Eurya has been erroneously recorded from the New Hebrides as E. japonica (Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 14: 54. 1933) and sometimes identified as E. vitiensis, which in my observation does not occur there. For instance, R. S. N. H. 16343 (Espiritu Santo) has & flowers with 5 stamens and a conspicuous, conical pistillode, the sepals and petals being minutely glandular within; R. S. N. H. 16197 (Tanna) has & flowers with 10 stamens, but the sepals are conspicuously glandular-margined. It seems that there are at least two species of Eurya in the New Hebrides, but they are not conspecific with any of those known from Fiji or Samoa. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blades prevailingly lanceolate, usually about 3 times longer than broad, (2.5-) 3.5-9* (1-) 1.2-2.3 cm., gradually attenuate to an acumen 4-10 mm. long, the actual apex inconspicuously retuse; petals 2.5-3 mm. long at anthesis, connate in the proximal | mm. or free nearly to base; stamens 10, the filaments at anthesis 0.5-0.8 mm. long, the anthers obtuse at apex; terminal bud copiously sericeous; young branchlets and petioles appressed-pilose, eventually glabrate; mature leaf blades beneath often sparsely appressed-pilose, at least on costa, but eventually glabrate. .............-...2--5- |. E. vitiensis 324 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Leaf blades prevailingly elliptic, usually about twice as long as broad, 2-5.5 (6.5) x 1.3-2.6cm., obtuse or obtusely short-cuspidate, conspicuously retuse at apex, the acumen 0-3 mm. long; petals 3.5-4.5 mm. long at anthesis, connate in the proximal |.5-2 mm.; stamens | 0-13, the filaments at anthesis |-1.5 mm. long, the anthers mucronate at apex; terminal bud often glabrous at least distally (but sometimes uniformly sericeous); young branchlets and petioles sparsely appressed-pilose, soon glabrate; mature leafubladestglabrousibeneathWr eee eee enc hernia irr 2. E. greenwoodii 1. Eurya vitiensis A. Gray, Bot. U.S. Expl. Exped. 1: 210. 1854; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, Viti, 433. 1862, Fl. Vit. 14. 1865; Drake, II. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 117. 1890; Kobuski in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 341. 1938; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 132. 1964, ed. 2. 189. 1972. FIGURE 88. Eurya acuminata sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, Viti. 433. 1862; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 141. 1909; non DC. Eurya angustifolia sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 14. 1865, op. cit. 425. 1873; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 117. 1890; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 132. 1964, ed. 2. 189. 1972; non BI. Eurya vitiensis is an often slender tree or shrub 2-10 m. high, occurring at elevations of about 150-830 m. in dense forest or on its edges or sometimes along streams among reeds and in thickets. Its petals are white, greenish proximally, and its filaments are also white; fruits are recorded as green. Flowering material has been obtained between December and June and fruiting material slightly later. TYPIFICATION: The typeis U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 11575 & 11576 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at K), collected in 1840 on Ovalau on the “summit of a mountain, 2,000 ft.” The specimens probably came from the ridge west of Levuka leading to Mt. Ndelaiovalau, the highest point of the island (626 m.). DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several high islands. LOCAL NAME: The only name reported is salu ki mbati (Smith 4255). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 236, Smith 4255. NAMost: Vicinity of Namosi, Gillespie 2626. NAITASIRI: Vatavula, Namba- thara hill, Gibbs 532. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Milne 70, Graeffe 1542. KANDAVU: Seemann 43. OVALAU: Seemann 43-bis, 44; hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7678. NGAU: Milne 232; hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7806. TAVEUNI: Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 781. MOALA: Ndelaimoala, Smith 1362. TOTOYA: Milne 85. Fis1without further locality, Harvey, Nov., 1855, Horne 610. 2. Eurya greenwoodii Kobuski in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 97. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 132. 1964, ed. 2. 189. 1972. FIGURE 89. Eurya greenwoodii is known as a compact, spreading, or freely branched shrub 1-3 m. high or a tree with a dense crown and 4-7 m. high, found at elevations of 500-1,195 m. in dry or scrubby forest or in the dense forest and thickets of ridges. Its petals and filaments are white and its fruits green, flowering and fruiting material having been obtained between February and July. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 4898 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), collected June 26, 1947, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from northern and northwestern Viti Levu. LocaL NAMES: Reported names are samu ni mbati (Smith 4898) and kutumirase (Degener 14799); the latter usually refers to the genus Maesa (Myrsinaceae). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 458; summit of Mt. Koro- yanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4235; upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4647; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Greenwood 236A, Degener 14799. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13383, DF 403 (Vetawa 19). 1981 THEACEAE 325 FiGure 89. Eurya greenwoodii; A, distal portions of branchlets, with foliage and 9 inflorescences, * | / 2; B, 2 flower, with | sepal and 2 petals removed, = 15; C, young stamen, adaxial surface, x 50; D, 2 petals and associated stamens, < 20. A & B from Smith 4898, C from Smith 4235, D from Smith 4647. 326 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 FAMILY 83. SAURAUIACEAE SAURAUIACEAE J. Agardh, Theoria Syst. Pl. 110, as Saurajeae. 1858. Trees or shrubs, not scandent, without stipules; leaves alternate, simple, the blades with strong parallel secondary nerves, often coarsely pubescent or scaly, usually serrate; inflorescences axillary or lateral on older branches, usually a thyrse composed of scorpioid cymes; flowers actinomorphic, hypogynous, usually hermaphrodite (rarely functionally unisexual), pedicellate, subtended by a bract and 2 bracteoles; sepals (4 or) 5, broadly quincuncial, persistent, often accrescent; petals (4 or) 5, imbricate, free or basally connate, caducous (together with associated stamens); stamens (13-) 15-numerous, the filaments usually adnate to petal bases, the anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by apical pores or short subapical slits; ovary 3-5-locular, the ovules numerous, anatropous, unitegmic, tenuinucellate, axile, the styles as many as locules, usually free, sometimes variously united, the stigmas simple or capitate; fruit 3-5-locular, a disintegrating berry or an apically and loculicidally dehiscent capsule, the seeds small, numerous, immersed in pulp, not winged, not arillate, the endosperm copious, the embryo straight or slightly curved. DISTRIBUTION: A family composed of a single genus of 250-300 species in tropical America and Asia, eastward through Malesia to the Solomon Islands and northeast- ern Australia, the range terminating in Fiji with a single endemic species. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Gilg, E., & E. Werdermann. Actinidiaceae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 36-47. 1925. Dickison, W. C. Observations on the floral morphology of some species of Saurauia, Actinidia, and Clematoclethra. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 88: 43-54. 1972. The genus Saurauia has been variously assigned to a dillenialean, thealean, or ericalean alliance, but it is now universally excluded from the Dilleniales (sensu str.). There remain different opinions whether to place Saurauia in its own family or to combine it with the Actinidiaceae, and whether this alliance of one or two families is better placed in the Theales or the Ericales. Dickison (1972, cited above) concludes that the genera concerned are readily accommodated in a single family best placed in the Ericales. The family Saurauiaceae is maintained as distinct by van Steenis (in FI. Males. I. 4: 37. 1948), Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink, Jr. (Fl. Java 1: 324-326. 1963), Takhtajan (1969), and Hutchinson (1973). Takhtajan (1969) places the family in the Ericales; the other mentioned authors (and Cronquist, 1968, as Actinidiaceae) place it in the Theales. The placement is of little consequence, since the derivation of ericalean plants from ancestral thealean ones is generally accepted. But because of the large number of stamens and the sometimes separate styles of Sawrauia and its allies, a position in the Theales seems justified, as pointed out by Cronquist (1968), in spite of their unitegmic, tenuinucellate ovules. I here follow Takhtajan and other mentioned authors in separating Saurauia into its own family. The generic name has been spelled both as Saurauia and Saurauja; the latter spelling is correct according to Art. 73.5, ICBN. Both spellings were used by Willdenow in the original publication, but Hoogland (in Taxon 26: 147. 1977) indi- cated that Saurauia was used by Willdenow in his herbarium and proposed the conservation of that orthography. This proposal was accepted by the Committee for Spermatophyta (in Taxon 27: 545. 1978), an action taken too late to be incorporated into the Leningrad edition of the ICBN. The conservation will doubtless be reflected in the next edition, being in line with the conserved family orthography Saurauiaceae. In the following citations I use the spelling Saurauia throughout, although many men- tioned writers actually used Saurauja. 1981 SAURAUIACEAE 327 1. SAURAUIA Willd. in Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin Neue Schriften 3: 407. 1801; Seem. Fl. Vit. 14. 1865; Gilg & Werdermann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 42. 1925; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 284. 1955. Orth. cons. prop. Draytonia A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 3: 49. 1853, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. 1: 206. 1854. Characters and distribution of the family. TYPE SPECIES AND NOMENCLATURE: The type species of Saurauia is S. excelsa Willd., published in the original descriptio generico-specifica. Draytonia is typified by D. rubicunda A. Gray, which also was part of Gray’s 1853 descriptio generico-specifica; in 1854 Gray provided separate descriptions of his genus and species. FiGure 90. Saurauia rubicunda; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, = 1/4; B, young flower, = 3; C, flower, with 2 sepals, 3 petals, and some stamens removed, * 3; D, fruit (petals and stamens fallen), x 3. A from Smith 362, B & C from St. John 18237, D from Degener & Ordonez 13544. 328 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1. Saurauia rubicunda (A. Gray) Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 296. 1862, Fl. Vit. 14. 1865, op. cit. 425. 1873; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 117. 1890; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 141. 1909; Turrill in op. cit. 43: 17. 1915; Gilg & Werdermann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2.21: 45. 1925; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 31: 313. 1950, in op. cit. 36: 284. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 132. 1964, ed. 2. 190. 1972. FIGURE 90. Draytonia rubicunda A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 3: 49. 1853, Bot. U.S. Expl. Exped. 1: 207. 1854, Atlas, p/. 15. 1856; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, Viti, 433. 1862. A tree (2-) 4-15 m. high, with a trunk to 20 cm. or more in diameter, sometimes spreading and sometimes with a compact crown, found from near sea level to an elevation of about 1,200 m. in dense or open forest or on its edges or in patches of forest in open country. The pedicels are often rich pink, the sepals pale green to white or pale pink, the petals pale to deep pink or rose-purple and occasionally white, the filaments white or pale yellow, the anthers often bright yellow, the styles white, and the fruit deep red. Flowers and fruits occur abundantly throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 11599 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, K), collected in 1840 on the island of Ovalau. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several high islands. As one of the most common small trees in Fiji, Sawrauia rubicunda is represented by about 150 collections. A form with white petals, noted in 1950 (Smith, cited above), is now seen to occur sporadically throughout the range and is represented by about ten collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The most commonly used names for this distinctive and well-known species are susu and mimila; other reported names, arranged by provinces, are: mimila ndina, milamila, kaindrandra (Mba); thothova (Nandronga & Navosa); mamakandora (Serua); mbulei (Ra); nambo, mindra, kau yalewa or kau ni yalewa (Naitasiri); and timbu ni susu (Thakaundrove). Many uses are also ascribed to the species: the wood is hard and is sometimes used as a drill for making fire, and sticks from branchlets are used to shape pottery. Medicinally, a decoction from the leaves is said to be used to sooth eyes, to relieve tongue sores, and to cure constipation, while the bark has been noted as part of a remedy used in treating dysentery. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 39; northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4556; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 520, im Thurn 256, Degener & Ordonez 13544; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12703 (Melville et al. 7091). NANDRONGA & NAVOSA: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, Smith 5482; Nausori Highlands, DA 13389; north of Komave, St. John 18949. SERUA: Upper Navua River, DA 14488; vicinity of Namboutini, DA 13837 (DF 415, Damanu 87). NaMmosi: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3114; vicinity of Namosi, Horne 847; Nambukavesi Creek, DA 13741 (DF 198, Bola 60). RA: Vicinity of Nasukamai, Gillespie 4400; vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15383. NAITASIRI: Wainimala Valley south of Matawailevu, St. John 18237; Nambu- kaluka, Waindina River, DA 276; Tholo-i-suva, Vaughan 3172. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7137; Wainivesi River, DA 3289. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Parks 20110. “VITI LEVU and OVALAU:” (Near Port Kinnaird on Ovalau) Seemann 42. OVALAU: Milne 53; Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8032. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 988. NGAU: Milne 235; hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7789. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Upper Ndama River Valley, Smith 1583; vicinity of Nandi, MacGillivray 212. MATHUATA: Seanggangga Plateau, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6909. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Valanga Range, Smith 362; Mt. Mariko, Bierhorst F138. TAVEUNI: Above Somosomo, Gillespie 4825. Gilg and Werdermann (1925, cited above) place Saurauia rubicunda in sect. Ramiflorae Diels, composed of eight species from southeastern Asia and Malesia and the Fijian endemic. 1981 CLUSIACEAE 329 FAMILY 84. CLUSIACEAE CLUSIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Bot. ed. 2. 74. 1836. Guttiferae Juss. Gen. Pl. 255. 1789. Nom. alt. Trees or shrubs, dioecious or monoecious or polygamous or with hermaphrodite flowers, with resinous latex and oil glands, lacking stipules; leaves opposite or verticil- late, simple, the blades often gland-dotted or with resin canals; inflorescences axillary or terminal, fasciculate, cymose, racemose, umbellate, or composed of solitary flow- ers; flowers hermaphrodite or unisexual, actinomorphic, hypogynous, the pedicels often bracteolate; perianth dichlamydeous (in some genera sometimes interpreted as monochlamydeous and composed of tepals); sepals 2-10, rarely more, imbricate or decussate, fused in bud in Mammea; petals 0-12, imbricate, rarely valvate; stamens (5-) usually numerous, free or with filaments variously connate and sometimes in phalanges opposite petals, the anthers 2-locular, basifixed or dorsifixed, usually dehiscing longitudinally, the 2 flowers often with staminodes; ovary sessile, superior, completely or incompletely |-many-locular, the ovules |-many per locule, anatro- pous, axile or erect from base or rarely parietal, the styles free, united, or lacking, the stigmas diverse, sometimes radiating, the o flowers sometimes with an ovarial vestige; fruit a loculicidal capsule or sometimes a berry or drupe, the seeds without endosperm, often arillate, the embryo large, often with minute cotyledons. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and rarely subtropical. As now usually interpreted, the Clusiaceae (excluding Hypericaceae) are composed of 25-35 genera and 800-1,000 or more species. The family includes many timber trees, as well as species with edible fruits and useful resins and oils. Four genera occur in Fiji, three of them with indigenous species. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Engler, A. Guttiferae. Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 154-237. 1925. Smith, A. C., & S. P. Darwin. Studies of Pacific Island plants, XXVIII. The Guttiferae of the Fijian Region. J. Arnold Arb. 55: 215-263. 1974. KEY TO GENERA Plants polygamo-dioecious or with consistently hermaphrodite flowers, the petals if present (and often the sepals as well) white; stamens free or essentially so, with filiform filaments; ovary unilocular or incompletely 2-locular or 4-locular (in our indigenous species becoming unilocular by abortion); leaf blades with regular venation of numerous lateral nerves. Sepals 4, free, decussate or imbricate; style obvious; flowers hermaphrodite; leaf blades with numerous lateral nerves, the ultimate areoles not obvious nor with a central gland. Petals (in our species) 0-10, if present decussate or imbricate; ovary unilocular; fruit drupaceous, indehiscent, l-seeded; inflorescences basically cymose, pseudoracemose or pseudopaniculate, few-many-flowered; leaf blades with usually conspicuous, closely approximate, parallel secondary MEGVES mmrereteatel rePeretenee tient tetenercisistsveicisisieierteiei-fess(cuscoteusrcichs: sravee/siciovecevertorcreittc.s 1. Calophyllum Petals 4, contorted; ovary incompletely 2-locular; fruit at length 2-valved, 1-4-seeded; inflorescences composed of solitary flowers at apices of branchlets or in distal leaf axils; leaf blades with thin, obscurelsecondanynenves Cultivate GiOnlya crysis ejarsisretelelel ate erere elses ceils cicleye er siele, ee Mesua Sepals 2, completely fused in bud, separating at anthesis; petals 4-6, imbricate; style short or essentially none; inflorescences fasciculate, the flowers o& and 8 on different trees; leaf blades with veinlets forming a conspicuous reticulum, the ultimate areoles each with a raised gland in its center. 3. Mammea Plants dioecious (our indigenous species, but sometimes monoecious or polygamous elsewhere), the sepals (in our indigenous species) 4, rarely 2, decussate, the petals 2 or 4, imbricate or less often valvate, white to variously colored; stamens aggregated into | or more phalanges; ovary with 2 or more developing ovules; fruits with 2 or more seeds (or sometimes only | developing); leaf blades with comparatively spaced secondary nerves or these not regularly paralleled by conspicuous tertiaries. ... 4. Garcinia 1. CALOPHYLLUM L. Sp. Pl. 513. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 11. 1865; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 216. 1974; Stevens in op. cit. 61: 167. 1980. Trees, often large and with hard wood, usually with abundant white or pale yellow latex, the apical bud composed of a reduced pair of leaves (these later developing), the 330 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 young branchlets terete to angular or slightly flattened; leaves decussate, petiolate, the petioles distally broadened, the blades thick in texture, entire, with numerous, closely approximate, parallel secondary nerves; inflorescences axillary or arising from defoliate branchlets, solitary, basically cymose, pseudoracemose or pseudopaniculate, few-many-flowered; flowers hermaphrodite (infrequently functionally unisexual), the perianth segments free, imbricate (sometimes interpreted as tepals, but perianth basically dichlamydeous); sepals (or outer tepals) 4 in 2 decussate series, usually broader and thicker than petals; petals 0-10 (in our species), if present decussate or imbricate, white, often more membranous than sepals; stamens numerous, 2-several- seriate, the filaments free or basally subcoherent, filiform, the anthers basifixed, oblong, rounded at both ends, dehiscing longitudinally; ovary subglobose or ovoid, unilocular, the ovule solitary, erect, the style terete, often filiform, curved in bud, the stigma peltate or shallowly infundibular; fruit drupaceous, the exocarp thin and usually brittle, the mesocarp fibrous, the endocarp bony or crustaceous, sometimes with a basal plug (this becoming detached during germination), the seed without an aril, the testa thin or with the outer layer thick and corky, the embryo subglobose, the cotyledons large. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Calophyllum inophyllum L. (vide Stevens, 1980, cited above), one of Linnaeus’s two original species. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical, probably with 150-200 species, and with a major center of diversity in Indo-Malesia. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Stevens, P. F. A review of Calophyllum L. (Guttiferae) in Papuasia. Austral. J. Bot. 22: 349-411. 1974. Stevens, P. F. A revision of the Old World species of Calophyllum (Guttiferae). J. Arnold Arb. 61: 117-699. 1980. Prior to publication of his comprehensive and scholarly monograph of 1980, P. F. Stevens had kindly sent me a copy of the portions of his manuscript that pertain to the species occurring in Fiji, together with a key to those species, which is here used witha few modifications. In some points his findings pertinent to the Fijian species are in disagreement with those of Smith and Darwin (1974, cited above under the family); because his studies are vastly the more comprehensive, most of his suggestions are here accepted. In general, these refer to a broader concept of Calophyllum cerasiferum, a narrower concept of C. amblyphyllum (which he treats as a Fijian endemic only varietally distinct from C. vitiense), reduction of C. tenuicrustosum to C. vitiense, and a broader concept of C. neo-ebudicum, which is taken to include C. samoense. Stevens considers the perianth parts not separable into sepals and petals and refers to them collectively as tepals. Most authors have considered the Clusiaceae to have dichla- mydeous perianths and have treated the four outer “tepals” of Calophyllum flowers as sepals; they usually differ somewhat in size and texture from the inner perianth segments. In order to treat the genera of the family uniformly in this respect, I here use the terms sepals and petals. The Fijian species with 4-10 petals are (except for C. inophyllum) difficult to separate by using flower and fruit characters, and I follow Stevens in placing more reliance on vegetative characters. I have not attempted to modify the present treatment to agree with Stevens’s terminology in all respects, e. g. I continue to use the term “endocarp” for the fruit layer that Stevens terms the “stone,” which apparently develops from the outer part of the seed. As here treated, Calophyllum is represented in Fiji by seven indigenous species, of which five are endemic. KEY TO SPECIES Petals none; flowers less than 10 mm. in diameter at anthesis; sepals not more than 4 mm. long; inflorescence axis less than 2 cm. long; fruits less than 2 cm. long, the endocarp less than 0.8 mm. thick in mature 1981 CLUSIACEAE 331 fruits, lacking a basal plug; branchlets toward apex less than 1.8 mm. thick. Indument of buds, young branchlets, young petioles, and peduncles conspicuous, the hairs spreading, 0.3-0.5 mm. long; terminal buds 4.5-5 mm. long; branchlets toward apex drying brown; fruiting pedicels up to 5 mm. long; mature fruits up to 12 mm. long, the endocarp 0.2-0.3 mm. thick. 1. C. leucocarpum Indument of buds and young parts inconspicuously and evanescently sericeous-puberulent; terminal buds 2-3.7 mm. long; branchlets toward apex drying brown to yellowish; pedicels 2-13 mm. long; mature fruits up to 17 mm. long, the endocarp 0.4-0.8 mm. thick. ................ 2. C. leptocladum Petals at least 4; flowers more than 10 mm. in diameter at anthesis; sepals at least 4 mm. long; inflorescence axis usually considerably more than 2 cm. long; fruits at least 1.8 cm. long, the endocarp at least | mm. thick in mature fruits, with a basal plug; branchlets toward apex often more than 1.7 mm. thick. Internodes 0.5-2.5 (-3.5) cm. long; branchlets toward apex drying pale brown to brown and yellowish white; leaf blades drying dull sepia on upper surface, the venation obscure, the secondary nerves (6-) 11-18 per 5 millimeters; petals 4-10, 6-11 mm. long; fruits 18-40 x 17-35 mm. 3. C. cerasiferum Internodes (0.5-) 1-4 cm. long; branchlets toward apex usually drying brown; leaf blades drying grayish sepia to olivaceous on upper surface, the venation usually obvious, the secondary nerves fewer than 14 per 5 millimeters. Petioles less than 2 mm. in diameter; leaf blades ovate to elliptic, acuminate at apex (at least in Fijian specimens), the secondary nerves 8-14 per 5 millimeters; pedicels 0.7—2 cm. long; petals 4 (rarely to i), SLU trove. Teyryer wins M7ESI7/ (ELS) es MIs esisy inten Gooccoosdenoconcoac 4. C. neo-ebudicum Petioles at least 2 mm. in diameter; leaf blades usually elliptic to obovate, rarely ovate, retuse to acuminate at apex, the secondary nerves (3-) 4-9 (-11) per 5 millimeters; pedicels (0.4-) 1-5 cm. long. Terminal buds 4-9 mm. long; leaf blades less than 2(-2.5) times longer than broad, drying other than sepia on upper surface and smooth even under strong magnification, the costa on upper surface often abruptly narrowed at base; petals 4 (perhaps rarely to 8), usually 8-14 mm. long; fruits usually 32-50 * 27-40 mm., the testa of seed with a spongy outer layer 1-12 mm. thick. 5. C. inophyllum Terminal buds (4.5-) 7-12 mm. long; leaf blades usually about 3 times longer than broad, drying sepia on upper surface and minutely bullate under strong magnification, the costa on upper surface narrowing gradually from base; petals 4 (rarely to 8), 7.5-16 mm. long; fruits 22-33 x 15-26 mm. Leaf blades acute to acuminate at apex; terminal buds (6-) 8-12 mm. long, usually with subcrus- PACE OUSHEMOUMIEM Cmeetevepepstotctetetens (elevate cote rste | esctorslctevosetsterereyotesosclaler e/etstevoyercrorelersts 6. C. vitiense Leaf blades shallowly retuse to rounded or sometimes acute at apex; terminal buds 4.5-7 mm. long, Hsuallyawitheshort-tomentose! mG UmeENts sy. selec elele eles aieielerete ie on 7. C. amblyphyllum 1. Calophyllum leucocarpum A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 31: 314. 1950; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 134. 1964; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 219. fig. 1-3. 1974; Stevens in op. cit. 61: 548. fig. 34, m, q. 1980. An apparently rare slender tree 4 m. high, occurring at an elevation of 100-200 m. in patches of forest in open, rolling country; the sepals and filaments are white, the anthers yellow, and the fruit white. The only known collection bore flowers and fruits in December. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 6820 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Dec. 4, 1947, on the Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and still known only from the type collection. 2. Calophyllum leptocladum A. C. Sm. & S. Darwinin J. Arnold Arb. 55: 221. fig. 4, 5. 1974; Stevens in op. cit. 61: 628. fig. 43, e-h. 1980. A sometimes slender tree 9-22 m. high, witha trunk up to 50 cm. in diameter, found at elevations of about 50 to 670 m. in dense forest or in the demarcation zone between forest and grassland; the fruit is pale green, becoming nearly white at maturity. Flowers have been observed between December and March and fruits between May and July. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 7874 (us 2190685 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), 332 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 obtained June 22, 1953, on the slopes of Mt. Ndelaitho on its northern spur, toward Navukailangi, Ngau. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji; infrequent, but now known from five of the high islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded names are ndamanu, ndamanu ndrau lailai, and ndamanu ndilondilo; it is considered a useful timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, O. & I. Degener 32165. SERuA: Inland from Ngaloa, Berry 1/1; Kandawa Hill (east of Navua River), DF 622 (S1404/7). Namosr: Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 16/27; Nambukavesi Creek, DF 489. NAITASIRI: Vatuvula Village, Wai- manu River, DA 15694; Prince’s Road, DA 142; Tholo-i-suva, DA 12460 (DF 109, Bola 11). Ra: Vicinity of Naivotho Village (Nakorotumbu Tikina), Damanu K273. KANDAVU: Without further locality, DF 6/8 ($1404/3). OVALAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7538. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, DA 15733; Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, Berry 4. Fist without further locality, Cottle, Dec., 1950. This species and the preceding are readily distinguished from other Ca/ophylla in Fiji by having flowers without petals (1. e. with only four perianth segments) and comparatively small fruits, which become white at maturity and have thin endocarp lacking a basal plug. 3. Calophyllum cerasiferum Vesque, Epharmosis 2: 10. p/. 32. 1889, in DC. Monogr. Phan. 8: 540, 585. 1893; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 192. 1972; A.C.Sm. &S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 235. fig. 20, 21. 1974; Stevens in op. cit. 61: 562. 1980. FIGuRE 91. Calophyllum burmanni sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, Viti, 433. 1862; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 285. 1881; non Wight. Calophyllum burmanni var. parvifolium sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 11. 1865; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 116. 1890; non Wight. Calophyllum amblyphyllum A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 232, p. p. 1974. A tree 12-25 m. high and with a trunk to 60 cm. in diameter (or sometimes on exposed ridges stunted and only 2 m. high), with white or yellow latex, occurring at elevations of 150-1,250 m. in montane or hill forest, secondary forest, or in forest on ridges. The petals and filaments are white or cream-colored and the fruits are red- tinged, at maturity becoming darker. Flowers have been noted in March, June, and November, fruits in June and also between August and November. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 49, a fruiting specimen collected Aug. 24, 1860, on Mt. Voma, Namosi Province, Viti Levu, represented at BM, G, GH, and K. The locality is taken from the kK sheet, although Seemann in 1865 indicated the number as from Kandavu. Since Vesque did not state which specimen he used in his original circumscription, Smith and Darwin indicated the kK specimen as the holotype, as Vesque may well have seen it. Stevens believes that Vesque’s original illustration was based on the specimen at G and takes that to be the lectotype. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from four of the high islands. Because the present interpretation of the species is considerably broader than that of Smith and Darwin in 1974, I cite below all the specimens now available. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Ndamanu, ndamanu ndrau lailai, ndamanu ndilondilo; sometimes noted as a useful timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Ndelainathovu, on escarpment west of Nandarivatu, Smith 4944; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 24, Vaughan 3431; Sovutawambu, near Nandarivatu, Degener 14664, Waimongge Creek and vicinity, south of Nandarivatu, Berry 82, 85, 88, DF 1075, Damanu K88. NANDRONGA & NAvoSA: South of Mt. Tomanivi, DA /4292; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5461; track to Vanualevu Village, Berry 79. SERUA: Nambukelevu, upper Navua River, DA 15654; inland from Namboutini, DF 573 or 797 (S1404/9, Damanu R-22); inland 1981 CLUSIACEAE 333 Ficure 91. Calophyllum cerasiferum; A & B, small-leaved form, from Berry 88; A, distal portions of branchlets and inflorescences, < 1/2; B, lower surface of leaf blade, x 10; C & D, large-leaved form; C, distal portion of branchlet and fruits, * 1/2, from Smith 8378; D, lower surface of leaf blade, x 10, from Smith 8525. 334 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 from Ngaloa, DF 574 or 798 (S1404/8, Damanu G-22). NAmost: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8525, 8553; Mt. Voma track, DA 604; Mt. Vakarongasiu, Gillespie 3267; hills near Navua River, Greenwood 1036. NAMOSI-NAITASIRI boundary: Summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3232. NAIvAsIRI: Vicinity of Rewasau, Howard 308; Mendrausuthu Range, summit of higher peak, DA 15463, 15471; Vatuvula Village, Waimanu River, DA 15695. TAILEVU: Vicinity of Wailotua, Waini- mbuka River, Howard 336. Viti Levu without further locality, MacGillivray & Milne 67. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Smith 7617; vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4480. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Sasa Tikina, without further locality, Howard 195. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1789, DA 15741. VANUA LEVU without further locality, Milne 244. TAVEUNT: Hills east of Somosomo, west of old crater occupied by small swamp and lake, Smith 8378; valley between Mt. Manuka and main ridge of island, east of Wairiki, Smith 8286. Fis1 without further locality, Horne s. n. In the narrower sense adopted by Smith and Darwin in 1974, Calophyllum cerasiferum has comparatively small leaf blades (only slightly recurved at margin and more or less rounded at apex) and small, smooth fruits. The concept here adopted is that of Stevens; it includes specimens with larger leaf blades (sometimes strongly recurved at margin and acuminate at apex) and larger, wrinkled fruits. Most of these latter specimens were included in C. amblyphyllum by Smith and Darwin. In the present concept the petals vary in number between four and ten, and there is substan- tial variation in anther size. However, the variation among the specimens here cited is nearly continuous in one or another character, and I defer to Stevens's broader familiarity with the genus in defining C. cerasiferum primarily on the basis of the vegetative characters mentioned in the key to species. 4. Calophyllum neo-ebudicum Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 12: 227. 1931; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 326. 1971; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 230. fig. 14-16. 1974; Stevens in op. cit. 61: 557. fig. 35, h-j, m-o. 1980. FIGURE 92. Calophyllum sp. n. Horne, A Year in Fiji, 258. 1881. Calophyllum vitiense sensu Setchell in Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 341: 69. 1924; A.C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 227, p. p., quoad fig. 10. 1974; non Turrill. Calophyllum samoense Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 147. fig. 20. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 184: 52. 1945; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 121. 1972; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 229. fig. 12, 13. 1974. Calophyllum amblyphyllum sensu A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 232, p. p., quoad fig. 19. 1974. A tree 5-30 m. high (to 58 m. farther west), with yellowish latex and witha trunk to 1 m. in diameter (trunk to 1.84 m. in diameter farther west), occurring at elevations from near sea level to 650 m. (up to 825 m. elsewhere) in dense, dry, or secondary forest or on its edges, often on limestone soils. Its perianth segments are white and its anthers yellow; its fruits turn from bluish to purple or black and are deeply wrinkled to smooth when dried. Flowers have been noted between September and February, but fruits are seen throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The lectotype is Kajewski 705 (vide Smith and Darwin, 1974), collected Feb. 4, 1929, at Anelgauhat Bay, Aneityum, New Hebrides. This number is available at A, BISH, BRI, K, NY, P, and us. No place of deposit is indicated in the original publication and, since Kajewsk1’s first set of New Hebrides plants is at A, Smith and Darwin indicated the A sheet as the lectotype. Stevens believes that the p sheet should be taken as the lectotype. The type of Calophyllum samoense is Christophersen 720 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at A, BISH, K, UC), collected Sept. 21, 1929, between Vaipouli and Manase, Savaii, Samoa. DISTRIBUTION: New Britain and the Solomon Islands eastward to Samoa, Tonga, and Niue. 1981 CLUSIACEAE 335 \\\ \\\ 4 4 t 4 FiGuRE 92. Calophyllum neo-ebudicum, from FD L.12384; A, distal portion of branchlet and inflores- cences, x 1/2; B, lower surface of leaf blade, < 10. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The only name recorded in Fiji is ndamanu kula (on Moala), but many other names are used elsewhere. The plant has not been recorded as useful in Fiji, but in Samoa and the New Hebrides it is used for canoe-building, house-building, etc., and in the latter archipelago it is considered a valuable timber and is extensively exported. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 907; Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1232. OVALAU: Horne 43. KORO: Main ridge, Smith 1047. VANUA LEVU: Maruuata: Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6449. THAKAUNDROVE: Vicinity of Valeni, Wailevu Tikina, DA 15722; Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, Howard 104. MOALA: Bryan, July 11, 1924; near Maloku, Smith 1334. NAITAMBA: DF L.12384. MANGO: Bryan 569. Fis1 without further locality, Graeffe s. n. As here accepted, Calophyllum neo-ebudicum is taken in the broad sense adopted by Stevens (1980) to include C. samoense Christophersen, C. pseudovitiense Stevens, and various misinterpretations of other species. In 1974 Smith and Darwin separated C. neo-ebudicum and C. samoense, but I am here deferring to Stevens’s opinion that a complex population ranging from New Britain and the Solomons to Samoa, Tonga, and Niue is best interpreted as C. neo-ebudicum. In this sense, it includes the specimens from Tonga and Niue cited by Smith and Darwin in 1974 as C. amblyphyllum. Calophyllum neo-ebudicum appears to be the only species of the genus (except for the widespread C. inophyllum) to occur in Samoa, the Horne Islands, Tonga, and Niue. 336 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 5. Calophyllum inophyllum L. Sp. Pl. 513. 1753; A. Gray, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. 1: 218. 1854; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, in op. cit. 10: 296. 1862, Viti, 433. 1862, in J. Bot. 2: 71. 1864, Fl. Vit. 12. 1865; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 258. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 116. 1890; Vesque in DC. Monogr. Phan. 8: 544. 1893; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 12: 227. 1931; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 147. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 85. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 52. 1945; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19: 98. 1948, in op. cit. 29: 32. 1959; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 187. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 134. fig. 52. 1964, ed. 2. 192. fig. 57. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 100. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 326. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 32. 1972; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 223. fig. 6-8. 1974; Stevens in op. cit. 61: 324. fig. 16, f-m. 1980. An often large and spreading tree 6-25 m. high, with white latex and a massive trunk to 1.5 m. in diameter, occurring at or near sea level (Sometimes planted and naturalized inland up to 400 m. elevation), on beaches, in coastal thickets, and along streams near coast. The fragrant flowers have white perianth segments and yellow anthers, and the fruit is green to yellow, eventually becoming purplish or blackish. Flowers and fruits may be found throughout the year. LECTOTYPIFICATION: As lectotype Stevens (1980, cited above) indicates Hermanns. n. (BM, herb. Hermann 2.82), from Ceylon. DISTRIBUTION: Eastern Africa and India throughout Malesia and eastward into the Tuamotus; it was presumably an aboriginal introduction into Hawaii. Approximately 50 Fijian collections are available. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: In Fiji the name ndilo is uniformly used, but sometimes Europeans use the names Alexandrian laurel or beach mahogany. Oil from the fragrant fruits is used to scent coconut oil and for medicinal purposes, and an infusion of the leaves is also used medicinally. The wood is valued for many purposes, but in Fiji it is probably less prized than some of the forest species of Calophyllum. Seemann’s 1865 discussion of the uses of ndilo is very comprehensive. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Yalombi, St. John 18903. MAMANUTHAS: NaGatito Island, Malolo Group, O. & I. Degener 32219. VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 351. NANDRONGA & NavoSa: Vatukarasa, DA 9287 (McKee 2857). SERUA: Korovisilou, DF 28] (Damanu 9). Namosi: Near Namosi Village (presumably planted), Gillespie 2811. Ra: Waindawa, near Vaileka, Degener 15420. TaILevu: Matavatathou, DA 9231]. NAITASIRI: Vunindawa Station (presumably planted), DA 10011. REwa: Suva, Meebold 16426. KANDAVU: Namalata Isthmus region, Smith 177. OVALAU: Vicinity of Thawathi, Smith 8101. KORO: Nambasovi, DA 1033. NAIRAI: Milne, Nov., 1855. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, Smith 7944. VANUA LEVU: Maruuata: Nakuthi Island, DA 15279. THAKAUNDROVE: Vicinity of Valethi, Bierhorst F114. “TAVEUNI and LAKEMBA:” Seemann 48. TAVEUNI: Waiyevo, Gillespie 4633. YATHATA: Navakathuru, DA 16197. VANUA MBALAVU: Near Sawana Village, Garnock-Jones 1064. LAKEMBA: Near Tumbou Jetty, Garnock-Jones 763. NAVUTU-I- LOMA: Bryan 463. Fist without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Storck 873. Calophyllum inophyllum is so abundant in the southern Pacific that it may be expected along every strand. Its broad and usually rounded leaf blades and its large fruits readily distinguish it. The outer layer of the testa is characteristically thick and spongy, giving the fruits buoyancy. 6. Calophyllum vitiense Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 17. 1915; Watkins in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 31: 15. fig. 1961; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 134. 1964, ed. 2. 192. 1972; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 227. fig. 9, 11. 1974; Stevens in op. cit. 61: 554. 1980. FIGURE 93A & B. 1981 CLUSIACEAE 337 Calophyllum spectabile sensu A. Gray, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. 1: 218, p. p. 1854, in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 315. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 34. 1862; Seem. FI. Vit. 11. 1865; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 258. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 116. 1890; non Willd. Calophyllum polyanthum sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, Viti, 433. 1862; non Wall. ex Choisy. Calophyllum lanceolatum sensu Seem. Viti, 433. 1862; non BI. Calophyllum tenuicrustosum A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 236. fig. 22. 1974. Calophyllum vitiense var. vitiense,; Stevens in J. Arnold Arb. 61: 555. fig. 35, k, 1. 1980. A tree 5-30 m. high, with a trunk to 50 cm. or more in diameter, occurring at elevations of 90-1,050 m. in dense or open forest or rarely in grassland. The perianth parts, filaments, and style are white, the anthers yellow, and the mature fruit becomes purple or blackish. Flowers have been obtained between August and January, and fruit may be seen in most months. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The lectotype of Calophyllum vitiense is im Thurn 297 (kK 3 sheets; ISOLECTOTYPE at BM) (cf. Smith and Darwin, 1974), collected Dec. 2, 1906, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Calophyllum tenuicrustosum is typified by Smith 4058 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), obtained April 28, 1947, on the slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Mba Province, Viti Levu. The latter taxon, in Stevens’s opinion, was a mixture, the type being a narrow-leaved, small-fruited individual of C. vitiense. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from several of the high islands. About 40 collections have been studied. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded names are ndamanu, ndamanu ndilo, and ndamanu ndilondilo; the species is considered to produce very durable timber. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: V{TI LEVU: MBa: Natua Levu, Mt. Evans Range, DA 14053; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mead 1972, Gillespie 4229. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DF 469 (Damanu 118); Nasama Creek, Singatoka Valley, DF 621 (S1404/6). SERUA: Inland from Namboutini, DF 620 (S1404/5). NAMosi: Nambukavesi Creek, DF 619 (S/404/4). NAITASIRI: Wainiveimbalambala Creek, DA 5833; vicinity of Kalambo, DA 16410; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2407. TAILEVU: Hills east of Waini- mbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 720]. Vit1-LEvu without further locality, Seemann 47. OVALAU: Slopes of Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8021; hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7269. NAIRAI: Milne 297. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Motuyanga, Ndreketi River Valley, DF 617 (S1404/2); Seanggangga region, DA 1/3935; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6362. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Horne 192. Calophyllum vitiense is readily recognized, among Fijian species, by its usually large, relatively narrow, acute to acuminate leaf blades with comparatively distant, clear secondary nerves, the upper surface appearing minutely bullate under magnifica- tion. 7. Calophyllum amblyphyllum A. C. Sm. & S. Darwinin J. Arnold Arb. 55: 232. fig. 17, 18. 1974. FiGureE 93C & D. Calophyllum vitiense var. amblyphyllum Stevens in J. Arnold Arb. 61: 556. fig. 35, f, g. 1980. A tree 9-15 m. high, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of about 150 m. in dense, dry, or littoral forest. The perianth segments and filaments are white and the anthers yellow. Flowering material has been obtained only in November and young fruits in December. The only collection with mature fruits (DA 7036) is not dated as to month. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 9243 (us 2191735 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 23, 1953, in hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Serua Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the southern coastal area of Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Ndamanu; a useful timber tree. Vol. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 338 1981 CLUSIACEAE 339 AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serua: Coastal hills in vicinity of Taunovo River, east of Wainiyambia, Smith 9576; along Queen’s Road, DA 7036. REwa: Nggoya Forest Reserve, DA 13764(DF 472, Damanu 124). As originally circumscribed, Calophyllum amblyphyllum included some 23 collec- tions from four high Fijian islands, as well as material from Tonga and Niue. Stevens has referred most of the Fijian specimens to C. cerasiferum or C. neo-ebudicum and all of the collections from Tonga and Niue to the latter species. There remain in C. amblyphyllum only the type and three other known collections, all from coastal areas of southern Viti Levu. In this sense the taxon is a coherent one, most closely related to C. vitiense but differing in having its leaf blades usually rounded at apex and its terminal buds smaller and with a short-tomentose indument. It occurs in low elevation forest near the sea, whereas C. vitiense usually grows in interior, colline forest. 2. MEsuUA L. Sp. Pl. 515. 1753. Trees or shrubs; leaves opposite, the blades coriaceous, with numerous, thin, obscure lateral nerves; inflorescences composed of solitary flowers at apices of branch- lets or in distal leaf axils; flowers $ ; sepals 4, contorted, the inner ones the largest; petals 4, contorted; stamens numerous, the filaments free or basally coherent, the anthers basifixed, longitudinally dehiscent; ovary ovoid, incompletely 2-locular by means of basal septa, the ovules 2 in each locule, basal, the style elongate, the stigma peltate or shallowly infundibular; fruit (in our species) ellipsoid, subacute, with a carnose exocarp and woody endocarp, ultimately dehiscent into 2 valves, the seeds 1-4. TYPE SPECIES: Mesua ferrea L., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia, with three species, one of which has been cultivated in Fiji. 1. Mesua ferrea L. Sp. Pl. 515. 1753; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 262. 1974. As it occurs in Fiji, Meswa ferrea is sparsely cultivated near sea level as a small tree. Where native it attains a height of 30 m. and has fragrant flowers; the sepals are green, the 2 inner ones being white-margined; the petals are white, and the filaments are white to pale yellow. TyYPIFICATION: Of the references in the protologue, that to L. Fl. Zeyl. 206 (1747) is marked by an asterisk and probably provides the best lectotype. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia, now cultivated elsewhere. Uses: This ornamental tree was doubtless introduced into Fiji for experimental purposes, but it may not have persisted. Where indigenous it is considered to produce a valuable timber, oil from the seeds has been used commercially, and various parts of the plants, including the flowers, are used medicinally. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Nairrasiri: Nanduruloulou, DA 5523. Figure 93. A & B, Calophyllum vitiense, from DA 5833; A, distal portion of branchlet and inflorescen- ces, x 1/2; B, lower surface of leaf blade, x 10. C & D, Calophyllum amblyphyllum, from DA 13764; C, distal portion of branchlet and inflorescence, x 1/2; D, lower surface of leaf blade, * 10. 340 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 3. Mammea L. Sp. Pl. 512. 1753; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 237. 1974. Calysaccion Wight, Ill. Ind. Bot. 130. 1831; Seem. FI. Vit. 13. 1865. Polygamo-dioecious trees, glabrous throughout, the branchlets with interpetiolar, pseudostipular, transverse lines; leaves opposite, the petioles short-excavate, the exca- vations at first enclosing the terminal bud, the blades coriaceous, entire, with spreading secondary and tertiary nerves, the veinlets forming a conspicuous reticulum, the ultimate areoles each with a dark, raised gland in its center; inflorescences axillary, solitary, sometimes on old branchlets, fasciculate, often 2-5-flowered (but usually only 1 flower maturing); flowers subtended by closely imbricate bracts; calyx composed of 2 sepals, these completely fused in bud, separating at anthesis, at length caducous; petals 4-6; androecium composed of numerous stamens, the filaments filiform, free or weakly connate proximally, the anthers basifixed, longitudinally dehiscing; gynoe- cium lacking in & flowers, in 8 flowers consisting of a 4-locular ovary (this in our indigenous species becoming unilocular by abortion), the ovules 1-4 (1 in our indige- nous species), basal, the style short or none, the stigma peltate, often lobed; fruit carnose when fresh, drupaceous, oblique or curved or subglobose, the (style and) stigma persistent, the exocarp thin, the mesocarp drying dense and hard, the endocarp fibrous, the seed(s) often embedded in pulp when fresh. TYPE SPECIES AND NOMENCLATURE: The lectotype species of Mammea is M. ameri- cana L. (vide Britton & Wilson, Sci. Surv. Porto Rico 5: 583. 1924), one of Linnaeus’s two original species. The type species of Calysaccion is C. longifolium Wight. Some of the Old World species have been referred to Ochrocarpos Thou., which Kostermans (in the treatments cited below) limits to certain Madagascan taxa. DIsTRIBUTION: As interpreted by Kostermans (1956, 1961, cited below), Mammea includes 26 species extending from Asia through Malesia into the Pacific, also having a secondary center in Madagascar, a few species in tropical Africa, and only M. americana in tropical America. The American species is sparsely cultivated in Fijiand one indigenous species is also present. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Kostermans, A. J.G. H. The genera Mammea L. and Ochrocarpos Thou. For. Serv. Indones., Div. Plann. (Djawatan Kehutanan Indonesia, Bagian Planologi Kehutanan), 9-15. 1956. Kostermans, A. J. G. H. A monograph of the Asiatic and Pacific species of Mammea L. (Guttiferae). Commun. For. Res. Inst. Indones. (Pengumaman Lembaga Pusat Penjelidikan Kehutanan, Indonesia) 72: 1-63. 1961. KEY TO SPECIES Indigenous, littoral species; sepals usually 7-9 mm. long; petals 6, obovate, 10-17 mm. long; filaments at anthesis usually 4-8 mm. long; fruit obliquely ellipsoid to ovoid, obtuse at base and narrowed distally, up to 10 x 5 cm. at maturity, the seed solitary, with minute cotyledons. .......... 1. M. odorata Cultivated species; sepals usually 11-17 mm. long; petals 4-6, obovate to orbicular, 17-25 mm. long; filaments at anthesis usually 10-12 mm. long; fruit subglobose or ovoid, usually 10-15 cm. in diameter at maturity, the seeds usually 2-4, with large cotyledons. ....................- 2. M. americana 1. Mammea odorata (Raf.) Kostermans, Mammea and Ochrocarpos, For. Serv. Indones., Div. Plann. 13. 1956, in Commun. For. Res. Inst. Indones. 72: 15./fig. 9, 10. 1961; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 195. 1972; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 55: 239. fig. 23-28. 1974. Lolanara odorata Raf. FI. Tellur. 1: 16, nom. nud. 1837, op. cit. 2: 34. 1837. Calophyllum excelsum Zoll. & Moritzi in Natuur Geneesk. Arch. Ned.-Indie 2: 582. 1845. Calysaccion obovale Miq. F). Ned. Ind. Suppl. 500. 1861; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861, Viti, 433. 1862; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 315. 1862. Calysaccion tinctorium Seem. FI. Vit. 13. t. 9. 1865; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 258, as Calyaccion tinctorum. 1881. Ochrocarpus tinctorius Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 116. 1890. 1981 CLUSIACEAE 341 Ochrocarpus excelsus Vesque in DC. Monogr. Phan. 8: 525. 1893; Engl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 192. fig. 80, A-H. 1925. Ochrocarpos odoratus Merr. in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 94. 1945; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 136, as Ochrocarpus o. 1964. As it occurs in Fiji, Mammea odorata is a spreading tree 4-12 m. high, found near sea level in beach thickets, often on limestone, or on the inner edges of mangrove swamps. The petals, filaments, and ovary are white, the anthers yellow, and the essentially mature fruit green. Flowers have been obtained only in February and April, and fruits between February and August. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Lo/anara odorata is based entirely on Lignum clavorum Rumph. Herb. Amb. 3: 97. ¢. 64. 1743; the Rumphian description and plate may therefore be taken as the type, the locality presumably being Amboina. Of the various synonymous basionyms, Calysaccion tinctorium is typified by Seemann 46 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH), collected in May, 1860, in the vicinity of Somosomo, Taveuni. Seemann also noted on one of the two specimens at K: “In Mbau there was only one tree.” This note presumably indicates that Seemann saw the species on Mbau, but both sheets at kK probably came from Taveuni. The complicated synonymy of the species is fully discussed by Merrill (in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 93-96. 1945) and K ostermans (1956, 1961, cited above). DISTRIBUTION: Coastal areas throughout Malesia from Java and the Philippines, thence eastward to Micronesia and Fiji. In Samoa the species is replaced by Mammea glauca (Merr.) Kostermans, as discussed by Smith and Darwin in 1974. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The usual names are vefao or vetau, but also recorded is uvitao. The close-grained wood is considered useful, and Seemann mentions that the sap was used by Fijians to dye their hair orange-brown. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Namaka, DA //734. TaiLEvu: Mokani, DA 656; between Mokaniand Ndravo, DA 629, 15458. MBENGGA: Ndakuni, DA 2075. KORO: Uthu ni Vanua, DA 15831. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Ndromoninuku, DA 16818. KATAFANGA: DA, May 5, 1947. NAYAU: Tothill 22. KAMBARA: On limestone formation, Smith 1263. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1190. Fis1 without further locality, Howard 133. 2. Mammea americana L. Sp. Pl. 512. 1753; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19: 102. 1948, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 195. 1972; A.C. Sm. & S. Darwinin J. Arnold Arb. 55: 262. 1974. A tree attaining a height of 15-18 m., sparsely cultivated near sea level. The fragrant flowers are up to 5 cm. in diameter and the mature fruit is reddish green or becoming brown, subglobose or ovoid, and 7-15 (-25) cm. in diameter. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus gave several prior references and indicated the species as being from Hispaniola and Jamaica. DISTRIBUTION: Presumably a native of the West Indies, Mammea americana was probably an early introduction throughout tropical and subtropical America, and it is now also widely cultivated in the Old World tropics. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Mamey, mammee apple, and mammey apple. The fruit has an orange-colored, sweetish pulp that can be eaten raw or cooked but is most often made into preserves. The tree is also used as an ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Agricultural Station, Nathotholevu, DA 17431. NaAiTAsiIRI or REWA: “Tamavua, Suva,” DA 3/26. Parham’s 1948 reference indicates that the species was at that time growing in the Suva Botanical Gardens, but no voucher is available. 342 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 4. GARCINIA L. Sp. Pl. 443. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 10. 1865; A. C. Sm. & S. Darwinin J. Arnold Arb. 55: 243. 1974. Discostigma Hassk. in Flora 25: Beibl. 33. 1842. Dioecious trees or shrubs (sometimes monoecious or polygamous elsewhere), often with copious, yellow, pale, or brownish latex, with secretory canals in foliage and flowers, glabrous throughout, the branchlets subterete or quadrangular or costate; leaves opposite, the petioles excavate basally and enclosing terminal bud, soon diverg- ing and leaving an interpetiolar, pseudostipular, transverse line or scar, the excavation sometimes distally produced into a ligule, the blades coriaceous to submembranace- ous, with spreading or subascending secondary nerves; inflorescences axillary or borne on defoliate branchlets, rarely terminal, in our indigenous species cymose, fasciculate, or glomerulate, elsewhere sometimes paniculate or with solitary flowers; flowers pedicellate or sessile, the perianth segments imbricate, usually decussate; sepals (in our indigenous species) 4 or rarely 2 (sometimes 5 elsewhere); petals (in our indigenous species) 2 or 4 (sometimes 5 elsewhere); & flowers with a diverse androecium com- posed of 7-many stamens aggregated into 1 or more phalanges, sometimes with an ovarial rudiment, the anthers with or without free filaments; 9 flowers with or without an androecial rudiment, the ovary 2-many-locular, the ovules solitary in each locule, axile or subascending, the stigma (in our indigenous species) sessile or subsessile, peltate, rounded, or pulvinate-discoid; fruit baccate or drupaceous, 2-many-celled, carnose when fresh, drying smooth or costate. TYPE SPECIES AND NOMENCLATURE: The type species of Garcinia is G. mangostana L., the only original species; that of Discostigma is D. rostratum Hassk. The latter generic name is mentioned because one Fijian species was first referred to Discostigma, which, with many other genera, is now taken as a section of the large genus Garcinia. The most useful division of Garcinia into sections is probably that of Engler (1925, cited above under the family). Of the many sections recognized by Engler, only three extend eastward indigenously into the Fijian Region. DISTRIBUTION: Paleotropical and subtropical, with 250-400 species, represented in Fiji by five indigenous species, of which one is endemic, and by three cultivated species. KEY TO SPECIES Indigenous species. Petioles with excavation distally produced into a ligule 1.5-4 mm. long; leaf blades with 6-16 secondary nerves per centimeter; inflorescences terminal at inception, cymose, with paired bracts at nodes; sepals and petals each 4; & flowers with androecium composed of 60-100 stamens aggregated into 4 phalanges opposite petals, with a sterile central gynoecium; ovary of ? flowers (4- or) 5- or 6-locular; fruits ovoid to obovoid, often with a persistent short style and accrescent stigma, the seeds (4 or) 5 or 6, the dissepiments thin, the sepals persistent (sect. Mangostana). ........ 1. G. pseudoguttifera Petioles with excavation not produced into a ligule; leaf blades with 1-3 (-8) secondary nerves per centimeter; inflorescences axillary or on branchlets below leaves, fasciculate or glomerulate; sepals and petals each 4 or sometimes fewer; fruits ellipsoid, the stigma strictly sessile, persistent, pulvinate- discoid. Pedicels obvious, 3-12 (-15) mm. long; androecium of & flowers composed of numerous (up to 700) stamens aggregated into 4 phalanges opposite petals, with a sterile central gynoecium; ovary of 9 flowers 2-locular; fruits drying smooth, the seeds 2, the dissepiment thin, the sepals caducous, the stigma conspicuously accrescent (sect. Discostigma). Flowers comparatively small, the sepals 1.5-3.5 x 1.5-4 mm., the petals 3-4.5 x 2.5-3.5 mm.; androecium in ? flowers lacking or forming an obscure annulus not more than 0.1 mm. high; mature fruits 13-16 x 12-14 mm.; petioles 2-10 mm. long; leaf blades 4-11 = 1.2-5 cm., attenuate at base and long-decurrent on petiole. .............. cece cece eee eee 2. G. vitiensis Flowers larger, the sepals 3-5 x 4-7 mm., the petals 3-6 x 3-7 mm.; androecium in ? flowers composed of short-oblong phalanges 0.5-0.7 mm. high; mature fruits 20-45 x 15-30 mm.; petioles 4-20 (-25) mm. long; leaf blades usually 7-17 x 4-11 cm., obtuse at base and short- CST Cn fASMOS, oooancoocososaaps00cuGoc09000n0GEnHGOCCOOOUADDD 3. G. myrtifolia 1981 CLUSIACEAE 343 Pedicels lacking or minute, rarely to 2.5 mm. long; androecium of & flowers central, composed of 7-30 stamens fused into a carnose stalk, the anthers sessile or essentially so, the gynoecium lacking; ovary of 2 flowers 5-13-locular; fruits drying costate, the seeds 5-13, enclosed in pyrenes separated by air-chambers or pulp, the endocarp of each pyrene bony or horny, the sepals persistent, the stigmas only slightly accrescent (sect. Mungotia). Petals 4, very early marginally imbricate and soon conspicuously so; inflorescences composed of 3-9 flowers, each flower usually subtended by 2 bracts; fruits with a mesocarp 0.5-1.5 mm. thick, sharply (6-) 10-13-costate when dried, the pyrenes (6-) 10-13, with bony endocarps 0.2-1 mm. thick, obtuse to narrowly rounded on dorsal face; leaf blades usually chartaceous to membra- NACcOus ODtUse) toracute at DASES miyeser tate tekeyet cure Tete toveveretedeveber sks cialeieveisiels ateveyee 4. G. sessilis Petals 2, valvate, thick-margined; & inflorescences usually composed of 15-40 flowers (in distal inflorescences flowers rarely only 3-7), each flower often subtended by more than 2 bracts; fruits with a mesocarp 2-3 mm. thick, obtusely 5-8-costate when dried, the pyrenes 5-8, with horny endocarps 1-4 mm. thick, broadly rounded on dorsal face; leaf blades subcoriaceous to char- taceousyacutestoyattenuatesaty DaSe ee yepe terse) -iel-)= orlovey are cieloteneteis cies iei =the ital 5. G. adinantha Cultivated species. Leaf blades lanceolate-ovate to ovate-oblong; sepals and petals each 5; stamens aggregated into 5 phalanges opposite petals; fruit elliptic to globose or pyriform, usually longer than broad and often obtuse at apex (sect. Xanthochymus). Branchlets drying sharply 6—-8-costate; petioles stout, 6-9 mm. in diameter; leaf blades lanceolate-ovate, 25-30 x 6-10 cm., rounded at base, acuminate at apex, with 35-45 obvious secondary nerves, these Stronplyaprominulousibencathier: reyeteret/aeteterelcleleserers Cyathophora Involucres of cyathia with 4 or S well-developed glands along upper margin; blades of upper leaves less conspicuous (i. e. not “poinsettia-like”). Glands of cyathia 4, semilunate, with 2 narrow angles; inflorescences near apices of stems, with 3 subumbellate main branches and with 2 opposite, broad bracts near each fork; leaf blades oblong-obovate, membranaceous, to 3 x 1.5 cm., obtuse to emarginate at apex; fruit with 2 narrow wings on each lobe, the seeds coarsely reticulate; slender, annual, erect herb, entirely glabrous; Sparsely naturalized tweed ss nyc. 3. P. grayana Fruits ellipsoid, ovoid, obovoid, or turbinate, at maturity 30-70 = 30-60 mm., with long-persistent indument, appearing brown or reddish, not wrinkled in drying, the endocarp woody, 2-7 mm. thick, the mesocarp crustaceous, the seeds often pale brown; petioles 2-7 cm. long, compara- tively stout, 1-3 mm. in diameter; leaf blades coriaceous, often distinctly recurved at margin; pedicels stout (0.7-1.5 mm. in diameter, often thickening to 2 mm. distally), like the calyx copiously brown-sericeous; calyx 3.5-5 mm. long; corolla carnose, 4-4.5 mm. long; anthers 1-1.5 mm. long; staminodes carnose, lanceolate, about 2 mm. long; gynoecium 2.5-3 mm. long, the ovary copiously brown-sericeous, the style 1-1.5 mm. long; forest species. Leaves glabrous (brown-sericeous in early stages), the blades dull green, drying brownish, oblong, 8-17 x 4-9 cm., bluntly obtuse or rounded at apex, the secondary nerves 6-13 pairs; pedicels 6-13 mm. long; fruits turbinate, usually abruptly tapering toward base and apex, rarely obovoid or ellipsoid, copiously brown-sericeous but eventually subglabrate and then sometimes with a whitish bloom, broadly conical or umbonate or flattened at apex and tip peduovatheqpersisten istyle=mepitetaracfereisieisielereistsier se lelave-cisia'e eveieieteroie,e\s 4. P. umbonata Ficure 195. Planchonella; portions of lower surfaces of leaf blades; each photograph shows 2 secondary nerves, the submarginal arch formed by their anastomosis, and tertiary nervation; all x 4. A, P. costata, from Sykes (Norfolk) 491, from Norfolk Island. B, P. brevipes, from Smith 705. C, P. grayana, from Gillespie 4494. D, P. umbonata, from Smith 8807. E, P. smithii, from St. John 18204. 750 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Leaves (petioles and lower surfaces of blades) copiously brown- or reddish-sericeous, very tardily subglabrate, the blades greenish or dark brown above, brown or reddish beneath, elliptic or obovate, (12-) 16-65 x (6-) 7-24 cm., subacute to short-acuminate at apex, the secondary nerves 7-27 pairs, sharply prominent beneath; pedicels 10-15 mm. long; fruits ellipsoid or obovoid, sometimes bluntly 5-angled, copiously and persistently brown- sericeous, rounded or obtuse at apex, the style deciduous. .............. 5. P. smithii Mature leaf blades 2.5-4 times longer than broad, lanceolate to narrowly elliptic or narrowly obovate, not exceeding 14 (-17) x 6 (-7) cm. (juvenile leaf blades often larger), obtuse to acute or short-acuminate at apex (rarely rounded), the secondaries and veinlet reticulation usually plane or inconspicuously raised above, sometimes obvious beneath but infrequently sharply prominulous; pedicels at anthesis 5-9 mm. long; filaments and anthers each 0.8-1 mm. long at anthesis; ovary golden-hispidulous-sericeous but soon glabrate; mature fruits ellipsoid or globose, glabrous, green or olive-green, becoming dull red to purple or dark brown. Mature fruits 26-40 mm. long, 22-40 mm. broad, rounded at base and apex, wrinkled in drying, the mesocarp thin-carnose, the style long-persistent, the seeds usually 4 or 5, 22-32 mm. long; leaf blades often lanceolate- or elliptic-obovate, obtusely cuspidate to short-acuminate at apex, usually plane at margin; pedicels and calyx lobes at anthesis copiously golden- or pale brown- sericeous, the calyx indument persisting even in fruit; calyx at anthesis 3.5-4 mm. long; corolla at anthesis about 4 mm. long; style 3.5-4 mm. long, projecting from corolla at anthesis. 6. P. garberi Mature fruits 10-18 mm. long, 8-13 mm. broad, obtuse at base and apex, essentially smooth in drying, the mesocarp crustaceous, the style soon deciduous, the seeds usually | or 2, 8-10 mm. long; leaf blades often lanceolate or elliptic, obtuse to subacute at apex, usually slightly recurved at margin; pedicels and calyx buds sericeous with dark brown hairs, these soon caducous, the mature calyx glabrous except for sparse tufts of brown, apical hairs; calyx at anthesis 2-3 mm. long; corolla at anthesis about 2.5 mm. long; style about 1 mm. long, not projecting from corolla ati anthesisy! is seccvexey aie sicted rere seroterevovsrelavaverecetovore tokekelYotevaietoleke Pareto tever reer 7. P. vitiensis Tertiary nervation of leaf blades (between secondary nerves) transverse or irregularly reticulate, lacking conspicuous tertiary nerves parallel to the secondaries, the more prominent tertiaries transversely and irregularly connecting the secondaries; areoles of venation usually not elongated (on axis parallel to secondaries), the ultimate obvious areoles 0.3-0.7 mm. in diameter; petioles 5-15 mm. long, the leaf blades attenuate at base and long-decurrent on petiole, obtusely cuspidate to short-acuminate at apex, the veinlet reticulation prominulous on both sides; pedicels 3-7 mm. long, like calyx lobes pale- sericeous in young flowers, the inner calyx lobes remaining sparsely sericeous in fruit; fruits wrinkled in drying, up to 40 x 35 mm. when fresh, the mesocarp carnose. Leaf blades membranaceous, elliptic to lanceolate-obovate, 6-24 cm. long, 2-7.5 cm. broad, glabrous, essentially plane at margin; flowers 1-3 per inflorescence; fruits ellipsoid, often with only 2 (but sometimes with 5) seeds maturing, the style persistent, 1-1.5 mm. long. ....8. P. membranacea Leaf blades thick-membranaceous to thin-coriaceous, oblong- to obovate-lanceolate, 6-12.5 cm. long, 2-4.5 cm. broad, sometimes subpersistently brownish-tomentellous on costa beneath (as on petioles), slightly recurved at margin; flowers 2-12 per inflorescence; fruits subglobose or oblate-globose, usually with (3-) 4-6 seeds maturing, the style deciduous. .................-- 9. P. pyrulifera 1. Planchonella sessilis A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in Brittonia 27: 165. fig. 1-6. 1975. A small tree 3-5 m. high, occurring in wind-swept thickets at an elevation of 400-429 m. Flowers have been obtained in January and July, flower buds in August and November, and young fruits in January. FiGureE 196. A-D, Planchonella; portions of lower surfaces of leaf blades; each photograph shows 2 secondary nerves, the submarginal arch formed by their anastomosis, and tertiary nervation; all x 4. A, P. garberi, from Garber 1101, from Samoa. B, P. vitiensis, from Gillespie 4546. C, P. pyrulifera, from Degener & Ordonez 13965. D, P. membranacea, from Smith 1491. E, Planchonella brevipes, flower, x 8, from Smith 683. SAPOTACEAE 1981 sp 4h 5 ee ie 752 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 TYPIFICATION: The type is DA 18093 (coll. S. Vodonaivalu) (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, MASS, NY, SUVA, US), collected in January, 1973, on the summit of Mt. Korombamba, Rewa Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the summit and upper slopes of Mt. Korombamba. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Mt. Korombamba, on and near summit, Gillespie 2333, DA 18094, 18095, 18096, 18155. 2. Planchonella brevipes A. C. Sm., sp. nov. (described at end of genus) FIGURES 195B, 196E, 197A-C. Planchonella costata vat. austro-montana sensu Lam in Blumea 5: 6, p. p., quoad spec. vit. 1942; non sensu typi. Planchonella costata var. costata sensu van Royen in Blumea 8: 378, p. p., quoad spec. vit. 1957; non sensu typi. A gnarled shrub 3-4 m. high, occurring in the dense thickets of ridges and crests at an altitude of 1,032 m. Flowers were obtained in November, fruits being still unknown. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 683 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 29, 1933, on the summit of Mt. Mbatini, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the type locality, the highest point of Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Summit of Mt. Mbatini, Smith 705. The two collections representing Planchonella brevipes were assigned by Lam in 1942 to his typical variety of P. costata (Endl.) Pierre ex Lam. However, P. brevipes is only remotely related to P. costata (FIGURES 195A, 197D), a comparatively large tree, from which it differs in having leaf blades with fewer secondary nerves (those that form submarginal arches), although these are paralleled by intermediate tertiaries that join the arches between the secondaries. More obvious differences are found in the flowers, which in P. costata are always either solitary or paired and have pedicels considerably longer than those of P. brevipes. The corollas of P. costata are 4-6 mm. long, with lobes that lack the conspicuous fine flabellate nervation of those of P. brevipes. The gynoecium of P. costata is 5-6 mm. long at anthesis, with an ellipsoid ovary and a slender style 2-3 mm. long. In fact, it cannot be suggested that the two taxa are in any way closely related. Possibly Planchonella brevipes is an outlying derivative of an ancestral form of the widespread and variable P. obovata (R. Br.) Pierre. Inform and texture the leaf blades of the new species are not precisely suggested in any variants of P. obovata, which has the blades thinner and with more numerous secondary nerves, the corollas and stamens substantially larger, and the style much longer. In spite of the pronounced differences in their foliage, P. brevipes and P. sessilis (the preceding species in the present treatment) are reasonably similar in inflorescence characters; they may indeed repre- sent divergent lines from a common ancestry, each being endemic (as far as now known) to a very limited area on different Fijian islands. FiGure 197. A-C, Planchonella brevipes; A, inflorescences and leaf bases, x 4; B, opened corolla, with | anther removed, x 8; C, gynoecium and pedicel, x 8. D, Planchonella costata, inflorescences and leaf base, x 4. E, Planchonella grayana, gynoecium and pedicel, x 8. A-C from Smith 683, D from Shakespear s. n., from Little Barrier Island, North Island, New Zealand, E from O. & I. Degener 32211. SAPOTACEAE 753 1981 754 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 3. Planchonella grayana St. John in Bishop Mus. Bull. 120: 38. 1934; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 93. 1943. FiGureEs 19SC, 197E, 198A, 200A. Sapota vitiensis A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 328. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 151. 1866; non Planchonella vitiensis Gillespie (1930). Sideroxylon vitiense Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 229. 1892; Burkillin J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 44. 1901. Lucuma vitiensis Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 12. fig. 14. 1930. Planchonella costata var. vitiensis Lam in Blumea 5: 7, p. p. majore. 1942; van Royen in op. cit. 8: 378, p. p. majore. 1957; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 211. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 163. 1964, ed. 2. 231. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 188. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 337. 1971. Pouteria costata var. vitiensis Baehni in Candollea 9: 305. 1942. As it occurs in Fiji, Planchonella grayana is a tree 6-14 m. high (sometimes stunted and only | m. high in exposed coastal areas) found from near sea level to an elevation of about 400 m. along rocky coasts, often on limestone, in coastal thickets, and sometimes inland near the coast along streams or in light or dense forest. Its corolla and filaments are white or greenish white, its anthers yellow, its fruits at maturity green with a white or glaucous bloom, and its seeds dark brown. Flowers have been obtained between January and July, and fruits are to be seen throughout most of the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The oldest name applicable to the taxon usually known as Planchonella costata var. vitiensis is Sapota vitiensis A. Gray, of which the epithet is not available in Planchonella at the specific level because of P. vitiensis Gillespie. Sapota vitiensis is typified by U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 75134 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, K, P), a fruiting collection obtained on Ovalau in 1840. All the synonyms listed above are based on this. Planchonella grayana is a new name at the species level for Gray’s taxon, which was well redescribed by St. John in 1934. In 1942 Lam placed in the synonymy of his variety Planchonella tahitensis (Nadeaud) Pierre ex Dubard, based on Sideroxylon tahitense Nadeaud (1897). Nadeaud cites collections from four localities on Tahiti at elevations of 800-1,000 m. Lam stated that the type specimen(s) at Pp had been lost from the herbarium sheet, leaving a label and annotations by Pierre; he suggested taking as the lectotype a fruiting specimen: Nadeaud (P) from Mt. Raairi (“Raaivi”). However, this locality is on the island of Moorea, not originally mentioned by Nadeaud, and therefore the specimen cannot be considered a lectotype. In view of the uncertainty, it is probably advisable to consider Nadeaud’s description (in J. Bot. (Morot) 11: 111. 1897) as the type, at least for the time being. This taxon was further discussed by Grant, Fosberg, and H. M. Smith in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17: 27. 1974. The description is of a plant with white-tomentose branchlets, leaves, and pedicels, often undulate leaf blades, pyriform or obovoid fruits distinctly longer than broad, and gray seeds that are red-spotted. These characters do not conclusively suggest P. grayana, which has the branchlets, petioles, and pedicels soon glabrate (with an evanescent, sericeous indu- ment of pale, very short hairs), entire leaf blades, essentially globose fruits, and dark brown seeds. It seems probable that P. grayana, a coastal or lowland plant, is replaced FiGure 198. A, Planchonella grayana, flower, x 8. B & C, Planchonella umbonata; B, flower slightly before anthesis, x 8; C, opened corolla bud, x 8. D-F, Planchonella smithii; D, flower slightly before anthesis, x 8; E, gynoecium and 2 calyx lobes, x 8; F, opened corolla of ? flower, lacking anthers, x 8. A from O. & I. Degener 32211, B & C from Berry 92, D-F from DA 15659. 755 SAPOTACEAE 1981 756 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 by a related upland taxon in the Societies, from which I have seen no material of Planchonella. However, if Nadeaud’s Tahitian material should prove conspecific with P. grayana, his name would provide an earlier epithet. Another name listed in synonymy by Lam in 1942 is Sideroxylon tannaense Guillaumin (in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 14. 1932), based on Kajewski 104 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES listed by Lam at kK, uc), from Tanna, New Hebrides. This taxon has tomen- tose pedicels and calyx lobes, a densely red-tomentose ovary, and a conical style. The pedicels and calyx lobes of Planchonella grayana are merely sericeous, the ovary is sparsely pale-sericeous, and the style is short-cylindric. Neither fruits nor any other collections of S. tannaense from the New Hebrides are known to me, and on the basis of the type collection alone I am reluctant to propose the new combination that would be required, should S. tannaense and P. grayana be considered conspecific. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji to the Austral Islands and the Tuamotus. Material from east of Fiji has been seen from the Horne Islands, Samoa, Tonga, Niue, the Cook Islands, the Austral Islands (Rurutu and Tubuai), and the Tuamotus (Makatea). In Fiji Plancho- nella grayana is a common component of coastal vegetation (23 collections being at hand), but at higher elevations and inland it seems to be replaced by P. umbonata and P. smithii, both very distinct forest trees. In the western part of its range (Fiji to the Cook Islands) Planchonella grayana is very uniform, with leaf blades often more than half as broad as long and with fruits globose at maturity, rounded or even slightly impressed at apex. However, in the Austral Islands and on Makatea the leaf blades are inclined to be slightly thicker and sometimes lanceolate-obovate and three times longer than broad, and the fruits may be globose-obovoid and broadly conical-obtuse at apex. The eastern populations of P. grayana, when ample material has been assembled, may be found worthy of nomen- clatural recognition at some level. LOCAL NAME: The name nggalaka is uniformly used in the Lau Group, but no local name has been noted in western Fiji. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: MAMANUTHAS: NGGatito Island, Malolo Group, O. & /. Degener 32211. KANDAVU: DA 12441 (DF 86, Watkins 749). ONO (northeast of Kandavu): DA 14946. OVALAU: Horne 317a; slopes of Mt. Koronimoko, vicinity of Thawathi, Smith 8077; north of Levuka, Gillespie 4494, 4559. WAKAYA: Wakaya Lailai, southeastern coast, DA 17086. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Islands off coast, Greenwood 682. MOALA: North coast, Smith 1385. VANUA MBALAVU: Slopes of Korolevu, near Lomaloma, Garnock-Jones 1030; Namalata, southern limestone section, Smith 1453. LAKEMBA: Near airport, Garnock-Jones 868. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1208. ONGEA NDRIKI: Rocky isolated island off northwestern end, Bryan 398. 4. Planchonella umbonata (van Royen) A. C. Sm., comb. et stat. nov. Figures 195D, 198B & C, 200B. Planchonella costata var. umbonata van Royen in Blumea 8: 379, 432. 1957; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 163. 1964, ed. 2. 231. 1972. A tree 9-25 m. high with copious white latex, occurring at elevations of 50-800 m. in dense forest, sometimes along creeks. The fruits, borne with leaves or on leafless branchlets, are dull green with a close brown indument and appearing brown, or sometimes when past maturity with a whitish bloom. Flowers have been obtained between August and December, fruits between May and December. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 8807 (L HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 1, 1953, in the valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. Of the three numbers cited by van Royen as representing his var. 1981 SAPOTACEAE U1 umbonata, Smith 8852 seems to represent the next species, P. smithii; many additional collections of both taxa are now at hand. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from the three largest islands, from which 23 collections have now been studied. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Names recorded from northern and western Viti Levu are mbau loa, tole ni yavoto, mbau sa, mbau ravua, mbulu mbau nato, and ndomoli. The species is considered by foresters to provide a useful timber. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1273; vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4440; vicinity of Nandarivatu, DA 2329; vicinity of Navai, DA 14979; Yavu Creek, Mba River headwaters, Berry 92. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori High- lands, DA 13893; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5522. Namost: Hills east of Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Smith 9026. RA: Vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15515. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Above Thongea, Wainunu River, DA 15789. MATHUATA: Above Nasingasinga, Berry 46; Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6906. THAKAUNDROVE: Nggilo Creek, near Nathula, Sanggani Tikina, Howard 140. TAVEUNI: Valley between Mt. Manuka and main ridge of island, east of Wairiki, Smith 8276. It seems probable that Planchonella umbonata and P. smithii evolved by the inland migration of ancestral forms of the predominantly coastal P. grayana. Each of the two inland endemics has acquired comparatively robust flowers and large, distinctive fruits, differing slightly from one another in these respects as indicated in my key. In foliage they have acquired very different aspects. The leaf blades of P. umbonata retain essentially the same size, shape, and nervation as those of P. grayana, differing in having a more coriaceous texture, recurved margins, and more blunt nervation. The leaf blades of P. smithii, however, are very unlike those of P. umbonata, being much larger, with a long-persistent indument, and with a subacute to short-acuminate apex. Their secondary nerves are sharply prominent beneath, and there are no obvious tertiary nerves parallel to the secondaries (however irregular and flexuose); instead, the principal tertiaries obliquely connect the secondaries. The two inland endemics, although sometimes more or less sympatric, appear to retain their very distinctive characteristics. 5. Planchonella smithii (van Royen) A. C. Sm., comb. et stat. nov. FiGures 195E, 198D-F, 199. Planchonella costata var. smithii van Royen in Blumea 8: 379, 432. 1957; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 163. 1964, ed. 2. 230. fig. 68. 1972. A tree 8-30 m. high with copious white latex and a trunk to 80 cm. in diameter, found at elevations of 30-600 m. in dense, open, or secondary forest, often near rivers and creeks. The fruits, borne on branchlets below leaves, are green to dull greenish brown or brown, with a copious brown indument. Flowers have been noted in February and August, fruits between March and October. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 6368 (L HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 27, 1947, on the southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from the three largest islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Local names are not clearly different from those applied to the preceding species; recorded are mbau loa, mbau sa, mbau vundi, mbau rayua, mba, and mbawaki. Foresters consider this species also to be a useful timber tree. The wood is sometimes used for canoe paddles, and children use the latex as chewing gum. 758 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 mn ae re tif Figure 199. Planchonella smithii, from Smith 9049; a fruiting branchlet held in the forest of Namosi Province, Viti Levu, x about 1/6. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & NAvosa: Navau Creek, upper Navua River, Howard 6. SERUA: Nambukelevu, upper Navua River, DA 15659; banks of Navua River at Namata rapids, Gillespie 3379. NaAmost: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8852; hills east of Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Smith 9049; Nambukavesi Creek, DF 538 (Vaisewa 4), 539. NAITASIRI: Wainamo Creek, near Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18204; Waindrandra Creek, DA 640, 809; Waimanu River, DA L.13326 (Berry 37), L.13327. VANUA LEVU: Mbua: Near Thongea, Wainunu River, DA 15765. MaTHuATA: Ndongotuki Tikina, Howard 16]. THAKAUNDROVE: Ndrawa Creek, drainage of Turiwai Creek, DA 14326; Ndakunimba, Natewa Peninsula, Howard 125. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4637; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8137. 6. Planchonella garberi Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 170. fig. 25. 1935; Lam in Blumea 5: 9. 1942; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 56. 1945. FiGures 196A, 200C, 201A & B, 202A. Pittosporum ritchei sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 254. 1861; A. Gray in op. cit. 10: 35. 1862; non P. richii A. Gray (1854). Pittosporum richii sensu Seem. Viti, 433. 1862; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 315. 1862; non A. Gray (1854). Planchonella oxyedra sensu Lam in Blumea 5: 13, p. p. minore, quoad spec. sam. et tong. 1942; non Dubard. Pouteria garberi Baehni in Candollea 9: 296. 1942. Planchonella linggensis var. linggensis sensu van Royen in Blumea 8: 385, p. p. minore, quoad spec. sam. et niue. 1957; non Pierre. Planchonella linggensis var. garberi van Royen in Blumea 8: 387. 1957; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 163. 1964, ed. 2. 231. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 13. 1972. Planchonella linggensis sensu St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 337. 1971; non Pierre. Planchonella membranacea sensu Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 189. fig. 18. 1970; non Lam. 1981 SAPOTACEAE 759 FiGure 200. A, Planchonella grayana, fruits and seeds, x 1. B, Planchonella umbonata, mature and young fruit, x 1. C, Planchonella garberi, fruits and seeds, x 1. D, Planchonella vitiensis, fruits and foliage, * 1. A, essentially mature (dried) attached fruit from DA /7086, cross section of immature fruit from Gillespie 4559, mature seeds from Bryan 398, B, mature fruit from Smith 9026, young fruit from DA 13893, C, larger fruit from DA 16296, larger seed from St. John 18168, smaller fruit and smaller seed from Garber 1101], from Samoa, D, larger branchlet and fruit from Smith 4382, smaller branchlet and fruit from Smith 4990, loose fruits from Gillespie 4546. 760 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 As seen in Fiji, Planchonella garberi is a tree 6-12 m. high, with a trunk to 30 cm. in diameter, occurring at elevations of 90-450 m. in dense, open, or secondary forest. Its pedicels and calyx are copiously golden- or pale brown-sericeous at anthesis; its fruits are green to purple and up to 40 mm. in diameter at maturity, smooth but becoming wrinkled in drying; and its seeds are dark brown to blackish. Flowers have been obtained in February and April, fruits between February and August. TYPIFICATION: The type is Garber 110] (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at K), collected July 4, 1925, at the top of Nuu Islet, Ofu Island, Samoa. Most of the synonyms cited above are due to misinterpretations, in my opinion. DISTRIBUTION: In Fiji Planchonella garberi is known from several islands but is nowhere very frequent. It seems more abundant in Samoa and it has also been collected in the Horne and Wallis Islands, Tonga, and Niue. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded Fijian names are sarosaro, tandiri, and thalavia. The species is considered a useful timber tree, its wood being hard. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Nangua, St. John 18168. VITI LEVU: Narrasir1: Tholo-i- suva, Vukicea, July 11, 1950; Toninaiwau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16296. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, DA 16503. KANDAVU: Without further locality, Seemann 54. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Upper Ndama River Valley, Smith 1604; Koromba Forest, DA 15/14. KAMBARA: Central wooded basin, Bryan 510. In my opinion Planchonella garberi must be separated from P. linggensis (Burck) Pierre at the species level on the basis of its larger corolla, its elongate, projecting style, and its persistently and markedly larger fruits and seeds, four or five of the latter apparently always maturing. In P. linggensis the fruits are consistently smaller, ellip- soid or ovoid, infrequently exceeding 20 x 15 cm., and usually with fewer than four seeds maturing. 7. Planchonella vitiensis Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 11. fig. 72. 1930; van Royen in Blumea 8: 380. 1957; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 164. 1964, ed. 2. 232. 1972. FiGures 196B, 200D, 201C-E, 202B. Pouteria vitiensis Degener, Nat. So. Pac. Exped. Fiji, 294. 1949. Planchonella linggensis var. linggensis sensu van Royen in Blumea 8: 385, p. p. minore, quoad spec. vit. aliquot. 1957; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 163, p. p. 1964, ed. 2. 231, p. p. 1972; non Pierre. Planchonella linggensis var. garberi sensu van Royen in Blumea 8: 387, p. p. minore, quoad spec. vit. aliquot. 1957; non sensu typi. A tree (2-) 5-25 m. high, with abundant white or pale latex and a trunk up to 65 cm. in diameter, found at elevations of 50-1,120 m. in dense or dry forest or in forest and thickets of crests and ridges. The fruits are green when young, becoming dull red to purple or dark brown. Flowers have been obtained between November and May, fruits between January and August. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 4546 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), collected Feb. 1, 1928, in mountains 3 miles northwest of Levuka, Ovalau. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from four of the high islands, from which about 40 collections are available. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The most frequently used name is sarosaro, others being mbau mbulu, tanga thovi, tandiri, and songasonga. The wood is hard and durable, being used in building; it is also said to be used to make combs. FiGure 201. A & B, Planchonella garberi; A, flower, x 8; B, gynoecium, x 8. C-E, Planchonella vitiensis; C, inflorescences and leaf bases, x 4; D, flower, x 8; E, gynoecium and pedicel, x 8. A & Bfrom DA 16296, C from Gillespie 4546, D & E from Smith 9419. SAPOTACEAE 761 1981 762 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Northern portion of Mt. Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt. Natondra, Smith 4382; Nausori Highlands in Nawaka Tikina 3 miles east of Nausori, Webster & Hildreth 14298; ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 4990; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, DA 14294. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DF 786. Serva: Inland from Namboutini, DF 779; inland from Yarawa, DF 1065 (S1557/5); hills north of Ngaloa, in drainage of Waininggere Creek, Smith 9419. NaMosi: Mt. Voma, DA 13967; Nambukavesi Creek, DF54/. Ra: Ridge from Mt. Namama (east of Nandarivatu) toward Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5694. NarTasiri: Upper Navutuvula Village, Waimanu River, DA 15693. TaILevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7057. KANDAVU: Without further locality, DA 11957 (DF 37, Watkins 706). OVA- LAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7546; summit of Mt. Tana Lailai and adjacent ridge, Smith 7700. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Above Thongea, Wainunu River, DA 15798. Matuuata: Vicinity of Nasingasinga, Berry 15; Naravuka, Ndreketi River, DF 1029 (SI557/2). THAKAUNDROVE: Upper Yanawai River, DA 15742; Valeni, Nasavu Creek, DA 15723. The characters that separate Planchonella vitiensis from P. linggensis were dis- cussed by van Royen in 1957, although, contrary to his comments, the calyx is sericeous when young and becomes glabrous only approaching anthesis. Planchonella garberi is readily distinguished from the present species in having its calyx copiously sericeous even in fruit, its comparatively long style projecting from the corolla, and its fruits much larger, essentially globose, and with more numerous maturing seeds. 8. Planchonella membranacea Lam in Blumea 5: 11. fig. 3. 1942; van Royen in op. cit. 8: 401. 1957; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 164. 1964, ed. 2. 231. 1972. FiGures 196D, 202C. Pouteria membranacea Baehni in Candollea 9: 411. 1942. Planchonella obovoidea sensu van Royen in Blumea 8: 390, p. p. minore, quoad spec. vit. 1957; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 164. 1964, ed. 2. 231. 1972; non Lam. A sometimes slender tree 7-20 m. high, with white latex and a trunk to 40 cm. in diameter, known from near sea level to an elevation of 450 m. in dense or dry forest or hillside thickets. The fruit is noted as dark red but probably becomes purplish to black. Flowers have been collected in December and January, fruits between April and June. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 149] (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected April 2, 1934, in the northern limestone section of Vanua Mbalavu. DIsTRIBUTION: Fiji and Tonga; in Fiji it is thus far known from comparatively few collections from the two large islands and Vanua Mbalavu in the Lau Group. In Tonga it seems rare, being known from Vava’u: Buelow 1603 (BISH, CHR 361336). LOCAL NAME AND USE: On the large islands the name sarosaro is consistently used for this species, said to be a useful timber tree; its trunk doubtless acquires a greater diameter than recorded above. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & NAvosSa: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4609. SERUA: Nathengathenga Creek, upper Navua River, DF 1119 (Damanu 217); Nambukelevu, upper Navua River, DA 15660. NAMosi: Nambu- kavesi Creek, DF 338 (Vaisewa 12). NAITASIRI: Upper Navutuvula Village, Waimanu River, Berry 72; Waimanu River, DA L.13318 (Berry 56). VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Valeni, Nasavu Creek, DA 15721, Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, Howard 91. Planchonella membranacea and P. pyrulifera, although closely related to one another, are readily separated on the basis of characters mentioned in my key. They seem well differentiated from other species of the genus in the Fijian Region in having the tertiary nervation of the leaf blades predominantly transverse, in this respect agreeing with P. samoensis Lam ex Christophersen (of Samoa, the Horne Islands, Tonga, and Niue); however, the latter species has the leaf blades with comparatively coarse venation, whereas the veinlet reticulation of the two related species is very fine and usually sharply prominulous. Planchonella samoensis is characterized by having 1981 SAPOTACEAE 763 FiGure 202. A, Planchonella garberi, opened corolla, with 1 anther removed, * 8. B, Planchonella vitiensis, opened corolla, with | anther removed, * 8. C, Planchonella membranacea, mature fruits, x 1. D, Planchonella pyrulifera, mature fruits and a seed, x 1. A from DA 16296, B from Smith 9419, C from Smith 1491, D from Smith 8322. comparatively long petioles (15-30 mm. long, and much longer on juvenile leaves), flowers very densely aggregated (7-20 per inflorescence) and with pedicels 6-15 mm. long, and ellipsoid fruits about twice as long as broad (up to 35 x 18 mm.). Since Christophersen (in Bishop Mus. Bull. 154: 35. fig. 10. 1938) did not indicate a type specimen, I herewith select from among his syntypes: Christophersen 2628 (BISH LECTOTYPE and 2 ISOLECTOTYPES), collected in flower Sept. 18, 1931, between Salailua and Lataitai, Savaii. Prior uses of the epithet samoensis by Reinecke and Lam were in nomina nuda. 9. Planchonella pyrulifera (A. Gray) Lam ex van Royen in Blumea 8: 381. fig. 40. 1957; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 164. 1964, ed. 2. 231. 1972. FiGures 196C, 202D. Sapota pyrulifera A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 328. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 151. 1866. Sideroxylon pyruliferum Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 229. 1892. Planchonella oxyedra sensu Lam in Blumea 5: 13, p. p. minore, quoad spec. vit. 1942; non Dubard. A sometimes buttressed tree (2-) 3-30 m. high, with copious white latex and a trunk up to | m. in diameter, found in usually dense forest at elevations of 100-900 m. The calyx is said to be greenish, the corolla pale yellow or white, and the fruits deep purple to black. Flowers and fruits have been obtained between November and August. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 61992 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected in 1840 on Ovalau. 764 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from four of the high islands. I had identified several other collections deposited only at suvA as this species, but they are not here cited because I have not re-checked them. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Like the preceding, this species is uniformly known as sarosaro; Parham has also recorded the name yawe (probably taken from one of the above-mentioned collections at SUVA). It is considered a useful timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & NAvosa: Vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15290. TAILEVU: Tailevu road, DA 332. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 13965. TAVEUNI: Borders of lake east of Somosomo, Smith 920; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8169, 8322. F131 without further locality, Gillespie 3492, Howard 118. DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES OF PLANCHONELLA 2. Planchonella brevipes A. C. Sm., sp. nov. Frutex 3-4 m. altus, indumento sericeo partium juvenilium pilis aureo-fuscis 2-armatis 0.2-0.4 mm. longis composito; ramulis juvenilibus obtuse angulatis 2-3 mm. diametro, mox glabratis subteretibus validioribus cinereis sparsim lenticellatis; foliis ramulorum apices versus saepe congestis cito glabratis, petiolis 1-2.5 cm. longis basim versus gracilibus (1-2 mm. diametro) paulo canaliculatis superne incrassatis complanatis coriaceo-alatis; foliorum laminis coriaceis obovatis, (3-) 4-8.5 cm. longis, (1.5-) 2-4 cm. latis, basi gradatim attenuatis et in petiolum longe decurrentibus, apice leviter emarginatis vel rotundatis vel obtuse et breviter cuspidatis, margine recurvatis vel anguste revolutis, costa valida utrinque prominenti, nervis secundariis utrinsecus 6-8 curvatis patentibus utrinque elevatis arcus marginales vadose crenatos 1-2 mm. intra marginem formantibus, nervis tertiariis principalibus manifestis ut rete venularum supra obtuse subtus valde prominulis; inflorescentiis axillaribus fasciculatis (2-) 3-6-floris, bracteis paucis lanceolatis ad 1 mm. longis extus sericeis subtentis; pedicellis teretibus cernuis crassis (0.7-1 mm. diametro superne incrassatis) sub anthesi 3-4.5 mm. longis sericeis; calyce late cupuliformi ad 2 mm. longo et 3mm. diametro fere ad basim 5-lobato, lobis late ovatis chartaceis superne submembranaceis, extus sericeis et subglabratis, intus glabris, apice rotundatis, margine breviter ciliolatis; corolla glabra submembranacea rotato- cupuliformi circiter 2.5 mm. longa, lobis 5 oblongo-rotundatis tubo longitudine subaequalibus copiose flabellinerviis; staminibus glabris tubi medio insertis, filamentis 0.3-0.5 mm. longis, antheris oblongo- ovoideis 0.7-1 mm. longis; staminodiis gracilibus subulatis 0.5-0.7 mm. longis; gynoecio sub anthesi 1-1.5 mm. longo, ovario late ovoideo sparsim aureo-sericeo, stylo conico ad 0.5 mm. longo truncato. HOLOTYPE: FIJI: VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Smith 683 (BISH). 2. CHRYSOPHYLLUM L. Sp. Pl. 192. 1753. Trees or shrubs, the leaves alternate, the blades with straight or curved secondary nerves, in our species to 20 x 9 cm., persistently reddish- to golden brown-sericeous beneath; inflorescences fasciculate, often many-flowered, axillary or borne on branch- lets below leaves; flowers pedicellate to sessile, basically S-merous; calyx with 5 (4-6) lobes, these spirally arranged, usually glabrous within, in our species closely ferrugineous-sericeous without; corolla usually exserted from calyx, the lobes 5 (4-11), equalling or longer than tube (corolla in our species 3-5 mm. long, the lobes rufous- sericeous without except near margins); stamens as many as corolla lobes, inserted in corolla throat; staminodes none; disk usually lacking; ovary pubescent to glabrous, 5(4-12)-locular (7-12-locular in our species); fruit often juicy, subglobose to obovoid, the pericarp thick to very thin, the seeds 1-8, the scar large and basilateral or long, narrow or broad, and lateral, the endosperm well developed, the cotyledons thin. TYPE sPEcIES: Chrysophyllum cainito L., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical and subtropical America, tropical West Africa, and south- eastern Asia to Australia and New Caledonia, with about 100 species. One species is occasionally cultivated in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Cronquist, A. Studies in the Sapotaceae—V. The South American species of Chrysophyllum. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 73: 286-311. 1946. Vink, W. Revision of the Sapotaceae of the Malaysian area in a wider sense. XIII. Chrysophyllum L. Blumea 9: 21-74. 1958. 1981 SAPOTACEAE 765 1. Chrysophyllum cainito L. Sp. Pl. 192. 1753; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 171. 1935; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19: 102. 1948; Vink in Blumea 9: 26. 1958; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 212. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 162. 1964, ed. 2. 227. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 102. 1972. As seen in Fiji, Chrysophyllum cainito is a tree 5-12 m. high, with white latex, occasionally cultivated near sea level; where indigenous the tree attains a height of 30 m. Its corolla is purplish white, its fruit 5-12 cm. in diameter, green to purplish, and its seeds 4-8, embedded in white pulp, brown, obliquely obovoid and flattened, with a broad lateral scar. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus based his description on various prior publications. DIsTRIBUTION: Southern Mexico to northern South America and throughout the West Indies. The species is so widely cultivated and naturalized in America that its place of origin is uncertain; it is generally assumed to have originated in the Greater Antilles, but now it is cultivated throughout the tropics. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Star apple and caimito are perhaps the most common among many names applied to the species. The soft, white, sweet pulp of the fruit is edible, and the tree is also quite ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Agricultural Station, Singatoka, DA 9664. NAITASIRI: Nasinu, DA 1/558, 3125. REwA: Suva, DA 1587; the species was growing in the Suva Botanical Gardens in 1948 (J. W. Parham, cited above). TAVEUNI: Gillespie 4637. 3. CALOCARPUM Pierre in Urb. Symb. Antill. 5: 97. 1904; Baehni in Candollea 7: 427. 1938, in Boissiera 11: 106. 1965. Calospermum Pierre, Not. Bot. Sapot. 11. 1890; non Calospermum Raf. Trees, the leaves alternate, clustered toward ends of branchlets, the blades with prominent, straight secondary nerves, in our species oblanceolate, to 30 x 10 cm., attenuate toward base; inflorescences fasciculate, borne on branchlets below leaves, the flowers subsessile; calyx with (6-) 9 (-12) lobes, these spirally arranged, imbricate, the inner ones larger than the outer; corolla with 5 lobes slightly longer than tube; stamens 5, inserted at apex of corolla tube; staminodes 5; ovary conical, 5- or 6-locular; fruit large, ovoid to ellipsoid, the seeds usually solitary (sometimes 2), large, elliptic, the scar long and broad, the endosperm lacking or scanty, the cotyledons thick. TYPE SPECIES: Calocarpum mammosum (L.) Pierre (Achras mammosa L., nom. illeg.; Calospermum mammosum Pierre) = Calocarpum sapota (Jacq.) Merr. (Sider- oxylum sapota Jacq.). DIsTRIBUTION: America from Mexico to tropical South America, with about five species, one of which is infrequently cultivated in Fiji. UsEFUL (nomenclatural) TREATMENT OF GENUS: Moore, H. E., Jr., & W. T. Stearn. The identity of Achras zapota L. and the names for the sapodilla and the sapote. Taxon 16: 382-395. 1967. 1. Calocarpum sapota (Jacq.) Merr. Enum. Philipp. Fl. Pl. 3: 284. 1923. Achras zapota L. Sp. Pl. 1190, p. p., quoad syn. Sloanei et Plukenetii, syn. Plumieri excl. 1753. Sideroxylum sapota Jacq. Enum. Syst. Pl. Carib. 15. 1760. Achras zapota major Jacq. Select. Stirp. Amer. 56. 1. 182, fig. 19. 1763. Pouteria sapota H. E. Moore & Stearn in Taxon 16: 383. 1967; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. ed. 2. 232. 1972. As infrequently cultivated in Fiji, Calocarpum sapota has been noted as a tree 5-7 m. high near sea level. Where indigenous it attains a height of 30 m. and has a trunk 60 cm. or more in diameter. The sepals are heavily brownish-pubescent, the corolla white to pale yellow, and the mature fruit to 15 x 10 cm., brown, with shining brown seeds 766 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 embedded in reddish pulp. The only available collection from Fiji bore flowers and immature fruits in October. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Jacquin in 1760 based his diagnosis of Siderox- ylum sapota on his own West Indian material, citing Sloane’s plate (Voy. Jam. Nat. Hist. 2: ¢. 218. 1725). His supplementary description of 1763 was detailed and indicated that his 1760 diagnosis referred to the sapote. Sloane’s plate, reproduced by Moore and Stearn (1967, cited above under the genus, p. 394, fig. 7), may be considered illustrative of S. sapota Jacq. (Stearn in Taxon 17: 240. 1968). The complex synonymy and typification of the sapore are clarified by Moore and Stearn, who cite many additional synonyms and who prefer to place the species in a comprehensive genus Pouteria rather than to maintain Calocarpum as a distinct genus as proposed by Pierre, Merrill, and Baehni among many others. DIsTRIBUTION: Probably indigenous in Central America, now widely cultivated throughout the tropics. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Sapote and mammee sapote are perhaps the names in widest use, among many others, for the species. The pulp of the fruit can be eaten raw or used in preserves, etc. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Agricultural Station, Nathotholevu, DA 17432. 4. BURCKELLA Pierre, Not. Bot. Sapot. 3. 1890; Lam in Blumea 5: 36. 1942; Lam & van Royen in op. cit. 6: 580. 1952. Trees, often large and with stout branchlets, the stipules subulate or narrowly deltoid, caducous; leaves often congested toward apices of branchlets, the blades chartaceous to coriaceous, usually obovate to obovate-oblong, often with prominent secondary nerves; inflorescences pseudoterminal (composed of flowers congested toward apices of branchlets) and many-flowered or axillary and composed of 1-few flowers, the flowers usually long-pedicellate; calyx with 2 whorls of lobes, each whorl with 2 lobes; corolla exserted from calyx, the tube and lower parts of lobes often pilose, the lobes 8, imbricate, as long as or longer than tube; stamens 9-40, 1-3-seriate in corolla throat, the filaments usually conspicuously strigose, the anthers mucronulate; staminodes none; disk sometimes present, annular, indistinct; ovary glabrous and usually conical, 3-8-locular, the ovules attached at or toward apices of placentas, the style subulate, glabrous, exserted from corolla, truncate or inconspicuously lobed; fruit large, frequently 1-seeded, the style long-persistent, the seed(s) ovoid, with a long and broad scar, the hilum apical, the testa thick, crustaceous, the endosperm lacking or scanty, the cotyledons fleshy. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: No type species has been indicated in ING (1979). Pierre listed some five species, all from New Guinea; four of these were combined by Lam and van Royen in Burckella obovata (Forst. f.) Pierre, which would be the appropriate lecto- type species, especially as Pierre’s fifth species, B. may, seems to be based on a nomen nudum and is questionably referred to B. macropoda (Krause) Lam by Lam and van Royen. DISTRIBUTION: Malesia (Moluccas eastward) to Tonga (apparently only cultivated in Samoa), with about twelve species. Five species are believed indigenous in Fiji (four of them endemic), and an additional one is cultivated. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Lam, H. J., & P. van Royen. Burckella Pierre. Blumea 6: 580-593. 1952. 1981 SAPOTACEAE 767 KEY TO SPECIES Flowers comparatively small, the pedicels slender (0.5-1 mm. in diameter at anthesis); calyx 3-8 mm. long; corolla 6-15 mm. long; stamens unseriate, 9-20, the filaments less than 6 mm. long, the anthers less than 4 mm. long; style 8-30 mm. long; comparatively slender plants, the branchlets 2-6 mm. in diameter distally; petioles 5-40 mm. long, 1-3 mm. in diameter; leaf blades 4-25 < 1.5-10 cm., the secondary nerves 6-20 per side. Leaf blades not more than 12 = 5 cm., acute to bluntly cuspidate at apex; pedicels and calyx copiously strigose, the pedicels 13-42 mm. long; corolla lobes 1-2 times longer than tube, oblong-obovate to oblanceolate or spathulate, but not auriculate nor fimbriate proximally; stamens | 1-16; indigenous species. Flowers solitary or paired in axils of distal leaves or of their scars; calyx 4-5 mm. long, the lobes glabrous within; corolla about 6 mm. long, the lobes about as long as tube; stamens 11-13, comparatively small, the filaments and anthers each about | mm. long; style not more than 10 mm. long; petioles 5-25 mm. long; leaf blades oblong, 6-12 x 2-5cm., abruptly contracted at base, with lOalstsecondanyanenvestper sid emecwrtitita cries rere rere eieisietelecioteiete 1. B. Aillii Flowers aggregated in lax whorls of 5-20 below terminal bud; calyx 5-8 mm. long, the lobes finely sericeous within; corolla 12-14 mm. long, the lobes about twice as long as tube; stamens about 16, the filaments 3-6 mm. long, the anthers 3-4 mm. long; style 20-30 mm. long; petioles 10-35 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic or lanceolate, 4-9 x 1.5-3 cm., gradually attenuate at base, with 6-12 PAC EiAy Hae pIINC yoopnonddesasnenodousnappcEccsaccndesedundoade 2. B. parvifolia Leaf blades usually larger, (S-) 7-25 x (2-) 3.5-10 cm., obtuse to attenuate at base, rounded to bluntly acuminate at apex; pedicels 8-30 mm. long; corolla lobes about twice as long as tube, elliptic- spathulate or obovate, auriculate (or at least abruptly broadened) and fimbriate slightly above base; stamens 9-20; style 12-25 mm. long. Flowers 8-20 congested near apices of branchlets, the pedicels and calyx glabrous or minutely and evanescently sericeous at anthesis, the pedicels 8-25 mm. long; calyx 5-6 mm. long; corolla 11-15 mm. long, glabrous or essentially so; stamens (12-) 16-20, the filaments (3-) 4-5 mm. long, the anthers 2-3.5 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-obovate, (5-) 7-14 « (2-) 3.5-6cm., rounded (or slight emarginate to broadly obtuse) at apex, with 6-12 (-14) secondary nerves per side, the petioles 7-40 mm. long; indigenous species. .............0 eee eee e eee e eee eens 3. B. richii Flowers 30-45 congested near apices of branchlets, the pedicels and calyx copiously sericeous at anthesis, the pedicels 10-30 mm. long; calyx 3-5 mm. long; corolla 8-14 mm. long, copiously strigose without at least on upper portion of tube and lower portion of lobes; stamens 9-16, the filaments 3-4 mm. long, the anthers 3-4 mm. long; leaf blades obovate, 10-25 = 4.5-10 cm., bluntly cuspidate to bluntly acuminate at apex, with 11-20 secondary nerves per side, the petioles 20-40 mimnwlong- cultivated only) vara. rajeiris cc lajete oieere dsisis' ss )arsissevelo le opeielese/2 nie epeteieverers 4. B. obovata Flowers comparatively large, aggregated in lax whorls of 8-20 toward apices of branchlets, the pedicels 17-35 mm. long, stout (1.5-3 mm. in diameter at anthesis); calyx (8-) 10-13 mm. long; corolla 20-25 mm. long, the lobes about as long as tube; stamens usually 2- or 3-seriate, 25—40, the filaments 7-10 mm. long, copiously pilose, the anthers 4.5-5 mm. long; style 20-42 mm. long; comparatively robust plants, the branchlets 5-15 mm. in diameter distally; petioles 10-80 mm. long, (1.5-) 2-5 mm. in diameter; leaf blades (9-) 12-37 = (4-) 5-15 cm., elliptic or oblong to elliptic-obovate, obtuse to rounded at base, rounded to obtusely cuspidate at apex, the secondary nerves 10-30 per side; indigenous species. Young vegetative and inflorescence parts closely sericeous, the hairs golden or pale or dark brown, 2-armed, essentially sessile, the hair body 0.1-0.5 mm. long, slender (0.01-0.02 mm. thick), the indument fugacious except on pedicels and calyces (there copious and persistent); petioles (10-) 15-80 mm. long; corolla glabrous without; stamens 25-30; style 35-42 mm. long; fruits ellipsoid, obovoid, or subglobose, 40-80 < 25-80 mm., subacute to obtuse at base, similar or rounded at apex, therstylexeventually/d cid Oussweyarsincxercteictel sisi svelcisieseisi’s\sjois's eisiove e)ajfelclsieisrele/eieiesiclele 5. B. fijiensis Young vegetative and inflorescence parts tomentose, the hairs ferrugineous, 2-armed, stalked (stalk 0.05-0.1 mm. long), the hair body 0.3-1 mm. long, tumid (0.03-0.05 mm. thick), the indument long-persistent on distal branches, petioles, lower leaf blade surfaces, pedicels, and calyces; petioles 10-30 mm. long; corolla pilose without; stamens about 40; style 20-30 mm. long. 6. B. thurstonii 1. Burckella hillii (Horne ex Baker) Lam in Blumea 5: 38. 1942; Lam & van Royen in op. cit. 6: 583. fig. J. 1952; van Royen in op. cit. 8: 203. 1957; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 162. 1964, ed. 2. 227. 1972. Payena hilli Horne, A Year in Fiji, 266, nomen nudum. 1881. Payena hillii Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 368. 1883; Lamin Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 7: 151. 1925. 768 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 A slender tree 10-12 m. high, with sparse white latex, found from near sea level to an elevation of about 200 m. in usually dense forest. This rare species has been collected in flower in March and April. TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 484 (K HOLOTYPE), collected in March, 1878, on the island of Rambi. Mr. Hill (initials unknown) was at that time the proprietor of the island. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and apparently infrequent, known only from Rambi and from a limited area in eastern Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NAITASIRI: Waindina River, DA 179; near Nathokaika, Rewa River, DA 916. TaILevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7187. Burckella hillii, well described and illustrated by Lam and van Royen in 1952, is an extremely distinct species, well characterized by its few and very small stamens. This species and the next, B. parvifolia, although not really closely allied to one another, must have been isolated in Fiji for such an extended period that their relationship to other Malesian-Pacific Burckellae is tenuous. 2. Burckella parvifolia A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in Brittonia 27: 170. fig. 1/-13. 1975. An infrequent large tree to 30 m. high, witha trunk to more than 50 cm. in diameter and maroon-colored bark, occurring in usually dense forest at elevations of 120-275 m. Flowers have been obtained in August and December. TYPIFICATION: The type is DF 506 (Damanu 145) (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at K, MASS, SUVA), collected Dec. 13, 1962, inland from Namboutini, Serua Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from hills near the coast of southeastern Viti Levu. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The names mbau sa and mbau mika have been recorded, and the species is a potential timber tree, like most large species of Sapotaceae; however, one collector indicates that the reddish wood is hard and is rejected by saw mills. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SERua: Nathengathenga Creek, upper Navua River, DA L. 13317 (Berry 80); inland from Namboutini, DA 12216 (Watkins 734). REwA: Slopes of Mt. Korombamba, DA L.33288. The Mt. Korombamba collection, made by S. Vodonaivalu in July, 1980, is sterile but may be referred here with confidence. It extends the known range of this very distinctive species from the coastal hills of Serua Province to those of Rewa Province, a local distribution noted for several rare taxa. 3. Burckella richii (A. Gray) Lam in Blumea 6: 592. 1952; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 210. 1959. FIGuRE 203A & B. Ficure 203. A & B, Burckella richii, from Smith 1474; A, flower, x 2; B, half of longitudinally sectioned corolla, showing stamens, x 4. C & D, Burckella fijiensis, from Gillespie 3430; C, half of longitudinally sectioned corolla, showing stamens, many with anthers lacking, = 4; D, flower, x 2. sa < ea) O < & eo) oO, < Yn 770 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Isonandra richii A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 327. 1862; Lamin Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 7: 259. 1925. Bassia retusa Rich ex A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 327, pro syn. 1862. Burckella microphylla Lam & van Olden in Bishop Mus. Bull. 154: 34. p/. J, B. 1938; Lamin Blumea 5: 39. 1942: Lam & van Royen in op. cit. 6: 586. 1952. Burckella brachypoda Lam in Blumea 5: 36. fig. 8 (err. B. macropoda). 1942; Lam & van Royen in op. cit. 6: 583. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 162. 1964, ed. 2. 227. 1972. As known in Fiji, Burckella richii is a rare, buttressed tree 25-35 m. high, with white latex, occurring from near sea level to about 200 m. in forest on limestone. In Tonga it has been noted as up to 15 m. high, with a trunk up to 75 cm. in diameter. The corolla and filaments are white, and flowers have been obtained only in April. In Tonga flowers have been collected between January and July; in Samoa flowers were obtained in October and fruits in August. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of /sonandra richii is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 65307 HOLOTYPE), collected in April or May, 1840, on Tongatapu, Tonga; that of Burckella microphylla is Crosby 102 (K HOLOTYPE), collected in January, 1892, on Vava’u, Tonga; and that of B. brachypoda is Smith 1474 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected April 2, 1934, in the northern limestone section of Vanua Mba- lavu. As to the last name, Lam cited the specimens at BISH and L without indicating a holotype; I have noted this as at BISH, which holds the first set of my 1933-1934 collection. With the present availability of good specimens from Tonga, it is readily seen that the three types do not differ from one another to any consequential degree. DISTRIBUTION: Tonga (ample material is now known from seven islands between Niuatoputapu and ’Eua) and Fiji (known only from Vanua Mbalavu in the, Lau Group); apparently known only in cultivation in Samoa (Savaii). The type of Burck- ella brachypoda is the only Fijian collection that I refer to B. richii. LOCAL NAMES: No name was noted in Fiji; in Tonga the species is known as kau, in Samoa as au. The description of Burckella richii by Lam and van Royen in 1952is based only on the somewhat depauperate holotype; that of B. microphylla by Lam and van Olden in 1938 is more in accord with the many Tongan collections now at hand. In first discussing B. microphylla, Lam suggested its relationship to B. amicorum (A. Gray) Lam (comb. nov. in op. cit., 1938, p. 35) and implied that it occurred in the New Hebrides and Fiji as well as in Tonga and Samoa. However, he later distinguished the Fijian and New Hebridean material as B. brachypoda. Burckella amicorum (Lam in 1942, p. 41) is now dismissed as a mixture, with leaves of Planchonella and flowers of Palaquium. The type collection of B. brachypoda was associated by Lam in 1942 witha fruiting specimen from Kandavu, Smith 82, which I have no hesitation in referring to B. fijiensis because of the copious indument of its stout pedicels and large calyx and its elongate style. The New Hebridean specimen placed in B. brachypoda by Lam, Comins 320, doubtless represents B. obovata (Forst. f.) Pierre. As noted below, the latter species occurs in cultivation in Fiji. Burckella richii and B. obovata are doubtless closely related, but they may be separated as noted in my key, with particular reference to the average size, apex, and number of secondaries of leaf blades, the number of flowers per inflorescence, the indument of pedicel and calyx and the size of the latter, and other minor points; none of these differences are very striking, but taken together they point to an eastward attenuation of diversity which seems well recognized at the specific level. 1981 SAPOTACEAE 771 4. Burckella obovata (Forst. f.) Pierre, Not. Bot. Sapot. 4. 1890; Lam in Blumea 5: 40. 1942; Lam & van Royen in op. cit. 6: 588. 1952. Bassia obovata Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 35. 1786; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 16. 1932. Burckella obovata is known in Fiji only as a rarely cultivated tree; flowers have been noted in January. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Bassia obovata is J. R. & G. Forster (K LECTOTYPE, cited as type specimen by Lam and van Royen in 1952), collected during Cook’s second voyage on Tanna, New Hebrides. An extended synon- ymy and discussion of the species are provided by Lam and van Royen. DISTRIBUTION: Moluccas, New Guinea, Solomon Islands, and New Hebrides; one collection of a cultivated plant is known from Fiji. Use: Presumably introduced as an ornamental tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Suva, in private garden, DA 16084. The only recorded collection of Burckella obovata in Fiji was made in January, 1969, in the garden of the second Sir Maynard Hedstrom on the outskirts of Suva. It may be noted that this garden was developed as “Thornbury” by J. B. Thurston toward the end of the nineteenth century. Where native, B. obovata is a large forest tree with abundant white or cream-colored flowers. Since the sUVA specimen is now a fairly mature tree, it may have been introduced by Thurston, although no Sapotaceae are listed in his Catalogue (cf. Vol. 1 of this Flora, pp. 47, 87). 5. Burckella fijiensis (Hems!.) A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in Brittonia 27: 169. 1975. FIGURE 203C & D. Chelonespermum fijiense Hemsl. in Ann. Bot. 6: 207. pl. 13, fig. 6-9. 1892; van Royen in Nova Guinea n. s. 10: 139. fig. 3, c-e. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 162. 1964, ed. 2. 227. 1972. Burckella thurstonii sensu Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 12, quoad spec. cit. et fig. 13. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 162. fig. 67, C. 1964, ed. 2. 227. fig. 66, C. 1972; non Lam. Burckella macrantha Lam in Blumea 5: 39. fig. 9. 1942. Burckella macropoda var. macrantha Lam & van Royen in Blumea 6: 586. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 162. 1964, ed. 2. 227. 1972. Burckella multinervis Lam in Lam & van Royen in Blumea 6: 586. fig. 2. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 162. 1964, ed. 2. 227. 1972. A tree with abundant white latex, attaining a height of at least 25 m. and witha trunk to 30 cm. (and doubtless more) in diameter, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 825 m. in dense forest and on its edges, and also introduced into cultivation locally. The corolla is white, and the brown fruits attain a diameter of 6-8 cm. when mature. Flowers and fruits have been collected between June and January. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Chelonespermum fijiense is Horne 1140 (K HOLOTYPE), collected in September, 1878, near Salialailai, on the southeastern coast of Taveuni; that of Burckella macrantha is Smith 1980 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES; BISH and L specimens were cited by Lam but the first is here indicated because it is in the first set of this series), obtained June 15, 1934, on Mt. Uluingala, Natewa Peninsula, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu; and that of B. mu/tinervis is Smith 5631 (L HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES; L and Us specimens were cited by Lam but the first set of this series is at A), collected Aug. 11, 1947, on the northern portion of the Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Nandronga & Navosa Pro- vince, Viti Levu. The three types concerned are scarcely distinguishable, although that of B. macrantha has fewer secondaries than the others, but it falls well within the extremes of the species in this respect. V2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and the most frequently collected Burckella there, known from 25 collections on five of the high islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: This well-known species is recorded on Viti Levu as mbau ndina, mbau loa, mbau sa, mbau somi, mbau vundi, and mbawaki. On Kandavu I noted the name mbulu. It is considered a useful timber tree, and the wood is sometimes used for spears. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Naloto Range, Mangondro Tikina, DA 14757. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Navau Creek, upper Navua River, Howard 7. SERUA: Nathengathenga Creek, upper Navua River, DF 1106. NaMosi: Between Lombau River and Nambukavesi Creek, DF 554. NAITASIRI: South of Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18242; Waimanu River, DA L.12667 (Berry 34); vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3430. REWwA: Suva, in private garden, brought in from wild, DA 10815. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 82. OVALAU: Lovoni Valley, DA 13296; hills above Levuka, Gillespie 4516 (err. cit. Gillespie, 1930, as 45/5). VANUA LEVU: Maruuata: Mountains along coast, Greenwood 655. THAKAUNDROVE: Inland from Ndakunimba, Natewa Peninsula, Howard 117. Burckella fijiensis and B. thurstonii are at once distinguished from other Fijian species of the genus by their robust facies, large leaves with more numerous secondary nerves (although leaf nervation is too variable a character in Burckella to be trusted), much larger flowers, and more numerous stamens. The two species are readily distin- guished from one another, even when sterile, by their different indument. In the 1952 treatment of Lam and van Royen, too much weight seems to be given to the number of secondary nerves, a character that artificially separates B. multinervis and B. macropoda var. macrantha (both here referred to B. fijiensis). The relationship of B. fijiensis may indeed be distantly with B. macropoda (Krause) Lam, of New Guinea, but that species differs conspicuously in its slender, glabrous pedicels and glabrous calyx, much smaller corolla, and smaller, fewer stamens. Burckella fijiensis and B. thurstonii seem to constitute a fairly isolated pair of species within the genus. Lam and van Royen did not see developed corollas of B. macrantha and hence did not realize how strikingly it differs from B. macropoda. 6. Burckella thurstonii (Hemsl.) Lam in Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 7: 259. 1925, in op. cit. 8: 423. 1927, in Blumea 5: 41. 1942; Lam & van Royen in op. cit. 6: 592. 1952; van Royen in Nova Guinea n. s. 10: 131. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 162, solum quoad nomen. 1964, ed. 2. 227, solum quoad nomen. 1972. Bassia thurstonii Hemsl. in Hook. Icon. Pl. 26: pl. 2569. 1898. A tree to 15m. high (as recorded, but doubtless larger), found in forest at elevations of 150-300 m. The brown fruit attains a diameter of at least 5 cm. and has been collected in April. TYPIFICATION: The type is Thurston (K HOLOTYPE), collected in August, 1894, in Fiji without further data. The holotype, in flower, consists of two good specimens; Hems- ley opined that it was “probably from the island of Suva,” also suggesting that the accompanying testa of a seed (not now located) represented a species of Chelonesper- mum, probably C. unguiculatum Hemsl. However, Thurston was doubtless correct in associating the seed fragment with his material. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known with certainty only from southeastern Viti Levu. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Fijian collectors have recorded the names mbau vundi, mbau ka, and mbawaki, indicating the species as a timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NaitasiR1: Below Naroyalewa Village, DA 2402; Tholo-i-suva, DA 1469, Vukicea, July 6, 1950. 1981 SAPOTACEAE 773 5. PALAQUIUM Blanco, FI. Filip. 403. 1837; Lam in Blumea 5: 31. 1942; van Royen in op. cit. 10: 433. 1960. Trees, the stipules small or infrequently large, usually caducous, rarely lacking; leaves scattered along branchlets or congested toward their apices (as in our species), the blades often obovate, with prominent or inconspicuous secondary nerves (these 7-15 per side in our species), the tertiary nervation transverse or subparallel to secondaries, obscure or prominulous; inflorescences axillary or borne on branchlets below leaves, fasciculate or composed of solitary flowers (in our species flowers 1-10 together), sometimes pseudoterminal, bracteate, the flowers usually (always in our species) 3-merous; calyx with 2 whorls of lobes, each whorl with 3 (very rarely 2, but not in Fiji) lobes (or lobes very rarely 5 or 7, spirally arranged, and imbricate); corolla tube shorter than calyx, the limb (4- or 5)6-lobed, the lobes imbricate, often contorted; stamens 12-18 (in all our species, but elsewhere infrequently 6-36), 1-3-seriate in corolla throat, the anthers with a prolonged connective; staminodes none; ovary 6(infrequently 5-11)-locular, the ovules pendulous, the style subulate; fruit with the pericarp carnose or woody, the seeds 1-3, the scar large (often covering half the surface), very rarely narrow, the hilum apical, the testa crustaceous to coriaceous, the endosperm lacking or scanty, the cotyledons thick, fleshy. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Palaquium lanceolatum Blanco (vide Merrillin Publ. Bur. Sci. Gov. Lab. 6: 15. 1904). DISTRIBUTION: India, Formosa, and southeastern Asia through Malesia and east- ward in the Pacific to Samoa, with about 115 species. Four species are known from Fiji, all endemic. The species recorded from Tahiti (cf. Grant, Fosberg, and H. M. Smith in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17: 25. 1974) is referable to Nesoluma nadeaudii (Drake) Pierre ex Lam. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Royen, P. van. Revision of the Sapotaceae of the Malaysian area in a wider sense. XXIII. Palaquium Blanco. Blumea 10: 432-606. 1960. The Fijian species do not seem very closely related to those of neighboring areas, nor to each other (except for Palaquium hornei and P. porphyreum), suggesting a long period of archipelagic isolation for this genus in the area between the New Hebrides and Samoa. KEY TO SPECIES Pedicels and calyx glabrous or soon glabrate (sometimes closely strigose or sericeous at anthesis); young branchlets and petioles glabrous or soon glabrate (sometimes puberulent or sericeous in young stages); leaf blades glabrous (or, if sericeous when young, soon glabrate). Comparatively slender plants, the branchlets 1.5-5 mm. in diameter toward apex; petioles 3-15 mm. long, slender, 1-2 mm. in diameter; leaf blades thin-coriaceous, 6-13 x 2-5 cm., drying dark brown on both sides, cuneate at base and decurrent on petiole, rounded or faintly emarginate to obtusely short- acuminate at apex, the secondary nerves inconspicuous or prominulous beneath; pedicels 5-14 mm. long; calyx 3-4 mm. long; corolla 6-7 mm. long; ovary sericeous at anthesis, the style 6-8 mm. long; fruit apparently not much exceeding 20 15 mm. ............-.- ee eeeeeeeeee 1. P. fidjiense Comparatively robust plants, the branchlets 3-10 mm. in diameter toward apex; petioles (10-) 15-40 mm. long, stout, 1.5-4 mm. in diameter; leaf blades coriaceous, 8-23 x 2.5-10 cm., obtuse to attenuate at base and long-decurrent on petiole, the secondary nerves prominent beneath; pedicels 10-30 mm. long; calyx 5-7 mm. long; corolla 8-12 mm. long; fruit 40-60 x 18-40 mm. Leaf blades elliptic to oblong-lanceolate or obovate, drying dull or pale brown on both sides, rounded to obtusely short-acuminate (acumen to 7 mm. long) at apex, usually sharply recurved at margin; pedicels (often recurved) and calyx glabrous; anthers glabrous, the filaments about 6 mm. long; ovary glabrous, the style about 5 mm. long. ..........--. see eeeeeeee cece eee 2. P. hornei Leaf blades obovate, drying dark brown above and usually reddish or castaneous beneath, rounded or emarginate at apex, usually flat at margin; pedicels and calyx minutely sericeous, usually obviously so at anthesis; anthers strigose on both sides, the filaments 2-3 mm. long; ovary copiously strigose Atranthesisaithe: Styler 1S — 16 Mm] ON Pe areteta)cicsefeyaleielaleuersiarors olaletefasalauade aielerenats 3. P. porphyreum 774 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Pedicels and outer surfaces of calyx persistently ferrugineous-tomentose, the pedicels 15-35 mm. long; calyx 4-7 mm. long; corolla 7-8 mm. long; anthers sericeous on both sides, the filaments 3-5 mm. long; ovary spreading-pilose at anthesis, the style 10-15 mm. long; young branchlets (robust, 3-7 mm. in diameter toward apex) and petioles (8-30 mm. long, stout, 2-3.5 mm. in diameter) persistently ferrugineous- tomentose, the leaf blades with similar indument beneath, this usually long-persistent at least on costa; leaf blades chartaceous or thin-coriaceous, elliptic to obovate, (7—) 10-20 x (3-) 4-10 cm., rounded to subacute at base, obtuse to rounded or slightly emarginate at apex. ............ 4. P. vitilevuense 1. Palaquium fidjiense Pierre ex Dubard in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 56: Mem. 16: 10. 1909; Lam in Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 7: 107. 1925, in op. cit. 8: 414. 1927, in Blumea 5: 33. 1942; van Royen in op. cit. 10: 471. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 163. 1964, ed. 2. 228. 1972. A tree 5-30 m. high, sometimes densely foliaged, with abundant white latex and a trunk up to 90 cm. in diameter, occurring at elevations of 180-1,120 m. in dense forest or in the dense thickets of crests and ridges. The calyx is purple-tinged, the corolla pale greenish to yellow or greenish white, the filaments and style pale green to greenish white, and the fruit as noted green but probably not fully mature. Flowers have been obtained between April and September, fruits between September and May. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 1117 (K HOLOTYPE), collected in September, 1878, in Mbua Province (without further locality), Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from four of the high islands; 26 collections have been examined. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Commonly used Fijian names are mbau and mbau vundi; the name souwalu was noted once in Mba Province. Many foresters consider the species to be a good timber tree. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Eastern slopes of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4165; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Greenwood 842; ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 4995. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausoni Highlands, DA 13328. SERUA: Korovisilou Creek, DF 696. KANDAVU: Naikorokoro, Damanu KU-13. OVALAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7543; summit of Mt. Tana Lailai and adjacent ridge, Smith 7689. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Ndreketi River area, Berry 32; Sarava, Lambasa, DF 694 (S1411/1). THAKAUNDROVE: Mt: Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1805. Among the species with which van Royen in 1960 allies it, Palaquium fidjiense is perhaps closest to P. erythrospermum Lam, of the Solomon Islands, from which the Fijian species is at once distinguished by its smaller, short-petiolate leaves, its smaller calyx with closer and more evanescent indument, its shorter styles, and its smaller fruits. The corollas of P. erythrospermum are not known. : 2. Palaquium hornei (Hartog ex Baker) Dubard in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 56: Mem. 16: 10. 1909; Lam in Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 7: 107. 1925, in op. cit. 8: 414. 1927, in Blumea 5: 33. 1942; van Royen in op. cit. 10: 547. fig. 19. 1960; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 163. 1964, ed. 2. 228. 1972. Dichopsis hornei Hartog ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 367. 1883. Croixia hornei Baehni in Boissiera 11: 109. 1965. A tree 6-24 m. high, with white latex and a trunk to 60 cm. (or probably more) in diameter, found in usually dense forest at elevations between 100 and 610 m. The flowers are often very densely congested on branchlets below leaves and characteristi- cally have recurved pedicels; the corolla and stamens are white. Flowers have been collected between January and June, fruits between August and December. TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 717 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BO cited by van Royen), collected in June, 1878, at Na Vasi (“Navesi”), east of Naikorokoro Creek, Namuka Harbour, Rewa Province, Viti Levu. 1981 SAPOTACEAE 775 DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from three of the high islands, 30 collections being available. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Sathau is the name usually referred to this now well-known forest tree; sathali is recorded from Naitasiri, and mbulu from Thakaundrove. The species is considered a good timber tree. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 15628. SeruA: Inland from Navutulevu, DF 668 (S1417/4, Damanu NL-11); inland from Namboutini, DF 960 (Damanu R-5); inland from Ngaloa, DA 15674; Kandawa Mt., east of Navua River, Nasoqiri 1. NAMOSI: Nambukavesi Creek, DF 517 (Damanu 151). NatTasiri: Vicinity of Viria, DA 23]; Waimanu River, DA L.13319 (Berry 33); Tholo-i-suva, DF 543 (Bola 142). REwa: Slopes of Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2247. KANDAVU: Naikorokoro, DF $/417/2 (Damanu KU-17). VANUA LEVU: Mbua: Nuku Creek, upper Wainunu River, DA 15762. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1793; Mbutha Bay area, Natewa Peninsula, Howard 236. Palaquium hornei seems most closely related to P. karrak Kanehira, of the Caro- line Islands, from which it differs in its proportionately narrower leaf blades, its usually more densely clustered flowers with shorter pedicels, and its glabrous calyx. The Fijian species further differs in having stamens with slightly longer filaments, a glabrous ovary, and a longer style. 3. Palaquium porphyreum A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin in Brittonia 27: 167. fig. 7-10. 1975. Palaquium stehlinii sensu van Royen in Blumea 10: 456, p. p. minore, quoad spec. vit. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 163. 1964, ed. 2. 229. fig. 67. 1972; non Christophersen. A tree 4-25 m. high, with white latex and a trunk up to 40 cm. (and doubtless more) in diameter, occurring at elevations of 40-1,100 m. in dense forest, often on ridges and slopes. The corolla has been recorded as yellow, but presumably it is pale or whitish. Flowers have been obtained in most months between December and September, fruits only in October and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is DA 15769 (coll. N. Tulewa) (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at MASS, SUVA), collected July 29, 1968, ona ridge east of Thongea, Wainunu River, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the two large islands, from which I have examined 34 collections. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: This is one of the several sapotaceous trees commonly known as mbau vundi; other recorded names are mbau (Naitasiri and Mbua), and mbau loa and mbau mei rakaka (Namosi). The species has become well known as a good timber tree. ‘ REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Msa: Mbukuya, Mangondro Tikina, DF 1266. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 15637. SERUA: Inland from Namboutini, DF 823. NAMOSI: Below summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3148; between Wairoro and Nambukavesi Creeks, DF 690 (Bola NI-10). Nattasirt: Vasila, Waindina River, DA 662; upper Navutuvula Village, Waimanu River, DA 15682; Tholo-i-suva, DA 16940. TAILevu: Inland from Nataleira, Berry 206. NAITASIRI-REWA boundary: Mt. Kombalevu, Parks 20312. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Koroma Creek, Mbua River headwaters, Berry 139; Nambuna, Wainunu River, DA 15757. MATHUATA: South of Ndreketi River, Mead 2007; summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6508. Palaquium porphyreum is not closely related to the Samoan P. stehlinii Christo- phersen, as which it has unfortunately become known in Fiji, nor is it very close to P. neo-ebudicum Guillaumin as suggested in the original protologue. Its closest relative would seem to be P. hornei, but the two Fijian species are readily distinguished from one another as noted in the above key. 776 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 4. Palaquium vitilevuense Gilly ex van Royen in Blumea 10: 552, 606. 1960; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 163. 1964, ed. 2. 229. 1972. A tree 6-24 m. high, with copious white latex, found at elevations of 30-610 m. in dense or open forest or along creeks in dry, hilly areas. The copious indument of vegetative and inflorescence parts, ferrugineous to pale yellowish or brown, character- izes the species. Flowers have been collected between February and July, fruits only in May and September. TYPIFICATION: The type is Greenwood 914 (NY HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at A, BISH, K), collected May 1, 1942, in mountains near Lautoka, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and as now known to Viti Levu; 20 collections have been studied. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The names mbau and mbau vundi have been applied to the species, which provides a useful timber. In Serua Province use of the latex as chewing gum has been noted. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Msa: Mbukuya, Mangondro Tikina, DF 1270. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 1561/1; vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15310a. SERUA: Inland from Namboutini, DA 13229, DF 583 or 807 (S1411/7, Damanu R.35); inland from Yarawa, DF 272 (Bulai 8); inland from Ngaloa, DF 584 or 808 (S1411/6, Kashap G.15); Taunovo River, DF 598. NAMosI: Nambukavesi Creek, DF 549. NAITASIRI: Upper Navutuvula Village, Waimanu River, DA 15683; N. T. C. Farm, DA 8016. Van Royen allies his new species with Palaquium confertum Lam (Malaya and Sumatra), P. koratense Fletcher (Thailand), and P. elongatum Merr. (Philippines). Among geographically closer species, P. vitilevuense suggests P. neo-ebudicum Guil- laumin in its copiously tomentose young parts, pedicels, and calyx, but the indument of the Fijian species is coarser and extends to the leaf blades, which in general are larger and with more numerous secondaries. Palaquium neo-ebudicum has the calyx lobes within tomentose rather than glabrous, and its style is as much as 20 mm. long. A degree of local variation is noted in Palaquium vitilevuense. Specimens from northwestern and western Viti Levu (including the type) and some from Naitasiri have the leaf blades comparatively narrow, obovate, and acute at base; these specimens tend to have the leaf blades glabrate and may come from exposed situations. Other collections, mostly from Serua and Namosi (but also from the Waimanu area, Naita- siri), have the leaf blades comparatively broadly elliptic and rounded to obtuse at base; these specimens have the indument of lower leaf blade surfaces more persistent, and they seem to be from the more heavily forested areas. No differences are noted in inflorescence characters, and there are a few intermediates in leaf shape and indument. 6. MANILKARA Adanson, Fam. Pl. 2: 166. 1763; Lam in Blumea 4: 323. 1941, in op. cit. 5: 41. 1942; van Royen in op. cit. 7: 401. 1953. Nom. cons. vs. Achras. Achras L. Sp. Pl. 1190. 1753; Baehni in Candollea 7: 416. 1938, in Boissiera 11: 79. 1965. Trees, the stipules fugacious or none; leaves alternate, often congested toward apices of branchlets, the blades usually coriaceous, often obovate and rounded at apex, the secondary nerves not much more prominent than the parallel tertiary nerves, the veinlet reticulation often inconspicuous; inflorescences axillary or in subterminal clusters, 1-many-flowered; flowers 3-merous; calyx with 2 whorls of lobes, each whorl with 3 lobes, these often sharply reflexed in fruit; corolla lobes 6, equal to or longer than tube, each with 2 dorsal or lateral segments or these lacking or greatly reduced and the lobes inconspicuously tridentate; stamens 6, inserted at apex of corolla tube, the filaments filiform or lanceolate, the anthers extrorsely dehiscent, often mucronate; staminodes 6, petaloid or small, sometimes dentate or lobed; disk none or inconspicu- 1981 SAPOTACEAE Vue ous; ovary pilose, 6-14-locular, the ovules ventrally or basiventrally attached to placentas, the style subulate; fruit 1-6(—12)-seeded, the seeds usually laterally com- pressed, the scar basiventral or subbasal, the testa crustaceous, the endosperm copi- ous, the cotyledons thin, foliaceous. TYPE SPECIES: The type species of Manilkara is M. kauki (L.) Dubard (Mimusops kauki L.), typ. cons.; that of Achras is A. zapota L., the only original species. DisTRIBUTION: Pantropical; in the Indo-Pacific area from India and southern China through Malesia to northern Australia and eastward in the Pacific to Samoa and Tonga. The genus includes about 75 species, three of which are indigenous in Fiji (two of them endemic); two other species have been recorded in cultivation in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: Lam, H. J. (with B. J. D. Meeuse & R. A. Maas Geesteranus). Note onthe Sapotaceae-Mimusopoideae in general and on the far-eastern Manilkara-allies in particular. Blumea 4: 323-358. 1941. Royen, P. van. Revision of the Sapotaceae of the Malaysian area in a wider sense. V. Manilkara Adanson em. Gilly in the Far East. Blumea 7: 401-412. 1953. Moore, H. E., Jr., & W. T. Stearn. The identity of Achras zapota L. and the names for the sapodilla and the sapote. Taxon 16: 382-395. 1967. Although Achras is sometimes maintained as a distinct genus from Manilkara, their separation does not seem warranted. The geographical occurrence of the species composing Achras strengthens a concept that the genus is unnatural and that its components have independently evolved from Manilkara or a fairly recent common ancestor. A justification for combining the two is given by van Royen (1953, cited above). It is a strange coincidence that the two endemic Fijian species of Mani/kara were both collected on the same day in 1934 and at essentially the same locality, on southern Vanua Mbalavu and its adjacent islet Namalata; nevertheless, the two species are remarkably distinct from one another. The only prior collection of the genus in Fiji was a sterile specimen obtained by Graeffe, probably in 1864, on Susui, an islet adjacent to Namalata. Until 1963 no further material of Manilkara was collected in Fiji, and it seemed that the genus in the archipelago was limited to the Exploring Islands. Since that time, however, both endemic species have been recollected and M. dissecta has also been obtained. The latter species previously had a known distribution of New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, Tonga, and Samoa, and so its absence from Fiji had been puzzling. Although Manilkara remains an infrequently collected genus in Fiji, it is now known from Viti Levu and the nearby Mamanuthas, Vanua Levu, and the Lau Group. KEY TO SPECIES Indigenous species. Flowers comparatively small, 1-3 in axils of leaves congested toward apex of branchlets; pedicels 12-25 mm. long (to 35 mm. in fruit), glabrous or soon glabrate; calyx 4-7 mm. long, the outer lobes pilose distally and on margins, the inner lobes copiously sericeous; corolla 5-7 mm. long, the dorsal appendages nearly as long as lobes; stamens with filaments and anthers each 2-3 mm. long; staminodes subdeltoid, 1-2 mm. long, dentate at margin; ovary 6-locular, closely sericeous, the style 5-8 mm. long, glabrous; fruit l-seeded, ellipsoid or ovoid, 8-10 x 5-7 mm., early glabrous, the seeds about 7 x 5 x 4mm., with a basiventral scar about 3 2 mm.; comparatively slender plants, the petioles 10-20 mm. long, about | mm. in diameter; leaf blades essentially concolorous and drying dull brown, glabrous or soon glabrate (sometimes when young copiously pale-sericeous beneath), obo- vate, 2.5-7.5 x 1.5-3.5 cm., acute to attenuate at base, rounded or emarginate at apex, the secondary nerves 12-18 per side, the ultimate veinlet areoles longitudinally oriented (parallel to secondaries). 1. M. dissecta Flowers comparatively large, in subterminal clusters of 8-15 or axillary to persistent, congested leaves; pedicels 7-25 mm. long, like outer surface of calyx copiously sericeous with pale or golden brown hairs (these 2- or several-armed, less than 0.1 mm. long, and sometimes agglutinated into a waxy layer); calyx 7-12 mm. long; corolla 11-13 mm. long, the dorsal appendages not more than 2/3 length 778 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 of lobes; stamens with filaments 4-5 mm. long and anthers 3-5 mm. long; staminodes at least 2 mm. long; ovary closely sericeous, the style 8-13 mm. long, glabrous; fruit 25-35 mm. long; comparatively robust plants, the petioles (8-) 12-55 mm. long, 1-4 mm. in diameter; leaf blades usually 5-21 2.5-10.5 cm., rounded to broadly acute at base, rounded or emarginate at apex. Leaf blades drying pale to dark brown above, paler or greenish or whitish (rarely pale brown) beneath, persistently sericeous beneath with appressed hairs less than 0.1 mm. long somewhat agglutinated into a completely covering layer, elliptic-obovate, (5-) 7-21 x (3-) 3.5-10.5 cm., the secondary nerves 15-30 per side, the ultimate veinlet areoles longitudinally oriented (parallel to secondaries); corolla tube about 3 mm. long, the lobes about 9 mm. long, with conspicuous, lanceolate dorsal appendages about 2/3 their length; stamens with anthers 4-5 mm. long; staminodes about half as long as corolla lobes, oblong-ovate, fimbriate; ovary 7-9-locular; fruit (perhaps not fully mature) obovoid, 25-30 x 12-15 mm., persistently and minutely pale-sericeous. ......2. M. smithiana Leaf blades essentially concolorous (or drying greenish brown above and darker brown beneath), glabrous (or with a few scattered, minute hairs beneath), elliptic-oblong or -obovate, (3-) 5-12 x (1.5-) 2.5-6 cm., the secondary nerves 10-15 per side, the ultimate veinlet areoles irregular, not longitudinally oriented; corolla tube 1-2 mm. long, the lobes 10-12 mm. long, with inconspicuous, ovate-deltoid dorsal appendages (1.5-3 mm. long) 1/4-1/5 their length; stamens with anthers about 3 mm. long; staminodes inconspicuous, suborbicular, denticulate, 1/5-1/6 the length of corolla lobes, sometimes lacking; ovary 6-locular; fruit ellipsoid, 25-35 x 20-25 mm., glabrous, the seeds 2-4, oblong-ellipsoid, about 20 x 12 x 8 mm., with a basiventral scar about 10 x 5 mm. 3. M. vitiensis Cultivated species. Corolla lobes without appendages (but sometimes tridentate at apex); ovary (6-) 10-12-locular; flowers solitary in leaf axils; fruit brown, ovoid to subglobose, 5-10 cm. in diameter, with 1-12 shining, blackish brown seeds embedded in yellowish to reddish brown pulp; petioles 1-3.5 cm. long; leaf blades elliptic to obovate or oblong-lanceolate, 3.5-15 x 1.5-7 cm., obtuse to acute at apex, shining dark green above, dull green beneath and brown-sericeous when young but soon glabrate, drying dull brownonibothisurtacessmscrercricitii rari ticki kvelenetohelReteteleielenehelerenerreteiee stent 4. M. zapota Corolla lobes with obvious appendages about the same length; ovary 6-8-locular; flowers 1-3 in leaf axils; fruit reddish brown, ovoid-ellipsoid, 3-4 x 2-3.5 cm., with 1-6 seeds; petioles 2-5.5 cm. long; leaf blades broadly obovate, 5-13 x 3.5-8.5cm., broadly obtuse to emarginate at apex, shining dark green above, sericeous and silvery beneath, eventually glabrate and grayish. ............ 5. M. kauki 1. Manilkara dissecta (L. f.) Dubard in Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille III. 3: 13. 1915; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 15. 1932; Lam in Blumea 4: 325. fig. 7. 1941, in op. cit. 5: 42. 1942; van Royen in op. cit. 7: 405. 1953; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 212. 1959. Achras dissecta L. f. Suppl. Pl. 210. 1781; Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 25, p. p., quoad typum. 1786. Manilkara dissecta var. typica Maas Geester. in Blumea 4: 327, nom. inadmis. 1941; Lam in op. cit. 5: 42. 1942. Manilkara dissecta var. dissecta; van Royen in Blumea 7: 405. 1953; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 228. 1972. _ As seen in Fiji, Manilkara dissecta is a tree to 15 m. high, with a trunk to 50 cm. in diameter, occurring in forest near the shore and in coastal thickets. The corolla is white; flowers have been obtained in August and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is J. R. & G. Forster (K LECTOTYPE), collected on Cook’s second voyage on Tongatapu, Tonga. Lam in 1941 and van Royen in 1953 indicated the type specimen as being at K, and there are said to be duplicates at B and s. I was unable to locate a Forster specimen of the species at BM. DIsTRIBUTION: New Caledonia and the New Hebrides to Tonga and Samoa. LOCAL NAME: Mbau sanggali (Howard 158). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SERUA: Waimate Beach, near Taunovo River, DA 17130, 17131. VANUA LEVU: Martnuata: Ndongotuki Tikina, Howard 158. The species seems suprisingly infrequent in Fiji, in view of the fact that it occurs near beaches. One may doubt the desirability of dividing Manilkara dissecta into var. dissecta (New Hebrides to Tonga and Samoa) and var. pancheri (Baill.) Maas Geester. 1981 SAPOTACEAE 779 (in Blumea 4: 327. 1941; New Caledonia; for a full description cf. Aubréville, FI. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 1: 32. pl. JV, 1-4. 1967). For instance the Fijian collection Howard 158 has the young leaf blades copiously whitish-sericeous beneath (the indument forminga solid layer as on the young leaves of var. pancheri), but it definitely represents var. dissecta, with very early glabrate leaf blades. 2. Manilkara smithiana Lam & Maas Geester. in Blumea 4: 328. fig. 2. 1941; Lam in op. cit. 5: 42. 1942; van Royen in op. cit. 7: 405. 1953; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 162. 1964, ed. 2. 228. 1972. A tree 7-30 m. high, with copious white latex, found in sometimes high and dense forest from near sea level to about 825 m. The corolla, filaments, and staminodes are white. Flowers have been obtained in March and June, fruits (probably immature) only in June. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1450 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected March 29, 1934, on Namalata, an islet immediately adjacent to the southern limestone section of Vanua Mbalavu. Lam and Maas Geesteranus listed the type specimen as being at BISH and L; I indicate the BISH specimen as holotype because it is part of the first set of my 1933-1934 collection. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and the Exploring Islands in Lau. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded Fijian names are mbau mbulu (Mba), mbau sa (Serua), and mbau (Serua and Namalata). Collectors who obtained the species on the two large islands report it as a useful timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, DF 552 (coll. J. Vetawa). SERUA: Inland from Navutulevu, Howard 40. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Tunuloa Tikina, inland from Koroivono, Howard 88. SUSUI (south of Vanua Mbalavu): Graeffe 1401. The known distribution of Manilkara smithiana is surprising in its altitudinal range. The Mba collection is the only one from upland forest; it is the only available fruiting collection, but the persistent indument even on old foliage permits no doubt of its identity. The fact that the tree is known to sawmill operators suggests that it is more frequent than indicated by presently available collections. I believe the species to be less closely related to M. dissecta, with which it has been keyed by prior students, than to M. vitiensis, the other Fijian endemic, although the two are unmistakably distinct. 3. Manilkara vitiensis (Lam & van Olden) Meeuse in Blumea 4: 339. fig. 17. 1941; Lam in op. cit. 5: 42. 1942; van Royen in op. cit. 7: 410. 1953, in op. cit. 8: 206. 1957; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 163. 1964, ed. 2. 228. 1972. Northia vitiensis Lam & van Olden in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 163. fig. 83, a-c. 1936. A sometimes gnarled tree to 7 m. high, occurring at elevations from near sea level to about 100 m. in coastal forest or woods or on limestone cliffs near the sea. The corolla, filaments, and staminodes are white. Flowers have been collected in February and March, fruits only in February. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 146] (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected March 29, 1934, in the southern limestone section of Vanua Mbalavu. In the original protologue Lam did not mention a depository for the type, but the introduction to the paper in which his species was published (p. 3) states that all types, unless otherwise mentioned, are deposited at BisH. Therefore in this case I regard the BISH specimen as 780 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol52 the holotype, although Meeuse, in making his new combination in 1941, indicated the type specimen as being at L. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fijiand thus far known only from two widely separated islands, one in the Mamanuthas and one in the northern Lau Group. Loca NAME: Mbotha (from type collection). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: MAMANUTHAS: NaGa ito Island, Malolo Group, O. & J. Degener 32210, 32216, 32244. VANUA MBALAVU: Ndalithoni, DA 2740. The known distribution of Manilkara vitiensis, although as scattered as that of M. smithiana, is more to be expected, all the cited localities being near the sea and perhaps all from limestone areas. The alliance of M. vitiensis is to the Samoan endemic M. samoensis Lam & Meeuse (in Blumea 4: 338. fig. 10. 1941). 4. Manilkara zapota (L.) van Royen in Blumea 7: 410. fig. 1, -g. 1953; Moore & Stearn in Taxon 16: 383. 1967; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 228. 1972. Achras zapota L. Sp. Pl. 1190, quoad typum, syn. Sloanei et Plukenetii excl. 1753; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 162, as A. sapota. 1964. Achras mammosa L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1: 469, nom. illeg. 1762. As seen in Fiji, Manilkara zapota is a cultivated (and possibly also very sparingly naturalized) tree 3-4 m. high near sea level, with white latex. Where indigenous the species attains a height of 30 m. The calyx lobes are brown-pilose, and the corolla is white or pale green, turning brown. Fijian collections bore flowers in January and October and immature fruits in January. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: As clarified by Moore and Stearn in 1967 (cited above), Achras zapota was based on a mixture, and its lectotype must be the element on which Plumier (Nov. Gen. 43. t. 4. 1703) based his genus Sapora; this is referable to the sapodilla and not to the sapote. Plumier’s illustration is reproduced by Moore and Stearn (p. 385, fig. 2). In attempting to separate the two elements in 1762, Linnaeus intended to describe the sapote as Achras mammosa, but this name is illegitimate because a reference to Plumier’s publication was included. The complex nomenclature is well discussed by Moore and Stearn, who give many additional references and synonyms. DISTRIBUTION: Indigenous in Mexico and Central America, now widely grown throughout the tropics. LOCAL NAME AND USES: Sapodilla is a more or less standard name for the species, but there are many others. The pulp of the ripe fruit is edible, and the tree produces latex that is an important source of chicle, used in the manufacture of chewing gum. An interesting account of the species is found in Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. ed. 2. 29-32. 1966. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Naitasiri: Nasinu, DA 55/2. REwa: Namboro, DA 5628; Suva, in private garden, DA 16237. 5. Manilkara kauki (L.) Dubard in Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille III. 3: 9. fig. 1, 2. 1915; Lam in Blumea 4: 329. fig. 3. 1941; van Royen in op. cit. 7: 405. 1953. Mimusops kauki L. Sp. Pl. 349. 1753. Mimusops browniana Benth. FI. Austral. 4: 285. 1868; B. E. V. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 10: 115. 1939. Where it is indigenous, Manilkara kauki is a tree to 20 m. high, often growing near beaches and on limestone; it has a yellowish white corolla slightly projecting from the calyx and a reddish brown fruit up to about 4 cm. long. 1981 SAPOTACEAE 781 TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The only reference of Linnaeus in 1753 was to his Fl. Zeyl. 137. 1747. The holotype therefore is Hermann 137 (BM), from Ceylon, presumably from a cultivated plant. Van Royen in 1953 discussed problems of the typification of the Linnaean species Mimusops kauki and M. elengi. Mimusops browniana is based on M. kauki sensu R. Br. (Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 531. 1810), non L., and the holotype is a Brown specimen (BM) from “islands off Cape Fear,” Australia. Van Royen in 1953 did not question the combination of the two taxa. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia to New Guinea and northern Australia; some- times cultivated elsewhere as a fruit tree or an ornamental. No Fijian voucher supports this record, the species having been discussed by B. E. V. Parham as Mimusops browniana, as noted above. Parham indicates that in 1939 the tree, which he noted as Queensland ebony, was flourishing and fruiting on the property of W. L. Wallace, Tovu Island, Ra Province, Viti Levu. The record is probably correct, whether or not the species still persists in Fiji. 7. Mimusops L. Sp. Pl. 349. 1753; van Royen in Blumea 6: 594. 1952. Trees, the stipules fugacious; leaves alternate, sometimes congested toward apices of branchlets (but in our species not closely approximate), the blades with lax and irregular tertiary nervation; inflorescences axillary or borne on branchlets below leaves, fasciculate (sometimes many-flowered) or composed of solitary flowers (flow- ers usually 1-4 in our species); flowers 4-merous, the calyx with 2 whorls of lobes, each whorl with 4 lobes; corolla tube short, the lobes 8, each with 2 dorsal segments subequal to lobe; stamens 8, borne in corolla throat; staminodes 8, shorter than corolla lobes; ovary usually 8-locular, the ovules attached at bases of placentas, the style subulate; fruit 1- or 2(-5)-seeded, the seeds with a small, circular, basal or basilateral scar, the hilum and micropyle close to one another, the endosperm copious, the cotyledons thin, foliaceous. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Mimusops elengi L. (vide Britton & Millspaugh, Bahama FI. 324. 1920), one of Linnaeus’s two original species. DISTRIBUTION: Tropics of the Old World, with about 50 species in Africa and Madagascar and one extending from India to the New Hebrides. The latter species has been cultivated in Fiji. 1. Mimusops elengi L. Sp. Pl. 349. 1753; van Royen in Blumea 6: 594. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 228. 1972. As seen in Fiji, Mumusops elengi is a tree to 12 m. high sparingly cultivated near sea level. The corolla is white, becoming brownish, and the fruit (not seen in Fiji) is ovoid, about 3 cm. long, yellow to orange, and with dark brown seeds. The only collection noted was in flower in March. TyYPIFICATION: The specimen mentioned in L. FI. Zeyl. (1747), Hermann 138 (BM), from Ceylon, is to be taken as the lectotype, as discussed by van Royen (in Blumea 7: 406. 1953). DISTRIBUTION: India through Malesia to Australia, New Caledonia, and the New Hebrides; cultivated elsewhere. Use: An ornamental tree, also much used medicinally in southeastern Asia (cf. Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. ed. 2. 1500-1502. 1966). AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Suva Botanical Gardens, DA 12361. The single Fijian collection seems to represent a somewhat typical or intermediate form of the species; it has leaf blades about 12 x 7 cm. and therefore probably did not 782 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 come from the eastern part of the range, where var. parvifolia (R. Br.) Lam is indigenous (cf. Lam in Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 7: 236. 1925, in Blumea 5: 43. 1942: Aubréville, Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 1: 34. pl. IV, 5-9. 1967), based on Mimusops parvifolia R. Br. (Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 531. 1810; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 14. 1932). Van Royen (1952, cited above) considers the recognition of infraspecific taxa undesirable. ORDER PRIMULALES An order Primulales, consisting of three families, is considered by many recent phylogenists (e. g. Melchior, 1964; Cronquist, 1968; Takhtajan, 1969) to be closely related to the Ebenales, both orders presumably derived from an ancestral thealean stock. Thorne (1976) and Dahlgren (1980) include the Plumbaginaceae in the Primu- lales, but that family is as frequently considered allied to the Caryophyllales. Hutchin- son (1973) considers his orders Myrsinales and Primulales to be only superficially similar. The largest family of this complex, however interpreted, is the Myrsinaceae, which practically all modern systems ally to the Ebenales. FAMILY 116. MYRSINACEAE MyrsINACEAE R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 532, as Myrsineae. 1810. Trees or shrubs, sometimes lianas, estipulate, usually with 8 flowers, sometimes dioecious, polygamodioecious, or monoecious; leaves alternate (spirally arranged or distichous), often congested toward apices of branchlets, rarely subopposite or subver- ticillate, simple, the blades often coriaceous, usually glandular-punctate or with secre- tory canals, entire to shallowly serrate; inflorescences terminal, axillary, or borne on branchlets below leaves, racemose or paniculate to fasciculate or glomerulate; flowers actinomorphic, % , sometimes unisexual or functionally so, usually small, 4- or 5- merous (rarely 3-, 6-, or 7-merous), sometimes with bracteoles (prophylls) immediately below calyx; calyx usually deeply lobed, persistent, the lobes valvate, imbricate, or contorted, often glandular; corolla rotate to hypocrateriform, often deeply lobed and sometimes choripetalous, caducous, the lobes (or petals) imbricate, contorted, or rarely valvate; stamens opposite to and as many as corolla lobes, the filaments usually adnate to corolla and with short (or no) free portions, rarely elongate or free, the anthers dorsifixed or rarely basifixed, introrse, dehiscing by longitudinal or subapical slits or by apical pores; ovary superior or semisuperior, unilocular, the ovules few- numerous, anatropous to campylotropous, |-many-seriate on a free-central placenta, sometimes immersed in placental tissue, the style simple, elongate or short, sometimes lacking, the stigma various, punctiform to peltate, capitate, conical, angled, or farcimi- niform; fruit a berry or a |-seeded drupe, rarely irregularly dehiscent, the seeds with smooth or rarely ruminate endosperm, the embryo straight or slightly curved. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, sometimes extending to warm- temperate areas, with 32-35 genera and about 1,000 or more species. The family is not economically important but includes a few ornamentals. Six genera have species indigenous in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: Mez, C. Myrsinaceae. Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 1-437. 1902. Smith, A. C. Studies of Pacific Island plants, XXV. The Myrsinaceae of the Fijian Region. J. Arnold Arb. 54: 1-41, 228-292. 1973. The present treatment is abstracted from my 1973 review. Since that includes illustrations of diagnostic characters of genera, only a few photographs are here offered. 1981 MYRSINACEAE 783 KEY TO GENERA Ovary semisuperior, the ovules in our species bi- or several-seriate, pedicels with a pair of persistent distal bracteoles (prophylls); fruit essentially inferior, many-seeded, the seeds angled-obovoid, convex at apex, the style and calyx persistent. .....---- +. e sees cence eee eee cnet e teen eens 1. Maesa Ovary superior; pedicels without prophylls; fruit superior and eventually falling from calyx, |-seeded, the seed more or less subglobose. Ovules mostly several-seriate but in our indigenous species 6-10 and irregularly uniseriate; style elongate, very slender and subulate to a minutely punctiform stigma; inflorescences in our indigenous species compact, irregularly fasciculiform or short-racemose or rarely short-paniculate, the rachis rarely MMOLE hanes wm ON PealbraNI Che SS em meteeteyetetebets/)ateledaeteloietetey te leyerererave ale) cteteorsvel=letele eletel=l= 2. Ardisia Ovules uniseriate, in our species 2-5; style sometimes cylindric and slender but not subulate, the stigma discoid or subcapitate or peltate or (in genus no. 6) diverse. Inflorescences paniculate, usually obviously pedunculate, often freely branched, in our species rarely less than 2 cm. long at anthesis and usually much longer; style apparent. Corolla sympetalous, the lobes obviously dextrorsely contorted in bud; flowers in our species § . Anthers dorsifixed, the filaments distally free and ligulate; pedicels sometimes swollen distally into a clavate or cupuliform calyx tube, but sometimes as in Discocalyx; style as long as or longer than ovary, in our species 0.6-5 mm. long at anthesis. .............. 3. Tapeinosperma Anthers broadly basifixed, the filament tube adnate to corolla tube for its entire length and not distally divided into free parts; pedicels slenderly terete, the calyx subrotate from base; style often shorter than ovary, in our species (0.1-) 0.2-0.7 mm. long at anthesis. 4. Discocalyx Corolla in our species choripetalous, the petals narrowly imbricate in bud; flowers functionally UMKOMEL coocconcdoonssgopsqHuDCdgaDoOBodaceS ceo R aos UbomogdoOCcNooOcC 5. Embelia Inflorescences in our species glomerulate or verruciform, essentially epedunculate, the axis not exceed- Heys 7/ Hater, viel eae NYS JE SY, So condéonuoodoosusaso Goce sGoDbdaDUADOUSODH 6. Rapanea 1. Massa Forssk. Fl. Aegypt.-Arab. 66. Oct. 1775; Seem. Fl. Vit. 147. 1866; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 15. 1902; St. John in Naturaliste Canad. 98: 571, 573. 1971; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 3. 1973. Baeobotrys J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 11. Nov. or Dec. 1775, ed. 2. 21. 1776. Small trees or shrubs, sometimes subscandent, the indument composed of simple hairs and/or minute scales; leaves alternate, the blades entire to serrate, with (some- times obscure) secretory canals immersed in the mesophyll; inflorescences axillary or rarely terminal, racemose or paniculate, bracteate; flowers (in all our species) §, sometimes functionally unisexual, small, usually 5-merous (occasionally 4- or 6- merous), the pedicels with 2 persistent distal bracteoles (prophylls), these free or connate into a cymbiform receptacle; calyx partly adnate to ovary, the lobes (usually quincuncially) imbricate in bud; corolla usually campanulate and submembranous, the lobes often about as long as tube, imbricate in bud, often lineolate-glandular; stamens affixed near middle of corolla tube, the filaments elongate or short, the anthers short, usually dorsifixed near middle, longitudinally dehiscent, usually emargi- nate at apex; ovary adnate to calyx, semisuperior to nearly entirely inferior, the pla- centa stipitate, with I-several-seriate ovules, the style short, persistent, the stigma obtuse to discoid or lobed; fruit a small, dry or fleshy, indehiscent, many-seeded berry, the mesocarp carnose, glandular-lineolate, the endocarp spongy or brittle, the prophylls, calyx, and style persistent, the seeds few to many, angled-obovoid, castaneous or blackish. TYPE SPECIES: The type species of Maesa is M. lanceolata Forssk.; that of Baeobo- trys is B. nemoralis J. R. & G. Forst. (= Maesa nemoralis (J. R. & G. Forst.) A. DC.). DISTRIBUTION: Africa and Madagascar to southeastern Asia and Japan, eastward through Malesia to Queensland and into the Pacific to Tonga and Samoa, with 150-200 species. Seven species (five of them endemic) occur in Fiji. KEY TO SPECIES Indument (of young parts, branchlets, petioles, and at least the proximal parts of leaf costas) composed of spreading simple hairs as well as of minute scales, the hairs usually obvious but sometimes inconspicu- ous, rarely as short as 0.1 mm. 784 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vole2 Spreading hairs usually obvious on some inflorescence parts, occasionally limited to calyx lobes. Leaf blades ovate, about twice as long as broad, usually 6-13 = 3.5-8.5 cm., copiously and persistently soft-pilose on both surfaces (or rarely eventually glabrate above), cordate at base (infrequently merely rounded and rarely broadly obtuse), usually conspicuously crenulate-dentate at margin, the secondary nerves 5-7 per side; inflorescences broadly paniculate, often bipinnately so (sporadically Aillhy mG), SodoudeosadasupaonnpoocacconnnnDboGCOCCDGNCeCaGuRE 1. M. corylifolia Leaf blades prevailingly lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate and about 3 times as long as broad, usually 6-13.5 x 2-4.5 cm., usually glabrous on both surfaces except for scattered hairs on the principal venation (but sometimes copiously pilose beneath), prevailingly acute to obtuse at base, infre- quently narrowly subcordate, usually subentire or undulate at margin but occasionally obviously crenulate, the secondary nerves 6-11 per side; inflorescences simply racemose, only rarely panicu- lateswithvasimanysaspl Olbranchesamnereter eciciteeee eee iia ereaseaers 2. M. pickeringii Spreading hairs lacking on inflorescence parts, these merely furfuraceous; leaf blades glabrous beneath except for sparse indument on proximal parts of costa and secondaries (or occasionally soft-pilose on lower surface in species no. 3). Leaf blades elliptic or ovate to obovate-elliptic, usually 8-26 x 5-15 cm., comparatively broad, usually about twice as long as broad; petioles 15-45 mm. long. .................. 3. M. tabacifolia Leaf blades prevailingly lanceolate to oblong-elliptic, usually 4-13 x 1.5-5 cm. and about 3 times as long asibroad:petioles!5—2/mm sl On Paae eee seaeeeeeeceiaer acre 6. M. persicifolia Indument composed of minute scales only, without hairs (or, if hairs rarely present and visible on branchlets, then forming an obscure puberulence and less than 0.1 mm. long). Leaf blades usually 5-23 x 4.5-11.5 cm., comparatively broad, often about twice as long as broad; petioles 12-50 mm. long. Inflorescences paniculate (occasionally bipinnately so), with 5-15 (-—20) spreading branches, the inflorescence parts (rachis, bracts, pedicels, and calyx) copiously furfuraceous, tardily subglabrate, the pedicels 0.3-2 mm. long in flower and fruit; leaf blades ovate-oblong to elliptic-lanceolate, usually 8-23 (-28) x 3.5-9.5 (-18) cm., acute to attenuate (rarely rounded) at base, gradually acuminate to cuspidate at apex, inconspicuously undulate-crenulate at margin, the secretory canals inconspicuous or not apparent. ........ 20... eee e eee eee ee eee eee 4. M. insularis Inflorescences often simply racemose but sometimes paniculate and with 1-4 (rarely -15) spreading branches, the inflorescence parts (rachis, bracts, pedicels, and calyx) essentially glabrous, the pedicels 1-3 mm. long in flower (-4 mm. long in fruit); leaf blades ovate to suborbicular, sometimes broadly elliptic, usually 5-14 x 4.5-11.5 cm., rounded to broadly obtuse at base, rounded (less often broadly obtuse or obtusely cuspidate) at apex, conspicuously crenulate at margin, the secretory canals sinuous and obvious on lower surface. .................-- 5. M. tongensis Leaf blades usually 4-13 < 1.5-5 cm., comparatively narrow, usually about 3 times as long as broad; petioles 5-35 mm. long. Indument scales often subpersistent on inflorescence parts; petioles narrowly winged distally; leaf blades usually rounded to obtuse at base and abruptly short-decurrent on petiole, the secondary nerves spreading, the lower surfaces without visible secretory canals or these immersed and not apparent, rarely faintly discernible; inflorescences usually paniculate, sometimes bipinnately so, with spreading branches, infrequently simply racemose, the pedicels often negligible but some- times to 2.5 mm. long at anthesis and to 3 mm. long in fruit, the corolla lobes inconspicuously glandularclne alates cp rcicciiseraee tie icrecccincasiotetetene erect Patol er eter ere 6. M. persicifolia Indument scales evanescent, rarely persistent to anthesis on inflorescence parts; petioles narrowly winged or cartilaginous-angled often nearly to base; leaf blades attenuate to obtuse at base and long-decurrent on petiole, the secondary nerves curved-ascending, the lower surfaces usually with conspicuous secretory canals but these sometimes immersed and not obvious; inflorescen- ces often simply racemose but frequently paniculate and then usually with comparatively short and ascending branches, the pedicels obvious, usually 1.5-2.5 mm. (but sometimes only 0.5 mm.) long at anthesis and often to 3.5 mm. long in fruit, the corolla lobes obviously and conspicuously glandular-lineolatens-pua-raeitcriscictee cers teehee cicioe hee eine eee ter eae 7. M. vitiensis 1. Maesa corylifolia A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 330. 1862; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 148. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 264. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 226. 1892; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 37. 1902; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 155, p. p. 1909; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 156. 1964, ed. 2. 222. 1972; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 8. fig. 11]. 1973. FIGURE 84 (upper left). Maesa macrophylla sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861; non Wall. Maesa corylifolia var. n. Horne, A Year in Fiji, 264. 1881. 1981 MYRSINACEAE 785 A liana, or sometimes a scrambling or scandent shrub 1-5 m. high, found at elevations from near sea level to 1,150 m. in dense or open forest, in hillside and grassland thickets, and on open hillsides. The corolla is white to pale greenish yellow, with brown glandular lines; the stamens have greenish yellow filaments and yellow anthers; the ovary is orange-red and the stigma is green; and the fruit is dull waxy white. Flowers have been obtained between June and November, fruits between August and December. TyYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 73887 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, K), collected in 1840 in Mathuata Province (“in mountains”), Vanua Levu. Seemann 288, a fruiting specimen, was also cited, but the title of Gray’s paper makes lectotypifi- cation unnecessary. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from four of the high islands; about 40 collections are at hand. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The commonly used names, more or less generic in connotation, are kutumirase (Viti Levu) and kolo ni mbeka (Vanua Levu). Also recorded are wa vatu (Mba), wa sinu (Nandronga & Navosa), ngingi (Namosi), vere (Mathuata), and kala mbu ndi wawa (Thakaundrove). The leaves are said to be used medicinally, a usage vaguely attributed to most Maesae in Fiji. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 896; Savunda- matau Creek, west of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14252; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6031; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 557; slopes of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 3679; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5219. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5428. NAmosi: Slopes of Mt. Voma, DA 945; vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 2959. REwa: Suva, Tothill 555. OVALAU: Slopes of Mt. Koronimoko, vicinity of Thawathi, Smith 8073; north of Levuka, Gillespie 3474. NGAU: Milne 222. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Seemann 288; vicinity of Natua, Seanggangga Plateau, DA 15/99; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6347. THAKAUNDROVE: Savusavu Bay region, between Urata and Valethi, Degener & Ordonez 13824. The relationships of Maesa corylifolia, usually a distinct and unmistakable species, to other species from Fiji and the New Hebrides were discussed in my 1973 review. A few specimens suggest introgression with M. pickeringii and M. tabacifolia, but in general the three species are readily separated from one another. 2. Maesa pickeringii A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 329. 1862; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 148. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 264. 1881; Drake, Il. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 226. 1892; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 37. 1902; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 223. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 13. fig. 12. 1973. FIGuRE 84 (upper right). Maesa corylifolia sensu Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 155, p. p. 1909; non A. Gray. A shrub or small tree to 10 m. high, or a scrambling liana, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 850 m. in dense or open forest, in thickets, or on open or grassy slopes. The corolla is white; both flowers and fruits have been noted between June and January. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 49420, p. p., HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, NY, K, P cited by Mez), collected in 1840 on Viti Levu without further locality. The holotype is mixed with a fragment of Maesa persicifolia; the GH and Ny sheets entirely represent M. pickeringii; | have not examined the kK and P sheets with this in mind. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu and two small islands in Loma-i-Viti. Eighteen collections have been examined. 786 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Hills near Lautoka, Greenwood 1071; Sambeto Range, Vaughan 3208; Naloto Range, DA 14763; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 556; Mt. Nanggaranambu- luta, east of Nandarivatu, DA 2336. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5587a. Ra: Yanggara, Greenwood 767A; Ndombuilevu, DA 1/225. MAKONGAI: Tothill 363. WAKAYA: Tothill 357. 3. Maesa tabacifolia Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 51. 1902; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wein 85: 326. 1910; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 223. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 15. fig. 10, 13. 1973. FiGuRE 84 (lower left). Maesa indica sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861; A. Gray in op. cit. 10: 36. 1862; non auct. mult. Maesa nemoralis sensu Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, in J. Bot. 2: 72. 1864, Fl. Vit. 148. 1866, op. cit. 430. 1873; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 264. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 226. 1892; non A. DC. Maesa grandis Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 5. fig. 2. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. FijiIsl. 156. 1964, ed. 2. 222. 1972. Maesa samoana sensu St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 336. 1971; non Mez. As it occurs in Fiji, Maesa tabacifolia is a shrub or slender tree 1-7 m. high, sometimes becoming scandent, or a liana, found between sea level and about 600 m. in dense or open forest or on its edges, in thickets, and on open hillsides. The corolla is white to pale yellow with faint purplish glandular lines; the stamens have white filaments and yellow anthers, and the gynoecium is dull pink. Flowers have been observed between July and October, fruits between July and February. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: As Mez originally cited four collections without designating a type, in 1973 I proposed Seemann 286, p. p. (K LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTYPES at BM, GH), obtained at two localities: southeastern Viti Levu (July, 1860) and the vicinity of Somosomo, Taveuni (May, 1860). The portions of the specimens cannot now be separated in respect to these localities; the K and GH sheets also bear fragmentary portions of Maesa persicifolia. Maesa grandis is typified by Gillespie 2503 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, NY, UC), collected Sept. 3, 1927, on Mt. Voma, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. A justification of the reduction is given in my 1973 treatment. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji, Samoa, and the Horne and Wallis Islands. In Fiji about 25 collections have been studied; the species seems less common in the more eastern archipelagoes. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded names in Fiji are ngginggi (Namosi), ndawa- ndawa i rakalavo (Naitasiri), matamerangginggi (Tailevu), kolo ni mbeka (Thakau- ndrove), and vini (Taveuni). Like other species of Maesa, it is often indicated to have “medicinal” uses. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NaAmos!: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naita- randamu, Smith 8773. NAITASIRI: Waimano Creek, near Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18180. TaILEvu: Viwa Island, Harvey, Nov. 1855. REWaA: Vicinity of Rewa Village, Horne s. n. KANDAVU: Lutumatavoro, DA 14928. NAIRAI: Milne 184. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Thongea, Wainunu River, DA 2275, p. p. MATHuata: Ndreketi Plantation, DA 16965. THAKAUNDROVE: Hills west of Mbutha Bay, Natewa Peninsula, Smith 812. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4632; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8181. MOALA: Milne 129. MATUKU: Moseley s.n. LAKEMBA: Tumbou, DA 1381]. 4. Maesa insularis Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 6. fig. 3. 1930; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 24. fig. 1, 2, 16. 1973. Maesa samoana sensu A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 120. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji ls). 158. 1964, ed. 2. 223. 1972; non Mez. A liana, or a shrub or tree to 10 m. high sometimes with subscandent branches, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 1,000 m. in dense or open forest, ridge forest, and thickets along streams, and sometimes in beach thickets and among reeds in 1981 MYRSINACEAE 787 open country. The corolla is white to greenish yellow, with deep pink or faint purple or brownish glandular lines; the stamens have white filaments and yellow anthers; the ovary is deep red or rich pink, and the fruits are brown to white. Flowers and fruits seem to occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 3479 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, NY, UC), collected Oct. 23, 1927, in the vicinity of Nasinu, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. Differences between this species and the closely related Maesa samoana Mez are discussed in my 1973 review. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several islands; about 50 collec- tions are available. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded names (some generic in nature) are kKutumirase (Yasawas and Mba), vorovorokuro (Mbengga and Kandavu), kolo ni mbeka (Mathuata), and vini (Nggamea). Bark and leaf concoctions are said to be useful for “internal illnesses.” REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: NaTHULA: Nathula Village, Weiner 244. VITI LEVU: MBa: Vicinity of Tumbenasolo, valley of Namosi Creek, Smith 4614; valley of Nggaliwana Creek, north of Navai, Smith 5343. NAmosi: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3116; east of Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Smith 9060; vicinity of Mau, DA 12903. SERUA: West of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9250. NaITAsiRI: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 6101; Viria, Meebold 16517; Tholo-i-suva, DF 439 (Bola’' 134). MBENGGA: Savusavukalou, Weiner 188. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 118. ONO (northeast of Kandavu): DA 14953. OVALAU: Near summit of main range west of Levuka, Gillespie 4434. VANUA LEVU: MaTHUATA: Near Mbatiri, Ndreketi River, DA 13092, p. p.; summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6448. THAKAUNDROVE: East of Nandua, Yanawai River basin, Degener & Ordonez 14102; Mt. Nasorolevu, DA 17155. TAVEUNI: Summit ridge east of Somosomo, Gillespie 4823. NGGAMEA: Naiiviivi Village, Weiner 71-7-37. NAITAMBA: Tothill 351. 5. Maesa tongensis Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 54. 1902; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 209. 1959; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 29. fig. 17. 1973. FIGURE 204A & B. Maesa nemoralis sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 329. 1862; Hemsl. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 183. 1894; Burkill in op. cit. 35: 44. 1901; non A. DC. Maesa vitiensis sensu Hemsl. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 183. 1894; non Seem. Maesa samoana sensu Setchell in Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 341: 60. 1924; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 166, p. p. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 184: 56. 1945; non Mez. A shrub or small tree with scandent branches and 1-4 m. high, found in Fiji only near sea level on limestone formation. The corolla (in Tonga) has been noted as pale pink to greenish white, and the fruits as white. In various parts of its range the species bears flowers between May and ])ecember and fruits throughout the year. LECTOTYPIFICATION: As Mez cited three Tongan collections, in 1973 I proposed to typify the species by Crosby 228 (K LECTOTYPE), collected in June, 1891, on Vava’u, Tonga. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji, Samoa, and Tonga. In Tonga and on at least the eastern islands of Samoa the species seems quite frequent, but in Fiji it has been seen only on Fulanga, in southern Lau. It is a well-marked species, only distantly related to Maesa samoana Mez and M. insularis Gillespie. LOCAL NAME: The only name recorded in Fiji was yaro (very questionable). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: FULANGA: Tothill 349; on limestone formation, Smith 1160. 6. Maesa persicifolia A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 330, as M. persicaefolia. 1862; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 48. 1902; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 223. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 30. fig. 5, 6, 18. 1973. 788 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 1981 MYRSINACEAE 789 Maesa nemoralis sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 330. 1862; non A. DC. Maesa persicaefolia A. Gray ex Seem. FI. Vit. 148. 1866, op. cit. 430. 1873; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 264. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 226. 1892. Maesa densiflora Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 5. fig. /. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 156. fig. 59, B. 1964, ed. 2. 222. fig. 65, B. 1972. Maesa parksii Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 8. fig. 6. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 222. 1972. A slender or compact tree or shrub 1-10 m. high, often becoming scandent, or a liana, occurring in dense, open, or dry forest or on open hillsides at elevations from near sea level to 1,200 m. The corolla is pale yellow to cream-colored or white, with faint purple glandular lines; the stamens have pale yellow filaments and anthers; and the fruits are waxy white to dull yellow or purplish. This abundant species has been found in flower and fruit in practically every month. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 49408 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected in 1840 at Mbua Bay, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. Gray also mentioned Seemann 287, subsequently described as Maesa vitiensis, as “perhaps a form of this species.” Maesa densiflora is typified by Parks 20512 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at SUVA, UC, US), collected July 2, 1927, near Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. The type of M. parksii is Parks 20509 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at SUVA, UC, US), collected in July, 1927, also near Nandarivatu. A justification of these reductions is given in my 1973 treatment. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from the two large islands and the Yasawas, from which about 50 collections are at hand. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Recorded Fijian names are mbutambuta (Yasawas), kutumirase (Mba), kutu (Nandronga & Navosa), mbumbu marasea (Ra), merikula (Mbua), and mbumbu (Thakaundrove). Medicinal uses are ascribed to the species, somewhat more specifically than usual, such as in treating cold sores and (fruits) for relieving bladder stones; children seem to consider the fruits edible. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Yasawa: Tethi Village, DA 13657. Waya: Ridge back of Yalombi, St. John 18010. VITI LEVU: Mpa: Between Lautoka and Natalau, Degener 15004; eastern slopes of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4/30; Nukunuku Creek, west of Nandarivatu, Vaughan 3398; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3787; Nandala, south of Nandarivatu, Degener 14375; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 13068. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Village, DA /3333; Mbulu, near Sovi Bay, Degener 15037. SERuA: Hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9217. RA: Mataimeravula, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15340. Nattasiri: Northern portion of Rairai- matuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 5786. TAILEvU: Matavatathou, DA 9234 (Mc Kee 2799). Rewa: Vicinity of Suva, H. B. R. Parham 383.“VITI LEVU or TAVEUNI:” Seemann 286, p. p. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Mt. Seatura, DA /4895; vicinity of Nandi, Milne s. n. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1783. 7. Maesa vitiensis Seem. FI. Vit. 148. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 264. 1881; Drake, IIl. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 227, p. p. 1892; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 33. fig. 7-9, 19. 1973. FIGURES 84 (lower right), 204C & D. Ficure 204. A & B, Maesa tongensis; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, * 1/2; B, same, with infructescences, * 1/2. C & D, Maesa vitiensis; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, 1/2; D, same, with infructescences, * 1/2. A from Tothill 349, B from Smith 1160, C from DA 15890, D from DA 14575. 790 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Maesa indica var. sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861; A. Gray in op. cit. 10: 36. 1862; non auct. mult. Maesa persicaefolia sensu Seem. Viti, 438. 1862; non A. Gray. Maesa lenticellata Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 6. fig. 4. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 156. 1964, ed. 2. 222. 1972. Maesa neriifolia Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 7. fig. 5. 1930; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 222. 1972. Maesa stenophylla A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 106. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 223. 1972. A shrub or a slender or compact tree 2-5 m. high or a liana, found at elevations from near sea level to 1,150 m. in dense or open forest or in thickets on crests or hill- sides. The corolla is pale yellow to cream-colored or white with faint brownish or salmon-pink glandular lines, the filaments are pale green, and the anthers are yellow. Flowers have been collected between July and January, fruits between October and March. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Of the two specimens originally cited by Seemann, in 1973 I typified the species by Seemann 287 (K LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTY PES at BM, GH), collected in October, 1860, on Ovalau. A Harvey specimen cited by Seemann is referable to Maesa persicifolia. The type of M. lenticellata is Gillespie 3149 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, UC), collected Sept. 28, 1927, on the summit ridge of Mt. Naitarandamu, on the boundary between Namosi and Naitasiri Provinces, Viti Levu; that of M. neriifolia is Gillespie 2390 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, NY, uC), obtained Aug. 23, 1927, onthe summit of Mt. Korombamba, Rewa Province, Viti Levu; and that of M. stenophylla is Smith 6490 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 6, 1947, on the northwestern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. Although there is considerable variation among these types and other populations, the species as here outlined seems reasonable and is so justified in my 1973 review, where its differences from M. persicifolia are also discussed. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from three of the high islands, from which about 30 collections are available. LOCAL NAMES: Recorded names are rongo and tui ni nduna (Mbua) and kolo ni mbeka (Mathuata). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serva: Mt. Tikituru, summit, on boundary with Nandro- nga & Navosa and Namosi Provinces, DA 14498. NAMos!I: Track to Mt. Nandombe, Korombasambasanga Range, DA 14575; summit of Mt. Vakarongasiu, Gillespie 3287. Naitasiri: Central Road, Tothill 486. Rewa: Summit of Mt. Korombamba, Webster & Hildreth 14093. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Rukuruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham 6. Matuuata: Vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 487; Undu Point, Tothill 358. THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14153; Nandongo, Sanggani Tikina, Horne 674. TAVEUNI: Rairai Ndreketi, DA 15890; Mt. Manuka, inland from Wairiki, Smith 778. 2. ARDISIA Sw. Nov. Gen. & Sp. Prodr. 3, 48. 1788; Seem. FI. Vit. 149, p. p. 1866; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 57. 1902; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 36. 1973. Nom. cons. Small trees or shrubs, rarely scandent; leaves alternate or subverticillate, petiolate or rarely sessile, the blades entire to serrate, with (sometimes obscure) punctate glands or secretory canals; inflorescences terminal or axillary, paniculate, racemose, umbelli- form, or fasciculiform; flowers % (rarely functionally unisexual), 5-merous; calyx cupuliform to rotate, usually deeply lobed, the lobes dextrorsely imbricate in bud; corolla deeply lobed, the lobes dextrorsely and narrowly imbricate; stamens free or affixed to corolla near base, the filaments short, the anthers dorsifixed, longitudinally dehiscent, erect, sagittate at base; ovary superior, often ovoid, the style filiform or subulate, the stigma minute, punctiform, the ovules usually several-seriate on placenta but sometimes (as in our indigenous species) irregularly uniseriate; fruit a 1-seeded 1981 MYRSINACEAE 791 drupe, often subglobose, the style base persistent or caducous, the seed subglobose, usually not excavate at base. TYPE SPECIES: Ardisia tinifolia Sw. Typ. cons. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America and tropical Asia (northward to warm temperate Asia), extending eastward through Malesia to Australia and the Solomon Islands, and with one endemic species terminating the generic range in Fiji. The genus includes 300 or more species, including several attractive ornamentals, one of which is cultivated in Fiji. Ardisia was inadvertently omitted from my discussion of genera with distribu- tions terminating in Fiji (in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 273-292. 1955). KEY TO SPECIES Indigenous species; leaf blades elliptic to oblong-lanceolate, 4-13 x 1.5-3.5 cm., irregularly and inconspicu- ously crenate but not glandular at margin, the secondary nerves 12-25 per side; inflorescences irregu- larly fasciculiform or short-racemose (rarely short-paniculate), the rachis to 3 mm. long (rarely to 15 mm. long in fruit), the flowers 1-7, the pedicels 4-11 mm. long at anthesis. ... 1. A. brackenridgei Cultivated species; leaf blades 6-18 < 1.5-6 cm., undulate to crenate at margin and with resinous glands in sinuses, the secondary nerves about 8 per side; inflorescences subumbelliform, usually borne at apices of pedunclelike branchlets 1-7 cm. long, the flowers 2-12, the pedicels 7-15 mm. long at anthesis. 2. A. crispa — . Ardisia brackenridgei (A. Gray) Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 127. 1902; Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 30. 1915; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 155. 1964, ed. 2. 220. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 36. fig. 20-23. 1973. FIGURE 205. Ardisia sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861; A. Gray in op. cit. 10: 37. 1862; Seem. in op. cit. 10: 296. 1862, Viti, 439. 1862. Myrsine brackenridgei A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 330. 1862; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 149. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 265. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 228. 1892. Ardisia vitiensis Seem. Fi. Vit. 150. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 257. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 228. 1892. Ardisia storckii Seem. Fl. Vit. 150. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 257. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 228. 1892; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 126. 1902; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 156. 1964, ed. 2. 220. 1972. Mpyrsine sp. n. Horne, A Year in Fiji, 265. 1881. Tinus storckii Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 975. 1891. A slender shrub or small tree 0.5-5 m. high, often simple-stemmed and dense- foliaged, occurring at elevations of 150-915 m. in dense forest or thickets or in the forest-grassland transition. The leaves sometimes have reddish petioles; the flower buds are pale pink to red and the mature corolla is pink; and the fruits are dull white, pink- or purple-tinged, and at length red. Flowers have been obtained between September and March, fruits more or less throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Myrsine brackenridgei is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 63445 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, NY), collected in 1840 in the mountains of Ovalau. Ardisia vitiensis is typified by Seemann 29] (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH), obtained on Viti Levu in July, 1860; at that time Seemann visited coastal southeastern areas between the present Provinces of Serua and Tailevu. Or the two collections cited by Seemann for A. storckii, in 1973 I selected Storck 897 (kK LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTYPES at BM, GH), collected in 1860 or 1861 on either Viti Levu or Ovalau. Although the species is a very distinct one, differences among the three type collections are inconsequential, as noted in my 1973 review. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from several of the high islands. As the known localities are scattered, it seems advisable to cite all available material here. LOCAL NAME: The only recorded Fijian name is thondo (from Smith 551, Vanua Levu). 792 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 FiGure 205. Ardisia brackenridgei; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, = 1/2; B, same, with infructescences, x 1/2. A from DA 14131, B from DA 14507. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 447; Mt. Mbatilamu, DA 14131; south of Nandarivatu, im Thurn 282; between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of Navai, Smith 6017. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5527; between Koronayalewa and Mt. Vonolevu, DA 1392. SERUA: Upper Navua River, DA 15518. Viti Levu without further locality, Graeffe 22. VITI LEVU or OVALAU: Seemann 292. OVALAU: Horne 262, 291, 355; Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8031; south of Mt. Korolevu, west of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7537; Wainisavulevu, Lovoni Valiey, DA 1/4507. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 977. VANUA LEVU: MbBua: Navotuvotu, summit of Mt. Seatura, Smith 1656. MATHUATA-T HAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, Smith 551. TAVEUNI: Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 774. MOALA: Above Maloku, Smith 1/345. F1s1 without further locality, Yeoward 25. 2. Ardisia crispa (Thunb.) A. DC. in Trans. Linn. Soc. 17: 124. 1834, in DC. Prodr. 8: 134. 1844; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 144. fig. 22. 1902; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 220. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 40. 1973. Bladhia crispa Thunb. Fl. Jap. 97. 1784. Tinus crispa Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 415. 1891. As it occurs in Fiji, this attractive species is cultivated at elevations not much above sea level as a shrub 0.5-3 m. high. Its corolla is white to pink and its fruits are red. 1981 MYRSINACEAE 793 Flowers have been noted in December and January, fruits in April, September, and December. TYPIFICATION: The type, from Japan, was presumably collected by Kaempfer. DIsTRIBUTION: Eastern Asia from Sikkim through upper India and China to Hainan, Formosa, and the Ryu Kyus to Japan, and southward to the Philippines, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo; widely cultivated elsewhere. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: In Fiji the names holly, Australian holly, and crispa have been noted; a desirable ornamental for use in gardens and hedges. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Naitasiri: Plant Introduction and Quarantine Station, Nandu- ruloulou, DA 98/1; Mbatiki (Arboretum), DA //745. Rewa: Lami, in private garden, DA 1/570; Vunika- wai, DA 6065; Suva, in private garden, DA 16090. 3. TAPEINOSPERMA Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 647. 1876; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 162. 1902; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 8. 1930; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 286. 1955, in op. cit. 54: 228. 1973. Ardisia sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 149, p. p. 1866. Trees or shrubs, sometimes subscandent, rarely lianas, the vegetative and inflores- cence parts often ornamented with conspicuous punctate or lineolate glands; leaves often congested toward apices of branchlets, sometimes large, petiolate or sessile, the blades entire; inflorescences axillary, supra-axillary, or subtended by caducous scales rather than by leaves, paniculate or rarely congested and appearing subcapitate, the panicles composed of racemes or umbelliform corymbs; flowers § , (3-) 5(-7)-merous, pedicellate, the pedicels often distally swollen but sometimes slenderly terete; calyx clavate to cupuliform or subrotate, the lobes narrowly or broadly dextrorsely imbri- cate in bud, spreading at anthesis, often inequilaterally emarginate or retuse; corolla conical to subglobose in bud, becoming campanulate to rotate, the lobes strongly dextrorsely contorted in bud, erect or spreading at anthesis and often inequilaterally emarginate or retuse; stamens usually shorter than corolla, the filaments proximally connate into a membranous tube lining and adnate to corolla tube, distally free and ligulate, the anthers dorsifixed near base, often oblong-deltoid and dorsally glandular- punctate, longitudinally dehiscent; ovary superior, usually ovoid, attenuate into an obvious style, the placenta ovoid, acute, the ovules 2-12 (in our species 2-5 in shallow, lateral or somewhat distal foveolae), the style cylindric, as long as or longer than ovary at anthesis, the stigma inconspicuously discoid or subcapitate; fruit a l-seeded drupe, subglobose to oblate or turbinate, carnose when fresh, drying hard and coriaceous, usually rounded at base and umbonate at apex, the exocarp usually glandular, the mesocarp thick and succulent, fibrous in drying, the endocarp bony, smooth or ornamented, the seed subglobose to oblate, shallowly excavate at base. TyPE SPECIES: The genus has not yet been lectotypified (ING, 1979); Hooker based it on two new New Caledonian species, Tapeinosperma vieillardii and T. lenormandii, either of which could serve as the lectotype species, although the former seems better represented in herbaria. DISTRIBUTION: Eastern Malesia (Borneo and New Guinea) to Australia, New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, and Fiji, where twelve endemic species terminate the generic range. The genus includes 60 or more species. KEY TO SPECIES Inflorescences subcapitate or congested-racemose or congested-pinnate-paniculate, the flower-subtending bracts large, 15-18 * 12-18 mm., subpersistent; flowers large, the calyx lobes 6-10 mm. long, accrescent in fruit, the corolla 7-12 mm. long, with lobes 6-8 mm. long; fruits large, 20-35 mm. in diameter, the endocarp forming a bony putamen 15-25 mm. in diameter, conspicuously and irregularly 5-angled; leaf blades prevailingly obovate, large, usually 20-58 x 6-16 cm., attenuate to a stout petiole, this variable in lenethitnanmbessentiall VamOnentons OMe mersicrcrotercters)ateisesyete) dielatetcronaystays)ateiene orelcteva latte 1. T. capitatum 794 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Inflorescences paniculate, not congested or subcapitate, the flower-subtending bracts not exceeding 3 mm. in length, caducous; flowers smaller, the calyx lobes not exceeding 6mm. in length, the corolla not more than 6 mm. long, with lobes not exceeding 5 mm. in length; fruits not more than 15 mm. in diameter, the endocarp essentially smooth on outer surface. Leaf blades narrowly cordate, rounded, or obtuse at base, very rarely acute, not decurrent or only short-decurrent on petiole, this terete or semiterete proximally. Inflorescences 15-35 cm. long, the flowers large, the corolla 8-10 mm. in apical diameter, with lobes 4-5 x 3-4 mm.; leaf blades very robust, narrowly oblong, 55-90 cm. long, 12-20 cm. broad, the petiole Stouts3-20imm-longapeneiecieitierrerreiaciicictrcicet reiterate 2. T. megaphyllum Inflorescences smaller, rarely as long as 20 cm., the flowers comparatively small, the corolla 3-6 mm. in apical diameter, with lobes 1.8-3 = 1.3-2.8 mm.; leaf blades not exceeding 40 x 15 cm. Leaf blades oblong to oblong-elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, usually 3 or 4 times as long as broad, the petiole obvious, at least 10 mm. long. Petioles (15-) 20-70 mm. long, the leaf blades variable but comparatively ample, usually 15-37 x 4-15 cm.; inflorescences bipinnately paniculate, 3-20 cm. long. ............ 3. T. hornei Petioles 10-35 mm. long, the leaf blades smaller, 4-14 = 1-3.5 cm.; inflorescences pinnately Paniculates2-5-Sicm a On Paseerey et eiae eee sere Gi eee nicer 4. T. divaricatum Leaf blades elongate-ligulate, many times longer than broad, 15-40 x 1-2.3 cm., the petiole incon- spicuous, 1-10 mm. long; inflorescences often bi- or tripinnately paniculate, 4-12 cm. long. 5. T. ligulifolium Leaf blades attenuate or gradually narrowed toward base and long-decurrent on petiole, this often narrowly winged or angled nearly to base. Calyx at anthesis cupuliform to turbinate or clavate, the tube obvious, the pedicel swollen distally, the calyx limb eventually, at least in fruit, becoming rotate. Leaf blades comparatively large, usually 8-20 cm. long and 3-8.5 cm. broad; corolla 4-7 mm. in apical diameter; gynoecium about 3 mm. long at anthesis. Calyx clavate or narrowly cupuliform, the lobes at anthesis 0.8-1.5 x 1.5-2.3 mm.; corolla lobes D8} ESP) (oy Tego nbgvaddooGoUDD SGU badGOUDNDOOOOGdaDaGUDDDNDODNO 6. T. clavatum Calyx broadly cupuliform, the lobes at anthesis 1.5-3 x 2-4 mm.; corolla lobes 3-5 x 2-4 mm. Inflorescences (peduncle, rachis, branches, pedicels, and calyces) copiously puberulent or pilose (hairs 0.05-0.4 mm. long, glandular), soon glabrate; corolla lobes ovate, 3-4 mm. long and broad, glabrous; anthers 1.5-1.8 mm. long. ...................... 7. T. ampliflorum Inflorescences copiously tomentellous (hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long, multicellular, often irregularly branching, eglandular), the indument long-persistent; corolla lobes ovate or oblong, 4-5 x 2-3 mm., dorsally slightly pilose at least in bud; anthers about 1.2 mm. long. 8. T. chloranthum Leaf blades comparatively small, usually 5-13 cm. long and 2-5 cm. broad; calyx 2-3.5 mm. in apical diameter, the lobes 0.6-1.3 x 1-2.5 mm.; corolla 3-5 mm. in apical diameter, the lobes 2-3.5 x 1.5-2.5 mm; gynoecium |.5-2 mm. long at anthesis; inflorescences (peduncle, rachis, branches, pedicels, and calyx) minutely furfuraceous or capitate-glandular or copiously pilose with several- or many-celled hairs to 0.4 mm. long. ....................24- 9. T. multiflorum Calyx at anthesis rotate or subrotate, the tube very short and inconspicuous, not turbinate or clavate, the pedicel not swollen distally or very inconspicuously so. Petioles usually 15 mm. or more long (rarely only 5 mm.); leaf blades oblong-lanceolate, usually about 5 times as long as broad, 20-55 x 4-12 cm. Calyx 3-4.5 mm. in diameter at anthesis, to 5mm. in fruit, the lobes ovate-deltoid, 1-1.5* 1-2 mm. at anthesis, not exceeding 2 x 2.5 mm. in fruit; leaf blades 30-55 cm. long and 4-12 cm. broad. 10. T. grande Calyx 7-10 mm. in diameter in fruit, the lobes oblong-ligulate, 3.5-6 x 1.5-2 mm. and strongly reflexed; leaf blades 20-25 cm. long and 4-5.5 cm. broad. ............ 11. T. babucense Petioles 5-10 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic-oblong or obovate, 2-3 times as long as broad, 10-21 = 4-8 cm.; inflorescences tri- or quadripinnately paniculate, 10-20 cm. long, the peduncle, rachis, branches, pedicels, and calyces glandular-puberulent, often copiously so, the pedicels 1-2.5 mm. long at anthesis; calyx 2-2.5 mm. in diameter at anthesis, to 4 mm. in fruit, the lobes broadly ovate 0/8 len IESimmaatranthesisam-nertr cemieriieiieniceniincteetenc 12. T. greenwoodii 1. Tapeinosperma capitatum (A. Gray) Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 165, quoad basionymum, excl. descr. et spec. cit. 1902; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 223. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 232. fig. 24-28. 1973. FIGURE 206A. 1981 MYRSINACEAE 795 Ardisia capitata A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 331. 1862; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 150. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 257. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 228. 1892. Tapeinosperma cephalophorum Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 8. fig. 7. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 224. 1972. Tapeinosperma punctatum Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 10. fig. 9. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 160. 1964, ed. 2. 224. 1972. A shrub or tree 2-10 m. high, often slender and few-branched, with a trunk up to 40 cm. in diameter, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 1,100 m. in usually dense forest. This striking species has the peduncles and bracts often rich purple, the calyx being dark red to dull pink (sometimes dull yellow or green), with pale or dark reddish or purple glands. The corolla is waxy-pink or white with purplish glands, the anthers are yellow with brown connectives, and the fruits are greenish yellow, turning to red, scarlet, or maroon at maturity. Flowers and fruits (which are sought by birds) occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 49388 HOLOTYPE), collected in 1840 on Ovalau. The collection seems to be a unicate and was not seen by Mez, whose interpretation was based on two other quite different collec- tions that are referable to Tapeinosperma ligulifolium; nevertheless, Mez’s combina- tion is nomenclaturally correct. Tapeinosperma cephalophorum is based on Gillespie 444] (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, NY, UC), obtained Jan. 26, 1928, near the summit of the main range west of Levuka, Ovalau. This collection in all respects seems identical with Gray’s type, suggesting that Gillespie was misled by Mez’s erroneous description. The type of T. punctatum is Gillespie 3919 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at UC), collected Nov. 21, 1927, on the lower slopes of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, near Nanda- rivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. In view of the variation in the taxon now apparent, no significant characters set apart this collection. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from several high islands, some 50 collections being at hand. LOcAL NAMES: Recorded Fijian names on Viti Levu are kandanu levu, masawe, lere ndamu, utu vei ni kai, and kuluva ni tonda, each noted only once or twice in spite of the conspicuous appearance of this abundant species. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Slopes of Mt. Mbatilamu, DA 14803; Savundamatau Creek, west of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14247, Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Smith 6307, Nauwangga, Degener 14535. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 12647 (Melville et al. 7020); ridge near Mt. Vonolevu, DA 1393. SERUA: Nathengathenga Creek, upper Navua River, DF 977 (Vakarewa 5); Vatuvila- kia, vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15132. NaMost: Veinungga Creek, Horne 829; Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3247; northern base of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8635; track to Mt. Nambui, Korombasambasanga Range, DA 14536. NAITASIRI: Wainisavuleyu-Numbulolo divide (southern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau), Sv. John 18315; Mendrausuthu Range, DA 15485; Waimanu River, DA 665; Tamavua, Yeoward, Feb. 22, 1897. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2384. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 276; Lutumatavoro, DA 1492]. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Smith 7589. VANUA LEVU: Mbua: Vicinity of Navave, DA 16048. MATHUATA- THAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, Smith 538. THAKAUNDROVE: Southwestern slope of Mt. Mbatini, Smith 610. TAVEUNI: Western slope between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 749; valley between Mt. Manuka and main ridge of island, Smith 8305. In its congested, large-bracteate, large-flowered inflorescences and the ornamented endocarps of its large fruits, Tapeinosperma capitatum is entirely distinct from other Fijian and New Hebridean species of the genus, but its fruits suggest those of the two original New Caledonian species of Tapeinosperma. 2. Tapeinosperma megaphyllum (Hemsl.) Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 165. 1902; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 160. 1964, ed. 2. 224. 1972; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 235. fig. 29-31. 1973. FIGURE 206B. 796 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 Ardisia sp. n. Horne, A Year in Fiji, 257. 1881. Ardisia megaphylla Hemsl. in Kew Bull. 1894: 6. Jan. 1894; Oliver in Hook. Icon. Pl. 24: p/. 2316. May, 1894. A small tree or slender, simple-stemmed shrub 2-4 m. high, apparently infrequent from near sea level to an elevation of 590 m. in dense, shady forest. The huge leaf blades of this remarkable species are purplish or dark metallic green, and its large inflores- cence has pinkish branches. The calyx is rich pink, the corolla pale yellow or nearly white and faintly pink-tinged or sometimes deeper pink, and the anthers are pale yellow. Flowers have been obtained between October and March, fruits only in October. LECTOTYPIFICATION: Of the two collections listed by both Hemsley and Oliver, for reasons stated in 1973 I chose Horne 429 (K LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTYPE at GH), collected in March, 1878, on the island of Rambi. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from only a few collections from Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and Rambi. LOCAL NAME: Yeoward, for his specimen cited below, recorded the name ndathea, probably to be corrected to ndasia, known for other species of the genus. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SERua: Hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9232. NAMOSI or REwa: Along Queen’s Road between Wainamboro Creek and Wainandoi River, Vaughan 3339. NaITASIRI: Vicinity of Tamavua River, Gillespie 2462. NAITASIRI or REWA: Valley of Tamavua River, Yeoward 1. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6459. 3. Tapeinosperma hornei Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 164. 1902; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 160. 1964, ed 2. 224. 1972; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 239. fig. 32-36. 1973. Ardisia sp. n. Horne, A Year in Fiji, 257. 1881. A simple-stemmed shrub or a slender tree 2-9 m. high, with the foliage and inflorescences often borne on separate branchlets, found at elevations of 40-1,150 m. in dense, often deeply shady forest. The inflorescence branches, pedicels, and calyces are rich pink to purple; the corolla varies from dull yellowish green or white to pink and is marked by yellowish or brownish glands; the anthers are yellow; and the fruits turn from green to red or scarlet, with purple glands. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in most months. LECTOTYPIFICATION: Only one collection was cited by Mez, who failed to indicate a depository: Horne 883 (K LECTOTYPE, cf. Smith, 1973; ISOTYPES at GH, LE also listed by Mez), collected in July, 1878, along Veinungga Creek, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known to occur on Viti Levu with reasonable abundance, but otherwise represented only by single collections from Ovalau and Vanua Mbalavu. Thirty-nine collections have been examined. LOCAL NAMES: Fijian names recorded on Viti Levu are sila, sila ni veikau, and mokoelu (Mba), samoloa (Serua), and ndasia (Tailevu). FiGure 206. A, Tapeinosperma capitatum, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, and a detached fruit, x 1/4. B, Tapeinosperma megaphyllum, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/4. C, Tapeinosperma divaricatum, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflores- cences, x 1/2. D, Tapeinosperma ampliflorum, distal portion of branchlet, with an inflorescence, x 1/3. A from Smith 749, the detached fruit from DA 14536, B from Smith 9232, C from DA 12384, D from DA 14126. 198] MYRSINACEAE 797 798 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Ndelaiyoo, on escarpment west of Nandarivatu, Smith 5069; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4365; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Torhill 361; Nauwangga, Degener 14560; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12694 (Melville et al. 7082). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5606; Uluvatu, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Tabualewa 15622. SERUA: Vunambua Creek, upper Navua River, DA 14871; hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9139; inland from Namboutini, DF 205 (Bola 64). NAmost: Hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8447; track to Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 16/14. NattTasiri: Waimanu River, DA 15574; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3482. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7100. REwA: Wainamboro Creek, DA 5918; Mt. Korombamba, DA 16543. OVALAU: Hills southeast of valley of Mbureta River, Smith 7463. VANUA MBALAVU: Northern end of island, on limestone, Bryan 577. 4. Tapeinosperma divaricatum (Gillespie) A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 241. fig. 37-41. 1973. FIGURE 206C. Discocalyx divaricata Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 10. fig. 10. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 156. fig. 59, A. 1964, ed. 2. 220. fig. 65, A. 1972. A shrub or tree 1-4 m. high, sometimes with horizontal branches and subscandent, or a liana, occurring at elevations of 700-1,100 m. in usually dense forest. The pedicels, inflorescence branches, and calyx are pink; the corolla is pink to maroon or rich purple; the filaments are pale pink; and the fruits turn from green to bright red or scarlet and are marked with red glands. Flowers have been collected between May and August, fruits in months scattered throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is Parks 20592 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at UC), collected in July, 1927, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from upland areas in the northern and western parts of Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME: The only recorded Fijian name is mbulumbulu (Gillespie 3843). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Mbatilamu, DA 14809; Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1162; eastern slopes of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4250; northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4526; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 203, Parks 20534, Gillespie 3843, DA 12384, O. & I. Degener 32049; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 4069.1, Smith 4823; hills east of Nandala Creek, Smith 6216; Mt. Matomba, Nandala, Degener 14449. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13396. 5. Tapeinosperma ligulifolium A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 107. 1952; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 160. 1964, ed. 2. 224. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 243. fig. 42-44. 1973. Tapeinosperma capitatum sensu Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 165, quoad descr. et spec. cit., non sensu typi. 1902. A shrub 1.5-2 m. high, rare and strikingly distinct, found (as far as recorded) at elevations of 200-590 m. in dense ridge forest. The inflorescence branches, calyx, and corolla are rich pink. Flowers have been obtained in November and December, fruits only in August. TYPIFICATION: The type, a unicate specimen, is Smith 6522 (A HOLOTYPE), collected Nov. 6, 1947, on the summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. The two numbers cited by Mez as Tapeinosperma capitatum have no type status in either species. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu and Vanua Levu. The part of Seemann 293 cited by Mez is not necessarily from Kandavu, the locality of the part of that number that is the type of Tapeinosperma grande. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NaitasiRi: Tholo-i-suva, im Thurn 359, p. p. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Mt. Numbuiloa, DA 14625. F131 without further locality, Seemann 293, p. p. (K) (possibly from Ovalau; cf. Smith in 1973, p. 256), Horne 1076. 1981 MYRSINACEAE 799 The superficial resemblance of this species to /xora bullata Turrill (Rubiaceae) led im Thurn to combine his material of the two species, which he obtained at the same locality but on different dates, under his number 359. 6. Tapeinosperma clavatum Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 164. 1902; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 9. fig. 8. 1930; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 224. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 246. fig. 45-47. 1973. Ardisia humilis sensu A. Gray in Bonplandia 10: 37. 1862; non auct. mult. Ardisia sp. n. Horne, A Year in Fiji, 257. 1881. An often slender tree or shrub 1.5-10 m. high, occurring at elevations of 400-1,120 m. in dense forest or in the dense thickets of crests and ridges. The corolla is greenish or white, with purple glands, and the fruits mature to a bright or deep red. Flowers and fruits have been observed between May and January. LECTOTYPIFICATION: Of the two Horne numbers cited by Mez, in 1973 I selected Horne 180 (K LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTYPE at GH), collected in January, 1878, in the mountains surrounding Lovoni Valley, Ovalau. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from Viti Levu, Kandavu, and Ovalau. Twenty-seven collections have been studied. LocAL NAMES: Recorded names on Viti Levu are si/a and ndasia. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4665; Savunda- matau Creek, west of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14243; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4037; ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 4981a. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Ridge above Koronayalewa, DA 248]. SERUA: Track to Mt. Tikituru, DA 14484. NAMos!: Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2674, DA 11663. NatTasiri: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 6110. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 270. OVALAU: “Tops of mountains,” Horne 52; summit and adjacent slopes of Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8037; hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7532; summit of Mt. Tana Lailai and adjacent ridge, Smith 7693; along stream above Levuka, Gillespie 4513. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. (det. A. Gray as Ardisia humilis). 7. Tapeinosperma ampliflorum A. C. Sm. in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 37: 88. 1967; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 223. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 248. fig. 48-50. 1973. FIGURE 206D. An often slender tree 4-10 m. high, found sparingly from near sea level to an elevation of about 900 m. in dense forest or in forest on ridges. The bracts, flower buds, calyx, and corolla are pink or dull pink, and the mature fruits are dull brown to purple. Flowers have been obtained between September and January, fruits between April and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 9102 (us 2192113 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 29, 1953, in hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Serua Province, Viti Levu. (The village of Nukusere and a small adjacent area form an enclave of Namosi Province, but the surrounding hills are part of Serua.) DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from scattered localities on Viti Levu, with one collection from Kandavu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Mbatilamu, DA /4/26.SeRuA: Vatutavathe, vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15176. NAMosti: Northern slopes of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavi- ndrau Creek, Smith 8743. NAITASIRI (?): “Suva,” Tothill 525. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Meebold 17041. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, DA /4932. 8. Tapeinosperma chloranthum A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 106. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 224. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 251. fig. 51. 1973. 800 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 A tree 7-12 m. high, with a trunk to 35 cm. in diameter, recorded from elevations of 700-1,050 m. in dense or secondary forest. The calyx and other inflorescence parts are copiously brown-pilose with multicellular, eglandular hairs; the corolla is dull green, with purplish glands; and the fruits are red at maturity. Flowers have been obtained in August and December (bud), fruits in April and August. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 5820 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Aug. 26, 1947, in hills between Nggaliwana and Nandala Creeks, south of Nauwangga, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from upland forest in northern and northwestern Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME: Kutumirase (Smith 4023, doubtful, usually applied to Maesa). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4023; vicinity of Nandarivatu, DA 13/00; vicinity of Navai, O. & I. Degener 32114. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Yavu Creek (tributary of Ndura Creek, Mba River headwaters), DF 1091 (Damanu 205). 9. Tapeinosperma multiflorum (Gillespie) A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 252. fig. 52, 53. 1973. Discocalyx multiflora Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 11. fig. 1. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 156. 1964, ed. 2. 222. 1972. Discocalyx obtecta A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 108. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 156. 1964, ed. 2. 222. 1972. An often slender tree (with a trunk to 20 cm. in diameter) or a simple-stemmed shrub 1.5-9 m. high, found in dense forest or in the thickets and mossy forest of ridges and crests, often in shady places, at elevations of 725-1,323 m. The calyx is green, with reddish glands and a brown indument; the corolla is waxy-white, with dark red glands; the anthers are deep red dorsally; and the fruits turn from red to purple at maturity. Flowers have been noted between August and December, fruits only in Juneand July. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Discocalyx multiflora is typified by Gillespie 5113 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at UC), collected Sept. 28, 1927, near the summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, on the slope in Namosi Province, Viti Levu; the type of D. obtecta is Smith 6217 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), obtained Sept. 25, 1947, in hills east of Nandala Creek, south of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. A justification of combining the two concepts and transferring the taxon to Japeinosperma, whete it is related to the three preceding species, was given in my 1973 review. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from northern and central Viti Levu, with a single montane collection from Vanua Levu; 15 collections have been examined. LocaL NAMES: Recorded Fijian names are sila and sendua (both from Viti Levu). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1149; southern slopes of Mt. Ndelainathovu, on escarpment west of Nandarivatu, Smith 492]; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3791; vicinity of Navai, DA 14452; hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of Navai, Smith 6007; summit of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5972. NAMosi: Near summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3296. NAITASIRI: Wainisavulevu-Numbulolo divide (southern portion of Rairai- matuku Plateau), St. John 18323. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Summit of Mt. Mbatini, Smith 709. 10. Tapeinosperma grande (Seem.) Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 164. 1902; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 159. fig. 60. 1964, ed. 2. 224.1972; A.C. Sm.in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 255. 1973. Ardisia grandis Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 439, nom. nud. 1862; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 331, nom. nud. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 37, nom. nud. 1862; Seem. FI. Vit. 150. 1. 29. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 257. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 228. 1892. 1981 MYRSINACEAE 801 An often slender tree or simple-stemmed shrub 2-6 m. high, known from near sea level to an elevation of about 850 m. in dense forest. No notes indicate flower colors; the mature fruits are red. The only satisfactory flowers are those of the type, presum- ably collected in August or September; fruits have been obtained between June and January. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 293, p. p. (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH), collected in 1860 on Kandavu. Some confusion is attached to this collection, which was first described and well illustrated in 1866, the name having been previously mentioned only in lists. Seemann in 1866 notes the locality as Ovalau, but his field label on the holotype clearly states “Kadavu.” The second kK sheet labeled as Seemann 293 is clearly referable to T. Jigulifolium (q. v.), but it bears no locality data and may possibly have been obtained on Ovalau. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from four of the high islands. LocAL NAMES: Recorded names are kaikaro (Nandronga & Navosa) and ndasia (Naitasiri). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Tabualewa 13033. NatvTasirt: Vasila, Waindina River, DA 660; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2024. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 163; vicinity of Naikororo, DF 361, p. p. (Damanu 50); without further locality, DA 11951 (DF 31, Watkins 700). NGAU: Slopes of Mt. Ndelaitho, on northern spur toward Navukailangi, Smith 7880. VANUA LEVU: Maruuata: Vunimoli, upper Lambasa River, DA 15393. THAKAUNDROVE: Eastern drainage of Yanawai River, Degener & Ordonez 14095, p. p.; Mt. Mariko, Smith 446. This striking species, although closely related only to the next, may suggest in foliage Tapeinosperma hornei, for a comparison with which see my 1973 review, p. 256. 11. Tapeinosperma babucense Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 164. 1902; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 223. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 257. 1973. Ardisia sp. n. Horne, A Year in Fiji, 257. 1881. A shrub (or small tree?) about 3 m. high, apparently rare, known only from an approximate elevation of 300-600 m. and presumably in dense forest. Only fruiting material is known, collected in August. TyPIFICATION: A single specimen is known: Horne 946 (K HOLOTYPE), collected in August, 1878, in mountains near Namboumbutho Creek (northwestern headwaters of Wainimala River), Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. Horne’s spelling for Namboumbutho was “Babuca,” in reference to a village and a “small district” situated where the creek joins the Wailoa River; one may assume that “Babuca” is the present-day village of Nanggelewai. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the type specimen. This inadequately known species is clearly related to Tapeinosperma grande, from which it is just as clearly separable on the basis of its large, long-lobed calyces and less robust facies. 12. Tapeinosperma greenwoodii A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 103. 1945; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 160. 1964, ed. 2. 224. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 258. fig. 54. 1973. A tree 3-10 m. high, known from dense, low forest at elevations of 880-1,050 m. The corolla is noted as pure white, the fruits as green, but doubtless these turn red at 802 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 maturity. Flowers have been obtained in September and October, fruits in January and May. TYPIFICATION: The type is Greenwood 994, p. p. (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, NY), collected Oct. 25, 1942, in the Mt. Evans Range, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Revisiting the same tree on Sept. 24, 1944, Greenwood collected somewhat more mature flowers and also numbered the material 994 (A, UC, Us), but the 1944 specimens cannot be considered isotypes (ICBN, Art. 7.6). DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fijiand thus far known only from the Mt. Evans Range and adjacent hills, in northwestern Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Mbatilamu, DA /4/20; eastern slopes of Mt. Koroya- nitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4133. Tapeinosperma greenwoodii seems to be the only Fijian species of the genus that bears any significant relationship to a non-Fijian taxon, the New Hebridean T. scrobiculatum (Seem.) Mez. From this 7. greenwoodii differs in the more complex branching of its inflorescences and their copious, glandular-puberulent indument, its shorter pedicels, its smaller calyces, and its much smaller fruits (even if mature fruits of the Fijian taxon are still wanting, it is obvious that the mature size will not approach 15 mm. in diameter, noted for T. scrobiculatum). 4. DiscocALyx Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 211. 1902; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 263. 1973. Badula sect. Discocalyx A. DC. in DC. Prodr. 8: 107. 1844. A genus closely related to Tapeinosperma and with the same basic characters, but with the filaments firmly connate for their entire length into a tube adnate to corolla tube and not distally free, the anthers broadly basifixed on filament tube and appear- ing sessile in corolla throat; style commonly shorter than ovary at anthesis; flowers perhaps sometimes functionally unisexual (but always % in our species); pedicels slenderly terete; calyx subrotate from base; ovary with 2-5 ovules; fruits usually comparatively small and with a smooth endocarp. TYPE SPECIES: Discocalyx cybianthoides (A. DC.) Mez (Badula cybianthoides A. DC.). DIsTRIBUTION: Malesia, with many species in the Philippines, eastward to Micronesia, Fiji, and Tonga, with 50 or more species. Three species are endemic in Fiji and one in Tonga. KEY TO SPECIES Petioles 5-17 mm. long, narrowly winged distally and usually nearly to base; leaf blades comparatively small, elliptic to oblong- or obovate-elliptic, (2-) 4-11 (-18) x (1-) 2-6 cm., attenuate at base and long-decurrent on petiole; inflorescences at anthesis and in fruit 2-9 1-4 cm.; calyx 1.5-3 mm. in apical diameter; corolla 3.5-6 mm. in apical diameter; mature fruits 4-7 mm. in diameter; vegetative and inflorescence indument composed of minute scales or short hairs, evanescent. ........ 1. D. fusca Petioles 30-110 mm. long, narrowly winged distally, subterete or semiterete proximally; leaf blades comparatively ample, elliptic to obovate- or lanceolate-elliptic, (12-) 17-44 x 6.5-22 cm., narrowly cordate to broadly obtuse at base and only short-decurrent on petiole. Indument of young parts inconspicuous, the hairs glandular or eglandular, 0.1-0.3 mm. long, evanescent, the inflorescences 9-22 x 5-15 cm., on rachis (etc.) glandular-puberulent with hairs not more than 0.1 mm. long; petioles usually 50-110 mm. long, the leaf blades usually about twice as long as broad. 2. D. amplifolia Indument persistent on foliage and inflorescences, the hairs 0.2-1.5 mm. long, several- to many-celled, eglandular; inflorescences 4-11 x 2-5 cm.; petioles 30-70 mm. long, the leaf blades often about 3 timesplongenithangbroadaaaeereerer ee eee creer iit rrtetrnrtrer ttt 3. D. crinita 1981 MYRSINACEAE 803 1. Discocalyx fusca Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 155. pl. 13, fig. 5-10. 1909; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 156. 1964, ed. 2. 220. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 265. fig. 57-60. 1973. FIGURE 207A. Discocalyx sylvestris A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 547. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 156. 1964, ed. 2. 222. 1972; non D. silvestris Holth. (1942). Discocalyx gillespieana A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 109. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 156. 1964, ed. DE DIINO TD: An often slender tree (with a trunk to 10 cm. in diameter or perhaps more) or a shrub 2-15 m. high, occurring in dense or open forest, dense low forest, or in crest thickets at elevations of 50-1,120 m. The young inflorescence parts are purplish; the calyx and corolla are rich pink to deep purplish red, the corolla lobes often being paler; the anthers and stigmas are pale or dull yellow, the anthers with dark purple glands; and the fruits turn from red to purple at maturity. Flowers and fruits have been noted throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Discocalyx fusca is Gibbs 723 (BM HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at K), collected in September, 1907, on a wooded ridge near Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu; that of D. sylvestris is MacDaniels 1134 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BISH), collected April 13, 1927, along “Central Road,” Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu; and that of D. gillespieana is Smith 5546 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Aug. 7, 1947, on the northern portion of the Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Nandronga & Navosa Province, Viti Levu. The two taxa described by me, seemingly distinct at the time, are now seen to differ from D. fusca in only minor respects, in view of the ample material that has subsequently become available (cf. my 1973 review, pp. 267, 268). DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the two largest islands, from which about 30 collections have been studied. LOCAL NAMES: Recorded names are vutuvutu (Nandronga & Navosa) and mbumbu (Thakaundrove). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Eastern slopes of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4119; Koro-O, west of Nandarivatu, DA 13733 (DF 175, Watkins 770); vicinity of Nandarivatu, Parks 20720; ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 4981; vicinity of Nandala, south of Nandarivatu, Degener 14376. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13882; Nandevondevo, vicinity of Vanualevu (western slope of Rairaimatuku Plateau), DF //84. SERUA: Hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9237. NAMos!I: Hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8477. Naitasiri: “Central Road,” Tothill 360, April, 1927 (BisH, K), probably from type tree of Discocalyx sylvestris; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2096; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 345]. NAITASIRI-REWA boundary: Mt. Kombalevu, Parks 20898. REwA: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2289. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Navotuvotu, summit of Mt. Seatura, Smith 1659. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slopes of Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Smith 498. Discocalyx fusca is readily distinguished from the Tongan D. listeri (Stapf) Mez & Stapf in its shorter-petiolate and smaller leaves and its small flowers and fruits. 2. Discocalyx amplifolia A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 269. fig. 66, 67. 1973. A shrub or a compact or slender tree 2-5 m. high, found in dense or secondary forest at elevations from near sea level to 450 m. The young inflorescences are red, the branches and pedicels becoming dull purple, and the calyx is also dull purple; known fruits are green but doubtless become red at maturity. Flowers have been obtained in April (buds) and July, fruits between September and February. TYPIFICATION: The type is DA 15444 (coll. 1. T. Kuruvoli) (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at MASS, SUVA), collected July 10, 1967, in the Waimanu River region (“S. E. Nasele,” a locality not found by me), Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. 804 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 FiGureE 207. A, Discocalyx fusca, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/2. B, Discocalyx crinita, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/4. A from Smith 4981, B from DA 15524. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and apparently rare, known only from southeast- ern Viti Levu and from a single Vanua Levu collection. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NAmosi: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitara- ndamu, Smith 8798; hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8474. REwA: Near Botanical Station (i. e. present Suva Botanical Gardens), Yeoward, Feb. 22, 1897. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Nggilokalou (locality not found by me), DA 16052. Discocalyx amplifolia and D. crinita seem to have no very close relatives; the first in a general way suggests Tapeinosperma hornei Mez, from which it is now seen to differ superficially as well as in generic characters (cf. my 1973 treatment, p. 272). In details of indument and foliage the two recently described species are strikingly different. 3. Discocalyx crinita A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 272. fig. 68-70. 1973. FIGuRE 207B. A tree 6-9 m. high, found at elevations of 140-600 m. in dense forest, often on slopes. The inflorescence branches, calyx, and gynoecium are reddish, the young fruits 1981 MYRSINACEAE 805 purple. Flowers (all slightly past anthesis) and fruits (all immature) have been obtained in June and July. TyYPIFICATION: The type is DA 15524 (coll. D. Koroiveibau & S. Vodonaivalu) (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at SUVA), collected July 24, 1967, near the upper Navua River, Serua Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and apparently rare, known only from Serua Province on Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Inland from Namboutini, DA 14269; Tawavulu Creek, north of Ngaloa, Webster & Hildreth 14325. 5. EMBELIA Burm. f. Fl. Ind. 62. 1768; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 295. 1902; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 274. 1973. Nom. cons. Dioecious scandent shrubs or lianas; leaves alternate, petiolate, the blades entire to crenate, often conspicuously glandular-punctate or -lineolate; inflorescences terminal (sometimes on short lateral branchlets) or axillary, paniculate, racemose, or fascicu- late; flowers unisexual, pedicellate, small, 4- or 5(-6)-merous (4-merous in our species); calyx subrotate, deeply lobed, the lobes imbricate; petals free (or minutely coherent at base), narrowly imbricate in bud; stamens affixed near base of petals, the filaments usually obvious, the anthers dehiscing longitudinally, sometimes appearing developed in ¥ flowers but actually sterile; gynoecium in o flowers rudimentary; ovary in 9 flowers superior, ovoid or subglobose, the ovules few, uniseriate on placenta, the style usually short, the stigma bilobed to capitate or disciform; fruit a l-seeded drupe, subglobose, the endocarp crustaceous, the style eventually deciduous, the seed sub- globose, often excavate at base. TyPE spEciES: Embelia ribes Burm. f. DISTRIBUTION: Old World tropics from Africa to southeastern Asia and eastward through Malesia to Australia and the Caroline Islands, with two outlying species in Fiji, Samoa, and Tonga; also indigenous in Hawaii. The single species in Fiji is endemic. The genus includes 100-130 species. 1. Embelia gracilis Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 30. 1915; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 96. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 156. 1964, ed. 2. 222. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 274. fig. 71-74. 1973. A scrambling subscandent shrub to 3 m. high or a liana, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 1,180 m. in dense forest or sometimes in open, sunny forest. The petals and filaments are white, the mature fruit red or scarlet. Flowers have been noted between March and June, fruits between May and January. TYPIFICATION: The type is im Thurn 200 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected March 28, 1906, in the vicinity of Navai, south of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu and Taveuni (hence to be expected at least from Vanua Levu); 20 collections are now available. LOCAL NAMES: Recorded Fijian names are wa kumarea and wa ni mbai (Mba), wakai (Nandronga & Navosa), wa tuva (Namosi), and wa ndrenga (Ra). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood //48; southern slopes of Mt. Ndelainathovu, on escarpment west of Nandarivatu, Smith 4920; Sovutawambu, near Nandarivatu, Degener 14662; valley of Nggaliwana Creek, near Navai, Webster & Hildreth 14119; western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5243. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA /3308; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5416; Yawe, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15268. SERUA: Vatuvilakia, vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15163. NAMOSI: Waina- 806 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 ndoi River, DA 10800. Ra: Vatundamusewa, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15453. TAVEUNI: Summit and adjacent slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8228. Embelia gracilis is distinguished from the only species in nearby areas, E. vaupelii Mez, of Samoa and Tonga, by having its leaf blades with copious and conspicuous, punctate or short-lineolate, translucent glands and a comparatively small fruit; the leaf blades of E. vaupelii have large, black, opaque, round or oval glands, these being copious toward margin. The calyx lobes of the Fijian species are sparsely pellucid- glandular; those of the more easterly species have the glands copious, opaque, and black. W. R. Sykes (in litt.) suggests that E. vaupelii may prove limited to Samoa; he has recently obtained flowering material from ’Eua in which the anthers are obviously borne on elongate filaments rather than being subsessile. The only other known material from Tonga (cf. my 1973 review, pp. 277, 278) is sterile and has atypically large leaves; it is therefore quite possible that the Tongan collections should be separated from E. vaupelii. 6. RAPANEA Aubl. Hist. Pl. Guiane Fr. 121. 1775; Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 342. 1902; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 278. 1973. Trees or shrubs, monoecious or dioecious or with 8 flowers; leaves alternate, the blades entire or rarely dentate, with (sometimes obscure) punctate or lineolate glands; inflorescences axillary or borne on branchlets below leaves, fasciculate or glomerulate or verruciform, sessile or short-pedunculate, few-many-flowered; flowers § or (as in our species) functionally unisexual (oh and @ flowers sometimes borne in the same inflorescence), small, 4- or 5-merous (infrequently 6- or 7-merous); calyx cupuliform to rotate, usually deeply lobed, the lobes imbricate or valvate, symmetrical, commonly ciliolate and glandular-punctate or -lineolate; corolla cupuliform to rotate, the lobes imbricate in bud, usually glandular-punctate or -lineolate; stamens affixed to corolla throat, the filaments completely fused with corolla tube (not forming a tube and distally produced as in Myrsine), the anthers sessile, sometimes partially dorsally connate to corolla and appearing sessile on it, longitudinally dehiscent, reduced and sterile in 9 flowers (in our species); gynoecium reduced and sterile or lacking in & flowers; ovary in 2 flowers subglobose to ovoid, the ovules few, the style none (not obvious as in Myrsine), the stigma sessile, conspicuous, various (linear-conical to capitate-angled or farciminiform); fruit a 1-seeded drupe, subglobose, the endocarp crustaceous to coriaceous or woody, the stigma marcescent and caducous, the seed subglobose, excavate at base. TYPE SPECIES: Rapanea guianensis Aubl. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, throughout much of the Pacific including Hawaii, with 150-200 species. Four species (three of them endemic) occur in Fiji. Fosberg and Sachet (in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 21: 3. 1975) refer the eastern Polynesian species of this relationship to Myrsine. Maintenance of a single genus in this complex requires acceptance of substantial diversity in staminal and gynoecial characters. Users of Pacific Floras may find this disagreement unsettling, as many taxa lack appropriate binomials in one or the other genus. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blades attenuate at base and long-decurrent on petiole, this 2-15 mm. long and narrowly winged nearly to base, leaving a transversely semielliptic scar; leaves evenly spaced along branchlets, not whorled or congested, the blades obovate to lanceolate or obovate- or elliptic-lanceolate, usually 3-11 x 1-3.5cm.; branchlets slender, 1-3.5 mm. in diameter toward apex; flowers and fruits subsessile or borne on pedicels to 2 (rarely 4) mm. long; stigma conspicuous, capitate-subquadrangular with subalate angles, 1981 MYRSINACEAE 807 to 1.5 x 2 mm.; fruits globose or slightly oblate, 3-7 mm. in diameter, the endocarp 0.3-0.5 mm. thick. 1. R. myricifolia Leaf blades obtuse or narrowly rounded at base and not appreciably decurrent on petiole, this not winged, terete or subterete proximally, leaving a scar nearly as high as broad; leaves congested toward apices of branchlets or in irregular whorls, the blades comparatively large, rarely less than 9 = 3.5 cm.; flowers and fruits pedicellate. Branchlets comparatively stout, usually 3-10 mm. in diameter toward apex; plants glabrous throughout. Petioles 12-22 mm. long, the leaf blades obovate, 11-15 x 4.5-7cm.; inflorescences bearing 2-4 flowers at apex of an axis up to 7 x 4 mm., the pedicels 4-6 mm. long, the flowers 5-7-merous; branchlets S—Olmm-sinydiameter towardiapexe, ciejajerciey-tsyelletevetucensisie etoieteseleteletelstersistele 2. R. crassiramea Petioles 3-5 mm. long, the leaf blades narrowly elliptic, (7—) 9-13 < (2-) 3.5-5 cm.; inflorescences bearing 13-25 flowers at apex of an axis about 2 x 3 mm., the pedicels about 3 mm. long, the flowers 5-merous (or perhaps sometimes 4-merous); branchlets less robust, usually 3-4 mm. in diameter HOWaTd ga De Xe ume rererseatetste tater (ehatere ere Releletersteleterelenetstaiereterclel sterereteterereteraretererereieray= 3. R. polyantha Branchlets comparatively slender, 1.5-2.5 mm. in diameter toward apex; young parts pilose with minute glandular hairs, the indument sometimes very sparse and inconspicuous, but sometimes subpersis- tent on petioles and pedicels; petioles 3-10 mm. long, the leaf blades lanceolate-obovate or elliptic, (7-) 10-16 x (2.5-) 3.5-6.5 cm.; fruits 7-10 mm. in diameter, 1-4 maturing per inflorescence, the endocarp to 0.2 mm. thick, the fruiting pedicels 1.5-4 mm. long. ............ 4. R. hadrocarpa 1. Rapanea myricifolia (A. Gray) Mez in Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 366. 1902; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 223. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 282. fig. 76-83. 1973. Myrsine capitellata sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861, Viti, 438. 1862; Seem. ex Mezin Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236): 366, pro syn. 1902; non auct. mult. Ardisia sp. aff. A. korthalsii sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861; non A. korthalsiana Scheff. (1867). Myrsine myricaefolia A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 330. Jan. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 37. Feb. 1862; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 149. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 265. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 227. 1892. Mpyrsine crassifolia sensu A. Gray in Bonplandia 10: 37. 1862; Seem. Fl. Vit. 149. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 265. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 227. 1892; non R. Br. Mpyrsine sp. n. Horne, A Year in Fiji, 265. 1881. Rapanea samoensis Lauterb. in Bot. Jahrb. 41: 232. 1908; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 326. 1910; Setchell in Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 341: 61. 1924; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 167. 1935; A.C. Sm. in op. cit. 141: 119, p. p. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 158. p. p. 1964, ed. 2. 223, p. p. 1972. As it is found in Fiji, Rapanea myricifolia is a frequent tree or shrub 1-15 m. high, sometimes freely branched and sometimes compact, occurring from near sea level to the highest elevation, 1,323 m., in thin or dry forest, thickets in grassland, crest and ridge forest, and sometimes in beach thickets or on limestone. The calyx has brownish or purplish glands; the corolla is white to yellowish green, with pink or red to purple or brownish glands; the anthers are greenish white; and the fruit matures from pinkish to purplish black. Flowers and fruits may be found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Myrsine myricaefoliais U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 63446 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, K, NY), collected in 1840 in Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. One of the three Ny isotypes is labelled “Eimeo, Society I.,” a locality repeated by Gray; this specimen seems identical to other type material and may be assumed to be mislabelled. The type of Rapanea samoensis is Vaupel 173 (k LECTOTYPE designated by Smith, 1973; ISOLECTOTYPES at BISH, US), collected April 4, 1906, on Savaii, Samoa. A lectotype is indicated because the holotype, deposited at B, has presumably been destroyed. Rapanea samoensis has often been retained as a taxon distinct from R. myricifolia, and on first examination there do appear to be slight differences between them. However (cf. my 1973 treatment, pp. 286, 287), no real differences correlate with geography. 808 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and Samoa; in the former archipelago the species is to be found at all elevations and probably on many islands, some 60 collections being at hand. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Recorded Fijian names are mbethembethe (Yasawas), sinu, ndoi ni vosa, and mbu na kau ni mbure (Mba), se mbala (Nandronga & Navosa), sinu nganga (Serua), and sanggali ni sakea and ndasia (Mathuata). The timber provides useful poles, and unspecified parts of the plant are used medicinally for eye treatment in the Yasawas. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Nangua, rocky summit, S$’. John 18159. VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Parks 20675, Degener 14269; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 4063; vicinity of Nandala, O. & J. Degener 32133; summit of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5191. NANDRONGA & NAVOSA: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4602; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5435. SERUA: Vicinity of Namboutini, DA 14009; inland from Ngaloa, DF 899 (Tiko 11); Ndeumba Beach, DA 13217. NAMosti: Hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8446; slopes of Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2899; Wainandoi River, Mead 1967. RA: Hills near Penang, Greenwood 760. TAILEVu: Vicinity of Nggelekuro, DA 13604. REwa: Lami Quarry, DA 940. “VITI LEVU and VANUA LEVU:” Seemann 289. MBENGGA: Vicinity of Lalati, DA 13727. KANDAVU: Without further locality, Seemann 290. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Tana Lailai and adjacent ridge, Smith 7709. VANUA LEVU: MatuuatTa: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6806; Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, DA 14640. MATHUATA~THAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 567. RAMBI: Horne 455. TAVEUNI: Hills east of Somosomo, west of old crater occupied by small swamp and lake, Smith 8354. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1218. ONGEA NDRIKI: On rocky beach, Bryan 420. The closest relative of Rapanea myrcifolia in our area is R. modesta Mez, of New Caledonia and the New Hebrides, which superficially is not readily separable; how- ever, R. modesta has a farciminiform, terete stigma, much longer than broad. Mez did not adequately observe the stigma of R. myricifolia, which in this important character is doubtless more closely related to some of the eastern Polynesian species. 2. Rapanea crassiramea A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 547. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158. 1964, ed. 2. 223. 1972; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 288. 1973. A glabrous tree with robust branchlets, apparently rare and known only from the type specimen, obtained on wooded slopes at an altitude of about 900 m. Flowers, slightly past anthesis and lacking corollas, were collected in December. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 4374 (BISH HOLOTYPE; fragment at A), collected Dec. 16, 1927, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic and known only from the type. Although the preceding species, Rapanea myricifolia, is common near Nandarivatu, the two species are not closely related, R. crassiramea being more suggestive of the following endemic from the same general Viti Levu area. Rapanea crassiramea and the two following Fijian endemics seem morphologically isolated from other Melanesian and Polynesian species of the genus, being at once distinguishable by their robust habit, congested or irregularly whorled leaves, and terete or semiterete petioles (at least proximally) that leave essentially isometric scars. None of the three endemics is frequent or completely known, but differences among them are sharp and unmistakable. 3. Rapanea polyantha A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 289. fig. 84, 85. 1973. FIGURE 208A. 1981 MYRSINACEAE 809 FiGuRE 208. A, Rapanea polyantha, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and & inflorescences, x 1/3. B, Rapanea hadrocarpa, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and fruits, x 1/3. Afrom DA 1268], Bfrom Smith 1245. A tree about 4-5 m. high, with a rounded or flat, wind-clipped crown, apparently rare at elevations of 1,127 to about 1,220 m. in montane ridge forest. Only & flowers, at anthesis in May, are known; these have white corollas. TYPIFICATION: The type is DA 12681 (R. & E. F. Melville & J. W. Parham 7059) (k HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at A, BISH, SUVA), collected May 4, 1962, on the summit ridge of Mt. Tomanivi, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from high ridges in north-central Viti Levu. The second known collection, cited below, is sterile but obviously conspe- cific with the type collection. LOCAL NAME: Kau ni marase (Gillespie 3795). AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Mba: Summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 3795 (A, BISH). 810 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 2 4. Rapanea hadrocarpa A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 54: 290. 1973. FiGuRE 208B. Rapanea samoensis sensu A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 119, p. p. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 158, p. p. 1964, ed. 2. 223, p. p. 1972; non Lauterb. A tree 4-8 m. high, sometimes noted as slender, with a trunk 6-8 cm. in diameter, occurring in sometimes dense forest and sometimes on limestone, from near sea level to an elevation of about 300 m. Only fruiting material, collected in March, April, and September, is known; the fruits turn from green to dull white or red and are marked with purplish glands. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1245 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected March 2, 1934, in forest on limestone formation on the island of Kambara. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from southern Viti Levu and two islands in the Lau Group. LOCAL NAME: Utu ni tandruku (from type collection). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serva: Inland from Namboutini, DF 459 (Damanu 108). REWa: Mt. Korombamba, DA 16517. TUVUTHA: In central forest, Bryan 549. MAMAN OT MA IaLANDe (Hudson It) xy od | | ms = nnSSaai SUEDE SPER; CRI ER = pe Se Geary 17 aly 67 Bor pe ander pa of SOUTH PACIFIC FIJI ISLANDS From the Surveys of Captain HMDeoham KN ERS 1854-6 Lirutronuts WUMoare and GE Richards, KN 1876-82 SOUNDINGS 1m FATHOMS FIJ1 ISLANDS Crete of Seg Boar ae eg | ee ee % = a ~ - - SouTH ractric FIJI ISLANDS 176" = FR peasy ih Ay ag Ew ews = z m ray IT Ay 1979. dee Be Syma Tey d rome ayes 7 th Aaa | E| 088 o02575L nhbot QK473.F5S52x 2 Flora Vitiensis nova Ss